1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
3 @setfilename gnat_ugn.info
4 @documentencoding UTF-8
6 @*Generated by Sphinx 1.3.6.@*
8 @settitle GNAT User's Guide for Native Platforms
13 @dircategory GNU Ada Tools
15 * gnat_ugn: (gnat_ugn.info). gnat_ugn
18 @definfoenclose strong,`,'
19 @definfoenclose emph,`,'
24 GNAT User's Guide for Native Platforms , April 25, 2018
28 Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2018, Free Software Foundation
34 @title GNAT User's Guide for Native Platforms
39 @c %** start of user preamble
41 @c %** end of user preamble
45 @top GNAT User's Guide for Native Platforms
50 @anchor{gnat_ugn doc}@anchor{0}
51 @emph{GNAT, The GNU Ada Development Environment}
54 @include gcc-common.texi
55 GCC version @value{version-GCC}@*
58 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
59 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
60 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
61 Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being
62 "GNAT User's Guide for Native Platforms",
63 and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is
64 included in the section entitled @ref{1,,GNU Free Documentation License}.
68 * Getting Started with GNAT::
69 * The GNAT Compilation Model::
70 * Building Executable Programs with GNAT::
71 * GNAT Utility Programs::
72 * GNAT and Program Execution::
73 * Platform-Specific Information::
74 * Example of Binder Output File::
75 * Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT::
77 * GNU Free Documentation License::
81 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
85 * What This Guide Contains::
86 * What You Should Know before Reading This Guide::
87 * Related Information::
88 * A Note to Readers of Previous Versions of the Manual::
91 Getting Started with GNAT
94 * Running a Simple Ada Program::
95 * Running a Program with Multiple Units::
96 * Using the gnatmake Utility::
98 The GNAT Compilation Model
100 * Source Representation::
101 * Foreign Language Representation::
102 * File Naming Topics and Utilities::
103 * Configuration Pragmas::
104 * Generating Object Files::
105 * Source Dependencies::
106 * The Ada Library Information Files::
107 * Binding an Ada Program::
108 * GNAT and Libraries::
109 * Conditional Compilation::
110 * Mixed Language Programming::
111 * GNAT and Other Compilation Models::
112 * Using GNAT Files with External Tools::
114 Foreign Language Representation
117 * Other 8-Bit Codes::
118 * Wide_Character Encodings::
119 * Wide_Wide_Character Encodings::
121 File Naming Topics and Utilities
123 * File Naming Rules::
124 * Using Other File Names::
125 * Alternative File Naming Schemes::
126 * Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname::
127 * File Name Krunching with gnatkr::
128 * Renaming Files with gnatchop::
130 Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname
132 * Arbitrary File Naming Conventions::
134 * Switches for gnatname::
135 * Examples of gnatname Usage::
137 File Name Krunching with gnatkr
142 * Examples of gnatkr Usage::
144 Renaming Files with gnatchop
146 * Handling Files with Multiple Units::
147 * Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode::
148 * Command Line for gnatchop::
149 * Switches for gnatchop::
150 * Examples of gnatchop Usage::
152 Configuration Pragmas
154 * Handling of Configuration Pragmas::
155 * The Configuration Pragmas Files::
159 * Introduction to Libraries in GNAT::
160 * General Ada Libraries::
161 * Stand-alone Ada Libraries::
162 * Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library::
164 General Ada Libraries
166 * Building a library::
167 * Installing a library::
170 Stand-alone Ada Libraries
172 * Introduction to Stand-alone Libraries::
173 * Building a Stand-alone Library::
174 * Creating a Stand-alone Library to be used in a non-Ada context::
175 * Restrictions in Stand-alone Libraries::
177 Conditional Compilation
179 * Modeling Conditional Compilation in Ada::
180 * Preprocessing with gnatprep::
181 * Integrated Preprocessing::
183 Modeling Conditional Compilation in Ada
185 * Use of Boolean Constants::
186 * Debugging - A Special Case::
187 * Conditionalizing Declarations::
188 * Use of Alternative Implementations::
191 Preprocessing with gnatprep
193 * Preprocessing Symbols::
195 * Switches for gnatprep::
196 * Form of Definitions File::
197 * Form of Input Text for gnatprep::
199 Mixed Language Programming
202 * Calling Conventions::
203 * Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs::
204 * Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers::
205 * Generating C Headers for Ada Specifications::
207 Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs
209 * Interfacing to C++::
210 * Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program::
212 * Interfacing with C++ constructors::
213 * Interfacing with C++ at the Class Level::
215 Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers
217 * Running the Binding Generator::
218 * Generating Bindings for C++ Headers::
221 Generating C Headers for Ada Specifications
223 * Running the C Header Generator::
225 GNAT and Other Compilation Models
227 * Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models::
228 * Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models::
230 Using GNAT Files with External Tools
232 * Using Other Utility Programs with GNAT::
233 * The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT::
235 Building Executable Programs with GNAT
237 * Building with gnatmake::
238 * Compiling with gcc::
239 * Compiler Switches::
241 * Binding with gnatbind::
242 * Linking with gnatlink::
243 * Using the GNU make Utility::
245 Building with gnatmake
248 * Switches for gnatmake::
249 * Mode Switches for gnatmake::
250 * Notes on the Command Line::
251 * How gnatmake Works::
252 * Examples of gnatmake Usage::
256 * Compiling Programs::
257 * Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL): Search Paths and the Run-Time Library RTL.
258 * Order of Compilation Issues::
263 * Alphabetical List of All Switches::
264 * Output and Error Message Control::
265 * Warning Message Control::
266 * Debugging and Assertion Control::
267 * Validity Checking::
270 * Using gcc for Syntax Checking::
271 * Using gcc for Semantic Checking::
272 * Compiling Different Versions of Ada::
273 * Character Set Control::
274 * File Naming Control::
275 * Subprogram Inlining Control::
276 * Auxiliary Output Control::
277 * Debugging Control::
278 * Exception Handling Control::
279 * Units to Sources Mapping Files::
280 * Code Generation Control::
282 Binding with gnatbind
285 * Switches for gnatbind::
286 * Command-Line Access::
287 * Search Paths for gnatbind::
288 * Examples of gnatbind Usage::
290 Switches for gnatbind
292 * Consistency-Checking Modes::
293 * Binder Error Message Control::
294 * Elaboration Control::
296 * Dynamic Allocation Control::
297 * Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs::
298 * Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram::
300 Linking with gnatlink
303 * Switches for gnatlink::
305 Using the GNU make Utility
307 * Using gnatmake in a Makefile::
308 * Automatically Creating a List of Directories::
309 * Generating the Command Line Switches::
310 * Overcoming Command Line Length Limits::
312 GNAT Utility Programs
314 * The File Cleanup Utility gnatclean::
315 * The GNAT Library Browser gnatls::
316 * The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind::
317 * The Ada to HTML Converter gnathtml::
319 The File Cleanup Utility gnatclean
321 * Running gnatclean::
322 * Switches for gnatclean::
324 The GNAT Library Browser gnatls
327 * Switches for gnatls::
328 * Example of gnatls Usage::
330 The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind
332 * gnatxref Switches::
333 * gnatfind Switches::
334 * Configuration Files for gnatxref and gnatfind::
335 * Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref::
336 * Examples of gnatxref Usage::
337 * Examples of gnatfind Usage::
339 Examples of gnatxref Usage
342 * Using gnatxref with vi::
344 The Ada to HTML Converter gnathtml
346 * Invoking gnathtml::
347 * Installing gnathtml::
349 GNAT and Program Execution
351 * Running and Debugging Ada Programs::
352 * Code Coverage and Profiling::
353 * Improving Performance::
354 * Overflow Check Handling in GNAT::
355 * Performing Dimensionality Analysis in GNAT::
356 * Stack Related Facilities::
357 * Memory Management Issues::
359 Running and Debugging Ada Programs
361 * The GNAT Debugger GDB::
363 * Introduction to GDB Commands::
364 * Using Ada Expressions::
365 * Calling User-Defined Subprograms::
366 * Using the next Command in a Function::
367 * Stopping When Ada Exceptions Are Raised::
369 * Debugging Generic Units::
370 * Remote Debugging with gdbserver::
371 * GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate::
372 * Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files::
373 * Getting Internal Debugging Information::
375 * Pretty-Printers for the GNAT runtime::
379 * Non-Symbolic Traceback::
380 * Symbolic Traceback::
382 Code Coverage and Profiling
384 * Code Coverage of Ada Programs with gcov::
385 * Profiling an Ada Program with gprof::
387 Code Coverage of Ada Programs with gcov
389 * Quick startup guide::
392 Profiling an Ada Program with gprof
394 * Compilation for profiling::
395 * Program execution::
397 * Interpretation of profiling results::
399 Improving Performance
401 * Performance Considerations::
402 * Text_IO Suggestions::
403 * Reducing Size of Executables with Unused Subprogram/Data Elimination::
405 Performance Considerations
407 * Controlling Run-Time Checks::
408 * Use of Restrictions::
409 * Optimization Levels::
410 * Debugging Optimized Code::
411 * Inlining of Subprograms::
412 * Floating_Point_Operations::
413 * Vectorization of loops::
414 * Other Optimization Switches::
415 * Optimization and Strict Aliasing::
416 * Aliased Variables and Optimization::
417 * Atomic Variables and Optimization::
418 * Passive Task Optimization::
420 Reducing Size of Executables with Unused Subprogram/Data Elimination
422 * About unused subprogram/data elimination::
423 * Compilation options::
424 * Example of unused subprogram/data elimination::
426 Overflow Check Handling in GNAT
429 * Management of Overflows in GNAT::
430 * Specifying the Desired Mode::
432 * Implementation Notes::
434 Stack Related Facilities
436 * Stack Overflow Checking::
437 * Static Stack Usage Analysis::
438 * Dynamic Stack Usage Analysis::
440 Memory Management Issues
442 * Some Useful Memory Pools::
443 * The GNAT Debug Pool Facility::
445 Platform-Specific Information
447 * Run-Time Libraries::
448 * Specifying a Run-Time Library::
450 * Microsoft Windows Topics::
455 * Summary of Run-Time Configurations::
457 Specifying a Run-Time Library
459 * Choosing the Scheduling Policy::
463 * Required Packages on GNU/Linux::
465 Microsoft Windows Topics
467 * Using GNAT on Windows::
468 * Using a network installation of GNAT::
469 * CONSOLE and WINDOWS subsystems::
471 * Disabling Command Line Argument Expansion::
472 * Mixed-Language Programming on Windows::
473 * Windows Specific Add-Ons::
475 Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
477 * Windows Calling Conventions::
478 * Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries (DLLs): Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries DLLs.
479 * Using DLLs with GNAT::
480 * Building DLLs with GNAT Project files::
481 * Building DLLs with GNAT::
482 * Building DLLs with gnatdll::
483 * Ada DLLs and Finalization::
484 * Creating a Spec for Ada DLLs::
485 * GNAT and Windows Resources::
486 * Using GNAT DLLs from Microsoft Visual Studio Applications::
488 * Setting Stack Size from gnatlink::
489 * Setting Heap Size from gnatlink::
491 Windows Calling Conventions
493 * C Calling Convention::
494 * Stdcall Calling Convention::
495 * Win32 Calling Convention::
496 * DLL Calling Convention::
500 * Creating an Ada Spec for the DLL Services::
501 * Creating an Import Library::
503 Building DLLs with gnatdll
505 * Limitations When Using Ada DLLs from Ada::
506 * Exporting Ada Entities::
507 * Ada DLLs and Elaboration::
509 Creating a Spec for Ada DLLs
511 * Creating the Definition File::
514 GNAT and Windows Resources
516 * Building Resources::
517 * Compiling Resources::
522 * Program and DLL Both Built with GCC/GNAT::
523 * Program Built with Foreign Tools and DLL Built with GCC/GNAT::
525 Windows Specific Add-Ons
532 * Codesigning the Debugger::
534 Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
537 * Elaboration Order::
538 * Checking the Elaboration Order::
539 * Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada::
540 * Controlling the Elaboration Order in GNAT::
541 * Common Elaboration-model Traits::
542 * Dynamic Elaboration Model in GNAT::
543 * Static Elaboration Model in GNAT::
544 * SPARK Elaboration Model in GNAT::
545 * Legacy Elaboration Model in GNAT::
546 * Mixing Elaboration Models::
547 * Elaboration Circularities::
548 * Resolving Elaboration Circularities::
549 * Resolving Task Issues::
550 * Elaboration-related Compiler Switches::
551 * Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control::
552 * Inspecting the Chosen Elaboration Order::
556 * Basic Assembler Syntax::
557 * A Simple Example of Inline Assembler::
558 * Output Variables in Inline Assembler::
559 * Input Variables in Inline Assembler::
560 * Inlining Inline Assembler Code::
561 * Other Asm Functionality::
563 Other Asm Functionality
565 * The Clobber Parameter::
566 * The Volatile Parameter::
571 @node About This Guide,Getting Started with GNAT,Top,Top
572 @anchor{gnat_ugn/about_this_guide about-this-guide}@anchor{2}@anchor{gnat_ugn/about_this_guide doc}@anchor{3}@anchor{gnat_ugn/about_this_guide gnat-user-s-guide-for-native-platforms}@anchor{4}@anchor{gnat_ugn/about_this_guide id1}@anchor{5}
573 @chapter About This Guide
577 This guide describes the use of GNAT,
578 a compiler and software development
579 toolset for the full Ada programming language.
580 It documents the features of the compiler and tools, and explains
581 how to use them to build Ada applications.
583 GNAT implements Ada 95, Ada 2005 and Ada 2012, and it may also be
584 invoked in Ada 83 compatibility mode.
585 By default, GNAT assumes Ada 2012, but you can override with a
586 compiler switch (@ref{6,,Compiling Different Versions of Ada})
587 to explicitly specify the language version.
588 Throughout this manual, references to 'Ada' without a year suffix
589 apply to all Ada 95/2005/2012 versions of the language.
592 * What This Guide Contains::
593 * What You Should Know before Reading This Guide::
594 * Related Information::
595 * A Note to Readers of Previous Versions of the Manual::
600 @node What This Guide Contains,What You Should Know before Reading This Guide,,About This Guide
601 @anchor{gnat_ugn/about_this_guide what-this-guide-contains}@anchor{7}
602 @section What This Guide Contains
605 This guide contains the following chapters:
611 @ref{8,,Getting Started with GNAT} describes how to get started compiling
612 and running Ada programs with the GNAT Ada programming environment.
615 @ref{9,,The GNAT Compilation Model} describes the compilation model used
619 @ref{a,,Building Executable Programs with GNAT} describes how to use the
620 main GNAT tools to build executable programs, and it also gives examples of
621 using the GNU make utility with GNAT.
624 @ref{b,,GNAT Utility Programs} explains the various utility programs that
625 are included in the GNAT environment
628 @ref{c,,GNAT and Program Execution} covers a number of topics related to
629 running, debugging, and tuning the performace of programs developed
633 Appendices cover several additional topics:
639 @ref{d,,Platform-Specific Information} describes the different run-time
640 library implementations and also presents information on how to use
641 GNAT on several specific platforms
644 @ref{e,,Example of Binder Output File} shows the source code for the binder
645 output file for a sample program.
648 @ref{f,,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT} describes how GNAT helps
649 you deal with elaboration order issues.
652 @ref{10,,Inline Assembler} shows how to use the inline assembly facility
656 @node What You Should Know before Reading This Guide,Related Information,What This Guide Contains,About This Guide
657 @anchor{gnat_ugn/about_this_guide what-you-should-know-before-reading-this-guide}@anchor{11}
658 @section What You Should Know before Reading This Guide
661 @geindex Ada 95 Language Reference Manual
663 @geindex Ada 2005 Language Reference Manual
665 This guide assumes a basic familiarity with the Ada 95 language, as
666 described in the International Standard ANSI/ISO/IEC-8652:1995, January
668 It does not require knowledge of the features introduced by Ada 2005
670 Reference manuals for Ada 95, Ada 2005, and Ada 2012 are included in
671 the GNAT documentation package.
673 @node Related Information,A Note to Readers of Previous Versions of the Manual,What You Should Know before Reading This Guide,About This Guide
674 @anchor{gnat_ugn/about_this_guide related-information}@anchor{12}
675 @section Related Information
678 For further information about Ada and related tools, please refer to the
685 @cite{Ada 95 Reference Manual}, @cite{Ada 2005 Reference Manual}, and
686 @cite{Ada 2012 Reference Manual}, which contain reference
687 material for the several revisions of the Ada language standard.
690 @cite{GNAT Reference_Manual}, which contains all reference material for the GNAT
691 implementation of Ada.
694 @cite{Using the GNAT Programming Studio}, which describes the GPS
695 Integrated Development Environment.
698 @cite{GNAT Programming Studio Tutorial}, which introduces the
699 main GPS features through examples.
702 @cite{Debugging with GDB},
703 for all details on the use of the GNU source-level debugger.
706 @cite{GNU Emacs Manual},
707 for full information on the extensible editor and programming
711 @node A Note to Readers of Previous Versions of the Manual,Conventions,Related Information,About This Guide
712 @anchor{gnat_ugn/about_this_guide a-note-to-readers-of-previous-versions-of-the-manual}@anchor{13}
713 @section A Note to Readers of Previous Versions of the Manual
716 In early 2015 the GNAT manuals were transitioned to the
717 reStructuredText (rst) / Sphinx documentation generator technology.
718 During that process the @cite{GNAT User's Guide} was reorganized
719 so that related topics would be described together in the same chapter
720 or appendix. Here's a summary of the major changes realized in
721 the new document structure.
727 @ref{9,,The GNAT Compilation Model} has been extended so that it now covers
728 the following material:
734 The @code{gnatname}, @code{gnatkr}, and @code{gnatchop} tools
737 @ref{14,,Configuration Pragmas}
740 @ref{15,,GNAT and Libraries}
743 @ref{16,,Conditional Compilation} including @ref{17,,Preprocessing with gnatprep}
744 and @ref{18,,Integrated Preprocessing}
747 @ref{19,,Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers}
750 @ref{1a,,Using GNAT Files with External Tools}
754 @ref{a,,Building Executable Programs with GNAT} is a new chapter consolidating
755 the following content:
761 @ref{1b,,Building with gnatmake}
764 @ref{1c,,Compiling with gcc}
767 @ref{1d,,Binding with gnatbind}
770 @ref{1e,,Linking with gnatlink}
773 @ref{1f,,Using the GNU make Utility}
777 @ref{b,,GNAT Utility Programs} is a new chapter consolidating the information about several
785 @ref{20,,The File Cleanup Utility gnatclean}
788 @ref{21,,The GNAT Library Browser gnatls}
791 @ref{22,,The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind}
794 @ref{23,,The Ada to HTML Converter gnathtml}
798 @ref{c,,GNAT and Program Execution} is a new chapter consolidating the following:
804 @ref{24,,Running and Debugging Ada Programs}
807 @ref{25,,Code Coverage and Profiling}
810 @ref{26,,Improving Performance}
813 @ref{27,,Overflow Check Handling in GNAT}
816 @ref{28,,Performing Dimensionality Analysis in GNAT}
819 @ref{29,,Stack Related Facilities}
822 @ref{2a,,Memory Management Issues}
826 @ref{d,,Platform-Specific Information} is a new appendix consolidating the following:
832 @ref{2b,,Run-Time Libraries}
835 @ref{2c,,Microsoft Windows Topics}
838 @ref{2d,,Mac OS Topics}
842 The @emph{Compatibility and Porting Guide} appendix has been moved to the
843 @cite{GNAT Reference Manual}. It now includes a section
844 @emph{Writing Portable Fixed-Point Declarations} which was previously
845 a separate chapter in the @cite{GNAT User's Guide}.
848 @node Conventions,,A Note to Readers of Previous Versions of the Manual,About This Guide
849 @anchor{gnat_ugn/about_this_guide conventions}@anchor{2e}
854 @geindex typographical
856 @geindex Typographical conventions
858 Following are examples of the typographical and graphic conventions used
865 @code{Functions}, @code{utility program names}, @code{standard names},
881 [optional information or parameters]
884 Examples are described by text
887 and then shown this way.
891 Commands that are entered by the user are shown as preceded by a prompt string
892 comprising the @code{$} character followed by a space.
895 Full file names are shown with the '/' character
896 as the directory separator; e.g., @code{parent-dir/subdir/myfile.adb}.
897 If you are using GNAT on a Windows platform, please note that
898 the '\' character should be used instead.
901 @node Getting Started with GNAT,The GNAT Compilation Model,About This Guide,Top
902 @anchor{gnat_ugn/getting_started_with_gnat getting-started-with-gnat}@anchor{8}@anchor{gnat_ugn/getting_started_with_gnat doc}@anchor{2f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/getting_started_with_gnat id1}@anchor{30}
903 @chapter Getting Started with GNAT
906 This chapter describes how to use GNAT's command line interface to build
907 executable Ada programs.
908 On most platforms a visually oriented Integrated Development Environment
909 is also available, the GNAT Programming Studio (GPS).
910 GPS offers a graphical "look and feel", support for development in
911 other programming languages, comprehensive browsing features, and
912 many other capabilities.
913 For information on GPS please refer to
914 @cite{Using the GNAT Programming Studio}.
918 * Running a Simple Ada Program::
919 * Running a Program with Multiple Units::
920 * Using the gnatmake Utility::
924 @node Running GNAT,Running a Simple Ada Program,,Getting Started with GNAT
925 @anchor{gnat_ugn/getting_started_with_gnat running-gnat}@anchor{31}@anchor{gnat_ugn/getting_started_with_gnat id2}@anchor{32}
926 @section Running GNAT
929 Three steps are needed to create an executable file from an Ada source
936 The source file(s) must be compiled.
939 The file(s) must be bound using the GNAT binder.
942 All appropriate object files must be linked to produce an executable.
945 All three steps are most commonly handled by using the @code{gnatmake}
946 utility program that, given the name of the main program, automatically
947 performs the necessary compilation, binding and linking steps.
949 @node Running a Simple Ada Program,Running a Program with Multiple Units,Running GNAT,Getting Started with GNAT
950 @anchor{gnat_ugn/getting_started_with_gnat running-a-simple-ada-program}@anchor{33}@anchor{gnat_ugn/getting_started_with_gnat id3}@anchor{34}
951 @section Running a Simple Ada Program
954 Any text editor may be used to prepare an Ada program.
955 (If Emacs is used, the optional Ada mode may be helpful in laying out the
957 The program text is a normal text file. We will assume in our initial
958 example that you have used your editor to prepare the following
959 standard format text file:
962 with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
965 Put_Line ("Hello WORLD!");
969 This file should be named @code{hello.adb}.
970 With the normal default file naming conventions, GNAT requires
972 contain a single compilation unit whose file name is the
974 with periods replaced by hyphens; the
975 extension is @code{ads} for a
976 spec and @code{adb} for a body.
977 You can override this default file naming convention by use of the
978 special pragma @code{Source_File_Name} (for further information please
979 see @ref{35,,Using Other File Names}).
980 Alternatively, if you want to rename your files according to this default
981 convention, which is probably more convenient if you will be using GNAT
982 for all your compilations, then the @code{gnatchop} utility
983 can be used to generate correctly-named source files
984 (see @ref{36,,Renaming Files with gnatchop}).
986 You can compile the program using the following command (@code{$} is used
987 as the command prompt in the examples in this document):
993 @code{gcc} is the command used to run the compiler. This compiler is
994 capable of compiling programs in several languages, including Ada and
995 C. It assumes that you have given it an Ada program if the file extension is
996 either @code{.ads} or @code{.adb}, and it will then call
997 the GNAT compiler to compile the specified file.
999 The @code{-c} switch is required. It tells @code{gcc} to only do a
1000 compilation. (For C programs, @code{gcc} can also do linking, but this
1001 capability is not used directly for Ada programs, so the @code{-c}
1002 switch must always be present.)
1004 This compile command generates a file
1005 @code{hello.o}, which is the object
1006 file corresponding to your Ada program. It also generates
1007 an 'Ada Library Information' file @code{hello.ali},
1008 which contains additional information used to check
1009 that an Ada program is consistent.
1010 To build an executable file,
1011 use @code{gnatbind} to bind the program
1012 and @code{gnatlink} to link it. The
1013 argument to both @code{gnatbind} and @code{gnatlink} is the name of the
1014 @code{ALI} file, but the default extension of @code{.ali} can
1015 be omitted. This means that in the most common case, the argument
1016 is simply the name of the main program:
1023 A simpler method of carrying out these steps is to use @code{gnatmake},
1024 a master program that invokes all the required
1025 compilation, binding and linking tools in the correct order. In particular,
1026 @code{gnatmake} automatically recompiles any sources that have been
1027 modified since they were last compiled, or sources that depend
1028 on such modified sources, so that 'version skew' is avoided.
1030 @geindex Version skew (avoided by `@w{`}gnatmake`@w{`})
1033 $ gnatmake hello.adb
1036 The result is an executable program called @code{hello}, which can be
1043 assuming that the current directory is on the search path
1044 for executable programs.
1046 and, if all has gone well, you will see:
1052 appear in response to this command.
1054 @node Running a Program with Multiple Units,Using the gnatmake Utility,Running a Simple Ada Program,Getting Started with GNAT
1055 @anchor{gnat_ugn/getting_started_with_gnat id4}@anchor{37}@anchor{gnat_ugn/getting_started_with_gnat running-a-program-with-multiple-units}@anchor{38}
1056 @section Running a Program with Multiple Units
1059 Consider a slightly more complicated example that has three files: a
1060 main program, and the spec and body of a package:
1063 package Greetings is
1068 with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
1069 package body Greetings is
1072 Put_Line ("Hello WORLD!");
1075 procedure Goodbye is
1077 Put_Line ("Goodbye WORLD!");
1089 Following the one-unit-per-file rule, place this program in the
1090 following three separate files:
1095 @item @emph{greetings.ads}
1097 spec of package @code{Greetings}
1099 @item @emph{greetings.adb}
1101 body of package @code{Greetings}
1103 @item @emph{gmain.adb}
1105 body of main program
1108 To build an executable version of
1109 this program, we could use four separate steps to compile, bind, and link
1110 the program, as follows:
1114 $ gcc -c greetings.adb
1119 Note that there is no required order of compilation when using GNAT.
1120 In particular it is perfectly fine to compile the main program first.
1121 Also, it is not necessary to compile package specs in the case where
1122 there is an accompanying body; you only need to compile the body. If you want
1123 to submit these files to the compiler for semantic checking and not code
1124 generation, then use the @code{-gnatc} switch:
1127 $ gcc -c greetings.ads -gnatc
1130 Although the compilation can be done in separate steps as in the
1131 above example, in practice it is almost always more convenient
1132 to use the @code{gnatmake} tool. All you need to know in this case
1133 is the name of the main program's source file. The effect of the above four
1134 commands can be achieved with a single one:
1137 $ gnatmake gmain.adb
1140 In the next section we discuss the advantages of using @code{gnatmake} in
1143 @node Using the gnatmake Utility,,Running a Program with Multiple Units,Getting Started with GNAT
1144 @anchor{gnat_ugn/getting_started_with_gnat using-the-gnatmake-utility}@anchor{39}@anchor{gnat_ugn/getting_started_with_gnat id5}@anchor{3a}
1145 @section Using the @code{gnatmake} Utility
1148 If you work on a program by compiling single components at a time using
1149 @code{gcc}, you typically keep track of the units you modify. In order to
1150 build a consistent system, you compile not only these units, but also any
1151 units that depend on the units you have modified.
1152 For example, in the preceding case,
1153 if you edit @code{gmain.adb}, you only need to recompile that file. But if
1154 you edit @code{greetings.ads}, you must recompile both
1155 @code{greetings.adb} and @code{gmain.adb}, because both files contain
1156 units that depend on @code{greetings.ads}.
1158 @code{gnatbind} will warn you if you forget one of these compilation
1159 steps, so that it is impossible to generate an inconsistent program as a
1160 result of forgetting to do a compilation. Nevertheless it is tedious and
1161 error-prone to keep track of dependencies among units.
1162 One approach to handle the dependency-bookkeeping is to use a
1163 makefile. However, makefiles present maintenance problems of their own:
1164 if the dependencies change as you change the program, you must make
1165 sure that the makefile is kept up-to-date manually, which is also an
1166 error-prone process.
1168 The @code{gnatmake} utility takes care of these details automatically.
1169 Invoke it using either one of the following forms:
1172 $ gnatmake gmain.adb
1176 The argument is the name of the file containing the main program;
1177 you may omit the extension. @code{gnatmake}
1178 examines the environment, automatically recompiles any files that need
1179 recompiling, and binds and links the resulting set of object files,
1180 generating the executable file, @code{gmain}.
1181 In a large program, it
1182 can be extremely helpful to use @code{gnatmake}, because working out by hand
1183 what needs to be recompiled can be difficult.
1185 Note that @code{gnatmake} takes into account all the Ada rules that
1186 establish dependencies among units. These include dependencies that result
1187 from inlining subprogram bodies, and from
1188 generic instantiation. Unlike some other
1189 Ada make tools, @code{gnatmake} does not rely on the dependencies that were
1190 found by the compiler on a previous compilation, which may possibly
1191 be wrong when sources change. @code{gnatmake} determines the exact set of
1192 dependencies from scratch each time it is run.
1194 @c -- Example: A |withing| unit has a |with| clause, it |withs| a |withed| unit
1196 @node The GNAT Compilation Model,Building Executable Programs with GNAT,Getting Started with GNAT,Top
1197 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model doc}@anchor{3b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model the-gnat-compilation-model}@anchor{9}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id1}@anchor{3c}
1198 @chapter The GNAT Compilation Model
1201 @geindex GNAT compilation model
1203 @geindex Compilation model
1205 This chapter describes the compilation model used by GNAT. Although
1206 similar to that used by other languages such as C and C++, this model
1207 is substantially different from the traditional Ada compilation models,
1208 which are based on a centralized program library. The chapter covers
1209 the following material:
1215 Topics related to source file makeup and naming
1221 @ref{3d,,Source Representation}
1224 @ref{3e,,Foreign Language Representation}
1227 @ref{3f,,File Naming Topics and Utilities}
1231 @ref{14,,Configuration Pragmas}
1234 @ref{40,,Generating Object Files}
1237 @ref{41,,Source Dependencies}
1240 @ref{42,,The Ada Library Information Files}
1243 @ref{43,,Binding an Ada Program}
1246 @ref{15,,GNAT and Libraries}
1249 @ref{16,,Conditional Compilation}
1252 @ref{44,,Mixed Language Programming}
1255 @ref{45,,GNAT and Other Compilation Models}
1258 @ref{1a,,Using GNAT Files with External Tools}
1262 * Source Representation::
1263 * Foreign Language Representation::
1264 * File Naming Topics and Utilities::
1265 * Configuration Pragmas::
1266 * Generating Object Files::
1267 * Source Dependencies::
1268 * The Ada Library Information Files::
1269 * Binding an Ada Program::
1270 * GNAT and Libraries::
1271 * Conditional Compilation::
1272 * Mixed Language Programming::
1273 * GNAT and Other Compilation Models::
1274 * Using GNAT Files with External Tools::
1278 @node Source Representation,Foreign Language Representation,,The GNAT Compilation Model
1279 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model source-representation}@anchor{3d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id2}@anchor{46}
1280 @section Source Representation
1291 Ada source programs are represented in standard text files, using
1292 Latin-1 coding. Latin-1 is an 8-bit code that includes the familiar
1293 7-bit ASCII set, plus additional characters used for
1294 representing foreign languages (see @ref{3e,,Foreign Language Representation}
1295 for support of non-USA character sets). The format effector characters
1296 are represented using their standard ASCII encodings, as follows:
1301 @multitable {xxxxxxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxx}
1378 Source files are in standard text file format. In addition, GNAT will
1379 recognize a wide variety of stream formats, in which the end of
1380 physical lines is marked by any of the following sequences:
1381 @code{LF}, @code{CR}, @code{CR-LF}, or @code{LF-CR}. This is useful
1382 in accommodating files that are imported from other operating systems.
1384 @geindex End of source file; Source file@comma{} end
1386 @geindex SUB (control character)
1388 The end of a source file is normally represented by the physical end of
1389 file. However, the control character @code{16#1A#} (@code{SUB}) is also
1390 recognized as signalling the end of the source file. Again, this is
1391 provided for compatibility with other operating systems where this
1392 code is used to represent the end of file.
1394 @geindex spec (definition)
1395 @geindex compilation (definition)
1397 Each file contains a single Ada compilation unit, including any pragmas
1398 associated with the unit. For example, this means you must place a
1399 package declaration (a package @emph{spec}) and the corresponding body in
1400 separate files. An Ada @emph{compilation} (which is a sequence of
1401 compilation units) is represented using a sequence of files. Similarly,
1402 you will place each subunit or child unit in a separate file.
1404 @node Foreign Language Representation,File Naming Topics and Utilities,Source Representation,The GNAT Compilation Model
1405 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model foreign-language-representation}@anchor{3e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id3}@anchor{47}
1406 @section Foreign Language Representation
1409 GNAT supports the standard character sets defined in Ada as well as
1410 several other non-standard character sets for use in localized versions
1411 of the compiler (@ref{48,,Character Set Control}).
1415 * Other 8-Bit Codes::
1416 * Wide_Character Encodings::
1417 * Wide_Wide_Character Encodings::
1421 @node Latin-1,Other 8-Bit Codes,,Foreign Language Representation
1422 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id4}@anchor{49}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model latin-1}@anchor{4a}
1428 The basic character set is Latin-1. This character set is defined by ISO
1429 standard 8859, part 1. The lower half (character codes @code{16#00#}
1430 ... @code{16#7F#)} is identical to standard ASCII coding, but the upper
1431 half is used to represent additional characters. These include extended letters
1432 used by European languages, such as French accents, the vowels with umlauts
1433 used in German, and the extra letter A-ring used in Swedish.
1435 @geindex Ada.Characters.Latin_1
1437 For a complete list of Latin-1 codes and their encodings, see the source
1438 file of library unit @code{Ada.Characters.Latin_1} in file
1439 @code{a-chlat1.ads}.
1440 You may use any of these extended characters freely in character or
1441 string literals. In addition, the extended characters that represent
1442 letters can be used in identifiers.
1444 @node Other 8-Bit Codes,Wide_Character Encodings,Latin-1,Foreign Language Representation
1445 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model other-8-bit-codes}@anchor{4b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id5}@anchor{4c}
1446 @subsection Other 8-Bit Codes
1449 GNAT also supports several other 8-bit coding schemes:
1458 @item @emph{ISO 8859-2 (Latin-2)}
1460 Latin-2 letters allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and lowercase
1471 @item @emph{ISO 8859-3 (Latin-3)}
1473 Latin-3 letters allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and lowercase
1484 @item @emph{ISO 8859-4 (Latin-4)}
1486 Latin-4 letters allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and lowercase
1497 @item @emph{ISO 8859-5 (Cyrillic)}
1499 ISO 8859-5 letters (Cyrillic) allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and
1500 lowercase equivalence.
1503 @geindex ISO 8859-15
1510 @item @emph{ISO 8859-15 (Latin-9)}
1512 ISO 8859-15 (Latin-9) letters allowed in identifiers, with uppercase and
1513 lowercase equivalence
1516 @geindex code page 437 (IBM PC)
1521 @item @emph{IBM PC (code page 437)}
1523 This code page is the normal default for PCs in the U.S. It corresponds
1524 to the original IBM PC character set. This set has some, but not all, of
1525 the extended Latin-1 letters, but these letters do not have the same
1526 encoding as Latin-1. In this mode, these letters are allowed in
1527 identifiers with uppercase and lowercase equivalence.
1530 @geindex code page 850 (IBM PC)
1535 @item @emph{IBM PC (code page 850)}
1537 This code page is a modification of 437 extended to include all the
1538 Latin-1 letters, but still not with the usual Latin-1 encoding. In this
1539 mode, all these letters are allowed in identifiers with uppercase and
1540 lowercase equivalence.
1542 @item @emph{Full Upper 8-bit}
1544 Any character in the range 80-FF allowed in identifiers, and all are
1545 considered distinct. In other words, there are no uppercase and lowercase
1546 equivalences in this range. This is useful in conjunction with
1547 certain encoding schemes used for some foreign character sets (e.g.,
1548 the typical method of representing Chinese characters on the PC).
1550 @item @emph{No Upper-Half}
1552 No upper-half characters in the range 80-FF are allowed in identifiers.
1553 This gives Ada 83 compatibility for identifier names.
1556 For precise data on the encodings permitted, and the uppercase and lowercase
1557 equivalences that are recognized, see the file @code{csets.adb} in
1558 the GNAT compiler sources. You will need to obtain a full source release
1559 of GNAT to obtain this file.
1561 @node Wide_Character Encodings,Wide_Wide_Character Encodings,Other 8-Bit Codes,Foreign Language Representation
1562 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id6}@anchor{4d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model wide-character-encodings}@anchor{4e}
1563 @subsection Wide_Character Encodings
1566 GNAT allows wide character codes to appear in character and string
1567 literals, and also optionally in identifiers, by means of the following
1568 possible encoding schemes:
1573 @item @emph{Hex Coding}
1575 In this encoding, a wide character is represented by the following five
1582 where @code{a}, @code{b}, @code{c}, @code{d} are the four hexadecimal
1583 characters (using uppercase letters) of the wide character code. For
1584 example, ESC A345 is used to represent the wide character with code
1586 This scheme is compatible with use of the full Wide_Character set.
1588 @item @emph{Upper-Half Coding}
1590 @geindex Upper-Half Coding
1592 The wide character with encoding @code{16#abcd#} where the upper bit is on
1593 (in other words, 'a' is in the range 8-F) is represented as two bytes,
1594 @code{16#ab#} and @code{16#cd#}. The second byte cannot be a format control
1595 character, but is not required to be in the upper half. This method can
1596 be also used for shift-JIS or EUC, where the internal coding matches the
1599 @item @emph{Shift JIS Coding}
1601 @geindex Shift JIS Coding
1603 A wide character is represented by a two-character sequence,
1605 @code{16#cd#}, with the restrictions described for upper-half encoding as
1606 described above. The internal character code is the corresponding JIS
1607 character according to the standard algorithm for Shift-JIS
1608 conversion. Only characters defined in the JIS code set table can be
1609 used with this encoding method.
1611 @item @emph{EUC Coding}
1615 A wide character is represented by a two-character sequence
1617 @code{16#cd#}, with both characters being in the upper half. The internal
1618 character code is the corresponding JIS character according to the EUC
1619 encoding algorithm. Only characters defined in the JIS code set table
1620 can be used with this encoding method.
1622 @item @emph{UTF-8 Coding}
1624 A wide character is represented using
1625 UCS Transformation Format 8 (UTF-8) as defined in Annex R of ISO
1626 10646-1/Am.2. Depending on the character value, the representation
1627 is a one, two, or three byte sequence:
1630 16#0000#-16#007f#: 2#0xxxxxxx#
1631 16#0080#-16#07ff#: 2#110xxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx#
1632 16#0800#-16#ffff#: 2#1110xxxx# 2#10xxxxxx# 2#10xxxxxx#
1635 where the @code{xxx} bits correspond to the left-padded bits of the
1636 16-bit character value. Note that all lower half ASCII characters
1637 are represented as ASCII bytes and all upper half characters and
1638 other wide characters are represented as sequences of upper-half
1639 (The full UTF-8 scheme allows for encoding 31-bit characters as
1640 6-byte sequences, and in the following section on wide wide
1641 characters, the use of these sequences is documented).
1643 @item @emph{Brackets Coding}
1645 In this encoding, a wide character is represented by the following eight
1652 where @code{a}, @code{b}, @code{c}, @code{d} are the four hexadecimal
1653 characters (using uppercase letters) of the wide character code. For
1654 example, ['A345'] is used to represent the wide character with code
1655 @code{16#A345#}. It is also possible (though not required) to use the
1656 Brackets coding for upper half characters. For example, the code
1657 @code{16#A3#} can be represented as @code{['A3']}.
1659 This scheme is compatible with use of the full Wide_Character set,
1660 and is also the method used for wide character encoding in some standard
1661 ACATS (Ada Conformity Assessment Test Suite) test suite distributions.
1666 Some of these coding schemes do not permit the full use of the
1667 Ada character set. For example, neither Shift JIS nor EUC allow the
1668 use of the upper half of the Latin-1 set.
1672 @node Wide_Wide_Character Encodings,,Wide_Character Encodings,Foreign Language Representation
1673 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id7}@anchor{4f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model wide-wide-character-encodings}@anchor{50}
1674 @subsection Wide_Wide_Character Encodings
1677 GNAT allows wide wide character codes to appear in character and string
1678 literals, and also optionally in identifiers, by means of the following
1679 possible encoding schemes:
1684 @item @emph{UTF-8 Coding}
1686 A wide character is represented using
1687 UCS Transformation Format 8 (UTF-8) as defined in Annex R of ISO
1688 10646-1/Am.2. Depending on the character value, the representation
1689 of character codes with values greater than 16#FFFF# is a
1690 is a four, five, or six byte sequence:
1693 16#01_0000#-16#10_FFFF#: 11110xxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx
1695 16#0020_0000#-16#03FF_FFFF#: 111110xx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx
1697 16#0400_0000#-16#7FFF_FFFF#: 1111110x 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx
1698 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx
1701 where the @code{xxx} bits correspond to the left-padded bits of the
1702 32-bit character value.
1704 @item @emph{Brackets Coding}
1706 In this encoding, a wide wide character is represented by the following ten or
1707 twelve byte character sequence:
1711 [ " a b c d e f g h " ]
1714 where @code{a-h} are the six or eight hexadecimal
1715 characters (using uppercase letters) of the wide wide character code. For
1716 example, ["1F4567"] is used to represent the wide wide character with code
1717 @code{16#001F_4567#}.
1719 This scheme is compatible with use of the full Wide_Wide_Character set,
1720 and is also the method used for wide wide character encoding in some standard
1721 ACATS (Ada Conformity Assessment Test Suite) test suite distributions.
1724 @node File Naming Topics and Utilities,Configuration Pragmas,Foreign Language Representation,The GNAT Compilation Model
1725 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id8}@anchor{51}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model file-naming-topics-and-utilities}@anchor{3f}
1726 @section File Naming Topics and Utilities
1729 GNAT has a default file naming scheme and also provides the user with
1730 a high degree of control over how the names and extensions of the
1731 source files correspond to the Ada compilation units that they contain.
1734 * File Naming Rules::
1735 * Using Other File Names::
1736 * Alternative File Naming Schemes::
1737 * Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname::
1738 * File Name Krunching with gnatkr::
1739 * Renaming Files with gnatchop::
1743 @node File Naming Rules,Using Other File Names,,File Naming Topics and Utilities
1744 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model file-naming-rules}@anchor{52}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id9}@anchor{53}
1745 @subsection File Naming Rules
1748 The default file name is determined by the name of the unit that the
1749 file contains. The name is formed by taking the full expanded name of
1750 the unit and replacing the separating dots with hyphens and using
1751 lowercase for all letters.
1753 An exception arises if the file name generated by the above rules starts
1754 with one of the characters
1755 @code{a}, @code{g}, @code{i}, or @code{s}, and the second character is a
1756 minus. In this case, the character tilde is used in place
1757 of the minus. The reason for this special rule is to avoid clashes with
1758 the standard names for child units of the packages System, Ada,
1759 Interfaces, and GNAT, which use the prefixes
1760 @code{s-}, @code{a-}, @code{i-}, and @code{g-},
1763 The file extension is @code{.ads} for a spec and
1764 @code{.adb} for a body. The following table shows some
1765 examples of these rules.
1770 @multitable {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
1777 Ada Compilation Unit
1797 @code{arith_functions.ads}
1801 Arith_Functions (package spec)
1805 @code{arith_functions.adb}
1809 Arith_Functions (package body)
1813 @code{func-spec.ads}
1817 Func.Spec (child package spec)
1821 @code{func-spec.adb}
1825 Func.Spec (child package body)
1833 Sub (subunit of Main)
1841 A.Bad (child package body)
1847 Following these rules can result in excessively long
1848 file names if corresponding
1849 unit names are long (for example, if child units or subunits are
1850 heavily nested). An option is available to shorten such long file names
1851 (called file name 'krunching'). This may be particularly useful when
1852 programs being developed with GNAT are to be used on operating systems
1853 with limited file name lengths. @ref{54,,Using gnatkr}.
1855 Of course, no file shortening algorithm can guarantee uniqueness over
1856 all possible unit names; if file name krunching is used, it is your
1857 responsibility to ensure no name clashes occur. Alternatively you
1858 can specify the exact file names that you want used, as described
1859 in the next section. Finally, if your Ada programs are migrating from a
1860 compiler with a different naming convention, you can use the gnatchop
1861 utility to produce source files that follow the GNAT naming conventions.
1862 (For details see @ref{36,,Renaming Files with gnatchop}.)
1864 Note: in the case of Windows or Mac OS operating systems, case is not
1865 significant. So for example on Windows if the canonical name is
1866 @code{main-sub.adb}, you can use the file name @code{Main-Sub.adb} instead.
1867 However, case is significant for other operating systems, so for example,
1868 if you want to use other than canonically cased file names on a Unix system,
1869 you need to follow the procedures described in the next section.
1871 @node Using Other File Names,Alternative File Naming Schemes,File Naming Rules,File Naming Topics and Utilities
1872 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id10}@anchor{55}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model using-other-file-names}@anchor{35}
1873 @subsection Using Other File Names
1878 In the previous section, we have described the default rules used by
1879 GNAT to determine the file name in which a given unit resides. It is
1880 often convenient to follow these default rules, and if you follow them,
1881 the compiler knows without being explicitly told where to find all
1884 @geindex Source_File_Name pragma
1886 However, in some cases, particularly when a program is imported from
1887 another Ada compiler environment, it may be more convenient for the
1888 programmer to specify which file names contain which units. GNAT allows
1889 arbitrary file names to be used by means of the Source_File_Name pragma.
1890 The form of this pragma is as shown in the following examples:
1893 pragma Source_File_Name (My_Utilities.Stacks,
1894 Spec_File_Name => "myutilst_a.ada");
1895 pragma Source_File_name (My_Utilities.Stacks,
1896 Body_File_Name => "myutilst.ada");
1899 As shown in this example, the first argument for the pragma is the unit
1900 name (in this example a child unit). The second argument has the form
1901 of a named association. The identifier
1902 indicates whether the file name is for a spec or a body;
1903 the file name itself is given by a string literal.
1905 The source file name pragma is a configuration pragma, which means that
1906 normally it will be placed in the @code{gnat.adc}
1907 file used to hold configuration
1908 pragmas that apply to a complete compilation environment.
1909 For more details on how the @code{gnat.adc} file is created and used
1910 see @ref{56,,Handling of Configuration Pragmas}.
1914 GNAT allows completely arbitrary file names to be specified using the
1915 source file name pragma. However, if the file name specified has an
1916 extension other than @code{.ads} or @code{.adb} it is necessary to use
1917 a special syntax when compiling the file. The name in this case must be
1918 preceded by the special sequence @code{-x} followed by a space and the name
1919 of the language, here @code{ada}, as in:
1922 $ gcc -c -x ada peculiar_file_name.sim
1925 @code{gnatmake} handles non-standard file names in the usual manner (the
1926 non-standard file name for the main program is simply used as the
1927 argument to gnatmake). Note that if the extension is also non-standard,
1928 then it must be included in the @code{gnatmake} command, it may not
1931 @node Alternative File Naming Schemes,Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname,Using Other File Names,File Naming Topics and Utilities
1932 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id11}@anchor{57}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model alternative-file-naming-schemes}@anchor{58}
1933 @subsection Alternative File Naming Schemes
1936 @geindex File naming schemes
1937 @geindex alternative
1941 The previous section described the use of the @code{Source_File_Name}
1942 pragma to allow arbitrary names to be assigned to individual source files.
1943 However, this approach requires one pragma for each file, and especially in
1944 large systems can result in very long @code{gnat.adc} files, and also create
1945 a maintenance problem.
1947 @geindex Source_File_Name pragma
1949 GNAT also provides a facility for specifying systematic file naming schemes
1950 other than the standard default naming scheme previously described. An
1951 alternative scheme for naming is specified by the use of
1952 @code{Source_File_Name} pragmas having the following format:
1955 pragma Source_File_Name (
1956 Spec_File_Name => FILE_NAME_PATTERN
1957 [ , Casing => CASING_SPEC]
1958 [ , Dot_Replacement => STRING_LITERAL ] );
1960 pragma Source_File_Name (
1961 Body_File_Name => FILE_NAME_PATTERN
1962 [ , Casing => CASING_SPEC ]
1963 [ , Dot_Replacement => STRING_LITERAL ] ) ;
1965 pragma Source_File_Name (
1966 Subunit_File_Name => FILE_NAME_PATTERN
1967 [ , Casing => CASING_SPEC ]
1968 [ , Dot_Replacement => STRING_LITERAL ] ) ;
1970 FILE_NAME_PATTERN ::= STRING_LITERAL
1971 CASING_SPEC ::= Lowercase | Uppercase | Mixedcase
1974 The @code{FILE_NAME_PATTERN} string shows how the file name is constructed.
1975 It contains a single asterisk character, and the unit name is substituted
1976 systematically for this asterisk. The optional parameter
1977 @code{Casing} indicates
1978 whether the unit name is to be all upper-case letters, all lower-case letters,
1979 or mixed-case. If no
1980 @code{Casing} parameter is used, then the default is all
1983 The optional @code{Dot_Replacement} string is used to replace any periods
1984 that occur in subunit or child unit names. If no @code{Dot_Replacement}
1985 argument is used then separating dots appear unchanged in the resulting
1987 Although the above syntax indicates that the
1988 @code{Casing} argument must appear
1989 before the @code{Dot_Replacement} argument, but it
1990 is also permissible to write these arguments in the opposite order.
1992 As indicated, it is possible to specify different naming schemes for
1993 bodies, specs, and subunits. Quite often the rule for subunits is the
1994 same as the rule for bodies, in which case, there is no need to give
1995 a separate @code{Subunit_File_Name} rule, and in this case the
1996 @code{Body_File_name} rule is used for subunits as well.
1998 The separate rule for subunits can also be used to implement the rather
1999 unusual case of a compilation environment (e.g., a single directory) which
2000 contains a subunit and a child unit with the same unit name. Although
2001 both units cannot appear in the same partition, the Ada Reference Manual
2002 allows (but does not require) the possibility of the two units coexisting
2003 in the same environment.
2005 The file name translation works in the following steps:
2011 If there is a specific @code{Source_File_Name} pragma for the given unit,
2012 then this is always used, and any general pattern rules are ignored.
2015 If there is a pattern type @code{Source_File_Name} pragma that applies to
2016 the unit, then the resulting file name will be used if the file exists. If
2017 more than one pattern matches, the latest one will be tried first, and the
2018 first attempt resulting in a reference to a file that exists will be used.
2021 If no pattern type @code{Source_File_Name} pragma that applies to the unit
2022 for which the corresponding file exists, then the standard GNAT default
2023 naming rules are used.
2026 As an example of the use of this mechanism, consider a commonly used scheme
2027 in which file names are all lower case, with separating periods copied
2028 unchanged to the resulting file name, and specs end with @code{.1.ada}, and
2029 bodies end with @code{.2.ada}. GNAT will follow this scheme if the following
2033 pragma Source_File_Name
2034 (Spec_File_Name => ".1.ada");
2035 pragma Source_File_Name
2036 (Body_File_Name => ".2.ada");
2039 The default GNAT scheme is actually implemented by providing the following
2040 default pragmas internally:
2043 pragma Source_File_Name
2044 (Spec_File_Name => ".ads", Dot_Replacement => "-");
2045 pragma Source_File_Name
2046 (Body_File_Name => ".adb", Dot_Replacement => "-");
2049 Our final example implements a scheme typically used with one of the
2050 Ada 83 compilers, where the separator character for subunits was '__'
2051 (two underscores), specs were identified by adding @code{_.ADA}, bodies
2052 by adding @code{.ADA}, and subunits by
2053 adding @code{.SEP}. All file names were
2054 upper case. Child units were not present of course since this was an
2055 Ada 83 compiler, but it seems reasonable to extend this scheme to use
2056 the same double underscore separator for child units.
2059 pragma Source_File_Name
2060 (Spec_File_Name => "_.ADA",
2061 Dot_Replacement => "__",
2062 Casing = Uppercase);
2063 pragma Source_File_Name
2064 (Body_File_Name => ".ADA",
2065 Dot_Replacement => "__",
2066 Casing = Uppercase);
2067 pragma Source_File_Name
2068 (Subunit_File_Name => ".SEP",
2069 Dot_Replacement => "__",
2070 Casing = Uppercase);
2075 @node Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname,File Name Krunching with gnatkr,Alternative File Naming Schemes,File Naming Topics and Utilities
2076 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model handling-arbitrary-file-naming-conventions-with-gnatname}@anchor{59}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id12}@anchor{5a}
2077 @subsection Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with @code{gnatname}
2080 @geindex File Naming Conventions
2083 * Arbitrary File Naming Conventions::
2084 * Running gnatname::
2085 * Switches for gnatname::
2086 * Examples of gnatname Usage::
2090 @node Arbitrary File Naming Conventions,Running gnatname,,Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname
2091 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model arbitrary-file-naming-conventions}@anchor{5b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id13}@anchor{5c}
2092 @subsubsection Arbitrary File Naming Conventions
2095 The GNAT compiler must be able to know the source file name of a compilation
2096 unit. When using the standard GNAT default file naming conventions
2097 (@code{.ads} for specs, @code{.adb} for bodies), the GNAT compiler
2098 does not need additional information.
2100 When the source file names do not follow the standard GNAT default file naming
2101 conventions, the GNAT compiler must be given additional information through
2102 a configuration pragmas file (@ref{14,,Configuration Pragmas})
2104 When the non-standard file naming conventions are well-defined,
2105 a small number of pragmas @code{Source_File_Name} specifying a naming pattern
2106 (@ref{58,,Alternative File Naming Schemes}) may be sufficient. However,
2107 if the file naming conventions are irregular or arbitrary, a number
2108 of pragma @code{Source_File_Name} for individual compilation units
2110 To help maintain the correspondence between compilation unit names and
2111 source file names within the compiler,
2112 GNAT provides a tool @code{gnatname} to generate the required pragmas for a
2115 @node Running gnatname,Switches for gnatname,Arbitrary File Naming Conventions,Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname
2116 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model running-gnatname}@anchor{5d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id14}@anchor{5e}
2117 @subsubsection Running @code{gnatname}
2120 The usual form of the @code{gnatname} command is:
2123 $ gnatname [ switches ] naming_pattern [ naming_patterns ]
2124 [--and [ switches ] naming_pattern [ naming_patterns ]]
2127 All of the arguments are optional. If invoked without any argument,
2128 @code{gnatname} will display its usage.
2130 When used with at least one naming pattern, @code{gnatname} will attempt to
2131 find all the compilation units in files that follow at least one of the
2132 naming patterns. To find these compilation units,
2133 @code{gnatname} will use the GNAT compiler in syntax-check-only mode on all
2136 One or several Naming Patterns may be given as arguments to @code{gnatname}.
2137 Each Naming Pattern is enclosed between double quotes (or single
2139 A Naming Pattern is a regular expression similar to the wildcard patterns
2140 used in file names by the Unix shells or the DOS prompt.
2142 @code{gnatname} may be called with several sections of directories/patterns.
2143 Sections are separated by the switch @code{--and}. In each section, there must be
2144 at least one pattern. If no directory is specified in a section, the current
2145 directory (or the project directory if @code{-P} is used) is implied.
2146 The options other that the directory switches and the patterns apply globally
2147 even if they are in different sections.
2149 Examples of Naming Patterns are:
2157 For a more complete description of the syntax of Naming Patterns,
2158 see the second kind of regular expressions described in @code{g-regexp.ads}
2159 (the 'Glob' regular expressions).
2161 When invoked without the switch @code{-P}, @code{gnatname} will create a
2162 configuration pragmas file @code{gnat.adc} in the current working directory,
2163 with pragmas @code{Source_File_Name} for each file that contains a valid Ada
2166 @node Switches for gnatname,Examples of gnatname Usage,Running gnatname,Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname
2167 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id15}@anchor{5f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model switches-for-gnatname}@anchor{60}
2168 @subsubsection Switches for @code{gnatname}
2171 Switches for @code{gnatname} must precede any specified Naming Pattern.
2173 You may specify any of the following switches to @code{gnatname}:
2175 @geindex --version (gnatname)
2180 @item @code{--version}
2182 Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
2185 @geindex --help (gnatname)
2192 If @code{--version} was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
2195 @item @code{--subdirs=@emph{dir}}
2197 Real object, library or exec directories are subdirectories <dir> of the
2200 @item @code{--no-backup}
2202 Do not create a backup copy of an existing project file.
2206 Start another section of directories/patterns.
2209 @geindex -c (gnatname)
2214 @item @code{-c@emph{filename}}
2216 Create a configuration pragmas file @code{filename} (instead of the default
2218 There may be zero, one or more space between @code{-c} and
2220 @code{filename} may include directory information. @code{filename} must be
2221 writable. There may be only one switch @code{-c}.
2222 When a switch @code{-c} is
2223 specified, no switch @code{-P} may be specified (see below).
2226 @geindex -d (gnatname)
2231 @item @code{-d@emph{dir}}
2233 Look for source files in directory @code{dir}. There may be zero, one or more
2234 spaces between @code{-d} and @code{dir}.
2235 @code{dir} may end with @code{/**}, that is it may be of the form
2236 @code{root_dir/**}. In this case, the directory @code{root_dir} and all of its
2237 subdirectories, recursively, have to be searched for sources.
2238 When a switch @code{-d}
2239 is specified, the current working directory will not be searched for source
2240 files, unless it is explicitly specified with a @code{-d}
2241 or @code{-D} switch.
2242 Several switches @code{-d} may be specified.
2243 If @code{dir} is a relative path, it is relative to the directory of
2244 the configuration pragmas file specified with switch
2246 or to the directory of the project file specified with switch
2248 if neither switch @code{-c}
2249 nor switch @code{-P} are specified, it is relative to the
2250 current working directory. The directory
2251 specified with switch @code{-d} must exist and be readable.
2254 @geindex -D (gnatname)
2259 @item @code{-D@emph{filename}}
2261 Look for source files in all directories listed in text file @code{filename}.
2262 There may be zero, one or more spaces between @code{-D}
2263 and @code{filename}.
2264 @code{filename} must be an existing, readable text file.
2265 Each nonempty line in @code{filename} must be a directory.
2266 Specifying switch @code{-D} is equivalent to specifying as many
2267 switches @code{-d} as there are nonempty lines in
2272 Follow symbolic links when processing project files.
2274 @geindex -f (gnatname)
2276 @item @code{-f@emph{pattern}}
2278 Foreign patterns. Using this switch, it is possible to add sources of languages
2279 other than Ada to the list of sources of a project file.
2280 It is only useful if a -P switch is used.
2284 gnatname -Pprj -f"*.c" "*.ada"
2287 will look for Ada units in all files with the @code{.ada} extension,
2288 and will add to the list of file for project @code{prj.gpr} the C files
2289 with extension @code{.c}.
2291 @geindex -h (gnatname)
2295 Output usage (help) information. The output is written to @code{stdout}.
2297 @geindex -P (gnatname)
2299 @item @code{-P@emph{proj}}
2301 Create or update project file @code{proj}. There may be zero, one or more space
2302 between @code{-P} and @code{proj}. @code{proj} may include directory
2303 information. @code{proj} must be writable.
2304 There may be only one switch @code{-P}.
2305 When a switch @code{-P} is specified,
2306 no switch @code{-c} may be specified.
2307 On all platforms, except on VMS, when @code{gnatname} is invoked for an
2308 existing project file <proj>.gpr, a backup copy of the project file is created
2309 in the project directory with file name <proj>.gpr.saved_x. 'x' is the first
2310 non negative number that makes this backup copy a new file.
2312 @geindex -v (gnatname)
2316 Verbose mode. Output detailed explanation of behavior to @code{stdout}.
2317 This includes name of the file written, the name of the directories to search
2318 and, for each file in those directories whose name matches at least one of
2319 the Naming Patterns, an indication of whether the file contains a unit,
2320 and if so the name of the unit.
2323 @geindex -v -v (gnatname)
2330 Very Verbose mode. In addition to the output produced in verbose mode,
2331 for each file in the searched directories whose name matches none of
2332 the Naming Patterns, an indication is given that there is no match.
2334 @geindex -x (gnatname)
2336 @item @code{-x@emph{pattern}}
2338 Excluded patterns. Using this switch, it is possible to exclude some files
2339 that would match the name patterns. For example,
2342 gnatname -x "*_nt.ada" "*.ada"
2345 will look for Ada units in all files with the @code{.ada} extension,
2346 except those whose names end with @code{_nt.ada}.
2349 @node Examples of gnatname Usage,,Switches for gnatname,Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname
2350 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model examples-of-gnatname-usage}@anchor{61}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id16}@anchor{62}
2351 @subsubsection Examples of @code{gnatname} Usage
2355 $ gnatname -c /home/me/names.adc -d sources "[a-z]*.ada*"
2358 In this example, the directory @code{/home/me} must already exist
2359 and be writable. In addition, the directory
2360 @code{/home/me/sources} (specified by
2361 @code{-d sources}) must exist and be readable.
2363 Note the optional spaces after @code{-c} and @code{-d}.
2366 $ gnatname -P/home/me/proj -x "*_nt_body.ada"
2367 -dsources -dsources/plus -Dcommon_dirs.txt "body_*" "spec_*"
2370 Note that several switches @code{-d} may be used,
2371 even in conjunction with one or several switches
2372 @code{-D}. Several Naming Patterns and one excluded pattern
2373 are used in this example.
2375 @node File Name Krunching with gnatkr,Renaming Files with gnatchop,Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname,File Naming Topics and Utilities
2376 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model file-name-krunching-with-gnatkr}@anchor{63}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id17}@anchor{64}
2377 @subsection File Name Krunching with @code{gnatkr}
2382 This section discusses the method used by the compiler to shorten
2383 the default file names chosen for Ada units so that they do not
2384 exceed the maximum length permitted. It also describes the
2385 @code{gnatkr} utility that can be used to determine the result of
2386 applying this shortening.
2391 * Krunching Method::
2392 * Examples of gnatkr Usage::
2396 @node About gnatkr,Using gnatkr,,File Name Krunching with gnatkr
2397 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id18}@anchor{65}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model about-gnatkr}@anchor{66}
2398 @subsubsection About @code{gnatkr}
2401 The default file naming rule in GNAT
2402 is that the file name must be derived from
2403 the unit name. The exact default rule is as follows:
2409 Take the unit name and replace all dots by hyphens.
2412 If such a replacement occurs in the
2413 second character position of a name, and the first character is
2414 @code{a}, @code{g}, @code{s}, or @code{i},
2415 then replace the dot by the character
2419 The reason for this exception is to avoid clashes
2420 with the standard names for children of System, Ada, Interfaces,
2421 and GNAT, which use the prefixes
2422 @code{s-}, @code{a-}, @code{i-}, and @code{g-},
2426 The @code{-gnatk@emph{nn}}
2427 switch of the compiler activates a 'krunching'
2428 circuit that limits file names to nn characters (where nn is a decimal
2431 The @code{gnatkr} utility can be used to determine the krunched name for
2432 a given file, when krunched to a specified maximum length.
2434 @node Using gnatkr,Krunching Method,About gnatkr,File Name Krunching with gnatkr
2435 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id19}@anchor{67}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model using-gnatkr}@anchor{54}
2436 @subsubsection Using @code{gnatkr}
2439 The @code{gnatkr} command has the form:
2442 $ gnatkr name [ length ]
2445 @code{name} is the uncrunched file name, derived from the name of the unit
2446 in the standard manner described in the previous section (i.e., in particular
2447 all dots are replaced by hyphens). The file name may or may not have an
2448 extension (defined as a suffix of the form period followed by arbitrary
2449 characters other than period). If an extension is present then it will
2450 be preserved in the output. For example, when krunching @code{hellofile.ads}
2451 to eight characters, the result will be hellofil.ads.
2453 Note: for compatibility with previous versions of @code{gnatkr} dots may
2454 appear in the name instead of hyphens, but the last dot will always be
2455 taken as the start of an extension. So if @code{gnatkr} is given an argument
2456 such as @code{Hello.World.adb} it will be treated exactly as if the first
2457 period had been a hyphen, and for example krunching to eight characters
2458 gives the result @code{hellworl.adb}.
2460 Note that the result is always all lower case.
2461 Characters of the other case are folded as required.
2463 @code{length} represents the length of the krunched name. The default
2464 when no argument is given is 8 characters. A length of zero stands for
2465 unlimited, in other words do not chop except for system files where the
2466 implied crunching length is always eight characters.
2468 The output is the krunched name. The output has an extension only if the
2469 original argument was a file name with an extension.
2471 @node Krunching Method,Examples of gnatkr Usage,Using gnatkr,File Name Krunching with gnatkr
2472 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id20}@anchor{68}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model krunching-method}@anchor{69}
2473 @subsubsection Krunching Method
2476 The initial file name is determined by the name of the unit that the file
2477 contains. The name is formed by taking the full expanded name of the
2478 unit and replacing the separating dots with hyphens and
2480 for all letters, except that a hyphen in the second character position is
2481 replaced by a tilde if the first character is
2482 @code{a}, @code{i}, @code{g}, or @code{s}.
2483 The extension is @code{.ads} for a
2484 spec and @code{.adb} for a body.
2485 Krunching does not affect the extension, but the file name is shortened to
2486 the specified length by following these rules:
2492 The name is divided into segments separated by hyphens, tildes or
2493 underscores and all hyphens, tildes, and underscores are
2494 eliminated. If this leaves the name short enough, we are done.
2497 If the name is too long, the longest segment is located (left-most
2498 if there are two of equal length), and shortened by dropping
2499 its last character. This is repeated until the name is short enough.
2501 As an example, consider the krunching of @code{our-strings-wide_fixed.adb}
2502 to fit the name into 8 characters as required by some operating systems:
2505 our-strings-wide_fixed 22
2506 our strings wide fixed 19
2507 our string wide fixed 18
2508 our strin wide fixed 17
2509 our stri wide fixed 16
2510 our stri wide fixe 15
2511 our str wide fixe 14
2518 Final file name: oustwifi.adb
2522 The file names for all predefined units are always krunched to eight
2523 characters. The krunching of these predefined units uses the following
2524 special prefix replacements:
2527 @multitable {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
2571 These system files have a hyphen in the second character position. That
2572 is why normal user files replace such a character with a
2573 tilde, to avoid confusion with system file names.
2575 As an example of this special rule, consider
2576 @code{ada-strings-wide_fixed.adb}, which gets krunched as follows:
2579 ada-strings-wide_fixed 22
2580 a- strings wide fixed 18
2581 a- string wide fixed 17
2582 a- strin wide fixed 16
2583 a- stri wide fixed 15
2584 a- stri wide fixe 14
2591 Final file name: a-stwifi.adb
2595 Of course no file shortening algorithm can guarantee uniqueness over all
2596 possible unit names, and if file name krunching is used then it is your
2597 responsibility to ensure that no name clashes occur. The utility
2598 program @code{gnatkr} is supplied for conveniently determining the
2599 krunched name of a file.
2601 @node Examples of gnatkr Usage,,Krunching Method,File Name Krunching with gnatkr
2602 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id21}@anchor{6a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model examples-of-gnatkr-usage}@anchor{6b}
2603 @subsubsection Examples of @code{gnatkr} Usage
2607 $ gnatkr very_long_unit_name.ads --> velounna.ads
2608 $ gnatkr grandparent-parent-child.ads --> grparchi.ads
2609 $ gnatkr Grandparent.Parent.Child.ads --> grparchi.ads
2610 $ gnatkr grandparent-parent-child --> grparchi
2611 $ gnatkr very_long_unit_name.ads/count=6 --> vlunna.ads
2612 $ gnatkr very_long_unit_name.ads/count=0 --> very_long_unit_name.ads
2615 @node Renaming Files with gnatchop,,File Name Krunching with gnatkr,File Naming Topics and Utilities
2616 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id22}@anchor{6c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model renaming-files-with-gnatchop}@anchor{36}
2617 @subsection Renaming Files with @code{gnatchop}
2622 This section discusses how to handle files with multiple units by using
2623 the @code{gnatchop} utility. This utility is also useful in renaming
2624 files to meet the standard GNAT default file naming conventions.
2627 * Handling Files with Multiple Units::
2628 * Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode::
2629 * Command Line for gnatchop::
2630 * Switches for gnatchop::
2631 * Examples of gnatchop Usage::
2635 @node Handling Files with Multiple Units,Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode,,Renaming Files with gnatchop
2636 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id23}@anchor{6d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model handling-files-with-multiple-units}@anchor{6e}
2637 @subsubsection Handling Files with Multiple Units
2640 The basic compilation model of GNAT requires that a file submitted to the
2641 compiler have only one unit and there be a strict correspondence
2642 between the file name and the unit name.
2644 The @code{gnatchop} utility allows both of these rules to be relaxed,
2645 allowing GNAT to process files which contain multiple compilation units
2646 and files with arbitrary file names. @code{gnatchop}
2647 reads the specified file and generates one or more output files,
2648 containing one unit per file. The unit and the file name correspond,
2649 as required by GNAT.
2651 If you want to permanently restructure a set of 'foreign' files so that
2652 they match the GNAT rules, and do the remaining development using the
2653 GNAT structure, you can simply use @code{gnatchop} once, generate the
2654 new set of files and work with them from that point on.
2656 Alternatively, if you want to keep your files in the 'foreign' format,
2657 perhaps to maintain compatibility with some other Ada compilation
2658 system, you can set up a procedure where you use @code{gnatchop} each
2659 time you compile, regarding the source files that it writes as temporary
2660 files that you throw away.
2662 Note that if your file containing multiple units starts with a byte order
2663 mark (BOM) specifying UTF-8 encoding, then the files generated by gnatchop
2664 will each start with a copy of this BOM, meaning that they can be compiled
2665 automatically in UTF-8 mode without needing to specify an explicit encoding.
2667 @node Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode,Command Line for gnatchop,Handling Files with Multiple Units,Renaming Files with gnatchop
2668 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model operating-gnatchop-in-compilation-mode}@anchor{6f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id24}@anchor{70}
2669 @subsubsection Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode
2672 The basic function of @code{gnatchop} is to take a file with multiple units
2673 and split it into separate files. The boundary between files is reasonably
2674 clear, except for the issue of comments and pragmas. In default mode, the
2675 rule is that any pragmas between units belong to the previous unit, except
2676 that configuration pragmas always belong to the following unit. Any comments
2677 belong to the following unit. These rules
2678 almost always result in the right choice of
2679 the split point without needing to mark it explicitly and most users will
2680 find this default to be what they want. In this default mode it is incorrect to
2681 submit a file containing only configuration pragmas, or one that ends in
2682 configuration pragmas, to @code{gnatchop}.
2684 However, using a special option to activate 'compilation mode',
2686 can perform another function, which is to provide exactly the semantics
2687 required by the RM for handling of configuration pragmas in a compilation.
2688 In the absence of configuration pragmas (at the main file level), this
2689 option has no effect, but it causes such configuration pragmas to be handled
2690 in a quite different manner.
2692 First, in compilation mode, if @code{gnatchop} is given a file that consists of
2693 only configuration pragmas, then this file is appended to the
2694 @code{gnat.adc} file in the current directory. This behavior provides
2695 the required behavior described in the RM for the actions to be taken
2696 on submitting such a file to the compiler, namely that these pragmas
2697 should apply to all subsequent compilations in the same compilation
2698 environment. Using GNAT, the current directory, possibly containing a
2699 @code{gnat.adc} file is the representation
2700 of a compilation environment. For more information on the
2701 @code{gnat.adc} file, see @ref{56,,Handling of Configuration Pragmas}.
2703 Second, in compilation mode, if @code{gnatchop}
2704 is given a file that starts with
2705 configuration pragmas, and contains one or more units, then these
2706 configuration pragmas are prepended to each of the chopped files. This
2707 behavior provides the required behavior described in the RM for the
2708 actions to be taken on compiling such a file, namely that the pragmas
2709 apply to all units in the compilation, but not to subsequently compiled
2712 Finally, if configuration pragmas appear between units, they are appended
2713 to the previous unit. This results in the previous unit being illegal,
2714 since the compiler does not accept configuration pragmas that follow
2715 a unit. This provides the required RM behavior that forbids configuration
2716 pragmas other than those preceding the first compilation unit of a
2719 For most purposes, @code{gnatchop} will be used in default mode. The
2720 compilation mode described above is used only if you need exactly
2721 accurate behavior with respect to compilations, and you have files
2722 that contain multiple units and configuration pragmas. In this
2723 circumstance the use of @code{gnatchop} with the compilation mode
2724 switch provides the required behavior, and is for example the mode
2725 in which GNAT processes the ACVC tests.
2727 @node Command Line for gnatchop,Switches for gnatchop,Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode,Renaming Files with gnatchop
2728 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id25}@anchor{71}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model command-line-for-gnatchop}@anchor{72}
2729 @subsubsection Command Line for @code{gnatchop}
2732 The @code{gnatchop} command has the form:
2735 $ gnatchop switches file_name [file_name ...]
2739 The only required argument is the file name of the file to be chopped.
2740 There are no restrictions on the form of this file name. The file itself
2741 contains one or more Ada units, in normal GNAT format, concatenated
2742 together. As shown, more than one file may be presented to be chopped.
2744 When run in default mode, @code{gnatchop} generates one output file in
2745 the current directory for each unit in each of the files.
2747 @code{directory}, if specified, gives the name of the directory to which
2748 the output files will be written. If it is not specified, all files are
2749 written to the current directory.
2751 For example, given a
2752 file called @code{hellofiles} containing
2757 with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
2767 $ gnatchop hellofiles
2770 generates two files in the current directory, one called
2771 @code{hello.ads} containing the single line that is the procedure spec,
2772 and the other called @code{hello.adb} containing the remaining text. The
2773 original file is not affected. The generated files can be compiled in
2776 When gnatchop is invoked on a file that is empty or that contains only empty
2777 lines and/or comments, gnatchop will not fail, but will not produce any
2780 For example, given a
2781 file called @code{toto.txt} containing
2793 will not produce any new file and will result in the following warnings:
2796 toto.txt:1:01: warning: empty file, contains no compilation units
2797 no compilation units found
2798 no source files written
2801 @node Switches for gnatchop,Examples of gnatchop Usage,Command Line for gnatchop,Renaming Files with gnatchop
2802 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model switches-for-gnatchop}@anchor{73}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id26}@anchor{74}
2803 @subsubsection Switches for @code{gnatchop}
2806 @code{gnatchop} recognizes the following switches:
2808 @geindex --version (gnatchop)
2813 @item @code{--version}
2815 Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
2818 @geindex --help (gnatchop)
2825 If @code{--version} was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
2829 @geindex -c (gnatchop)
2836 Causes @code{gnatchop} to operate in compilation mode, in which
2837 configuration pragmas are handled according to strict RM rules. See
2838 previous section for a full description of this mode.
2840 @item @code{-gnat@emph{xxx}}
2842 This passes the given @code{-gnat@emph{xxx}} switch to @code{gnat} which is
2843 used to parse the given file. Not all @emph{xxx} options make sense,
2844 but for example, the use of @code{-gnati2} allows @code{gnatchop} to
2845 process a source file that uses Latin-2 coding for identifiers.
2849 Causes @code{gnatchop} to generate a brief help summary to the standard
2850 output file showing usage information.
2853 @geindex -k (gnatchop)
2858 @item @code{-k@emph{mm}}
2860 Limit generated file names to the specified number @code{mm}
2862 This is useful if the
2863 resulting set of files is required to be interoperable with systems
2864 which limit the length of file names.
2865 No space is allowed between the @code{-k} and the numeric value. The numeric
2866 value may be omitted in which case a default of @code{-k8},
2868 with DOS-like file systems, is used. If no @code{-k} switch
2870 there is no limit on the length of file names.
2873 @geindex -p (gnatchop)
2880 Causes the file modification time stamp of the input file to be
2881 preserved and used for the time stamp of the output file(s). This may be
2882 useful for preserving coherency of time stamps in an environment where
2883 @code{gnatchop} is used as part of a standard build process.
2886 @geindex -q (gnatchop)
2893 Causes output of informational messages indicating the set of generated
2894 files to be suppressed. Warnings and error messages are unaffected.
2897 @geindex -r (gnatchop)
2899 @geindex Source_Reference pragmas
2906 Generate @code{Source_Reference} pragmas. Use this switch if the output
2907 files are regarded as temporary and development is to be done in terms
2908 of the original unchopped file. This switch causes
2909 @code{Source_Reference} pragmas to be inserted into each of the
2910 generated files to refers back to the original file name and line number.
2911 The result is that all error messages refer back to the original
2913 In addition, the debugging information placed into the object file (when
2914 the @code{-g} switch of @code{gcc} or @code{gnatmake} is
2916 also refers back to this original file so that tools like profilers and
2917 debuggers will give information in terms of the original unchopped file.
2919 If the original file to be chopped itself contains
2920 a @code{Source_Reference}
2921 pragma referencing a third file, then gnatchop respects
2922 this pragma, and the generated @code{Source_Reference} pragmas
2923 in the chopped file refer to the original file, with appropriate
2924 line numbers. This is particularly useful when @code{gnatchop}
2925 is used in conjunction with @code{gnatprep} to compile files that
2926 contain preprocessing statements and multiple units.
2929 @geindex -v (gnatchop)
2936 Causes @code{gnatchop} to operate in verbose mode. The version
2937 number and copyright notice are output, as well as exact copies of
2938 the gnat1 commands spawned to obtain the chop control information.
2941 @geindex -w (gnatchop)
2948 Overwrite existing file names. Normally @code{gnatchop} regards it as a
2949 fatal error if there is already a file with the same name as a
2950 file it would otherwise output, in other words if the files to be
2951 chopped contain duplicated units. This switch bypasses this
2952 check, and causes all but the last instance of such duplicated
2953 units to be skipped.
2956 @geindex --GCC= (gnatchop)
2961 @item @code{--GCC=@emph{xxxx}}
2963 Specify the path of the GNAT parser to be used. When this switch is used,
2964 no attempt is made to add the prefix to the GNAT parser executable.
2967 @node Examples of gnatchop Usage,,Switches for gnatchop,Renaming Files with gnatchop
2968 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id27}@anchor{75}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model examples-of-gnatchop-usage}@anchor{76}
2969 @subsubsection Examples of @code{gnatchop} Usage
2973 $ gnatchop -w hello_s.ada prerelease/files
2976 Chops the source file @code{hello_s.ada}. The output files will be
2977 placed in the directory @code{prerelease/files},
2979 files with matching names in that directory (no files in the current
2980 directory are modified).
2986 Chops the source file @code{archive}
2987 into the current directory. One
2988 useful application of @code{gnatchop} is in sending sets of sources
2989 around, for example in email messages. The required sources are simply
2990 concatenated (for example, using a Unix @code{cat}
2992 @code{gnatchop} is used at the other end to reconstitute the original
2996 $ gnatchop file1 file2 file3 direc
2999 Chops all units in files @code{file1}, @code{file2}, @code{file3}, placing
3000 the resulting files in the directory @code{direc}. Note that if any units
3001 occur more than once anywhere within this set of files, an error message
3002 is generated, and no files are written. To override this check, use the
3004 in which case the last occurrence in the last file will
3005 be the one that is output, and earlier duplicate occurrences for a given
3006 unit will be skipped.
3008 @node Configuration Pragmas,Generating Object Files,File Naming Topics and Utilities,The GNAT Compilation Model
3009 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id28}@anchor{77}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model configuration-pragmas}@anchor{14}
3010 @section Configuration Pragmas
3013 @geindex Configuration pragmas
3016 @geindex configuration
3018 Configuration pragmas include those pragmas described as
3019 such in the Ada Reference Manual, as well as
3020 implementation-dependent pragmas that are configuration pragmas.
3021 See the @code{Implementation_Defined_Pragmas} chapter in the
3022 @cite{GNAT_Reference_Manual} for details on these
3023 additional GNAT-specific configuration pragmas.
3024 Most notably, the pragma @code{Source_File_Name}, which allows
3025 specifying non-default names for source files, is a configuration
3026 pragma. The following is a complete list of configuration pragmas
3036 Allow_Integer_Address
3039 Assume_No_Invalid_Values
3041 Check_Float_Overflow
3045 Compile_Time_Warning
3047 Compiler_Unit_Warning
3049 Convention_Identifier
3052 Default_Scalar_Storage_Order
3053 Default_Storage_Pool
3054 Disable_Atomic_Synchronization
3058 Enable_Atomic_Synchronization
3061 External_Name_Casing
3070 No_Component_Reordering
3071 No_Heap_Finalization
3077 Overriding_Renamings
3078 Partition_Elaboration_Policy
3081 Prefix_Exception_Messages
3082 Priority_Specific_Dispatching
3085 Propagate_Exceptions
3092 Restrictions_Warnings
3094 Short_Circuit_And_Or
3097 Source_File_Name_Project
3101 Suppress_Exception_Locations
3102 Task_Dispatching_Policy
3103 Unevaluated_Use_Of_Old
3110 Wide_Character_Encoding
3114 * Handling of Configuration Pragmas::
3115 * The Configuration Pragmas Files::
3119 @node Handling of Configuration Pragmas,The Configuration Pragmas Files,,Configuration Pragmas
3120 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id29}@anchor{78}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model handling-of-configuration-pragmas}@anchor{56}
3121 @subsection Handling of Configuration Pragmas
3124 Configuration pragmas may either appear at the start of a compilation
3125 unit, or they can appear in a configuration pragma file to apply to
3126 all compilations performed in a given compilation environment.
3128 GNAT also provides the @code{gnatchop} utility to provide an automatic
3129 way to handle configuration pragmas following the semantics for
3130 compilations (that is, files with multiple units), described in the RM.
3131 See @ref{6f,,Operating gnatchop in Compilation Mode} for details.
3132 However, for most purposes, it will be more convenient to edit the
3133 @code{gnat.adc} file that contains configuration pragmas directly,
3134 as described in the following section.
3136 In the case of @code{Restrictions} pragmas appearing as configuration
3137 pragmas in individual compilation units, the exact handling depends on
3138 the type of restriction.
3140 Restrictions that require partition-wide consistency (like
3141 @code{No_Tasking}) are
3142 recognized wherever they appear
3143 and can be freely inherited, e.g. from a @emph{with}ed unit to the @emph{with}ing
3144 unit. This makes sense since the binder will in any case insist on seeing
3145 consistent use, so any unit not conforming to any restrictions that are
3146 anywhere in the partition will be rejected, and you might as well find
3147 that out at compile time rather than at bind time.
3149 For restrictions that do not require partition-wide consistency, e.g.
3150 SPARK or No_Implementation_Attributes, in general the restriction applies
3151 only to the unit in which the pragma appears, and not to any other units.
3153 The exception is No_Elaboration_Code which always applies to the entire
3154 object file from a compilation, i.e. to the body, spec, and all subunits.
3155 This restriction can be specified in a configuration pragma file, or it
3156 can be on the body and/or the spec (in eithe case it applies to all the
3157 relevant units). It can appear on a subunit only if it has previously
3158 appeared in the body of spec.
3160 @node The Configuration Pragmas Files,,Handling of Configuration Pragmas,Configuration Pragmas
3161 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model the-configuration-pragmas-files}@anchor{79}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id30}@anchor{7a}
3162 @subsection The Configuration Pragmas Files
3167 In GNAT a compilation environment is defined by the current
3168 directory at the time that a compile command is given. This current
3169 directory is searched for a file whose name is @code{gnat.adc}. If
3170 this file is present, it is expected to contain one or more
3171 configuration pragmas that will be applied to the current compilation.
3172 However, if the switch @code{-gnatA} is used, @code{gnat.adc} is not
3173 considered. When taken into account, @code{gnat.adc} is added to the
3174 dependencies, so that if @code{gnat.adc} is modified later, an invocation of
3175 @code{gnatmake} will recompile the source.
3177 Configuration pragmas may be entered into the @code{gnat.adc} file
3178 either by running @code{gnatchop} on a source file that consists only of
3179 configuration pragmas, or more conveniently by direct editing of the
3180 @code{gnat.adc} file, which is a standard format source file.
3182 Besides @code{gnat.adc}, additional files containing configuration
3183 pragmas may be applied to the current compilation using the switch
3184 @code{-gnatec=@emph{path}} where @code{path} must designate an existing file that
3185 contains only configuration pragmas. These configuration pragmas are
3186 in addition to those found in @code{gnat.adc} (provided @code{gnat.adc}
3187 is present and switch @code{-gnatA} is not used).
3189 It is allowable to specify several switches @code{-gnatec=}, all of which
3190 will be taken into account.
3192 Files containing configuration pragmas specified with switches
3193 @code{-gnatec=} are added to the dependencies, unless they are
3194 temporary files. A file is considered temporary if its name ends in
3195 @code{.tmp} or @code{.TMP}. Certain tools follow this naming
3196 convention because they pass information to @code{gcc} via
3197 temporary files that are immediately deleted; it doesn't make sense to
3198 depend on a file that no longer exists. Such tools include
3199 @code{gprbuild}, @code{gnatmake}, and @code{gnatcheck}.
3201 If you are using project file, a separate mechanism is provided using
3205 @c See :ref:`Specifying_Configuration_Pragmas` for more details.
3207 @node Generating Object Files,Source Dependencies,Configuration Pragmas,The GNAT Compilation Model
3208 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model generating-object-files}@anchor{40}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id31}@anchor{7b}
3209 @section Generating Object Files
3212 An Ada program consists of a set of source files, and the first step in
3213 compiling the program is to generate the corresponding object files.
3214 These are generated by compiling a subset of these source files.
3215 The files you need to compile are the following:
3221 If a package spec has no body, compile the package spec to produce the
3222 object file for the package.
3225 If a package has both a spec and a body, compile the body to produce the
3226 object file for the package. The source file for the package spec need
3227 not be compiled in this case because there is only one object file, which
3228 contains the code for both the spec and body of the package.
3231 For a subprogram, compile the subprogram body to produce the object file
3232 for the subprogram. The spec, if one is present, is as usual in a
3233 separate file, and need not be compiled.
3242 In the case of subunits, only compile the parent unit. A single object
3243 file is generated for the entire subunit tree, which includes all the
3247 Compile child units independently of their parent units
3248 (though, of course, the spec of all the ancestor unit must be present in order
3249 to compile a child unit).
3254 Compile generic units in the same manner as any other units. The object
3255 files in this case are small dummy files that contain at most the
3256 flag used for elaboration checking. This is because GNAT always handles generic
3257 instantiation by means of macro expansion. However, it is still necessary to
3258 compile generic units, for dependency checking and elaboration purposes.
3261 The preceding rules describe the set of files that must be compiled to
3262 generate the object files for a program. Each object file has the same
3263 name as the corresponding source file, except that the extension is
3266 You may wish to compile other files for the purpose of checking their
3267 syntactic and semantic correctness. For example, in the case where a
3268 package has a separate spec and body, you would not normally compile the
3269 spec. However, it is convenient in practice to compile the spec to make
3270 sure it is error-free before compiling clients of this spec, because such
3271 compilations will fail if there is an error in the spec.
3273 GNAT provides an option for compiling such files purely for the
3274 purposes of checking correctness; such compilations are not required as
3275 part of the process of building a program. To compile a file in this
3276 checking mode, use the @code{-gnatc} switch.
3278 @node Source Dependencies,The Ada Library Information Files,Generating Object Files,The GNAT Compilation Model
3279 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id32}@anchor{7c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model source-dependencies}@anchor{41}
3280 @section Source Dependencies
3283 A given object file clearly depends on the source file which is compiled
3284 to produce it. Here we are using "depends" in the sense of a typical
3285 @code{make} utility; in other words, an object file depends on a source
3286 file if changes to the source file require the object file to be
3288 In addition to this basic dependency, a given object may depend on
3289 additional source files as follows:
3295 If a file being compiled @emph{with}s a unit @code{X}, the object file
3296 depends on the file containing the spec of unit @code{X}. This includes
3297 files that are @emph{with}ed implicitly either because they are parents
3298 of @emph{with}ed child units or they are run-time units required by the
3299 language constructs used in a particular unit.
3302 If a file being compiled instantiates a library level generic unit, the
3303 object file depends on both the spec and body files for this generic
3307 If a file being compiled instantiates a generic unit defined within a
3308 package, the object file depends on the body file for the package as
3309 well as the spec file.
3314 @geindex -gnatn switch
3320 If a file being compiled contains a call to a subprogram for which
3321 pragma @code{Inline} applies and inlining is activated with the
3322 @code{-gnatn} switch, the object file depends on the file containing the
3323 body of this subprogram as well as on the file containing the spec. Note
3324 that for inlining to actually occur as a result of the use of this switch,
3325 it is necessary to compile in optimizing mode.
3327 @geindex -gnatN switch
3329 The use of @code{-gnatN} activates inlining optimization
3330 that is performed by the front end of the compiler. This inlining does
3331 not require that the code generation be optimized. Like @code{-gnatn},
3332 the use of this switch generates additional dependencies.
3334 When using a gcc-based back end (in practice this means using any version
3335 of GNAT other than for the JVM, .NET or GNAAMP platforms), then the use of
3336 @code{-gnatN} is deprecated, and the use of @code{-gnatn} is preferred.
3337 Historically front end inlining was more extensive than the gcc back end
3338 inlining, but that is no longer the case.
3341 If an object file @code{O} depends on the proper body of a subunit through
3342 inlining or instantiation, it depends on the parent unit of the subunit.
3343 This means that any modification of the parent unit or one of its subunits
3344 affects the compilation of @code{O}.
3347 The object file for a parent unit depends on all its subunit body files.
3350 The previous two rules meant that for purposes of computing dependencies and
3351 recompilation, a body and all its subunits are treated as an indivisible whole.
3353 These rules are applied transitively: if unit @code{A} @emph{with}s
3354 unit @code{B}, whose elaboration calls an inlined procedure in package
3355 @code{C}, the object file for unit @code{A} will depend on the body of
3356 @code{C}, in file @code{c.adb}.
3358 The set of dependent files described by these rules includes all the
3359 files on which the unit is semantically dependent, as dictated by the
3360 Ada language standard. However, it is a superset of what the
3361 standard describes, because it includes generic, inline, and subunit
3364 An object file must be recreated by recompiling the corresponding source
3365 file if any of the source files on which it depends are modified. For
3366 example, if the @code{make} utility is used to control compilation,
3367 the rule for an Ada object file must mention all the source files on
3368 which the object file depends, according to the above definition.
3369 The determination of the necessary
3370 recompilations is done automatically when one uses @code{gnatmake}.
3373 @node The Ada Library Information Files,Binding an Ada Program,Source Dependencies,The GNAT Compilation Model
3374 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id33}@anchor{7d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model the-ada-library-information-files}@anchor{42}
3375 @section The Ada Library Information Files
3378 @geindex Ada Library Information files
3382 Each compilation actually generates two output files. The first of these
3383 is the normal object file that has a @code{.o} extension. The second is a
3384 text file containing full dependency information. It has the same
3385 name as the source file, but an @code{.ali} extension.
3386 This file is known as the Ada Library Information (@code{ALI}) file.
3387 The following information is contained in the @code{ALI} file.
3393 Version information (indicates which version of GNAT was used to compile
3394 the unit(s) in question)
3397 Main program information (including priority and time slice settings,
3398 as well as the wide character encoding used during compilation).
3401 List of arguments used in the @code{gcc} command for the compilation
3404 Attributes of the unit, including configuration pragmas used, an indication
3405 of whether the compilation was successful, exception model used etc.
3408 A list of relevant restrictions applying to the unit (used for consistency)
3412 Categorization information (e.g., use of pragma @code{Pure}).
3415 Information on all @emph{with}ed units, including presence of
3416 @code{Elaborate} or @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas.
3419 Information from any @code{Linker_Options} pragmas used in the unit
3422 Information on the use of @code{Body_Version} or @code{Version}
3423 attributes in the unit.
3426 Dependency information. This is a list of files, together with
3427 time stamp and checksum information. These are files on which
3428 the unit depends in the sense that recompilation is required
3429 if any of these units are modified.
3432 Cross-reference data. Contains information on all entities referenced
3433 in the unit. Used by tools like @code{gnatxref} and @code{gnatfind} to
3434 provide cross-reference information.
3437 For a full detailed description of the format of the @code{ALI} file,
3438 see the source of the body of unit @code{Lib.Writ}, contained in file
3439 @code{lib-writ.adb} in the GNAT compiler sources.
3441 @node Binding an Ada Program,GNAT and Libraries,The Ada Library Information Files,The GNAT Compilation Model
3442 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id34}@anchor{7e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model binding-an-ada-program}@anchor{43}
3443 @section Binding an Ada Program
3446 When using languages such as C and C++, once the source files have been
3447 compiled the only remaining step in building an executable program
3448 is linking the object modules together. This means that it is possible to
3449 link an inconsistent version of a program, in which two units have
3450 included different versions of the same header.
3452 The rules of Ada do not permit such an inconsistent program to be built.
3453 For example, if two clients have different versions of the same package,
3454 it is illegal to build a program containing these two clients.
3455 These rules are enforced by the GNAT binder, which also determines an
3456 elaboration order consistent with the Ada rules.
3458 The GNAT binder is run after all the object files for a program have
3459 been created. It is given the name of the main program unit, and from
3460 this it determines the set of units required by the program, by reading the
3461 corresponding ALI files. It generates error messages if the program is
3462 inconsistent or if no valid order of elaboration exists.
3464 If no errors are detected, the binder produces a main program, in Ada by
3465 default, that contains calls to the elaboration procedures of those
3466 compilation unit that require them, followed by
3467 a call to the main program. This Ada program is compiled to generate the
3468 object file for the main program. The name of
3469 the Ada file is @code{b~xxx}.adb` (with the corresponding spec
3470 @code{b~xxx}.ads`) where @code{xxx} is the name of the
3473 Finally, the linker is used to build the resulting executable program,
3474 using the object from the main program from the bind step as well as the
3475 object files for the Ada units of the program.
3477 @node GNAT and Libraries,Conditional Compilation,Binding an Ada Program,The GNAT Compilation Model
3478 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model gnat-and-libraries}@anchor{15}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id35}@anchor{7f}
3479 @section GNAT and Libraries
3482 @geindex Library building and using
3484 This section describes how to build and use libraries with GNAT, and also shows
3485 how to recompile the GNAT run-time library. You should be familiar with the
3486 Project Manager facility (see the @emph{GNAT_Project_Manager} chapter of the
3487 @emph{GPRbuild User's Guide}) before reading this chapter.
3490 * Introduction to Libraries in GNAT::
3491 * General Ada Libraries::
3492 * Stand-alone Ada Libraries::
3493 * Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library::
3497 @node Introduction to Libraries in GNAT,General Ada Libraries,,GNAT and Libraries
3498 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model introduction-to-libraries-in-gnat}@anchor{80}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id36}@anchor{81}
3499 @subsection Introduction to Libraries in GNAT
3502 A library is, conceptually, a collection of objects which does not have its
3503 own main thread of execution, but rather provides certain services to the
3504 applications that use it. A library can be either statically linked with the
3505 application, in which case its code is directly included in the application,
3506 or, on platforms that support it, be dynamically linked, in which case
3507 its code is shared by all applications making use of this library.
3509 GNAT supports both types of libraries.
3510 In the static case, the compiled code can be provided in different ways. The
3511 simplest approach is to provide directly the set of objects resulting from
3512 compilation of the library source files. Alternatively, you can group the
3513 objects into an archive using whatever commands are provided by the operating
3514 system. For the latter case, the objects are grouped into a shared library.
3516 In the GNAT environment, a library has three types of components:
3525 @code{ALI} files (see @ref{42,,The Ada Library Information Files}), and
3528 Object files, an archive or a shared library.
3531 A GNAT library may expose all its source files, which is useful for
3532 documentation purposes. Alternatively, it may expose only the units needed by
3533 an external user to make use of the library. That is to say, the specs
3534 reflecting the library services along with all the units needed to compile
3535 those specs, which can include generic bodies or any body implementing an
3536 inlined routine. In the case of @emph{stand-alone libraries} those exposed
3537 units are called @emph{interface units} (@ref{82,,Stand-alone Ada Libraries}).
3539 All compilation units comprising an application, including those in a library,
3540 need to be elaborated in an order partially defined by Ada's semantics. GNAT
3541 computes the elaboration order from the @code{ALI} files and this is why they
3542 constitute a mandatory part of GNAT libraries.
3543 @emph{Stand-alone libraries} are the exception to this rule because a specific
3544 library elaboration routine is produced independently of the application(s)
3547 @node General Ada Libraries,Stand-alone Ada Libraries,Introduction to Libraries in GNAT,GNAT and Libraries
3548 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model general-ada-libraries}@anchor{83}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id37}@anchor{84}
3549 @subsection General Ada Libraries
3553 * Building a library::
3554 * Installing a library::
3559 @node Building a library,Installing a library,,General Ada Libraries
3560 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model building-a-library}@anchor{85}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id38}@anchor{86}
3561 @subsubsection Building a library
3564 The easiest way to build a library is to use the Project Manager,
3565 which supports a special type of project called a @emph{Library Project}
3566 (see the @emph{Library Projects} section in the @emph{GNAT Project Manager}
3567 chapter of the @emph{GPRbuild User's Guide}).
3569 A project is considered a library project, when two project-level attributes
3570 are defined in it: @code{Library_Name} and @code{Library_Dir}. In order to
3571 control different aspects of library configuration, additional optional
3572 project-level attributes can be specified:
3581 @item @code{Library_Kind}
3583 This attribute controls whether the library is to be static or dynamic
3590 @item @code{Library_Version}
3592 This attribute specifies the library version; this value is used
3593 during dynamic linking of shared libraries to determine if the currently
3594 installed versions of the binaries are compatible.
3598 @code{Library_Options}
3604 @item @code{Library_GCC}
3606 These attributes specify additional low-level options to be used during
3607 library generation, and redefine the actual application used to generate
3612 The GNAT Project Manager takes full care of the library maintenance task,
3613 including recompilation of the source files for which objects do not exist
3614 or are not up to date, assembly of the library archive, and installation of
3615 the library (i.e., copying associated source, object and @code{ALI} files
3616 to the specified location).
3618 Here is a simple library project file:
3622 for Source_Dirs use ("src1", "src2");
3623 for Object_Dir use "obj";
3624 for Library_Name use "mylib";
3625 for Library_Dir use "lib";
3626 for Library_Kind use "dynamic";
3630 and the compilation command to build and install the library:
3636 It is not entirely trivial to perform manually all the steps required to
3637 produce a library. We recommend that you use the GNAT Project Manager
3638 for this task. In special cases where this is not desired, the necessary
3639 steps are discussed below.
3641 There are various possibilities for compiling the units that make up the
3642 library: for example with a Makefile (@ref{1f,,Using the GNU make Utility}) or
3643 with a conventional script. For simple libraries, it is also possible to create
3644 a dummy main program which depends upon all the packages that comprise the
3645 interface of the library. This dummy main program can then be given to
3646 @code{gnatmake}, which will ensure that all necessary objects are built.
3648 After this task is accomplished, you should follow the standard procedure
3649 of the underlying operating system to produce the static or shared library.
3651 Here is an example of such a dummy program:
3654 with My_Lib.Service1;
3655 with My_Lib.Service2;
3656 with My_Lib.Service3;
3657 procedure My_Lib_Dummy is
3663 Here are the generic commands that will build an archive or a shared library.
3666 # compiling the library
3667 $ gnatmake -c my_lib_dummy.adb
3669 # we don't need the dummy object itself
3670 $ rm my_lib_dummy.o my_lib_dummy.ali
3672 # create an archive with the remaining objects
3673 $ ar rc libmy_lib.a *.o
3674 # some systems may require "ranlib" to be run as well
3676 # or create a shared library
3677 $ gcc -shared -o libmy_lib.so *.o
3678 # some systems may require the code to have been compiled with -fPIC
3680 # remove the object files that are now in the library
3683 # Make the ALI files read-only so that gnatmake will not try to
3684 # regenerate the objects that are in the library
3688 Please note that the library must have a name of the form @code{lib@emph{xxx}.a}
3689 or @code{lib@emph{xxx}.so} (or @code{lib@emph{xxx}.dll} on Windows) in order to
3690 be accessed by the directive @code{-l@emph{xxx}} at link time.
3692 @node Installing a library,Using a library,Building a library,General Ada Libraries
3693 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model installing-a-library}@anchor{87}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id39}@anchor{88}
3694 @subsubsection Installing a library
3697 @geindex ADA_PROJECT_PATH
3699 @geindex GPR_PROJECT_PATH
3701 If you use project files, library installation is part of the library build
3702 process (see the @emph{Installing a Library with Project Files} section of the
3703 @emph{GNAT Project Manager} chapter of the @emph{GPRbuild User's Guide}).
3705 When project files are not an option, it is also possible, but not recommended,
3706 to install the library so that the sources needed to use the library are on the
3707 Ada source path and the ALI files & libraries be on the Ada Object path (see
3708 @ref{89,,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)}. Alternatively, the system
3709 administrator can place general-purpose libraries in the default compiler
3710 paths, by specifying the libraries' location in the configuration files
3711 @code{ada_source_path} and @code{ada_object_path}. These configuration files
3712 must be located in the GNAT installation tree at the same place as the gcc spec
3713 file. The location of the gcc spec file can be determined as follows:
3719 The configuration files mentioned above have a simple format: each line
3720 must contain one unique directory name.
3721 Those names are added to the corresponding path
3722 in their order of appearance in the file. The names can be either absolute
3723 or relative; in the latter case, they are relative to where theses files
3726 The files @code{ada_source_path} and @code{ada_object_path} might not be
3728 GNAT installation, in which case, GNAT will look for its run-time library in
3729 the directories @code{adainclude} (for the sources) and @code{adalib} (for the
3730 objects and @code{ALI} files). When the files exist, the compiler does not
3731 look in @code{adainclude} and @code{adalib}, and thus the
3732 @code{ada_source_path} file
3733 must contain the location for the GNAT run-time sources (which can simply
3734 be @code{adainclude}). In the same way, the @code{ada_object_path} file must
3735 contain the location for the GNAT run-time objects (which can simply
3738 You can also specify a new default path to the run-time library at compilation
3739 time with the switch @code{--RTS=rts-path}. You can thus choose / change
3740 the run-time library you want your program to be compiled with. This switch is
3741 recognized by @code{gcc}, @code{gnatmake}, @code{gnatbind},
3742 @code{gnatls}, @code{gnatfind} and @code{gnatxref}.
3744 It is possible to install a library before or after the standard GNAT
3745 library, by reordering the lines in the configuration files. In general, a
3746 library must be installed before the GNAT library if it redefines
3749 @node Using a library,,Installing a library,General Ada Libraries
3750 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model using-a-library}@anchor{8a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id40}@anchor{8b}
3751 @subsubsection Using a library
3754 Once again, the project facility greatly simplifies the use of
3755 libraries. In this context, using a library is just a matter of adding a
3756 @emph{with} clause in the user project. For instance, to make use of the
3757 library @code{My_Lib} shown in examples in earlier sections, you can
3767 Even if you have a third-party, non-Ada library, you can still use GNAT's
3768 Project Manager facility to provide a wrapper for it. For example, the
3769 following project, when @emph{with}ed by your main project, will link with the
3770 third-party library @code{liba.a}:
3774 for Externally_Built use "true";
3775 for Source_Files use ();
3776 for Library_Dir use "lib";
3777 for Library_Name use "a";
3778 for Library_Kind use "static";
3782 This is an alternative to the use of @code{pragma Linker_Options}. It is
3783 especially interesting in the context of systems with several interdependent
3784 static libraries where finding a proper linker order is not easy and best be
3785 left to the tools having visibility over project dependence information.
3787 In order to use an Ada library manually, you need to make sure that this
3788 library is on both your source and object path
3789 (see @ref{89,,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)}
3790 and @ref{8c,,Search Paths for gnatbind}). Furthermore, when the objects are grouped
3791 in an archive or a shared library, you need to specify the desired
3792 library at link time.
3794 For example, you can use the library @code{mylib} installed in
3795 @code{/dir/my_lib_src} and @code{/dir/my_lib_obj} with the following commands:
3798 $ gnatmake -aI/dir/my_lib_src -aO/dir/my_lib_obj my_appl \\
3802 This can be expressed more simply:
3808 when the following conditions are met:
3814 @code{/dir/my_lib_src} has been added by the user to the environment
3816 @geindex ADA_INCLUDE_PATH
3817 @geindex environment variable; ADA_INCLUDE_PATH
3818 @code{ADA_INCLUDE_PATH}, or by the administrator to the file
3819 @code{ada_source_path}
3822 @code{/dir/my_lib_obj} has been added by the user to the environment
3824 @geindex ADA_OBJECTS_PATH
3825 @geindex environment variable; ADA_OBJECTS_PATH
3826 @code{ADA_OBJECTS_PATH}, or by the administrator to the file
3827 @code{ada_object_path}
3830 a pragma @code{Linker_Options} has been added to one of the sources.
3834 pragma Linker_Options ("-lmy_lib");
3838 Note that you may also load a library dynamically at
3839 run time given its filename, as illustrated in the GNAT @code{plugins} example
3840 in the directory @code{share/examples/gnat/plugins} within the GNAT
3843 @node Stand-alone Ada Libraries,Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library,General Ada Libraries,GNAT and Libraries
3844 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model stand-alone-ada-libraries}@anchor{82}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id41}@anchor{8d}
3845 @subsection Stand-alone Ada Libraries
3848 @geindex Stand-alone libraries
3851 * Introduction to Stand-alone Libraries::
3852 * Building a Stand-alone Library::
3853 * Creating a Stand-alone Library to be used in a non-Ada context::
3854 * Restrictions in Stand-alone Libraries::
3858 @node Introduction to Stand-alone Libraries,Building a Stand-alone Library,,Stand-alone Ada Libraries
3859 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model introduction-to-stand-alone-libraries}@anchor{8e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id42}@anchor{8f}
3860 @subsubsection Introduction to Stand-alone Libraries
3863 A Stand-alone Library (abbreviated 'SAL') is a library that contains the
3865 elaborate the Ada units that are included in the library. In contrast with
3866 an ordinary library, which consists of all sources, objects and @code{ALI}
3868 library, a SAL may specify a restricted subset of compilation units
3869 to serve as a library interface. In this case, the fully
3870 self-sufficient set of files will normally consist of an objects
3871 archive, the sources of interface units' specs, and the @code{ALI}
3872 files of interface units.
3873 If an interface spec contains a generic unit or an inlined subprogram,
3875 source must also be provided; if the units that must be provided in the source
3876 form depend on other units, the source and @code{ALI} files of those must
3879 The main purpose of a SAL is to minimize the recompilation overhead of client
3880 applications when a new version of the library is installed. Specifically,
3881 if the interface sources have not changed, client applications do not need to
3882 be recompiled. If, furthermore, a SAL is provided in the shared form and its
3883 version, controlled by @code{Library_Version} attribute, is not changed,
3884 then the clients do not need to be relinked.
3886 SALs also allow the library providers to minimize the amount of library source
3887 text exposed to the clients. Such 'information hiding' might be useful or
3888 necessary for various reasons.
3890 Stand-alone libraries are also well suited to be used in an executable whose
3891 main routine is not written in Ada.
3893 @node Building a Stand-alone Library,Creating a Stand-alone Library to be used in a non-Ada context,Introduction to Stand-alone Libraries,Stand-alone Ada Libraries
3894 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id43}@anchor{90}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model building-a-stand-alone-library}@anchor{91}
3895 @subsubsection Building a Stand-alone Library
3898 GNAT's Project facility provides a simple way of building and installing
3899 stand-alone libraries; see the @emph{Stand-alone Library Projects} section
3900 in the @emph{GNAT Project Manager} chapter of the @emph{GPRbuild User's Guide}.
3901 To be a Stand-alone Library Project, in addition to the two attributes
3902 that make a project a Library Project (@code{Library_Name} and
3903 @code{Library_Dir}; see the @emph{Library Projects} section in the
3904 @emph{GNAT Project Manager} chapter of the @emph{GPRbuild User's Guide}),
3905 the attribute @code{Library_Interface} must be defined. For example:
3908 for Library_Dir use "lib_dir";
3909 for Library_Name use "dummy";
3910 for Library_Interface use ("int1", "int1.child");
3913 Attribute @code{Library_Interface} has a non-empty string list value,
3914 each string in the list designating a unit contained in an immediate source
3915 of the project file.
3917 When a Stand-alone Library is built, first the binder is invoked to build
3918 a package whose name depends on the library name
3919 (@code{b~dummy.ads/b} in the example above).
3920 This binder-generated package includes initialization and
3921 finalization procedures whose
3922 names depend on the library name (@code{dummyinit} and @code{dummyfinal}
3924 above). The object corresponding to this package is included in the library.
3926 You must ensure timely (e.g., prior to any use of interfaces in the SAL)
3927 calling of these procedures if a static SAL is built, or if a shared SAL
3929 with the project-level attribute @code{Library_Auto_Init} set to
3932 For a Stand-Alone Library, only the @code{ALI} files of the Interface Units
3933 (those that are listed in attribute @code{Library_Interface}) are copied to
3934 the Library Directory. As a consequence, only the Interface Units may be
3935 imported from Ada units outside of the library. If other units are imported,
3936 the binding phase will fail.
3938 It is also possible to build an encapsulated library where not only
3939 the code to elaborate and finalize the library is embedded but also
3940 ensuring that the library is linked only against static
3941 libraries. So an encapsulated library only depends on system
3942 libraries, all other code, including the GNAT runtime, is embedded. To
3943 build an encapsulated library the attribute
3944 @code{Library_Standalone} must be set to @code{encapsulated}:
3947 for Library_Dir use "lib_dir";
3948 for Library_Name use "dummy";
3949 for Library_Kind use "dynamic";
3950 for Library_Interface use ("int1", "int1.child");
3951 for Library_Standalone use "encapsulated";
3954 The default value for this attribute is @code{standard} in which case
3955 a stand-alone library is built.
3957 The attribute @code{Library_Src_Dir} may be specified for a
3958 Stand-Alone Library. @code{Library_Src_Dir} is a simple attribute that has a
3959 single string value. Its value must be the path (absolute or relative to the
3960 project directory) of an existing directory. This directory cannot be the
3961 object directory or one of the source directories, but it can be the same as
3962 the library directory. The sources of the Interface
3963 Units of the library that are needed by an Ada client of the library will be
3964 copied to the designated directory, called the Interface Copy directory.
3965 These sources include the specs of the Interface Units, but they may also
3966 include bodies and subunits, when pragmas @code{Inline} or @code{Inline_Always}
3967 are used, or when there is a generic unit in the spec. Before the sources
3968 are copied to the Interface Copy directory, an attempt is made to delete all
3969 files in the Interface Copy directory.
3971 Building stand-alone libraries by hand is somewhat tedious, but for those
3972 occasions when it is necessary here are the steps that you need to perform:
3978 Compile all library sources.
3981 Invoke the binder with the switch @code{-n} (No Ada main program),
3982 with all the @code{ALI} files of the interfaces, and
3983 with the switch @code{-L} to give specific names to the @code{init}
3984 and @code{final} procedures. For example:
3987 $ gnatbind -n int1.ali int2.ali -Lsal1
3991 Compile the binder generated file:
3998 Link the dynamic library with all the necessary object files,
3999 indicating to the linker the names of the @code{init} (and possibly
4000 @code{final}) procedures for automatic initialization (and finalization).
4001 The built library should be placed in a directory different from
4002 the object directory.
4005 Copy the @code{ALI} files of the interface to the library directory,
4006 add in this copy an indication that it is an interface to a SAL
4007 (i.e., add a word @code{SL} on the line in the @code{ALI} file that starts
4008 with letter 'P') and make the modified copy of the @code{ALI} file
4012 Using SALs is not different from using other libraries
4013 (see @ref{8a,,Using a library}).
4015 @node Creating a Stand-alone Library to be used in a non-Ada context,Restrictions in Stand-alone Libraries,Building a Stand-alone Library,Stand-alone Ada Libraries
4016 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model creating-a-stand-alone-library-to-be-used-in-a-non-ada-context}@anchor{92}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id44}@anchor{93}
4017 @subsubsection Creating a Stand-alone Library to be used in a non-Ada context
4020 It is easy to adapt the SAL build procedure discussed above for use of a SAL in
4023 The only extra step required is to ensure that library interface subprograms
4024 are compatible with the main program, by means of @code{pragma Export}
4025 or @code{pragma Convention}.
4027 Here is an example of simple library interface for use with C main program:
4030 package My_Package is
4032 procedure Do_Something;
4033 pragma Export (C, Do_Something, "do_something");
4035 procedure Do_Something_Else;
4036 pragma Export (C, Do_Something_Else, "do_something_else");
4041 On the foreign language side, you must provide a 'foreign' view of the
4042 library interface; remember that it should contain elaboration routines in
4043 addition to interface subprograms.
4045 The example below shows the content of @code{mylib_interface.h} (note
4046 that there is no rule for the naming of this file, any name can be used)
4049 /* the library elaboration procedure */
4050 extern void mylibinit (void);
4052 /* the library finalization procedure */
4053 extern void mylibfinal (void);
4055 /* the interface exported by the library */
4056 extern void do_something (void);
4057 extern void do_something_else (void);
4060 Libraries built as explained above can be used from any program, provided
4061 that the elaboration procedures (named @code{mylibinit} in the previous
4062 example) are called before the library services are used. Any number of
4063 libraries can be used simultaneously, as long as the elaboration
4064 procedure of each library is called.
4066 Below is an example of a C program that uses the @code{mylib} library.
4069 #include "mylib_interface.h"
4074 /* First, elaborate the library before using it */
4077 /* Main program, using the library exported entities */
4079 do_something_else ();
4081 /* Library finalization at the end of the program */
4087 Note that invoking any library finalization procedure generated by
4088 @code{gnatbind} shuts down the Ada run-time environment.
4090 finalization of all Ada libraries must be performed at the end of the program.
4091 No call to these libraries or to the Ada run-time library should be made
4092 after the finalization phase.
4094 Note also that special care must be taken with multi-tasks
4095 applications. The initialization and finalization routines are not
4096 protected against concurrent access. If such requirement is needed it
4097 must be ensured at the application level using a specific operating
4098 system services like a mutex or a critical-section.
4100 @node Restrictions in Stand-alone Libraries,,Creating a Stand-alone Library to be used in a non-Ada context,Stand-alone Ada Libraries
4101 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id45}@anchor{94}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model restrictions-in-stand-alone-libraries}@anchor{95}
4102 @subsubsection Restrictions in Stand-alone Libraries
4105 The pragmas listed below should be used with caution inside libraries,
4106 as they can create incompatibilities with other Ada libraries:
4112 pragma @code{Locking_Policy}
4115 pragma @code{Partition_Elaboration_Policy}
4118 pragma @code{Queuing_Policy}
4121 pragma @code{Task_Dispatching_Policy}
4124 pragma @code{Unreserve_All_Interrupts}
4127 When using a library that contains such pragmas, the user must make sure
4128 that all libraries use the same pragmas with the same values. Otherwise,
4129 @code{Program_Error} will
4130 be raised during the elaboration of the conflicting
4131 libraries. The usage of these pragmas and its consequences for the user
4132 should therefore be well documented.
4134 Similarly, the traceback in the exception occurrence mechanism should be
4135 enabled or disabled in a consistent manner across all libraries.
4136 Otherwise, Program_Error will be raised during the elaboration of the
4137 conflicting libraries.
4139 If the @code{Version} or @code{Body_Version}
4140 attributes are used inside a library, then you need to
4141 perform a @code{gnatbind} step that specifies all @code{ALI} files in all
4142 libraries, so that version identifiers can be properly computed.
4143 In practice these attributes are rarely used, so this is unlikely
4144 to be a consideration.
4146 @node Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library,,Stand-alone Ada Libraries,GNAT and Libraries
4147 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id46}@anchor{96}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model rebuilding-the-gnat-run-time-library}@anchor{97}
4148 @subsection Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library
4151 @geindex GNAT Run-Time Library
4154 @geindex Building the GNAT Run-Time Library
4156 @geindex Rebuilding the GNAT Run-Time Library
4158 @geindex Run-Time Library
4161 It may be useful to recompile the GNAT library in various contexts, the
4162 most important one being the use of partition-wide configuration pragmas
4163 such as @code{Normalize_Scalars}. A special Makefile called
4164 @code{Makefile.adalib} is provided to that effect and can be found in
4165 the directory containing the GNAT library. The location of this
4166 directory depends on the way the GNAT environment has been installed and can
4167 be determined by means of the command:
4173 The last entry in the object search path usually contains the
4174 gnat library. This Makefile contains its own documentation and in
4175 particular the set of instructions needed to rebuild a new library and
4178 @geindex Conditional compilation
4180 @node Conditional Compilation,Mixed Language Programming,GNAT and Libraries,The GNAT Compilation Model
4181 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id47}@anchor{98}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model conditional-compilation}@anchor{16}
4182 @section Conditional Compilation
4185 This section presents some guidelines for modeling conditional compilation in Ada and describes the
4186 gnatprep preprocessor utility.
4188 @geindex Conditional compilation
4191 * Modeling Conditional Compilation in Ada::
4192 * Preprocessing with gnatprep::
4193 * Integrated Preprocessing::
4197 @node Modeling Conditional Compilation in Ada,Preprocessing with gnatprep,,Conditional Compilation
4198 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model modeling-conditional-compilation-in-ada}@anchor{99}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id48}@anchor{9a}
4199 @subsection Modeling Conditional Compilation in Ada
4202 It is often necessary to arrange for a single source program
4203 to serve multiple purposes, where it is compiled in different
4204 ways to achieve these different goals. Some examples of the
4205 need for this feature are
4211 Adapting a program to a different hardware environment
4214 Adapting a program to a different target architecture
4217 Turning debugging features on and off
4220 Arranging for a program to compile with different compilers
4223 In C, or C++, the typical approach would be to use the preprocessor
4224 that is defined as part of the language. The Ada language does not
4225 contain such a feature. This is not an oversight, but rather a very
4226 deliberate design decision, based on the experience that overuse of
4227 the preprocessing features in C and C++ can result in programs that
4228 are extremely difficult to maintain. For example, if we have ten
4229 switches that can be on or off, this means that there are a thousand
4230 separate programs, any one of which might not even be syntactically
4231 correct, and even if syntactically correct, the resulting program
4232 might not work correctly. Testing all combinations can quickly become
4235 Nevertheless, the need to tailor programs certainly exists, and in
4236 this section we will discuss how this can
4237 be achieved using Ada in general, and GNAT in particular.
4240 * Use of Boolean Constants::
4241 * Debugging - A Special Case::
4242 * Conditionalizing Declarations::
4243 * Use of Alternative Implementations::
4248 @node Use of Boolean Constants,Debugging - A Special Case,,Modeling Conditional Compilation in Ada
4249 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id49}@anchor{9b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model use-of-boolean-constants}@anchor{9c}
4250 @subsubsection Use of Boolean Constants
4253 In the case where the difference is simply which code
4254 sequence is executed, the cleanest solution is to use Boolean
4255 constants to control which code is executed.
4258 FP_Initialize_Required : constant Boolean := True;
4260 if FP_Initialize_Required then
4265 Not only will the code inside the @code{if} statement not be executed if
4266 the constant Boolean is @code{False}, but it will also be completely
4267 deleted from the program.
4268 However, the code is only deleted after the @code{if} statement
4269 has been checked for syntactic and semantic correctness.
4270 (In contrast, with preprocessors the code is deleted before the
4271 compiler ever gets to see it, so it is not checked until the switch
4274 @geindex Preprocessors (contrasted with conditional compilation)
4276 Typically the Boolean constants will be in a separate package,
4281 FP_Initialize_Required : constant Boolean := True;
4282 Reset_Available : constant Boolean := False;
4287 The @code{Config} package exists in multiple forms for the various targets,
4288 with an appropriate script selecting the version of @code{Config} needed.
4289 Then any other unit requiring conditional compilation can do a @emph{with}
4290 of @code{Config} to make the constants visible.
4292 @node Debugging - A Special Case,Conditionalizing Declarations,Use of Boolean Constants,Modeling Conditional Compilation in Ada
4293 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model debugging-a-special-case}@anchor{9d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id50}@anchor{9e}
4294 @subsubsection Debugging - A Special Case
4297 A common use of conditional code is to execute statements (for example
4298 dynamic checks, or output of intermediate results) under control of a
4299 debug switch, so that the debugging behavior can be turned on and off.
4300 This can be done using a Boolean constant to control whether the code
4305 Put_Line ("got to the first stage!");
4312 if Debugging and then Temperature > 999.0 then
4313 raise Temperature_Crazy;
4317 @geindex pragma Assert
4319 Since this is a common case, there are special features to deal with
4320 this in a convenient manner. For the case of tests, Ada 2005 has added
4321 a pragma @code{Assert} that can be used for such tests. This pragma is modeled
4322 on the @code{Assert} pragma that has always been available in GNAT, so this
4323 feature may be used with GNAT even if you are not using Ada 2005 features.
4324 The use of pragma @code{Assert} is described in the
4325 @cite{GNAT_Reference_Manual}, but as an
4326 example, the last test could be written:
4329 pragma Assert (Temperature <= 999.0, "Temperature Crazy");
4335 pragma Assert (Temperature <= 999.0);
4338 In both cases, if assertions are active and the temperature is excessive,
4339 the exception @code{Assert_Failure} will be raised, with the given string in
4340 the first case or a string indicating the location of the pragma in the second
4341 case used as the exception message.
4343 @geindex pragma Assertion_Policy
4345 You can turn assertions on and off by using the @code{Assertion_Policy}
4348 @geindex -gnata switch
4350 This is an Ada 2005 pragma which is implemented in all modes by
4351 GNAT. Alternatively, you can use the @code{-gnata} switch
4352 to enable assertions from the command line, which applies to
4353 all versions of Ada.
4355 @geindex pragma Debug
4357 For the example above with the @code{Put_Line}, the GNAT-specific pragma
4358 @code{Debug} can be used:
4361 pragma Debug (Put_Line ("got to the first stage!"));
4364 If debug pragmas are enabled, the argument, which must be of the form of
4365 a procedure call, is executed (in this case, @code{Put_Line} will be called).
4366 Only one call can be present, but of course a special debugging procedure
4367 containing any code you like can be included in the program and then
4368 called in a pragma @code{Debug} argument as needed.
4370 One advantage of pragma @code{Debug} over the @code{if Debugging then}
4371 construct is that pragma @code{Debug} can appear in declarative contexts,
4372 such as at the very beginning of a procedure, before local declarations have
4375 @geindex pragma Debug_Policy
4377 Debug pragmas are enabled using either the @code{-gnata} switch that also
4378 controls assertions, or with a separate Debug_Policy pragma.
4380 The latter pragma is new in the Ada 2005 versions of GNAT (but it can be used
4381 in Ada 95 and Ada 83 programs as well), and is analogous to
4382 pragma @code{Assertion_Policy} to control assertions.
4384 @code{Assertion_Policy} and @code{Debug_Policy} are configuration pragmas,
4385 and thus they can appear in @code{gnat.adc} if you are not using a
4386 project file, or in the file designated to contain configuration pragmas
4388 They then apply to all subsequent compilations. In practice the use of
4389 the @code{-gnata} switch is often the most convenient method of controlling
4390 the status of these pragmas.
4392 Note that a pragma is not a statement, so in contexts where a statement
4393 sequence is required, you can't just write a pragma on its own. You have
4394 to add a @code{null} statement.
4398 ... -- some statements
4400 pragma Assert (Num_Cases < 10);
4405 @node Conditionalizing Declarations,Use of Alternative Implementations,Debugging - A Special Case,Modeling Conditional Compilation in Ada
4406 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model conditionalizing-declarations}@anchor{9f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id51}@anchor{a0}
4407 @subsubsection Conditionalizing Declarations
4410 In some cases it may be necessary to conditionalize declarations to meet
4411 different requirements. For example we might want a bit string whose length
4412 is set to meet some hardware message requirement.
4414 This may be possible using declare blocks controlled
4415 by conditional constants:
4418 if Small_Machine then
4420 X : Bit_String (1 .. 10);
4426 X : Large_Bit_String (1 .. 1000);
4433 Note that in this approach, both declarations are analyzed by the
4434 compiler so this can only be used where both declarations are legal,
4435 even though one of them will not be used.
4437 Another approach is to define integer constants, e.g., @code{Bits_Per_Word},
4438 or Boolean constants, e.g., @code{Little_Endian}, and then write declarations
4439 that are parameterized by these constants. For example
4443 Field1 at 0 range Boolean'Pos (Little_Endian) * 10 .. Bits_Per_Word;
4447 If @code{Bits_Per_Word} is set to 32, this generates either
4451 Field1 at 0 range 0 .. 32;
4455 for the big endian case, or
4459 Field1 at 0 range 10 .. 32;
4463 for the little endian case. Since a powerful subset of Ada expression
4464 notation is usable for creating static constants, clever use of this
4465 feature can often solve quite difficult problems in conditionalizing
4466 compilation (note incidentally that in Ada 95, the little endian
4467 constant was introduced as @code{System.Default_Bit_Order}, so you do not
4468 need to define this one yourself).
4470 @node Use of Alternative Implementations,Preprocessing,Conditionalizing Declarations,Modeling Conditional Compilation in Ada
4471 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model use-of-alternative-implementations}@anchor{a1}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id52}@anchor{a2}
4472 @subsubsection Use of Alternative Implementations
4475 In some cases, none of the approaches described above are adequate. This
4476 can occur for example if the set of declarations required is radically
4477 different for two different configurations.
4479 In this situation, the official Ada way of dealing with conditionalizing
4480 such code is to write separate units for the different cases. As long as
4481 this does not result in excessive duplication of code, this can be done
4482 without creating maintenance problems. The approach is to share common
4483 code as far as possible, and then isolate the code and declarations
4484 that are different. Subunits are often a convenient method for breaking
4485 out a piece of a unit that is to be conditionalized, with separate files
4486 for different versions of the subunit for different targets, where the
4487 build script selects the right one to give to the compiler.
4489 @geindex Subunits (and conditional compilation)
4491 As an example, consider a situation where a new feature in Ada 2005
4492 allows something to be done in a really nice way. But your code must be able
4493 to compile with an Ada 95 compiler. Conceptually you want to say:
4497 ... neat Ada 2005 code
4499 ... not quite as neat Ada 95 code
4503 where @code{Ada_2005} is a Boolean constant.
4505 But this won't work when @code{Ada_2005} is set to @code{False},
4506 since the @code{then} clause will be illegal for an Ada 95 compiler.
4507 (Recall that although such unreachable code would eventually be deleted
4508 by the compiler, it still needs to be legal. If it uses features
4509 introduced in Ada 2005, it will be illegal in Ada 95.)
4514 procedure Insert is separate;
4517 Then we have two files for the subunit @code{Insert}, with the two sets of
4519 If the package containing this is called @code{File_Queries}, then we might
4526 @code{file_queries-insert-2005.adb}
4529 @code{file_queries-insert-95.adb}
4532 and the build script renames the appropriate file to @code{file_queries-insert.adb} and then carries out the compilation.
4534 This can also be done with project files' naming schemes. For example:
4537 for body ("File_Queries.Insert") use "file_queries-insert-2005.ada";
4540 Note also that with project files it is desirable to use a different extension
4541 than @code{ads} / @code{adb} for alternative versions. Otherwise a naming
4542 conflict may arise through another commonly used feature: to declare as part
4543 of the project a set of directories containing all the sources obeying the
4544 default naming scheme.
4546 The use of alternative units is certainly feasible in all situations,
4547 and for example the Ada part of the GNAT run-time is conditionalized
4548 based on the target architecture using this approach. As a specific example,
4549 consider the implementation of the AST feature in VMS. There is one
4550 spec: @code{s-asthan.ads} which is the same for all architectures, and three
4560 @item @code{s-asthan.adb}
4562 used for all non-VMS operating systems
4569 @item @code{s-asthan-vms-alpha.adb}
4571 used for VMS on the Alpha
4578 @item @code{s-asthan-vms-ia64.adb}
4580 used for VMS on the ia64
4584 The dummy version @code{s-asthan.adb} simply raises exceptions noting that
4585 this operating system feature is not available, and the two remaining
4586 versions interface with the corresponding versions of VMS to provide
4587 VMS-compatible AST handling. The GNAT build script knows the architecture
4588 and operating system, and automatically selects the right version,
4589 renaming it if necessary to @code{s-asthan.adb} before the run-time build.
4591 Another style for arranging alternative implementations is through Ada's
4592 access-to-subprogram facility.
4593 In case some functionality is to be conditionally included,
4594 you can declare an access-to-procedure variable @code{Ref} that is initialized
4595 to designate a 'do nothing' procedure, and then invoke @code{Ref.all}
4597 In some library package, set @code{Ref} to @code{Proc'Access} for some
4598 procedure @code{Proc} that performs the relevant processing.
4599 The initialization only occurs if the library package is included in the
4601 The same idea can also be implemented using tagged types and dispatching
4604 @node Preprocessing,,Use of Alternative Implementations,Modeling Conditional Compilation in Ada
4605 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model preprocessing}@anchor{a3}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id53}@anchor{a4}
4606 @subsubsection Preprocessing
4609 @geindex Preprocessing
4611 Although it is quite possible to conditionalize code without the use of
4612 C-style preprocessing, as described earlier in this section, it is
4613 nevertheless convenient in some cases to use the C approach. Moreover,
4614 older Ada compilers have often provided some preprocessing capability,
4615 so legacy code may depend on this approach, even though it is not
4618 To accommodate such use, GNAT provides a preprocessor (modeled to a large
4619 extent on the various preprocessors that have been used
4620 with legacy code on other compilers, to enable easier transition).
4624 The preprocessor may be used in two separate modes. It can be used quite
4625 separately from the compiler, to generate a separate output source file
4626 that is then fed to the compiler as a separate step. This is the
4627 @code{gnatprep} utility, whose use is fully described in
4628 @ref{17,,Preprocessing with gnatprep}.
4630 The preprocessing language allows such constructs as
4633 #if DEBUG or else (PRIORITY > 4) then
4634 sequence of declarations
4636 completely different sequence of declarations
4640 The values of the symbols @code{DEBUG} and @code{PRIORITY} can be
4641 defined either on the command line or in a separate file.
4643 The other way of running the preprocessor is even closer to the C style and
4644 often more convenient. In this approach the preprocessing is integrated into
4645 the compilation process. The compiler is given the preprocessor input which
4646 includes @code{#if} lines etc, and then the compiler carries out the
4647 preprocessing internally and processes the resulting output.
4648 For more details on this approach, see @ref{18,,Integrated Preprocessing}.
4650 @node Preprocessing with gnatprep,Integrated Preprocessing,Modeling Conditional Compilation in Ada,Conditional Compilation
4651 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id54}@anchor{a5}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model preprocessing-with-gnatprep}@anchor{17}
4652 @subsection Preprocessing with @code{gnatprep}
4657 @geindex Preprocessing (gnatprep)
4659 This section discusses how to use GNAT's @code{gnatprep} utility for simple
4661 Although designed for use with GNAT, @code{gnatprep} does not depend on any
4662 special GNAT features.
4663 For further discussion of conditional compilation in general, see
4664 @ref{16,,Conditional Compilation}.
4667 * Preprocessing Symbols::
4669 * Switches for gnatprep::
4670 * Form of Definitions File::
4671 * Form of Input Text for gnatprep::
4675 @node Preprocessing Symbols,Using gnatprep,,Preprocessing with gnatprep
4676 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id55}@anchor{a6}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model preprocessing-symbols}@anchor{a7}
4677 @subsubsection Preprocessing Symbols
4680 Preprocessing symbols are defined in @emph{definition files} and referenced in the
4681 sources to be preprocessed. A preprocessing symbol is an identifier, following
4682 normal Ada (case-insensitive) rules for its syntax, with the restriction that
4683 all characters need to be in the ASCII set (no accented letters).
4685 @node Using gnatprep,Switches for gnatprep,Preprocessing Symbols,Preprocessing with gnatprep
4686 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model using-gnatprep}@anchor{a8}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id56}@anchor{a9}
4687 @subsubsection Using @code{gnatprep}
4690 To call @code{gnatprep} use:
4693 $ gnatprep [ switches ] infile outfile [ deffile ]
4705 @item @emph{switches}
4707 is an optional sequence of switches as described in the next section.
4716 is the full name of the input file, which is an Ada source
4717 file containing preprocessor directives.
4724 @item @emph{outfile}
4726 is the full name of the output file, which is an Ada source
4727 in standard Ada form. When used with GNAT, this file name will
4728 normally have an @code{ads} or @code{adb} suffix.
4735 @item @code{deffile}
4737 is the full name of a text file containing definitions of
4738 preprocessing symbols to be referenced by the preprocessor. This argument is
4739 optional, and can be replaced by the use of the @code{-D} switch.
4743 @node Switches for gnatprep,Form of Definitions File,Using gnatprep,Preprocessing with gnatprep
4744 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model switches-for-gnatprep}@anchor{aa}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id57}@anchor{ab}
4745 @subsubsection Switches for @code{gnatprep}
4748 @geindex --version (gnatprep)
4753 @item @code{--version}
4755 Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
4758 @geindex --help (gnatprep)
4765 If @code{--version} was not used, display usage and then exit disregarding
4769 @geindex -b (gnatprep)
4776 Causes both preprocessor lines and the lines deleted by
4777 preprocessing to be replaced by blank lines in the output source file,
4778 preserving line numbers in the output file.
4781 @geindex -c (gnatprep)
4788 Causes both preprocessor lines and the lines deleted
4789 by preprocessing to be retained in the output source as comments marked
4790 with the special string @code{"--! "}. This option will result in line numbers
4791 being preserved in the output file.
4794 @geindex -C (gnatprep)
4801 Causes comments to be scanned. Normally comments are ignored by gnatprep.
4802 If this option is specified, then comments are scanned and any $symbol
4803 substitutions performed as in program text. This is particularly useful
4804 when structured comments are used (e.g., for programs written in a
4805 pre-2014 version of the SPARK Ada subset). Note that this switch is not
4806 available when doing integrated preprocessing (it would be useless in
4807 this context since comments are ignored by the compiler in any case).
4810 @geindex -D (gnatprep)
4815 @item @code{-D@emph{symbol}[=@emph{value}]}
4817 Defines a new preprocessing symbol with the specified value. If no value is given
4818 on the command line, then symbol is considered to be @code{True}. This switch
4819 can be used in place of a definition file.
4822 @geindex -r (gnatprep)
4829 Causes a @code{Source_Reference} pragma to be generated that
4830 references the original input file, so that error messages will use
4831 the file name of this original file. The use of this switch implies
4832 that preprocessor lines are not to be removed from the file, so its
4833 use will force @code{-b} mode if @code{-c}
4834 has not been specified explicitly.
4836 Note that if the file to be preprocessed contains multiple units, then
4837 it will be necessary to @code{gnatchop} the output file from
4838 @code{gnatprep}. If a @code{Source_Reference} pragma is present
4839 in the preprocessed file, it will be respected by
4841 so that the final chopped files will correctly refer to the original
4842 input source file for @code{gnatprep}.
4845 @geindex -s (gnatprep)
4852 Causes a sorted list of symbol names and values to be
4853 listed on the standard output file.
4856 @geindex -T (gnatprep)
4863 Use LF as line terminators when writing files. By default the line terminator
4864 of the host (LF under unix, CR/LF under Windows) is used.
4867 @geindex -u (gnatprep)
4874 Causes undefined symbols to be treated as having the value FALSE in the context
4875 of a preprocessor test. In the absence of this option, an undefined symbol in
4876 a @code{#if} or @code{#elsif} test will be treated as an error.
4879 @geindex -v (gnatprep)
4886 Verbose mode: generates more output about work done.
4889 Note: if neither @code{-b} nor @code{-c} is present,
4890 then preprocessor lines and
4891 deleted lines are completely removed from the output, unless -r is
4892 specified, in which case -b is assumed.
4894 @node Form of Definitions File,Form of Input Text for gnatprep,Switches for gnatprep,Preprocessing with gnatprep
4895 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model form-of-definitions-file}@anchor{ac}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id58}@anchor{ad}
4896 @subsubsection Form of Definitions File
4899 The definitions file contains lines of the form:
4905 where @code{symbol} is a preprocessing symbol, and @code{value} is one of the following:
4911 Empty, corresponding to a null substitution,
4914 A string literal using normal Ada syntax, or
4917 Any sequence of characters from the set @{letters, digits, period, underline@}.
4920 Comment lines may also appear in the definitions file, starting with
4921 the usual @code{--},
4922 and comments may be added to the definitions lines.
4924 @node Form of Input Text for gnatprep,,Form of Definitions File,Preprocessing with gnatprep
4925 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id59}@anchor{ae}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model form-of-input-text-for-gnatprep}@anchor{af}
4926 @subsubsection Form of Input Text for @code{gnatprep}
4929 The input text may contain preprocessor conditional inclusion lines,
4930 as well as general symbol substitution sequences.
4932 The preprocessor conditional inclusion commands have the form:
4935 #if <expression> [then]
4937 #elsif <expression> [then]
4939 #elsif <expression> [then]
4947 In this example, <expression> is defined by the following grammar:
4950 <expression> ::= <symbol>
4951 <expression> ::= <symbol> = "<value>"
4952 <expression> ::= <symbol> = <symbol>
4953 <expression> ::= <symbol> = <integer>
4954 <expression> ::= <symbol> > <integer>
4955 <expression> ::= <symbol> >= <integer>
4956 <expression> ::= <symbol> < <integer>
4957 <expression> ::= <symbol> <= <integer>
4958 <expression> ::= <symbol> 'Defined
4959 <expression> ::= not <expression>
4960 <expression> ::= <expression> and <expression>
4961 <expression> ::= <expression> or <expression>
4962 <expression> ::= <expression> and then <expression>
4963 <expression> ::= <expression> or else <expression>
4964 <expression> ::= ( <expression> )
4967 Note the following restriction: it is not allowed to have "and" or "or"
4968 following "not" in the same expression without parentheses. For example, this
4975 This can be expressed instead as one of the following forms:
4982 For the first test (<expression> ::= <symbol>) the symbol must have
4983 either the value true or false, that is to say the right-hand of the
4984 symbol definition must be one of the (case-insensitive) literals
4985 @code{True} or @code{False}. If the value is true, then the
4986 corresponding lines are included, and if the value is false, they are
4989 When comparing a symbol to an integer, the integer is any non negative
4990 literal integer as defined in the Ada Reference Manual, such as 3, 16#FF# or
4991 2#11#. The symbol value must also be a non negative integer. Integer values
4992 in the range 0 .. 2**31-1 are supported.
4994 The test (<expression> ::= <symbol>'Defined) is true only if
4995 the symbol has been defined in the definition file or by a @code{-D}
4996 switch on the command line. Otherwise, the test is false.
4998 The equality tests are case insensitive, as are all the preprocessor lines.
5000 If the symbol referenced is not defined in the symbol definitions file,
5001 then the effect depends on whether or not switch @code{-u}
5002 is specified. If so, then the symbol is treated as if it had the value
5003 false and the test fails. If this switch is not specified, then
5004 it is an error to reference an undefined symbol. It is also an error to
5005 reference a symbol that is defined with a value other than @code{True}
5008 The use of the @code{not} operator inverts the sense of this logical test.
5009 The @code{not} operator cannot be combined with the @code{or} or @code{and}
5010 operators, without parentheses. For example, "if not X or Y then" is not
5011 allowed, but "if (not X) or Y then" and "if not (X or Y) then" are.
5013 The @code{then} keyword is optional as shown
5015 The @code{#} must be the first non-blank character on a line, but
5016 otherwise the format is free form. Spaces or tabs may appear between
5017 the @code{#} and the keyword. The keywords and the symbols are case
5018 insensitive as in normal Ada code. Comments may be used on a
5019 preprocessor line, but other than that, no other tokens may appear on a
5020 preprocessor line. Any number of @code{elsif} clauses can be present,
5021 including none at all. The @code{else} is optional, as in Ada.
5023 The @code{#} marking the start of a preprocessor line must be the first
5024 non-blank character on the line, i.e., it must be preceded only by
5025 spaces or horizontal tabs.
5027 Symbol substitution outside of preprocessor lines is obtained by using
5034 anywhere within a source line, except in a comment or within a
5035 string literal. The identifier
5036 following the @code{$} must match one of the symbols defined in the symbol
5037 definition file, and the result is to substitute the value of the
5038 symbol in place of @code{$symbol} in the output file.
5040 Note that although the substitution of strings within a string literal
5041 is not possible, it is possible to have a symbol whose defined value is
5042 a string literal. So instead of setting XYZ to @code{hello} and writing:
5045 Header : String := "$XYZ";
5048 you should set XYZ to @code{"hello"} and write:
5051 Header : String := $XYZ;
5054 and then the substitution will occur as desired.
5056 @node Integrated Preprocessing,,Preprocessing with gnatprep,Conditional Compilation
5057 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id60}@anchor{b0}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model integrated-preprocessing}@anchor{18}
5058 @subsection Integrated Preprocessing
5061 As noted above, a file to be preprocessed consists of Ada source code
5062 in which preprocessing lines have been inserted. However,
5063 instead of using @code{gnatprep} to explicitly preprocess a file as a separate
5064 step before compilation, you can carry out the preprocessing implicitly
5065 as part of compilation. Such @emph{integrated preprocessing}, which is the common
5066 style with C, is performed when either or both of the following switches
5067 are passed to the compiler:
5075 @code{-gnatep}, which specifies the @emph{preprocessor data file}.
5076 This file dictates how the source files will be preprocessed (e.g., which
5077 symbol definition files apply to which sources).
5080 @code{-gnateD}, which defines values for preprocessing symbols.
5084 Integrated preprocessing applies only to Ada source files, it is
5085 not available for configuration pragma files.
5087 With integrated preprocessing, the output from the preprocessor is not,
5088 by default, written to any external file. Instead it is passed
5089 internally to the compiler. To preserve the result of
5090 preprocessing in a file, either run @code{gnatprep}
5091 in standalone mode or else supply the @code{-gnateG} switch
5092 (described below) to the compiler.
5094 When using project files:
5102 the builder switch @code{-x} should be used if any Ada source is
5103 compiled with @code{gnatep=}, so that the compiler finds the
5104 @emph{preprocessor data file}.
5107 the preprocessing data file and the symbol definition files should be
5108 located in the source directories of the project.
5112 Note that the @code{gnatmake} switch @code{-m} will almost
5113 always trigger recompilation for sources that are preprocessed,
5114 because @code{gnatmake} cannot compute the checksum of the source after
5117 The actual preprocessing function is described in detail in
5118 @ref{17,,Preprocessing with gnatprep}. This section explains the switches
5119 that relate to integrated preprocessing.
5121 @geindex -gnatep (gcc)
5126 @item @code{-gnatep=@emph{preprocessor_data_file}}
5128 This switch specifies the file name (without directory
5129 information) of the preprocessor data file. Either place this file
5130 in one of the source directories, or, when using project
5131 files, reference the project file's directory via the
5132 @code{project_name'Project_Dir} project attribute; e.g:
5139 for Switches ("Ada") use
5140 ("-gnatep=" & Prj'Project_Dir & "prep.def");
5146 A preprocessor data file is a text file that contains @emph{preprocessor
5147 control lines}. A preprocessor control line directs the preprocessing of
5148 either a particular source file, or, analogous to @code{others} in Ada,
5149 all sources not specified elsewhere in the preprocessor data file.
5150 A preprocessor control line
5151 can optionally identify a @emph{definition file} that assigns values to
5152 preprocessor symbols, as well as a list of switches that relate to
5154 Empty lines and comments (using Ada syntax) are also permitted, with no
5157 Here's an example of a preprocessor data file:
5162 "toto.adb" "prep.def" -u
5163 -- Preprocess toto.adb, using definition file prep.def
5164 -- Undefined symbols are treated as False
5167 -- Preprocess all other sources without using a definition file
5168 -- Suppressed lined are commented
5169 -- Symbol VERSION has the value V101
5171 "tata.adb" "prep2.def" -s
5172 -- Preprocess tata.adb, using definition file prep2.def
5173 -- List all symbols with their values
5177 A preprocessor control line has the following syntax:
5182 <preprocessor_control_line> ::=
5183 <preprocessor_input> [ <definition_file_name> ] @{ <switch> @}
5185 <preprocessor_input> ::= <source_file_name> | '*'
5187 <definition_file_name> ::= <string_literal>
5189 <source_file_name> := <string_literal>
5191 <switch> := (See below for list)
5195 Thus each preprocessor control line starts with either a literal string or
5202 A literal string is the file name (without directory information) of the source
5203 file that will be input to the preprocessor.
5206 The character '*' is a wild-card indicator; the additional parameters on the line
5207 indicate the preprocessing for all the sources
5208 that are not specified explicitly on other lines (the order of the lines is not
5212 It is an error to have two lines with the same file name or two
5213 lines starting with the character '*'.
5215 After the file name or '*', an optional literal string specifies the name of
5216 the definition file to be used for preprocessing
5217 (@ref{ac,,Form of Definitions File}). The definition files are found by the
5218 compiler in one of the source directories. In some cases, when compiling
5219 a source in a directory other than the current directory, if the definition
5220 file is in the current directory, it may be necessary to add the current
5221 directory as a source directory through the @code{-I} switch; otherwise
5222 the compiler would not find the definition file.
5224 Finally, switches similar to those of @code{gnatprep} may optionally appear:
5231 Causes both preprocessor lines and the lines deleted by
5232 preprocessing to be replaced by blank lines, preserving the line number.
5233 This switch is always implied; however, if specified after @code{-c}
5234 it cancels the effect of @code{-c}.
5238 Causes both preprocessor lines and the lines deleted
5239 by preprocessing to be retained as comments marked
5240 with the special string '@cite{--!}'.
5242 @item @code{-D@emph{symbol}=@emph{new_value}}
5244 Define or redefine @code{symbol} to have @code{new_value} as its value.
5245 The permitted form for @code{symbol} is either an Ada identifier, or any Ada reserved word
5246 aside from @code{if},
5247 @code{else}, @code{elsif}, @code{end}, @code{and}, @code{or} and @code{then}.
5248 The permitted form for @code{new_value} is a literal string, an Ada identifier or any Ada reserved
5249 word. A symbol declared with this switch replaces a symbol with the
5250 same name defined in a definition file.
5254 Causes a sorted list of symbol names and values to be
5255 listed on the standard output file.
5259 Causes undefined symbols to be treated as having the value @code{FALSE}
5261 of a preprocessor test. In the absence of this option, an undefined symbol in
5262 a @code{#if} or @code{#elsif} test will be treated as an error.
5266 @geindex -gnateD (gcc)
5271 @item @code{-gnateD@emph{symbol}[=@emph{new_value}]}
5273 Define or redefine @code{symbol} to have @code{new_value} as its value. If no value
5274 is supplied, then the value of @code{symbol} is @code{True}.
5275 The form of @code{symbol} is an identifier, following normal Ada (case-insensitive)
5276 rules for its syntax, and @code{new_value} is either an arbitrary string between double
5277 quotes or any sequence (including an empty sequence) of characters from the
5278 set (letters, digits, period, underline).
5279 Ada reserved words may be used as symbols, with the exceptions of @code{if},
5280 @code{else}, @code{elsif}, @code{end}, @code{and}, @code{or} and @code{then}.
5289 -gnateDFoo=\"Foo-Bar\"
5293 A symbol declared with this switch on the command line replaces a
5294 symbol with the same name either in a definition file or specified with a
5295 switch @code{-D} in the preprocessor data file.
5297 This switch is similar to switch @code{-D} of @code{gnatprep}.
5299 @item @code{-gnateG}
5301 When integrated preprocessing is performed on source file @code{filename.extension},
5302 create or overwrite @code{filename.extension.prep} to contain
5303 the result of the preprocessing.
5304 For example if the source file is @code{foo.adb} then
5305 the output file will be @code{foo.adb.prep}.
5308 @node Mixed Language Programming,GNAT and Other Compilation Models,Conditional Compilation,The GNAT Compilation Model
5309 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model mixed-language-programming}@anchor{44}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id61}@anchor{b1}
5310 @section Mixed Language Programming
5313 @geindex Mixed Language Programming
5315 This section describes how to develop a mixed-language program,
5316 with a focus on combining Ada with C or C++.
5319 * Interfacing to C::
5320 * Calling Conventions::
5321 * Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs::
5322 * Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers::
5323 * Generating C Headers for Ada Specifications::
5327 @node Interfacing to C,Calling Conventions,,Mixed Language Programming
5328 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model interfacing-to-c}@anchor{b2}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id62}@anchor{b3}
5329 @subsection Interfacing to C
5332 Interfacing Ada with a foreign language such as C involves using
5333 compiler directives to import and/or export entity definitions in each
5334 language -- using @code{extern} statements in C, for instance, and the
5335 @code{Import}, @code{Export}, and @code{Convention} pragmas in Ada.
5336 A full treatment of these topics is provided in Appendix B, section 1
5337 of the Ada Reference Manual.
5339 There are two ways to build a program using GNAT that contains some Ada
5340 sources and some foreign language sources, depending on whether or not
5341 the main subprogram is written in Ada. Here is a source example with
5342 the main subprogram in Ada:
5348 void print_num (int num)
5350 printf ("num is %d.\\n", num);
5358 /* num_from_Ada is declared in my_main.adb */
5359 extern int num_from_Ada;
5363 return num_from_Ada;
5369 procedure My_Main is
5371 -- Declare then export an Integer entity called num_from_Ada
5372 My_Num : Integer := 10;
5373 pragma Export (C, My_Num, "num_from_Ada");
5375 -- Declare an Ada function spec for Get_Num, then use
5376 -- C function get_num for the implementation.
5377 function Get_Num return Integer;
5378 pragma Import (C, Get_Num, "get_num");
5380 -- Declare an Ada procedure spec for Print_Num, then use
5381 -- C function print_num for the implementation.
5382 procedure Print_Num (Num : Integer);
5383 pragma Import (C, Print_Num, "print_num");
5386 Print_Num (Get_Num);
5390 To build this example:
5396 First compile the foreign language files to
5397 generate object files:
5405 Then, compile the Ada units to produce a set of object files and ALI
5409 $ gnatmake -c my_main.adb
5413 Run the Ada binder on the Ada main program:
5416 $ gnatbind my_main.ali
5420 Link the Ada main program, the Ada objects and the other language
5424 $ gnatlink my_main.ali file1.o file2.o
5428 The last three steps can be grouped in a single command:
5431 $ gnatmake my_main.adb -largs file1.o file2.o
5434 @geindex Binder output file
5436 If the main program is in a language other than Ada, then you may have
5437 more than one entry point into the Ada subsystem. You must use a special
5438 binder option to generate callable routines that initialize and
5439 finalize the Ada units (@ref{b4,,Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs}).
5440 Calls to the initialization and finalization routines must be inserted
5441 in the main program, or some other appropriate point in the code. The
5442 call to initialize the Ada units must occur before the first Ada
5443 subprogram is called, and the call to finalize the Ada units must occur
5444 after the last Ada subprogram returns. The binder will place the
5445 initialization and finalization subprograms into the
5446 @code{b~xxx.adb} file where they can be accessed by your C
5447 sources. To illustrate, we have the following example:
5451 extern void adainit (void);
5452 extern void adafinal (void);
5453 extern int add (int, int);
5454 extern int sub (int, int);
5456 int main (int argc, char *argv[])
5462 /* Should print "21 + 7 = 28" */
5463 printf ("%d + %d = %d\\n", a, b, add (a, b));
5465 /* Should print "21 - 7 = 14" */
5466 printf ("%d - %d = %d\\n", a, b, sub (a, b));
5475 function Add (A, B : Integer) return Integer;
5476 pragma Export (C, Add, "add");
5482 package body Unit1 is
5483 function Add (A, B : Integer) return Integer is
5493 function Sub (A, B : Integer) return Integer;
5494 pragma Export (C, Sub, "sub");
5500 package body Unit2 is
5501 function Sub (A, B : Integer) return Integer is
5508 The build procedure for this application is similar to the last
5515 First, compile the foreign language files to generate object files:
5522 Next, compile the Ada units to produce a set of object files and ALI
5526 $ gnatmake -c unit1.adb
5527 $ gnatmake -c unit2.adb
5531 Run the Ada binder on every generated ALI file. Make sure to use the
5532 @code{-n} option to specify a foreign main program:
5535 $ gnatbind -n unit1.ali unit2.ali
5539 Link the Ada main program, the Ada objects and the foreign language
5540 objects. You need only list the last ALI file here:
5543 $ gnatlink unit2.ali main.o -o exec_file
5546 This procedure yields a binary executable called @code{exec_file}.
5549 Depending on the circumstances (for example when your non-Ada main object
5550 does not provide symbol @code{main}), you may also need to instruct the
5551 GNAT linker not to include the standard startup objects by passing the
5552 @code{-nostartfiles} switch to @code{gnatlink}.
5554 @node Calling Conventions,Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs,Interfacing to C,Mixed Language Programming
5555 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model calling-conventions}@anchor{b5}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id63}@anchor{b6}
5556 @subsection Calling Conventions
5559 @geindex Foreign Languages
5561 @geindex Calling Conventions
5563 GNAT follows standard calling sequence conventions and will thus interface
5564 to any other language that also follows these conventions. The following
5565 Convention identifiers are recognized by GNAT:
5567 @geindex Interfacing to Ada
5569 @geindex Other Ada compilers
5571 @geindex Convention Ada
5578 This indicates that the standard Ada calling sequence will be
5579 used and all Ada data items may be passed without any limitations in the
5580 case where GNAT is used to generate both the caller and callee. It is also
5581 possible to mix GNAT generated code and code generated by another Ada
5582 compiler. In this case, the data types should be restricted to simple
5583 cases, including primitive types. Whether complex data types can be passed
5584 depends on the situation. Probably it is safe to pass simple arrays, such
5585 as arrays of integers or floats. Records may or may not work, depending
5586 on whether both compilers lay them out identically. Complex structures
5587 involving variant records, access parameters, tasks, or protected types,
5588 are unlikely to be able to be passed.
5590 Note that in the case of GNAT running
5591 on a platform that supports HP Ada 83, a higher degree of compatibility
5592 can be guaranteed, and in particular records are laid out in an identical
5593 manner in the two compilers. Note also that if output from two different
5594 compilers is mixed, the program is responsible for dealing with elaboration
5595 issues. Probably the safest approach is to write the main program in the
5596 version of Ada other than GNAT, so that it takes care of its own elaboration
5597 requirements, and then call the GNAT-generated adainit procedure to ensure
5598 elaboration of the GNAT components. Consult the documentation of the other
5599 Ada compiler for further details on elaboration.
5601 However, it is not possible to mix the tasking run time of GNAT and
5602 HP Ada 83, All the tasking operations must either be entirely within
5603 GNAT compiled sections of the program, or entirely within HP Ada 83
5604 compiled sections of the program.
5607 @geindex Interfacing to Assembly
5609 @geindex Convention Assembler
5614 @item @code{Assembler}
5616 Specifies assembler as the convention. In practice this has the
5617 same effect as convention Ada (but is not equivalent in the sense of being
5618 considered the same convention).
5621 @geindex Convention Asm
5630 Equivalent to Assembler.
5632 @geindex Interfacing to COBOL
5634 @geindex Convention COBOL
5644 Data will be passed according to the conventions described
5645 in section B.4 of the Ada Reference Manual.
5650 @geindex Interfacing to C
5652 @geindex Convention C
5659 Data will be passed according to the conventions described
5660 in section B.3 of the Ada Reference Manual.
5662 A note on interfacing to a C 'varargs' function:
5666 @geindex C varargs function
5668 @geindex Interfacing to C varargs function
5670 @geindex varargs function interfaces
5672 In C, @code{varargs} allows a function to take a variable number of
5673 arguments. There is no direct equivalent in this to Ada. One
5674 approach that can be used is to create a C wrapper for each
5675 different profile and then interface to this C wrapper. For
5676 example, to print an @code{int} value using @code{printf},
5677 create a C function @code{printfi} that takes two arguments, a
5678 pointer to a string and an int, and calls @code{printf}.
5679 Then in the Ada program, use pragma @code{Import} to
5680 interface to @code{printfi}.
5682 It may work on some platforms to directly interface to
5683 a @code{varargs} function by providing a specific Ada profile
5684 for a particular call. However, this does not work on
5685 all platforms, since there is no guarantee that the
5686 calling sequence for a two argument normal C function
5687 is the same as for calling a @code{varargs} C function with
5688 the same two arguments.
5692 @geindex Convention Default
5699 @item @code{Default}
5704 @geindex Convention External
5711 @item @code{External}
5718 @geindex Interfacing to C++
5720 @geindex Convention C++
5725 @item @code{C_Plus_Plus} (or @code{CPP})
5727 This stands for C++. For most purposes this is identical to C.
5728 See the separate description of the specialized GNAT pragmas relating to
5729 C++ interfacing for further details.
5734 @geindex Interfacing to Fortran
5736 @geindex Convention Fortran
5741 @item @code{Fortran}
5743 Data will be passed according to the conventions described
5744 in section B.5 of the Ada Reference Manual.
5746 @item @code{Intrinsic}
5748 This applies to an intrinsic operation, as defined in the Ada
5749 Reference Manual. If a pragma Import (Intrinsic) applies to a subprogram,
5750 this means that the body of the subprogram is provided by the compiler itself,
5751 usually by means of an efficient code sequence, and that the user does not
5752 supply an explicit body for it. In an application program, the pragma may
5753 be applied to the following sets of names:
5759 Rotate_Left, Rotate_Right, Shift_Left, Shift_Right, Shift_Right_Arithmetic.
5760 The corresponding subprogram declaration must have
5761 two formal parameters. The
5762 first one must be a signed integer type or a modular type with a binary
5763 modulus, and the second parameter must be of type Natural.
5764 The return type must be the same as the type of the first argument. The size
5765 of this type can only be 8, 16, 32, or 64.
5768 Binary arithmetic operators: '+', '-', '*', '/'.
5769 The corresponding operator declaration must have parameters and result type
5770 that have the same root numeric type (for example, all three are long_float
5771 types). This simplifies the definition of operations that use type checking
5772 to perform dimensional checks:
5776 type Distance is new Long_Float;
5777 type Time is new Long_Float;
5778 type Velocity is new Long_Float;
5779 function "/" (D : Distance; T : Time)
5781 pragma Import (Intrinsic, "/");
5783 This common idiom is often programmed with a generic definition and an
5784 explicit body. The pragma makes it simpler to introduce such declarations.
5785 It incurs no overhead in compilation time or code size, because it is
5786 implemented as a single machine instruction.
5793 General subprogram entities. This is used to bind an Ada subprogram
5795 a compiler builtin by name with back-ends where such interfaces are
5796 available. A typical example is the set of @code{__builtin} functions
5797 exposed by the GCC back-end, as in the following example:
5800 function builtin_sqrt (F : Float) return Float;
5801 pragma Import (Intrinsic, builtin_sqrt, "__builtin_sqrtf");
5804 Most of the GCC builtins are accessible this way, and as for other
5805 import conventions (e.g. C), it is the user's responsibility to ensure
5806 that the Ada subprogram profile matches the underlying builtin
5813 @geindex Convention Stdcall
5818 @item @code{Stdcall}
5820 This is relevant only to Windows implementations of GNAT,
5821 and specifies that the @code{Stdcall} calling sequence will be used,
5822 as defined by the NT API. Nevertheless, to ease building
5823 cross-platform bindings this convention will be handled as a @code{C} calling
5824 convention on non-Windows platforms.
5829 @geindex Convention DLL
5836 This is equivalent to @code{Stdcall}.
5841 @geindex Convention Win32
5848 This is equivalent to @code{Stdcall}.
5853 @geindex Convention Stubbed
5858 @item @code{Stubbed}
5860 This is a special convention that indicates that the compiler
5861 should provide a stub body that raises @code{Program_Error}.
5864 GNAT additionally provides a useful pragma @code{Convention_Identifier}
5865 that can be used to parameterize conventions and allow additional synonyms
5866 to be specified. For example if you have legacy code in which the convention
5867 identifier Fortran77 was used for Fortran, you can use the configuration
5871 pragma Convention_Identifier (Fortran77, Fortran);
5874 And from now on the identifier Fortran77 may be used as a convention
5875 identifier (for example in an @code{Import} pragma) with the same
5878 @node Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs,Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers,Calling Conventions,Mixed Language Programming
5879 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id64}@anchor{b7}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model building-mixed-ada-and-c-programs}@anchor{b8}
5880 @subsection Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs
5883 A programmer inexperienced with mixed-language development may find that
5884 building an application containing both Ada and C++ code can be a
5885 challenge. This section gives a few hints that should make this task easier.
5888 * Interfacing to C++::
5889 * Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program::
5890 * A Simple Example::
5891 * Interfacing with C++ constructors::
5892 * Interfacing with C++ at the Class Level::
5896 @node Interfacing to C++,Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program,,Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs
5897 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id65}@anchor{b9}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id66}@anchor{ba}
5898 @subsubsection Interfacing to C++
5901 GNAT supports interfacing with the G++ compiler (or any C++ compiler
5902 generating code that is compatible with the G++ Application Binary
5903 Interface ---see @indicateurl{http://www.codesourcery.com/archives/cxx-abi}).
5905 Interfacing can be done at 3 levels: simple data, subprograms, and
5906 classes. In the first two cases, GNAT offers a specific @code{Convention C_Plus_Plus}
5907 (or @code{CPP}) that behaves exactly like @code{Convention C}.
5908 Usually, C++ mangles the names of subprograms. To generate proper mangled
5909 names automatically, see @ref{19,,Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers}).
5910 This problem can also be addressed manually in two ways:
5916 by modifying the C++ code in order to force a C convention using
5917 the @code{extern "C"} syntax.
5920 by figuring out the mangled name (using e.g. @code{nm}) and using it as the
5921 Link_Name argument of the pragma import.
5924 Interfacing at the class level can be achieved by using the GNAT specific
5925 pragmas such as @code{CPP_Constructor}. See the @cite{GNAT_Reference_Manual} for additional information.
5927 @node Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program,A Simple Example,Interfacing to C++,Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs
5928 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model linking-a-mixed-c-ada-program}@anchor{bb}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model linking-a-mixed-c-and-ada-program}@anchor{bc}
5929 @subsubsection Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program
5932 Usually the linker of the C++ development system must be used to link
5933 mixed applications because most C++ systems will resolve elaboration
5934 issues (such as calling constructors on global class instances)
5935 transparently during the link phase. GNAT has been adapted to ease the
5936 use of a foreign linker for the last phase. Three cases can be
5943 Using GNAT and G++ (GNU C++ compiler) from the same GCC installation:
5944 The C++ linker can simply be called by using the C++ specific driver
5947 Note that if the C++ code uses inline functions, you will need to
5948 compile your C++ code with the @code{-fkeep-inline-functions} switch in
5949 order to provide an existing function implementation that the Ada code can
5953 $ g++ -c -fkeep-inline-functions file1.C
5954 $ g++ -c -fkeep-inline-functions file2.C
5955 $ gnatmake ada_unit -largs file1.o file2.o --LINK=g++
5959 Using GNAT and G++ from two different GCC installations: If both
5960 compilers are on the :envvar`PATH`, the previous method may be used. It is
5961 important to note that environment variables such as
5962 @geindex C_INCLUDE_PATH
5963 @geindex environment variable; C_INCLUDE_PATH
5964 @code{C_INCLUDE_PATH},
5965 @geindex GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
5966 @geindex environment variable; GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
5967 @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX},
5968 @geindex BINUTILS_ROOT
5969 @geindex environment variable; BINUTILS_ROOT
5970 @code{BINUTILS_ROOT}, and
5972 @geindex environment variable; GCC_ROOT
5973 @code{GCC_ROOT} will affect both compilers
5974 at the same time and may make one of the two compilers operate
5975 improperly if set during invocation of the wrong compiler. It is also
5976 very important that the linker uses the proper @code{libgcc.a} GCC
5977 library -- that is, the one from the C++ compiler installation. The
5978 implicit link command as suggested in the @code{gnatmake} command
5979 from the former example can be replaced by an explicit link command with
5980 the full-verbosity option in order to verify which library is used:
5984 $ gnatlink -v -v ada_unit file1.o file2.o --LINK=c++
5987 If there is a problem due to interfering environment variables, it can
5988 be worked around by using an intermediate script. The following example
5989 shows the proper script to use when GNAT has not been installed at its
5990 default location and g++ has been installed at its default location:
5998 $ gnatlink -v -v ada_unit file1.o file2.o --LINK=./my_script
6002 Using a non-GNU C++ compiler: The commands previously described can be
6003 used to insure that the C++ linker is used. Nonetheless, you need to add
6004 a few more parameters to the link command line, depending on the exception
6007 If the @code{setjmp} / @code{longjmp} exception mechanism is used, only the paths
6008 to the @code{libgcc} libraries are required:
6013 CC $* gcc -print-file-name=libgcc.a gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_eh.a
6014 $ gnatlink ada_unit file1.o file2.o --LINK=./my_script
6017 where CC is the name of the non-GNU C++ compiler.
6019 If the "zero cost" exception mechanism is used, and the platform
6020 supports automatic registration of exception tables (e.g., Solaris),
6021 paths to more objects are required:
6026 CC gcc -print-file-name=crtbegin.o $* \\
6027 gcc -print-file-name=libgcc.a gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_eh.a \\
6028 gcc -print-file-name=crtend.o
6029 $ gnatlink ada_unit file1.o file2.o --LINK=./my_script
6032 If the "zero cost exception" mechanism is used, and the platform
6033 doesn't support automatic registration of exception tables (e.g., HP-UX
6034 or AIX), the simple approach described above will not work and
6035 a pre-linking phase using GNAT will be necessary.
6038 Another alternative is to use the @code{gprbuild} multi-language builder
6039 which has a large knowledge base and knows how to link Ada and C++ code
6040 together automatically in most cases.
6042 @node A Simple Example,Interfacing with C++ constructors,Linking a Mixed C++ & Ada Program,Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs
6043 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id67}@anchor{bd}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model a-simple-example}@anchor{be}
6044 @subsubsection A Simple Example
6047 The following example, provided as part of the GNAT examples, shows how
6048 to achieve procedural interfacing between Ada and C++ in both
6049 directions. The C++ class A has two methods. The first method is exported
6050 to Ada by the means of an extern C wrapper function. The second method
6051 calls an Ada subprogram. On the Ada side, The C++ calls are modelled by
6052 a limited record with a layout comparable to the C++ class. The Ada
6053 subprogram, in turn, calls the C++ method. So, starting from the C++
6054 main program, the process passes back and forth between the two
6057 Here are the compilation commands:
6060 $ gnatmake -c simple_cpp_interface
6063 $ gnatbind -n simple_cpp_interface
6064 $ gnatlink simple_cpp_interface -o cpp_main --LINK=g++ -lstdc++ ex7.o cpp_main.o
6067 Here are the corresponding sources:
6075 void adainit (void);
6076 void adafinal (void);
6077 void method1 (A *t);
6101 class A : public Origin @{
6103 void method1 (void);
6104 void method2 (int v);
6116 extern "C" @{ void ada_method2 (A *t, int v);@}
6118 void A::method1 (void)
6121 printf ("in A::method1, a_value = %d \\n",a_value);
6124 void A::method2 (int v)
6126 ada_method2 (this, v);
6127 printf ("in A::method2, a_value = %d \\n",a_value);
6133 printf ("in A::A, a_value = %d \\n",a_value);
6138 -- simple_cpp_interface.ads
6140 package Simple_Cpp_Interface is
6143 Vptr : System.Address;
6147 pragma Convention (C, A);
6149 procedure Method1 (This : in out A);
6150 pragma Import (C, Method1);
6152 procedure Ada_Method2 (This : in out A; V : Integer);
6153 pragma Export (C, Ada_Method2);
6155 end Simple_Cpp_Interface;
6159 -- simple_cpp_interface.adb
6160 package body Simple_Cpp_Interface is
6162 procedure Ada_Method2 (This : in out A; V : Integer) is
6168 end Simple_Cpp_Interface;
6171 @node Interfacing with C++ constructors,Interfacing with C++ at the Class Level,A Simple Example,Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs
6172 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id68}@anchor{bf}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model interfacing-with-c-constructors}@anchor{c0}
6173 @subsubsection Interfacing with C++ constructors
6176 In order to interface with C++ constructors GNAT provides the
6177 @code{pragma CPP_Constructor} (see the @cite{GNAT_Reference_Manual}
6178 for additional information).
6179 In this section we present some common uses of C++ constructors
6180 in mixed-languages programs in GNAT.
6182 Let us assume that we need to interface with the following
6190 virtual int Get_Value ();
6191 Root(); // Default constructor
6192 Root(int v); // 1st non-default constructor
6193 Root(int v, int w); // 2nd non-default constructor
6197 For this purpose we can write the following package spec (further
6198 information on how to build this spec is available in
6199 @ref{c1,,Interfacing with C++ at the Class Level} and
6200 @ref{19,,Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers}).
6203 with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C;
6205 type Root is tagged limited record
6209 pragma Import (CPP, Root);
6211 function Get_Value (Obj : Root) return int;
6212 pragma Import (CPP, Get_Value);
6214 function Constructor return Root;
6215 pragma Cpp_Constructor (Constructor, "_ZN4RootC1Ev");
6217 function Constructor (v : Integer) return Root;
6218 pragma Cpp_Constructor (Constructor, "_ZN4RootC1Ei");
6220 function Constructor (v, w : Integer) return Root;
6221 pragma Cpp_Constructor (Constructor, "_ZN4RootC1Eii");
6225 On the Ada side the constructor is represented by a function (whose
6226 name is arbitrary) that returns the classwide type corresponding to
6227 the imported C++ class. Although the constructor is described as a
6228 function, it is typically a procedure with an extra implicit argument
6229 (the object being initialized) at the implementation level. GNAT
6230 issues the appropriate call, whatever it is, to get the object
6231 properly initialized.
6233 Constructors can only appear in the following contexts:
6239 On the right side of an initialization of an object of type @code{T}.
6242 On the right side of an initialization of a record component of type @code{T}.
6245 In an Ada 2005 limited aggregate.
6248 In an Ada 2005 nested limited aggregate.
6251 In an Ada 2005 limited aggregate that initializes an object built in
6252 place by an extended return statement.
6255 In a declaration of an object whose type is a class imported from C++,
6256 either the default C++ constructor is implicitly called by GNAT, or
6257 else the required C++ constructor must be explicitly called in the
6258 expression that initializes the object. For example:
6262 Obj2 : Root := Constructor;
6263 Obj3 : Root := Constructor (v => 10);
6264 Obj4 : Root := Constructor (30, 40);
6267 The first two declarations are equivalent: in both cases the default C++
6268 constructor is invoked (in the former case the call to the constructor is
6269 implicit, and in the latter case the call is explicit in the object
6270 declaration). @code{Obj3} is initialized by the C++ non-default constructor
6271 that takes an integer argument, and @code{Obj4} is initialized by the
6272 non-default C++ constructor that takes two integers.
6274 Let us derive the imported C++ class in the Ada side. For example:
6277 type DT is new Root with record
6278 C_Value : Natural := 2009;
6282 In this case the components DT inherited from the C++ side must be
6283 initialized by a C++ constructor, and the additional Ada components
6284 of type DT are initialized by GNAT. The initialization of such an
6285 object is done either by default, or by means of a function returning
6286 an aggregate of type DT, or by means of an extension aggregate.
6290 Obj6 : DT := Function_Returning_DT (50);
6291 Obj7 : DT := (Constructor (30,40) with C_Value => 50);
6294 The declaration of @code{Obj5} invokes the default constructors: the
6295 C++ default constructor of the parent type takes care of the initialization
6296 of the components inherited from Root, and GNAT takes care of the default
6297 initialization of the additional Ada components of type DT (that is,
6298 @code{C_Value} is initialized to value 2009). The order of invocation of
6299 the constructors is consistent with the order of elaboration required by
6300 Ada and C++. That is, the constructor of the parent type is always called
6301 before the constructor of the derived type.
6303 Let us now consider a record that has components whose type is imported
6304 from C++. For example:
6307 type Rec1 is limited record
6308 Data1 : Root := Constructor (10);
6309 Value : Natural := 1000;
6312 type Rec2 (D : Integer := 20) is limited record
6314 Data2 : Root := Constructor (D, 30);
6318 The initialization of an object of type @code{Rec2} will call the
6319 non-default C++ constructors specified for the imported components.
6326 Using Ada 2005 we can use limited aggregates to initialize an object
6327 invoking C++ constructors that differ from those specified in the type
6328 declarations. For example:
6331 Obj9 : Rec2 := (Rec => (Data1 => Constructor (15, 16),
6336 The above declaration uses an Ada 2005 limited aggregate to
6337 initialize @code{Obj9}, and the C++ constructor that has two integer
6338 arguments is invoked to initialize the @code{Data1} component instead
6339 of the constructor specified in the declaration of type @code{Rec1}. In
6340 Ada 2005 the box in the aggregate indicates that unspecified components
6341 are initialized using the expression (if any) available in the component
6342 declaration. That is, in this case discriminant @code{D} is initialized
6343 to value @code{20}, @code{Value} is initialized to value 1000, and the
6344 non-default C++ constructor that handles two integers takes care of
6345 initializing component @code{Data2} with values @code{20,30}.
6347 In Ada 2005 we can use the extended return statement to build the Ada
6348 equivalent to C++ non-default constructors. For example:
6351 function Constructor (V : Integer) return Rec2 is
6353 return Obj : Rec2 := (Rec => (Data1 => Constructor (V, 20),
6356 -- Further actions required for construction of
6357 -- objects of type Rec2
6363 In this example the extended return statement construct is used to
6364 build in place the returned object whose components are initialized
6365 by means of a limited aggregate. Any further action associated with
6366 the constructor can be placed inside the construct.
6368 @node Interfacing with C++ at the Class Level,,Interfacing with C++ constructors,Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs
6369 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model interfacing-with-c-at-the-class-level}@anchor{c1}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id69}@anchor{c2}
6370 @subsubsection Interfacing with C++ at the Class Level
6373 In this section we demonstrate the GNAT features for interfacing with
6374 C++ by means of an example making use of Ada 2005 abstract interface
6375 types. This example consists of a classification of animals; classes
6376 have been used to model our main classification of animals, and
6377 interfaces provide support for the management of secondary
6378 classifications. We first demonstrate a case in which the types and
6379 constructors are defined on the C++ side and imported from the Ada
6380 side, and latter the reverse case.
6382 The root of our derivation will be the @code{Animal} class, with a
6383 single private attribute (the @code{Age} of the animal), a constructor,
6384 and two public primitives to set and get the value of this attribute.
6389 virtual void Set_Age (int New_Age);
6391 Animal() @{Age_Count = 0;@};
6397 Abstract interface types are defined in C++ by means of classes with pure
6398 virtual functions and no data members. In our example we will use two
6399 interfaces that provide support for the common management of @code{Carnivore}
6400 and @code{Domestic} animals:
6405 virtual int Number_Of_Teeth () = 0;
6410 virtual void Set_Owner (char* Name) = 0;
6414 Using these declarations, we can now say that a @code{Dog} is an animal that is
6415 both Carnivore and Domestic, that is:
6418 class Dog : Animal, Carnivore, Domestic @{
6420 virtual int Number_Of_Teeth ();
6421 virtual void Set_Owner (char* Name);
6423 Dog(); // Constructor
6430 In the following examples we will assume that the previous declarations are
6431 located in a file named @code{animals.h}. The following package demonstrates
6432 how to import these C++ declarations from the Ada side:
6435 with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings;
6437 type Carnivore is limited interface;
6438 pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Carnivore);
6439 function Number_Of_Teeth (X : Carnivore)
6440 return Natural is abstract;
6442 type Domestic is limited interface;
6443 pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Domestic);
6445 (X : in out Domestic;
6446 Name : Chars_Ptr) is abstract;
6448 type Animal is tagged limited record
6451 pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Animal);
6453 procedure Set_Age (X : in out Animal; Age : Integer);
6454 pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Set_Age);
6456 function Age (X : Animal) return Integer;
6457 pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Age);
6459 function New_Animal return Animal;
6460 pragma CPP_Constructor (New_Animal);
6461 pragma Import (CPP, New_Animal, "_ZN6AnimalC1Ev");
6463 type Dog is new Animal and Carnivore and Domestic with record
6464 Tooth_Count : Natural;
6467 pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Dog);
6469 function Number_Of_Teeth (A : Dog) return Natural;
6470 pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Number_Of_Teeth);
6472 procedure Set_Owner (A : in out Dog; Name : Chars_Ptr);
6473 pragma Import (C_Plus_Plus, Set_Owner);
6475 function New_Dog return Dog;
6476 pragma CPP_Constructor (New_Dog);
6477 pragma Import (CPP, New_Dog, "_ZN3DogC2Ev");
6481 Thanks to the compatibility between GNAT run-time structures and the C++ ABI,
6482 interfacing with these C++ classes is easy. The only requirement is that all
6483 the primitives and components must be declared exactly in the same order in
6486 Regarding the abstract interfaces, we must indicate to the GNAT compiler by
6487 means of a @code{pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus)}, the convention used to pass
6488 the arguments to the called primitives will be the same as for C++. For the
6489 imported classes we use @code{pragma Import} with convention @code{C_Plus_Plus}
6490 to indicate that they have been defined on the C++ side; this is required
6491 because the dispatch table associated with these tagged types will be built
6492 in the C++ side and therefore will not contain the predefined Ada primitives
6493 which Ada would otherwise expect.
6495 As the reader can see there is no need to indicate the C++ mangled names
6496 associated with each subprogram because it is assumed that all the calls to
6497 these primitives will be dispatching calls. The only exception is the
6498 constructor, which must be registered with the compiler by means of
6499 @code{pragma CPP_Constructor} and needs to provide its associated C++
6500 mangled name because the Ada compiler generates direct calls to it.
6502 With the above packages we can now declare objects of type Dog on the Ada side
6503 and dispatch calls to the corresponding subprograms on the C++ side. We can
6504 also extend the tagged type Dog with further fields and primitives, and
6505 override some of its C++ primitives on the Ada side. For example, here we have
6506 a type derivation defined on the Ada side that inherits all the dispatching
6507 primitives of the ancestor from the C++ side.
6510 with Animals; use Animals;
6511 package Vaccinated_Animals is
6512 type Vaccinated_Dog is new Dog with null record;
6513 function Vaccination_Expired (A : Vaccinated_Dog) return Boolean;
6514 end Vaccinated_Animals;
6517 It is important to note that, because of the ABI compatibility, the programmer
6518 does not need to add any further information to indicate either the object
6519 layout or the dispatch table entry associated with each dispatching operation.
6521 Now let us define all the types and constructors on the Ada side and export
6522 them to C++, using the same hierarchy of our previous example:
6525 with Interfaces.C.Strings;
6526 use Interfaces.C.Strings;
6528 type Carnivore is limited interface;
6529 pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Carnivore);
6530 function Number_Of_Teeth (X : Carnivore)
6531 return Natural is abstract;
6533 type Domestic is limited interface;
6534 pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Domestic);
6536 (X : in out Domestic;
6537 Name : Chars_Ptr) is abstract;
6539 type Animal is tagged record
6542 pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Animal);
6544 procedure Set_Age (X : in out Animal; Age : Integer);
6545 pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, Set_Age);
6547 function Age (X : Animal) return Integer;
6548 pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, Age);
6550 function New_Animal return Animal'Class;
6551 pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, New_Animal);
6553 type Dog is new Animal and Carnivore and Domestic with record
6554 Tooth_Count : Natural;
6555 Owner : String (1 .. 30);
6557 pragma Convention (C_Plus_Plus, Dog);
6559 function Number_Of_Teeth (A : Dog) return Natural;
6560 pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, Number_Of_Teeth);
6562 procedure Set_Owner (A : in out Dog; Name : Chars_Ptr);
6563 pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, Set_Owner);
6565 function New_Dog return Dog'Class;
6566 pragma Export (C_Plus_Plus, New_Dog);
6570 Compared with our previous example the only differences are the use of
6571 @code{pragma Convention} (instead of @code{pragma Import}), and the use of
6572 @code{pragma Export} to indicate to the GNAT compiler that the primitives will
6573 be available to C++. Thanks to the ABI compatibility, on the C++ side there is
6574 nothing else to be done; as explained above, the only requirement is that all
6575 the primitives and components are declared in exactly the same order.
6577 For completeness, let us see a brief C++ main program that uses the
6578 declarations available in @code{animals.h} (presented in our first example) to
6579 import and use the declarations from the Ada side, properly initializing and
6580 finalizing the Ada run-time system along the way:
6583 #include "animals.h"
6585 using namespace std;
6587 void Check_Carnivore (Carnivore *obj) @{...@}
6588 void Check_Domestic (Domestic *obj) @{...@}
6589 void Check_Animal (Animal *obj) @{...@}
6590 void Check_Dog (Dog *obj) @{...@}
6593 void adainit (void);
6594 void adafinal (void);
6600 Dog *obj = new_dog(); // Ada constructor
6601 Check_Carnivore (obj); // Check secondary DT
6602 Check_Domestic (obj); // Check secondary DT
6603 Check_Animal (obj); // Check primary DT
6604 Check_Dog (obj); // Check primary DT
6609 adainit (); test(); adafinal ();
6614 @node Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers,Generating C Headers for Ada Specifications,Building Mixed Ada and C++ Programs,Mixed Language Programming
6615 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id70}@anchor{c3}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model generating-ada-bindings-for-c-and-c-headers}@anchor{19}
6616 @subsection Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers
6619 @geindex Binding generation (for C and C++ headers)
6621 @geindex C headers (binding generation)
6623 @geindex C++ headers (binding generation)
6625 GNAT includes a binding generator for C and C++ headers which is
6626 intended to do 95% of the tedious work of generating Ada specs from C
6627 or C++ header files.
6629 Note that this capability is not intended to generate 100% correct Ada specs,
6630 and will is some cases require manual adjustments, although it can often
6631 be used out of the box in practice.
6633 Some of the known limitations include:
6639 only very simple character constant macros are translated into Ada
6640 constants. Function macros (macros with arguments) are partially translated
6641 as comments, to be completed manually if needed.
6644 some extensions (e.g. vector types) are not supported
6647 pointers to pointers or complex structures are mapped to System.Address
6650 identifiers with identical name (except casing) will generate compilation
6651 errors (e.g. @code{shm_get} vs @code{SHM_GET}).
6654 The code generated is using the Ada 2005 syntax, which makes it
6655 easier to interface with other languages than previous versions of Ada.
6658 * Running the Binding Generator::
6659 * Generating Bindings for C++ Headers::
6664 @node Running the Binding Generator,Generating Bindings for C++ Headers,,Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers
6665 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id71}@anchor{c4}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model running-the-binding-generator}@anchor{c5}
6666 @subsubsection Running the Binding Generator
6669 The binding generator is part of the @code{gcc} compiler and can be
6670 invoked via the @code{-fdump-ada-spec} switch, which will generate Ada
6671 spec files for the header files specified on the command line, and all
6672 header files needed by these files transitively. For example:
6675 $ g++ -c -fdump-ada-spec -C /usr/include/time.h
6676 $ gcc -c -gnat05 *.ads
6679 will generate, under GNU/Linux, the following files: @code{time_h.ads},
6680 @code{bits_time_h.ads}, @code{stddef_h.ads}, @code{bits_types_h.ads} which
6681 correspond to the files @code{/usr/include/time.h},
6682 @code{/usr/include/bits/time.h}, etc..., and will then compile these Ada specs
6685 The @code{-C} switch tells @code{gcc} to extract comments from headers,
6686 and will attempt to generate corresponding Ada comments.
6688 If you want to generate a single Ada file and not the transitive closure, you
6689 can use instead the @code{-fdump-ada-spec-slim} switch.
6691 You can optionally specify a parent unit, of which all generated units will
6692 be children, using @code{-fada-spec-parent=@emph{unit}}.
6694 Note that we recommend when possible to use the @emph{g++} driver to
6695 generate bindings, even for most C headers, since this will in general
6696 generate better Ada specs. For generating bindings for C++ headers, it is
6697 mandatory to use the @emph{g++} command, or @emph{gcc -x c++} which
6698 is equivalent in this case. If @emph{g++} cannot work on your C headers
6699 because of incompatibilities between C and C++, then you can fallback to
6702 For an example of better bindings generated from the C++ front-end,
6703 the name of the parameters (when available) are actually ignored by the C
6704 front-end. Consider the following C header:
6707 extern void foo (int variable);
6710 with the C front-end, @code{variable} is ignored, and the above is handled as:
6713 extern void foo (int);
6716 generating a generic:
6719 procedure foo (param1 : int);
6722 with the C++ front-end, the name is available, and we generate:
6725 procedure foo (variable : int);
6728 In some cases, the generated bindings will be more complete or more meaningful
6729 when defining some macros, which you can do via the @code{-D} switch. This
6730 is for example the case with @code{Xlib.h} under GNU/Linux:
6733 $ g++ -c -fdump-ada-spec -DXLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS -C /usr/include/X11/Xlib.h
6736 The above will generate more complete bindings than a straight call without
6737 the @code{-DXLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS} switch.
6739 In other cases, it is not possible to parse a header file in a stand-alone
6740 manner, because other include files need to be included first. In this
6741 case, the solution is to create a small header file including the needed
6742 @code{#include} and possible @code{#define} directives. For example, to
6743 generate Ada bindings for @code{readline/readline.h}, you need to first
6744 include @code{stdio.h}, so you can create a file with the following two
6745 lines in e.g. @code{readline1.h}:
6749 #include <readline/readline.h>
6752 and then generate Ada bindings from this file:
6755 $ g++ -c -fdump-ada-spec readline1.h
6758 @node Generating Bindings for C++ Headers,Switches,Running the Binding Generator,Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers
6759 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id72}@anchor{c6}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model generating-bindings-for-c-headers}@anchor{c7}
6760 @subsubsection Generating Bindings for C++ Headers
6763 Generating bindings for C++ headers is done using the same options, always
6764 with the @emph{g++} compiler. Note that generating Ada spec from C++ headers is a
6765 much more complex job and support for C++ headers is much more limited that
6766 support for C headers. As a result, you will need to modify the resulting
6767 bindings by hand more extensively when using C++ headers.
6769 In this mode, C++ classes will be mapped to Ada tagged types, constructors
6770 will be mapped using the @code{CPP_Constructor} pragma, and when possible,
6771 multiple inheritance of abstract classes will be mapped to Ada interfaces
6772 (see the @emph{Interfacing to C++} section in the @cite{GNAT Reference Manual}
6773 for additional information on interfacing to C++).
6775 For example, given the following C++ header file:
6780 virtual int Number_Of_Teeth () = 0;
6785 virtual void Set_Owner (char* Name) = 0;
6791 virtual void Set_Age (int New_Age);
6794 class Dog : Animal, Carnivore, Domestic @{
6799 virtual int Number_Of_Teeth ();
6800 virtual void Set_Owner (char* Name);
6806 The corresponding Ada code is generated:
6809 package Class_Carnivore is
6810 type Carnivore is limited interface;
6811 pragma Import (CPP, Carnivore);
6813 function Number_Of_Teeth (this : access Carnivore) return int is abstract;
6815 use Class_Carnivore;
6817 package Class_Domestic is
6818 type Domestic is limited interface;
6819 pragma Import (CPP, Domestic);
6822 (this : access Domestic;
6823 Name : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr) is abstract;
6827 package Class_Animal is
6828 type Animal is tagged limited record
6829 Age_Count : aliased int;
6831 pragma Import (CPP, Animal);
6833 procedure Set_Age (this : access Animal; New_Age : int);
6834 pragma Import (CPP, Set_Age, "_ZN6Animal7Set_AgeEi");
6838 package Class_Dog is
6839 type Dog is new Animal and Carnivore and Domestic with record
6840 Tooth_Count : aliased int;
6841 Owner : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr;
6843 pragma Import (CPP, Dog);
6845 function Number_Of_Teeth (this : access Dog) return int;
6846 pragma Import (CPP, Number_Of_Teeth, "_ZN3Dog15Number_Of_TeethEv");
6849 (this : access Dog; Name : Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr);
6850 pragma Import (CPP, Set_Owner, "_ZN3Dog9Set_OwnerEPc");
6852 function New_Dog return Dog;
6853 pragma CPP_Constructor (New_Dog);
6854 pragma Import (CPP, New_Dog, "_ZN3DogC1Ev");
6859 @node Switches,,Generating Bindings for C++ Headers,Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers
6860 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model switches}@anchor{c8}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model switches-for-ada-binding-generation}@anchor{c9}
6861 @subsubsection Switches
6864 @geindex -fdump-ada-spec (gcc)
6869 @item @code{-fdump-ada-spec}
6871 Generate Ada spec files for the given header files transitively (including
6872 all header files that these headers depend upon).
6875 @geindex -fdump-ada-spec-slim (gcc)
6880 @item @code{-fdump-ada-spec-slim}
6882 Generate Ada spec files for the header files specified on the command line
6886 @geindex -fada-spec-parent (gcc)
6891 @item @code{-fada-spec-parent=@emph{unit}}
6893 Specifies that all files generated by @code{-fdump-ada-spec} are
6894 to be child units of the specified parent unit.
6904 Extract comments from headers and generate Ada comments in the Ada spec files.
6907 @node Generating C Headers for Ada Specifications,,Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers,Mixed Language Programming
6908 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model generating-c-headers-for-ada-specifications}@anchor{ca}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id73}@anchor{cb}
6909 @subsection Generating C Headers for Ada Specifications
6912 @geindex Binding generation (for Ada specs)
6914 @geindex C headers (binding generation)
6916 GNAT includes a C header generator for Ada specifications which supports
6917 Ada types that have a direct mapping to C types. This includes in particular
6933 Composition of the above types
6936 Constant declarations
6942 Subprogram declarations
6946 * Running the C Header Generator::
6950 @node Running the C Header Generator,,,Generating C Headers for Ada Specifications
6951 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model running-the-c-header-generator}@anchor{cc}
6952 @subsubsection Running the C Header Generator
6955 The C header generator is part of the GNAT compiler and can be invoked via
6956 the @code{-gnatceg} combination of switches, which will generate a @code{.h}
6957 file corresponding to the given input file (Ada spec or body). Note that
6958 only spec files are processed in any case, so giving a spec or a body file
6959 as input is equivalent. For example:
6962 $ gcc -c -gnatceg pack1.ads
6965 will generate a self-contained file called @code{pack1.h} including
6966 common definitions from the Ada Standard package, followed by the
6967 definitions included in @code{pack1.ads}, as well as all the other units
6968 withed by this file.
6970 For instance, given the following Ada files:
6974 type Int is range 1 .. 10;
6983 Field1, Field2 : Pack2.Int;
6986 Global : Rec := (1, 2);
6988 procedure Proc1 (R : Rec);
6989 procedure Proc2 (R : in out Rec);
6993 The above @code{gcc} command will generate the following @code{pack1.h} file:
6996 /* Standard definitions skipped */
6999 typedef short_short_integer pack2__TintB;
7000 typedef pack2__TintB pack2__int;
7001 #endif /* PACK2_ADS */
7005 typedef struct _pack1__rec @{
7009 extern pack1__rec pack1__global;
7010 extern void pack1__proc1(const pack1__rec r);
7011 extern void pack1__proc2(pack1__rec *r);
7012 #endif /* PACK1_ADS */
7015 You can then @code{include} @code{pack1.h} from a C source file and use the types,
7016 call subprograms, reference objects, and constants.
7018 @node GNAT and Other Compilation Models,Using GNAT Files with External Tools,Mixed Language Programming,The GNAT Compilation Model
7019 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id74}@anchor{cd}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model gnat-and-other-compilation-models}@anchor{45}
7020 @section GNAT and Other Compilation Models
7023 This section compares the GNAT model with the approaches taken in
7024 other environents, first the C/C++ model and then the mechanism that
7025 has been used in other Ada systems, in particular those traditionally
7029 * Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models::
7030 * Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models::
7034 @node Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models,Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models,,GNAT and Other Compilation Models
7035 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model comparison-between-gnat-and-c-c-compilation-models}@anchor{ce}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id75}@anchor{cf}
7036 @subsection Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models
7039 The GNAT model of compilation is close to the C and C++ models. You can
7040 think of Ada specs as corresponding to header files in C. As in C, you
7041 don't need to compile specs; they are compiled when they are used. The
7042 Ada @emph{with} is similar in effect to the @code{#include} of a C
7045 One notable difference is that, in Ada, you may compile specs separately
7046 to check them for semantic and syntactic accuracy. This is not always
7047 possible with C headers because they are fragments of programs that have
7048 less specific syntactic or semantic rules.
7050 The other major difference is the requirement for running the binder,
7051 which performs two important functions. First, it checks for
7052 consistency. In C or C++, the only defense against assembling
7053 inconsistent programs lies outside the compiler, in a makefile, for
7054 example. The binder satisfies the Ada requirement that it be impossible
7055 to construct an inconsistent program when the compiler is used in normal
7058 @geindex Elaboration order control
7060 The other important function of the binder is to deal with elaboration
7061 issues. There are also elaboration issues in C++ that are handled
7062 automatically. This automatic handling has the advantage of being
7063 simpler to use, but the C++ programmer has no control over elaboration.
7064 Where @code{gnatbind} might complain there was no valid order of
7065 elaboration, a C++ compiler would simply construct a program that
7066 malfunctioned at run time.
7068 @node Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models,,Comparison between GNAT and C/C++ Compilation Models,GNAT and Other Compilation Models
7069 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model comparison-between-gnat-and-conventional-ada-library-models}@anchor{d0}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id76}@anchor{d1}
7070 @subsection Comparison between GNAT and Conventional Ada Library Models
7073 This section is intended for Ada programmers who have
7074 used an Ada compiler implementing the traditional Ada library
7075 model, as described in the Ada Reference Manual.
7077 @geindex GNAT library
7079 In GNAT, there is no 'library' in the normal sense. Instead, the set of
7080 source files themselves acts as the library. Compiling Ada programs does
7081 not generate any centralized information, but rather an object file and
7082 a ALI file, which are of interest only to the binder and linker.
7083 In a traditional system, the compiler reads information not only from
7084 the source file being compiled, but also from the centralized library.
7085 This means that the effect of a compilation depends on what has been
7086 previously compiled. In particular:
7092 When a unit is @emph{with}ed, the unit seen by the compiler corresponds
7093 to the version of the unit most recently compiled into the library.
7096 Inlining is effective only if the necessary body has already been
7097 compiled into the library.
7100 Compiling a unit may obsolete other units in the library.
7103 In GNAT, compiling one unit never affects the compilation of any other
7104 units because the compiler reads only source files. Only changes to source
7105 files can affect the results of a compilation. In particular:
7111 When a unit is @emph{with}ed, the unit seen by the compiler corresponds
7112 to the source version of the unit that is currently accessible to the
7118 Inlining requires the appropriate source files for the package or
7119 subprogram bodies to be available to the compiler. Inlining is always
7120 effective, independent of the order in which units are compiled.
7123 Compiling a unit never affects any other compilations. The editing of
7124 sources may cause previous compilations to be out of date if they
7125 depended on the source file being modified.
7128 The most important result of these differences is that order of compilation
7129 is never significant in GNAT. There is no situation in which one is
7130 required to do one compilation before another. What shows up as order of
7131 compilation requirements in the traditional Ada library becomes, in
7132 GNAT, simple source dependencies; in other words, there is only a set
7133 of rules saying what source files must be present when a file is
7136 @node Using GNAT Files with External Tools,,GNAT and Other Compilation Models,The GNAT Compilation Model
7137 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model using-gnat-files-with-external-tools}@anchor{1a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id77}@anchor{d2}
7138 @section Using GNAT Files with External Tools
7141 This section explains how files that are produced by GNAT may be
7142 used with tools designed for other languages.
7145 * Using Other Utility Programs with GNAT::
7146 * The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT::
7150 @node Using Other Utility Programs with GNAT,The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT,,Using GNAT Files with External Tools
7151 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model using-other-utility-programs-with-gnat}@anchor{d3}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id78}@anchor{d4}
7152 @subsection Using Other Utility Programs with GNAT
7155 The object files generated by GNAT are in standard system format and in
7156 particular the debugging information uses this format. This means
7157 programs generated by GNAT can be used with existing utilities that
7158 depend on these formats.
7160 In general, any utility program that works with C will also often work with
7161 Ada programs generated by GNAT. This includes software utilities such as
7162 gprof (a profiling program), gdb (the FSF debugger), and utilities such
7165 @node The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT,,Using Other Utility Programs with GNAT,Using GNAT Files with External Tools
7166 @anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model the-external-symbol-naming-scheme-of-gnat}@anchor{d5}@anchor{gnat_ugn/the_gnat_compilation_model id79}@anchor{d6}
7167 @subsection The External Symbol Naming Scheme of GNAT
7170 In order to interpret the output from GNAT, when using tools that are
7171 originally intended for use with other languages, it is useful to
7172 understand the conventions used to generate link names from the Ada
7175 All link names are in all lowercase letters. With the exception of library
7176 procedure names, the mechanism used is simply to use the full expanded
7177 Ada name with dots replaced by double underscores. For example, suppose
7178 we have the following package spec:
7186 @geindex pragma Export
7188 The variable @code{MN} has a full expanded Ada name of @code{QRS.MN}, so
7189 the corresponding link name is @code{qrs__mn}.
7190 Of course if a @code{pragma Export} is used this may be overridden:
7195 pragma Export (Var1, C, External_Name => "var1_name");
7197 pragma Export (Var2, C, Link_Name => "var2_link_name");
7201 In this case, the link name for @code{Var1} is whatever link name the
7202 C compiler would assign for the C function @code{var1_name}. This typically
7203 would be either @code{var1_name} or @code{_var1_name}, depending on operating
7204 system conventions, but other possibilities exist. The link name for
7205 @code{Var2} is @code{var2_link_name}, and this is not operating system
7208 One exception occurs for library level procedures. A potential ambiguity
7209 arises between the required name @code{_main} for the C main program,
7210 and the name we would otherwise assign to an Ada library level procedure
7211 called @code{Main} (which might well not be the main program).
7213 To avoid this ambiguity, we attach the prefix @code{_ada_} to such
7214 names. So if we have a library level procedure such as:
7217 procedure Hello (S : String);
7220 the external name of this procedure will be @code{_ada_hello}.
7222 @c -- Example: A |withing| unit has a |with| clause, it |withs| a |withed| unit
7224 @node Building Executable Programs with GNAT,GNAT Utility Programs,The GNAT Compilation Model,Top
7225 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat building-executable-programs-with-gnat}@anchor{a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat doc}@anchor{d7}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id1}@anchor{d8}
7226 @chapter Building Executable Programs with GNAT
7229 This chapter describes first the gnatmake tool
7230 (@ref{1b,,Building with gnatmake}),
7231 which automatically determines the set of sources
7232 needed by an Ada compilation unit and executes the necessary
7233 (re)compilations, binding and linking.
7234 It also explains how to use each tool individually: the
7235 compiler (gcc, see @ref{1c,,Compiling with gcc}),
7236 binder (gnatbind, see @ref{1d,,Binding with gnatbind}),
7237 and linker (gnatlink, see @ref{1e,,Linking with gnatlink})
7238 to build executable programs.
7239 Finally, this chapter provides examples of
7240 how to make use of the general GNU make mechanism
7241 in a GNAT context (see @ref{1f,,Using the GNU make Utility}).
7245 * Building with gnatmake::
7246 * Compiling with gcc::
7247 * Compiler Switches::
7249 * Binding with gnatbind::
7250 * Linking with gnatlink::
7251 * Using the GNU make Utility::
7255 @node Building with gnatmake,Compiling with gcc,,Building Executable Programs with GNAT
7256 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat the-gnat-make-program-gnatmake}@anchor{1b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat building-with-gnatmake}@anchor{d9}
7257 @section Building with @code{gnatmake}
7262 A typical development cycle when working on an Ada program consists of
7263 the following steps:
7269 Edit some sources to fix bugs;
7275 Compile all sources affected;
7278 Rebind and relink; and
7284 @geindex Dependency rules (compilation)
7286 The third step in particular can be tricky, because not only do the modified
7287 files have to be compiled, but any files depending on these files must also be
7288 recompiled. The dependency rules in Ada can be quite complex, especially
7289 in the presence of overloading, @code{use} clauses, generics and inlined
7292 @code{gnatmake} automatically takes care of the third and fourth steps
7293 of this process. It determines which sources need to be compiled,
7294 compiles them, and binds and links the resulting object files.
7296 Unlike some other Ada make programs, the dependencies are always
7297 accurately recomputed from the new sources. The source based approach of
7298 the GNAT compilation model makes this possible. This means that if
7299 changes to the source program cause corresponding changes in
7300 dependencies, they will always be tracked exactly correctly by
7303 Note that for advanced forms of project structure, we recommend creating
7304 a project file as explained in the @emph{GNAT_Project_Manager} chapter in the
7305 @emph{GPRbuild User's Guide}, and using the
7306 @code{gprbuild} tool which supports building with project files and works similarly
7310 * Running gnatmake::
7311 * Switches for gnatmake::
7312 * Mode Switches for gnatmake::
7313 * Notes on the Command Line::
7314 * How gnatmake Works::
7315 * Examples of gnatmake Usage::
7319 @node Running gnatmake,Switches for gnatmake,,Building with gnatmake
7320 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat running-gnatmake}@anchor{da}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id2}@anchor{db}
7321 @subsection Running @code{gnatmake}
7324 The usual form of the @code{gnatmake} command is
7327 $ gnatmake [<switches>] <file_name> [<file_names>] [<mode_switches>]
7330 The only required argument is one @code{file_name}, which specifies
7331 a compilation unit that is a main program. Several @code{file_names} can be
7332 specified: this will result in several executables being built.
7333 If @code{switches} are present, they can be placed before the first
7334 @code{file_name}, between @code{file_names} or after the last @code{file_name}.
7335 If @code{mode_switches} are present, they must always be placed after
7336 the last @code{file_name} and all @code{switches}.
7338 If you are using standard file extensions (@code{.adb} and
7339 @code{.ads}), then the
7340 extension may be omitted from the @code{file_name} arguments. However, if
7341 you are using non-standard extensions, then it is required that the
7342 extension be given. A relative or absolute directory path can be
7343 specified in a @code{file_name}, in which case, the input source file will
7344 be searched for in the specified directory only. Otherwise, the input
7345 source file will first be searched in the directory where
7346 @code{gnatmake} was invoked and if it is not found, it will be search on
7347 the source path of the compiler as described in
7348 @ref{89,,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)}.
7350 All @code{gnatmake} output (except when you specify @code{-M}) is sent to
7351 @code{stderr}. The output produced by the
7352 @code{-M} switch is sent to @code{stdout}.
7354 @node Switches for gnatmake,Mode Switches for gnatmake,Running gnatmake,Building with gnatmake
7355 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat switches-for-gnatmake}@anchor{dc}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id3}@anchor{dd}
7356 @subsection Switches for @code{gnatmake}
7359 You may specify any of the following switches to @code{gnatmake}:
7361 @geindex --version (gnatmake)
7366 @item @code{--version}
7368 Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
7371 @geindex --help (gnatmake)
7378 If @code{--version} was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
7382 @geindex --GCC=compiler_name (gnatmake)
7387 @item @code{--GCC=@emph{compiler_name}}
7389 Program used for compiling. The default is @code{gcc}. You need to use
7390 quotes around @code{compiler_name} if @code{compiler_name} contains
7391 spaces or other separator characters.
7392 As an example @code{--GCC="foo -x -y"}
7393 will instruct @code{gnatmake} to use @code{foo -x -y} as your
7394 compiler. A limitation of this syntax is that the name and path name of
7395 the executable itself must not include any embedded spaces. Note that
7396 switch @code{-c} is always inserted after your command name. Thus in the
7397 above example the compiler command that will be used by @code{gnatmake}
7398 will be @code{foo -c -x -y}. If several @code{--GCC=compiler_name} are
7399 used, only the last @code{compiler_name} is taken into account. However,
7400 all the additional switches are also taken into account. Thus,
7401 @code{--GCC="foo -x -y" --GCC="bar -z -t"} is equivalent to
7402 @code{--GCC="bar -x -y -z -t"}.
7405 @geindex --GNATBIND=binder_name (gnatmake)
7410 @item @code{--GNATBIND=@emph{binder_name}}
7412 Program used for binding. The default is @code{gnatbind}. You need to
7413 use quotes around @code{binder_name} if @code{binder_name} contains spaces
7414 or other separator characters.
7415 As an example @code{--GNATBIND="bar -x -y"}
7416 will instruct @code{gnatmake} to use @code{bar -x -y} as your
7417 binder. Binder switches that are normally appended by @code{gnatmake}
7418 to @code{gnatbind} are now appended to the end of @code{bar -x -y}.
7419 A limitation of this syntax is that the name and path name of the executable
7420 itself must not include any embedded spaces.
7423 @geindex --GNATLINK=linker_name (gnatmake)
7428 @item @code{--GNATLINK=@emph{linker_name}}
7430 Program used for linking. The default is @code{gnatlink}. You need to
7431 use quotes around @code{linker_name} if @code{linker_name} contains spaces
7432 or other separator characters.
7433 As an example @code{--GNATLINK="lan -x -y"}
7434 will instruct @code{gnatmake} to use @code{lan -x -y} as your
7435 linker. Linker switches that are normally appended by @code{gnatmake} to
7436 @code{gnatlink} are now appended to the end of @code{lan -x -y}.
7437 A limitation of this syntax is that the name and path name of the executable
7438 itself must not include any embedded spaces.
7440 @item @code{--create-map-file}
7442 When linking an executable, create a map file. The name of the map file
7443 has the same name as the executable with extension ".map".
7445 @item @code{--create-map-file=@emph{mapfile}}
7447 When linking an executable, create a map file with the specified name.
7450 @geindex --create-missing-dirs (gnatmake)
7455 @item @code{--create-missing-dirs}
7457 When using project files (@code{-P@emph{project}}), automatically create
7458 missing object directories, library directories and exec
7461 @item @code{--single-compile-per-obj-dir}
7463 Disallow simultaneous compilations in the same object directory when
7464 project files are used.
7466 @item @code{--subdirs=@emph{subdir}}
7468 Actual object directory of each project file is the subdirectory subdir of the
7469 object directory specified or defaulted in the project file.
7471 @item @code{--unchecked-shared-lib-imports}
7473 By default, shared library projects are not allowed to import static library
7474 projects. When this switch is used on the command line, this restriction is
7477 @item @code{--source-info=@emph{source info file}}
7479 Specify a source info file. This switch is active only when project files
7480 are used. If the source info file is specified as a relative path, then it is
7481 relative to the object directory of the main project. If the source info file
7482 does not exist, then after the Project Manager has successfully parsed and
7483 processed the project files and found the sources, it creates the source info
7484 file. If the source info file already exists and can be read successfully,
7485 then the Project Manager will get all the needed information about the sources
7486 from the source info file and will not look for them. This reduces the time
7487 to process the project files, especially when looking for sources that take a
7488 long time. If the source info file exists but cannot be parsed successfully,
7489 the Project Manager will attempt to recreate it. If the Project Manager fails
7490 to create the source info file, a message is issued, but gnatmake does not
7491 fail. @code{gnatmake} "trusts" the source info file. This means that
7492 if the source files have changed (addition, deletion, moving to a different
7493 source directory), then the source info file need to be deleted and recreated.
7496 @geindex -a (gnatmake)
7503 Consider all files in the make process, even the GNAT internal system
7504 files (for example, the predefined Ada library files), as well as any
7505 locked files. Locked files are files whose ALI file is write-protected.
7507 @code{gnatmake} does not check these files,
7508 because the assumption is that the GNAT internal files are properly up
7509 to date, and also that any write protected ALI files have been properly
7510 installed. Note that if there is an installation problem, such that one
7511 of these files is not up to date, it will be properly caught by the
7513 You may have to specify this switch if you are working on GNAT
7514 itself. The switch @code{-a} is also useful
7515 in conjunction with @code{-f}
7516 if you need to recompile an entire application,
7517 including run-time files, using special configuration pragmas,
7518 such as a @code{Normalize_Scalars} pragma.
7521 @code{gnatmake -a} compiles all GNAT
7523 @code{gcc -c -gnatpg} rather than @code{gcc -c}.
7526 @geindex -b (gnatmake)
7533 Bind only. Can be combined with @code{-c} to do
7534 compilation and binding, but no link.
7535 Can be combined with @code{-l}
7536 to do binding and linking. When not combined with
7538 all the units in the closure of the main program must have been previously
7539 compiled and must be up to date. The root unit specified by @code{file_name}
7540 may be given without extension, with the source extension or, if no GNAT
7541 Project File is specified, with the ALI file extension.
7544 @geindex -c (gnatmake)
7551 Compile only. Do not perform binding, except when @code{-b}
7552 is also specified. Do not perform linking, except if both
7554 @code{-l} are also specified.
7555 If the root unit specified by @code{file_name} is not a main unit, this is the
7556 default. Otherwise @code{gnatmake} will attempt binding and linking
7557 unless all objects are up to date and the executable is more recent than
7561 @geindex -C (gnatmake)
7568 Use a temporary mapping file. A mapping file is a way to communicate
7569 to the compiler two mappings: from unit names to file names (without
7570 any directory information) and from file names to path names (with
7571 full directory information). A mapping file can make the compiler's
7572 file searches faster, especially if there are many source directories,
7573 or the sources are read over a slow network connection. If
7574 @code{-P} is used, a mapping file is always used, so
7575 @code{-C} is unnecessary; in this case the mapping file
7576 is initially populated based on the project file. If
7577 @code{-C} is used without
7579 the mapping file is initially empty. Each invocation of the compiler
7580 will add any newly accessed sources to the mapping file.
7583 @geindex -C= (gnatmake)
7588 @item @code{-C=@emph{file}}
7590 Use a specific mapping file. The file, specified as a path name (absolute or
7591 relative) by this switch, should already exist, otherwise the switch is
7592 ineffective. The specified mapping file will be communicated to the compiler.
7593 This switch is not compatible with a project file
7594 (-P`file`) or with multiple compiling processes
7595 (-jnnn, when nnn is greater than 1).
7598 @geindex -d (gnatmake)
7605 Display progress for each source, up to date or not, as a single line:
7608 completed x out of y (zz%)
7611 If the file needs to be compiled this is displayed after the invocation of
7612 the compiler. These lines are displayed even in quiet output mode.
7615 @geindex -D (gnatmake)
7620 @item @code{-D @emph{dir}}
7622 Put all object files and ALI file in directory @code{dir}.
7623 If the @code{-D} switch is not used, all object files
7624 and ALI files go in the current working directory.
7626 This switch cannot be used when using a project file.
7629 @geindex -eI (gnatmake)
7634 @item @code{-eI@emph{nnn}}
7636 Indicates that the main source is a multi-unit source and the rank of the unit
7637 in the source file is nnn. nnn needs to be a positive number and a valid
7638 index in the source. This switch cannot be used when @code{gnatmake} is
7639 invoked for several mains.
7642 @geindex -eL (gnatmake)
7644 @geindex symbolic links
7651 Follow all symbolic links when processing project files.
7652 This should be used if your project uses symbolic links for files or
7653 directories, but is not needed in other cases.
7655 @geindex naming scheme
7657 This also assumes that no directory matches the naming scheme for files (for
7658 instance that you do not have a directory called "sources.ads" when using the
7659 default GNAT naming scheme).
7661 When you do not have to use this switch (i.e., by default), gnatmake is able to
7662 save a lot of system calls (several per source file and object file), which
7663 can result in a significant speed up to load and manipulate a project file,
7664 especially when using source files from a remote system.
7667 @geindex -eS (gnatmake)
7674 Output the commands for the compiler, the binder and the linker
7676 instead of standard error.
7679 @geindex -f (gnatmake)
7686 Force recompilations. Recompile all sources, even though some object
7687 files may be up to date, but don't recompile predefined or GNAT internal
7688 files or locked files (files with a write-protected ALI file),
7689 unless the @code{-a} switch is also specified.
7692 @geindex -F (gnatmake)
7699 When using project files, if some errors or warnings are detected during
7700 parsing and verbose mode is not in effect (no use of switch
7701 -v), then error lines start with the full path name of the project
7702 file, rather than its simple file name.
7705 @geindex -g (gnatmake)
7712 Enable debugging. This switch is simply passed to the compiler and to the
7716 @geindex -i (gnatmake)
7723 In normal mode, @code{gnatmake} compiles all object files and ALI files
7724 into the current directory. If the @code{-i} switch is used,
7725 then instead object files and ALI files that already exist are overwritten
7726 in place. This means that once a large project is organized into separate
7727 directories in the desired manner, then @code{gnatmake} will automatically
7728 maintain and update this organization. If no ALI files are found on the
7729 Ada object path (see @ref{89,,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)}),
7730 the new object and ALI files are created in the
7731 directory containing the source being compiled. If another organization
7732 is desired, where objects and sources are kept in different directories,
7733 a useful technique is to create dummy ALI files in the desired directories.
7734 When detecting such a dummy file, @code{gnatmake} will be forced to
7735 recompile the corresponding source file, and it will be put the resulting
7736 object and ALI files in the directory where it found the dummy file.
7739 @geindex -j (gnatmake)
7741 @geindex Parallel make
7746 @item @code{-j@emph{n}}
7748 Use @code{n} processes to carry out the (re)compilations. On a multiprocessor
7749 machine compilations will occur in parallel. If @code{n} is 0, then the
7750 maximum number of parallel compilations is the number of core processors
7751 on the platform. In the event of compilation errors, messages from various
7752 compilations might get interspersed (but @code{gnatmake} will give you the
7753 full ordered list of failing compiles at the end). If this is problematic,
7754 rerun the make process with n set to 1 to get a clean list of messages.
7757 @geindex -k (gnatmake)
7764 Keep going. Continue as much as possible after a compilation error. To
7765 ease the programmer's task in case of compilation errors, the list of
7766 sources for which the compile fails is given when @code{gnatmake}
7769 If @code{gnatmake} is invoked with several @code{file_names} and with this
7770 switch, if there are compilation errors when building an executable,
7771 @code{gnatmake} will not attempt to build the following executables.
7774 @geindex -l (gnatmake)
7781 Link only. Can be combined with @code{-b} to binding
7782 and linking. Linking will not be performed if combined with
7784 but not with @code{-b}.
7785 When not combined with @code{-b}
7786 all the units in the closure of the main program must have been previously
7787 compiled and must be up to date, and the main program needs to have been bound.
7788 The root unit specified by @code{file_name}
7789 may be given without extension, with the source extension or, if no GNAT
7790 Project File is specified, with the ALI file extension.
7793 @geindex -m (gnatmake)
7800 Specify that the minimum necessary amount of recompilations
7801 be performed. In this mode @code{gnatmake} ignores time
7802 stamp differences when the only
7803 modifications to a source file consist in adding/removing comments,
7804 empty lines, spaces or tabs. This means that if you have changed the
7805 comments in a source file or have simply reformatted it, using this
7806 switch will tell @code{gnatmake} not to recompile files that depend on it
7807 (provided other sources on which these files depend have undergone no
7808 semantic modifications). Note that the debugging information may be
7809 out of date with respect to the sources if the @code{-m} switch causes
7810 a compilation to be switched, so the use of this switch represents a
7811 trade-off between compilation time and accurate debugging information.
7814 @geindex Dependencies
7815 @geindex producing list
7817 @geindex -M (gnatmake)
7824 Check if all objects are up to date. If they are, output the object
7825 dependences to @code{stdout} in a form that can be directly exploited in
7826 a @code{Makefile}. By default, each source file is prefixed with its
7827 (relative or absolute) directory name. This name is whatever you
7828 specified in the various @code{-aI}
7829 and @code{-I} switches. If you use
7830 @code{gnatmake -M} @code{-q}
7831 (see below), only the source file names,
7832 without relative paths, are output. If you just specify the @code{-M}
7833 switch, dependencies of the GNAT internal system files are omitted. This
7834 is typically what you want. If you also specify
7835 the @code{-a} switch,
7836 dependencies of the GNAT internal files are also listed. Note that
7837 dependencies of the objects in external Ada libraries (see
7838 switch @code{-aL@emph{dir}} in the following list)
7842 @geindex -n (gnatmake)
7849 Don't compile, bind, or link. Checks if all objects are up to date.
7850 If they are not, the full name of the first file that needs to be
7851 recompiled is printed.
7852 Repeated use of this option, followed by compiling the indicated source
7853 file, will eventually result in recompiling all required units.
7856 @geindex -o (gnatmake)
7861 @item @code{-o @emph{exec_name}}
7863 Output executable name. The name of the final executable program will be
7864 @code{exec_name}. If the @code{-o} switch is omitted the default
7865 name for the executable will be the name of the input file in appropriate form
7866 for an executable file on the host system.
7868 This switch cannot be used when invoking @code{gnatmake} with several
7872 @geindex -p (gnatmake)
7879 Same as @code{--create-missing-dirs}
7882 @geindex -P (gnatmake)
7887 @item @code{-P@emph{project}}
7889 Use project file @code{project}. Only one such switch can be used.
7893 @c :ref:`gnatmake_and_Project_Files`.
7895 @geindex -q (gnatmake)
7902 Quiet. When this flag is not set, the commands carried out by
7903 @code{gnatmake} are displayed.
7906 @geindex -s (gnatmake)
7913 Recompile if compiler switches have changed since last compilation.
7914 All compiler switches but -I and -o are taken into account in the
7916 orders between different 'first letter' switches are ignored, but
7917 orders between same switches are taken into account. For example,
7918 @code{-O -O2} is different than @code{-O2 -O}, but @code{-g -O}
7919 is equivalent to @code{-O -g}.
7921 This switch is recommended when Integrated Preprocessing is used.
7924 @geindex -u (gnatmake)
7931 Unique. Recompile at most the main files. It implies -c. Combined with
7932 -f, it is equivalent to calling the compiler directly. Note that using
7933 -u with a project file and no main has a special meaning.
7937 @c (See :ref:`Project_Files_and_Main_Subprograms`.)
7939 @geindex -U (gnatmake)
7946 When used without a project file or with one or several mains on the command
7947 line, is equivalent to -u. When used with a project file and no main
7948 on the command line, all sources of all project files are checked and compiled
7949 if not up to date, and libraries are rebuilt, if necessary.
7952 @geindex -v (gnatmake)
7959 Verbose. Display the reason for all recompilations @code{gnatmake}
7960 decides are necessary, with the highest verbosity level.
7963 @geindex -vl (gnatmake)
7970 Verbosity level Low. Display fewer lines than in verbosity Medium.
7973 @geindex -vm (gnatmake)
7980 Verbosity level Medium. Potentially display fewer lines than in verbosity High.
7983 @geindex -vm (gnatmake)
7990 Verbosity level High. Equivalent to -v.
7992 @item @code{-vP@emph{x}}
7994 Indicate the verbosity of the parsing of GNAT project files.
7995 See @ref{de,,Switches Related to Project Files}.
7998 @geindex -x (gnatmake)
8005 Indicate that sources that are not part of any Project File may be compiled.
8006 Normally, when using Project Files, only sources that are part of a Project
8007 File may be compile. When this switch is used, a source outside of all Project
8008 Files may be compiled. The ALI file and the object file will be put in the
8009 object directory of the main Project. The compilation switches used will only
8010 be those specified on the command line. Even when
8011 @code{-x} is used, mains specified on the
8012 command line need to be sources of a project file.
8014 @item @code{-X@emph{name}=@emph{value}}
8016 Indicate that external variable @code{name} has the value @code{value}.
8017 The Project Manager will use this value for occurrences of
8018 @code{external(name)} when parsing the project file.
8019 @ref{de,,Switches Related to Project Files}.
8022 @geindex -z (gnatmake)
8029 No main subprogram. Bind and link the program even if the unit name
8030 given on the command line is a package name. The resulting executable
8031 will execute the elaboration routines of the package and its closure,
8032 then the finalization routines.
8035 @subsubheading GCC switches
8038 Any uppercase or multi-character switch that is not a @code{gnatmake} switch
8039 is passed to @code{gcc} (e.g., @code{-O}, @code{-gnato,} etc.)
8041 @subsubheading Source and library search path switches
8044 @geindex -aI (gnatmake)
8049 @item @code{-aI@emph{dir}}
8051 When looking for source files also look in directory @code{dir}.
8052 The order in which source files search is undertaken is
8053 described in @ref{89,,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)}.
8056 @geindex -aL (gnatmake)
8061 @item @code{-aL@emph{dir}}
8063 Consider @code{dir} as being an externally provided Ada library.
8064 Instructs @code{gnatmake} to skip compilation units whose @code{.ALI}
8065 files have been located in directory @code{dir}. This allows you to have
8066 missing bodies for the units in @code{dir} and to ignore out of date bodies
8067 for the same units. You still need to specify
8068 the location of the specs for these units by using the switches
8069 @code{-aI@emph{dir}} or @code{-I@emph{dir}}.
8070 Note: this switch is provided for compatibility with previous versions
8071 of @code{gnatmake}. The easier method of causing standard libraries
8072 to be excluded from consideration is to write-protect the corresponding
8076 @geindex -aO (gnatmake)
8081 @item @code{-aO@emph{dir}}
8083 When searching for library and object files, look in directory
8084 @code{dir}. The order in which library files are searched is described in
8085 @ref{8c,,Search Paths for gnatbind}.
8088 @geindex Search paths
8089 @geindex for gnatmake
8091 @geindex -A (gnatmake)
8096 @item @code{-A@emph{dir}}
8098 Equivalent to @code{-aL@emph{dir}} @code{-aI@emph{dir}}.
8100 @geindex -I (gnatmake)
8102 @item @code{-I@emph{dir}}
8104 Equivalent to @code{-aO@emph{dir} -aI@emph{dir}}.
8107 @geindex -I- (gnatmake)
8109 @geindex Source files
8110 @geindex suppressing search
8117 Do not look for source files in the directory containing the source
8118 file named in the command line.
8119 Do not look for ALI or object files in the directory
8120 where @code{gnatmake} was invoked.
8123 @geindex -L (gnatmake)
8125 @geindex Linker libraries
8130 @item @code{-L@emph{dir}}
8132 Add directory @code{dir} to the list of directories in which the linker
8133 will search for libraries. This is equivalent to
8134 @code{-largs} @code{-L@emph{dir}}.
8135 Furthermore, under Windows, the sources pointed to by the libraries path
8136 set in the registry are not searched for.
8139 @geindex -nostdinc (gnatmake)
8144 @item @code{-nostdinc}
8146 Do not look for source files in the system default directory.
8149 @geindex -nostdlib (gnatmake)
8154 @item @code{-nostdlib}
8156 Do not look for library files in the system default directory.
8159 @geindex --RTS (gnatmake)
8164 @item @code{--RTS=@emph{rts-path}}
8166 Specifies the default location of the runtime library. GNAT looks for the
8168 in the following directories, and stops as soon as a valid runtime is found
8169 (@code{adainclude} or @code{ada_source_path}, and @code{adalib} or
8170 @code{ada_object_path} present):
8176 @emph{<current directory>/$rts_path}
8179 @emph{<default-search-dir>/$rts_path}
8182 @emph{<default-search-dir>/rts-$rts_path}
8185 The selected path is handled like a normal RTS path.
8189 @node Mode Switches for gnatmake,Notes on the Command Line,Switches for gnatmake,Building with gnatmake
8190 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id4}@anchor{df}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat mode-switches-for-gnatmake}@anchor{e0}
8191 @subsection Mode Switches for @code{gnatmake}
8194 The mode switches (referred to as @code{mode_switches}) allow the
8195 inclusion of switches that are to be passed to the compiler itself, the
8196 binder or the linker. The effect of a mode switch is to cause all
8197 subsequent switches up to the end of the switch list, or up to the next
8198 mode switch, to be interpreted as switches to be passed on to the
8199 designated component of GNAT.
8201 @geindex -cargs (gnatmake)
8206 @item @code{-cargs @emph{switches}}
8208 Compiler switches. Here @code{switches} is a list of switches
8209 that are valid switches for @code{gcc}. They will be passed on to
8210 all compile steps performed by @code{gnatmake}.
8213 @geindex -bargs (gnatmake)
8218 @item @code{-bargs @emph{switches}}
8220 Binder switches. Here @code{switches} is a list of switches
8221 that are valid switches for @code{gnatbind}. They will be passed on to
8222 all bind steps performed by @code{gnatmake}.
8225 @geindex -largs (gnatmake)
8230 @item @code{-largs @emph{switches}}
8232 Linker switches. Here @code{switches} is a list of switches
8233 that are valid switches for @code{gnatlink}. They will be passed on to
8234 all link steps performed by @code{gnatmake}.
8237 @geindex -margs (gnatmake)
8242 @item @code{-margs @emph{switches}}
8244 Make switches. The switches are directly interpreted by @code{gnatmake},
8245 regardless of any previous occurrence of @code{-cargs}, @code{-bargs}
8249 @node Notes on the Command Line,How gnatmake Works,Mode Switches for gnatmake,Building with gnatmake
8250 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id5}@anchor{e1}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat notes-on-the-command-line}@anchor{e2}
8251 @subsection Notes on the Command Line
8254 This section contains some additional useful notes on the operation
8255 of the @code{gnatmake} command.
8257 @geindex Recompilation (by gnatmake)
8263 If @code{gnatmake} finds no ALI files, it recompiles the main program
8264 and all other units required by the main program.
8265 This means that @code{gnatmake}
8266 can be used for the initial compile, as well as during subsequent steps of
8267 the development cycle.
8270 If you enter @code{gnatmake foo.adb}, where @code{foo}
8271 is a subunit or body of a generic unit, @code{gnatmake} recompiles
8272 @code{foo.adb} (because it finds no ALI) and stops, issuing a
8276 In @code{gnatmake} the switch @code{-I}
8277 is used to specify both source and
8278 library file paths. Use @code{-aI}
8279 instead if you just want to specify
8280 source paths only and @code{-aO}
8281 if you want to specify library paths
8285 @code{gnatmake} will ignore any files whose ALI file is write-protected.
8286 This may conveniently be used to exclude standard libraries from
8287 consideration and in particular it means that the use of the
8288 @code{-f} switch will not recompile these files
8289 unless @code{-a} is also specified.
8292 @code{gnatmake} has been designed to make the use of Ada libraries
8293 particularly convenient. Assume you have an Ada library organized
8294 as follows: @emph{obj-dir} contains the objects and ALI files for
8295 of your Ada compilation units,
8296 whereas @emph{include-dir} contains the
8297 specs of these units, but no bodies. Then to compile a unit
8298 stored in @code{main.adb}, which uses this Ada library you would just type:
8301 $ gnatmake -aI`include-dir` -aL`obj-dir` main
8305 Using @code{gnatmake} along with the @code{-m (minimal recompilation)}
8306 switch provides a mechanism for avoiding unnecessary recompilations. Using
8308 you can update the comments/format of your
8309 source files without having to recompile everything. Note, however, that
8310 adding or deleting lines in a source files may render its debugging
8311 info obsolete. If the file in question is a spec, the impact is rather
8312 limited, as that debugging info will only be useful during the
8313 elaboration phase of your program. For bodies the impact can be more
8314 significant. In all events, your debugger will warn you if a source file
8315 is more recent than the corresponding object, and alert you to the fact
8316 that the debugging information may be out of date.
8319 @node How gnatmake Works,Examples of gnatmake Usage,Notes on the Command Line,Building with gnatmake
8320 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id6}@anchor{e3}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat how-gnatmake-works}@anchor{e4}
8321 @subsection How @code{gnatmake} Works
8324 Generally @code{gnatmake} automatically performs all necessary
8325 recompilations and you don't need to worry about how it works. However,
8326 it may be useful to have some basic understanding of the @code{gnatmake}
8327 approach and in particular to understand how it uses the results of
8328 previous compilations without incorrectly depending on them.
8330 First a definition: an object file is considered @emph{up to date} if the
8331 corresponding ALI file exists and if all the source files listed in the
8332 dependency section of this ALI file have time stamps matching those in
8333 the ALI file. This means that neither the source file itself nor any
8334 files that it depends on have been modified, and hence there is no need
8335 to recompile this file.
8337 @code{gnatmake} works by first checking if the specified main unit is up
8338 to date. If so, no compilations are required for the main unit. If not,
8339 @code{gnatmake} compiles the main program to build a new ALI file that
8340 reflects the latest sources. Then the ALI file of the main unit is
8341 examined to find all the source files on which the main program depends,
8342 and @code{gnatmake} recursively applies the above procedure on all these
8345 This process ensures that @code{gnatmake} only trusts the dependencies
8346 in an existing ALI file if they are known to be correct. Otherwise it
8347 always recompiles to determine a new, guaranteed accurate set of
8348 dependencies. As a result the program is compiled 'upside down' from what may
8349 be more familiar as the required order of compilation in some other Ada
8350 systems. In particular, clients are compiled before the units on which
8351 they depend. The ability of GNAT to compile in any order is critical in
8352 allowing an order of compilation to be chosen that guarantees that
8353 @code{gnatmake} will recompute a correct set of new dependencies if
8356 When invoking @code{gnatmake} with several @code{file_names}, if a unit is
8357 imported by several of the executables, it will be recompiled at most once.
8359 Note: when using non-standard naming conventions
8360 (@ref{35,,Using Other File Names}), changing through a configuration pragmas
8361 file the version of a source and invoking @code{gnatmake} to recompile may
8362 have no effect, if the previous version of the source is still accessible
8363 by @code{gnatmake}. It may be necessary to use the switch
8366 @node Examples of gnatmake Usage,,How gnatmake Works,Building with gnatmake
8367 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat examples-of-gnatmake-usage}@anchor{e5}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id7}@anchor{e6}
8368 @subsection Examples of @code{gnatmake} Usage
8374 @item @emph{gnatmake hello.adb}
8376 Compile all files necessary to bind and link the main program
8377 @code{hello.adb} (containing unit @code{Hello}) and bind and link the
8378 resulting object files to generate an executable file @code{hello}.
8380 @item @emph{gnatmake main1 main2 main3}
8382 Compile all files necessary to bind and link the main programs
8383 @code{main1.adb} (containing unit @code{Main1}), @code{main2.adb}
8384 (containing unit @code{Main2}) and @code{main3.adb}
8385 (containing unit @code{Main3}) and bind and link the resulting object files
8386 to generate three executable files @code{main1},
8387 @code{main2} and @code{main3}.
8389 @item @emph{gnatmake -q Main_Unit -cargs -O2 -bargs -l}
8391 Compile all files necessary to bind and link the main program unit
8392 @code{Main_Unit} (from file @code{main_unit.adb}). All compilations will
8393 be done with optimization level 2 and the order of elaboration will be
8394 listed by the binder. @code{gnatmake} will operate in quiet mode, not
8395 displaying commands it is executing.
8398 @node Compiling with gcc,Compiler Switches,Building with gnatmake,Building Executable Programs with GNAT
8399 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat compiling-with-gcc}@anchor{1c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id8}@anchor{e7}
8400 @section Compiling with @code{gcc}
8403 This section discusses how to compile Ada programs using the @code{gcc}
8404 command. It also describes the set of switches
8405 that can be used to control the behavior of the compiler.
8408 * Compiling Programs::
8409 * Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL): Search Paths and the Run-Time Library RTL.
8410 * Order of Compilation Issues::
8415 @node Compiling Programs,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library RTL,,Compiling with gcc
8416 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat compiling-programs}@anchor{e8}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id9}@anchor{e9}
8417 @subsection Compiling Programs
8420 The first step in creating an executable program is to compile the units
8421 of the program using the @code{gcc} command. You must compile the
8428 the body file (@code{.adb}) for a library level subprogram or generic
8432 the spec file (@code{.ads}) for a library level package or generic
8433 package that has no body
8436 the body file (@code{.adb}) for a library level package
8437 or generic package that has a body
8440 You need @emph{not} compile the following files
8446 the spec of a library unit which has a body
8452 because they are compiled as part of compiling related units. GNAT
8454 when the corresponding body is compiled, and subunits when the parent is
8457 @geindex cannot generate code
8459 If you attempt to compile any of these files, you will get one of the
8460 following error messages (where @code{fff} is the name of the file you
8466 cannot generate code for file `@w{`}fff`@w{`} (package spec)
8467 to check package spec, use -gnatc
8469 cannot generate code for file `@w{`}fff`@w{`} (missing subunits)
8470 to check parent unit, use -gnatc
8472 cannot generate code for file `@w{`}fff`@w{`} (subprogram spec)
8473 to check subprogram spec, use -gnatc
8475 cannot generate code for file `@w{`}fff`@w{`} (subunit)
8476 to check subunit, use -gnatc
8480 As indicated by the above error messages, if you want to submit
8481 one of these files to the compiler to check for correct semantics
8482 without generating code, then use the @code{-gnatc} switch.
8484 The basic command for compiling a file containing an Ada unit is:
8487 $ gcc -c [switches] <file name>
8490 where @code{file name} is the name of the Ada file (usually
8491 having an extension @code{.ads} for a spec or @code{.adb} for a body).
8493 @code{-c} switch to tell @code{gcc} to compile, but not link, the file.
8494 The result of a successful compilation is an object file, which has the
8495 same name as the source file but an extension of @code{.o} and an Ada
8496 Library Information (ALI) file, which also has the same name as the
8497 source file, but with @code{.ali} as the extension. GNAT creates these
8498 two output files in the current directory, but you may specify a source
8499 file in any directory using an absolute or relative path specification
8500 containing the directory information.
8502 TESTING: the @code{--foobar@emph{NN}} switch
8506 @code{gcc} is actually a driver program that looks at the extensions of
8507 the file arguments and loads the appropriate compiler. For example, the
8508 GNU C compiler is @code{cc1}, and the Ada compiler is @code{gnat1}.
8509 These programs are in directories known to the driver program (in some
8510 configurations via environment variables you set), but need not be in
8511 your path. The @code{gcc} driver also calls the assembler and any other
8512 utilities needed to complete the generation of the required object
8515 It is possible to supply several file names on the same @code{gcc}
8516 command. This causes @code{gcc} to call the appropriate compiler for
8517 each file. For example, the following command lists two separate
8518 files to be compiled:
8521 $ gcc -c x.adb y.adb
8524 calls @code{gnat1} (the Ada compiler) twice to compile @code{x.adb} and
8526 The compiler generates two object files @code{x.o} and @code{y.o}
8527 and the two ALI files @code{x.ali} and @code{y.ali}.
8529 Any switches apply to all the files listed, see @ref{ea,,Compiler Switches} for a
8530 list of available @code{gcc} switches.
8532 @node Search Paths and the Run-Time Library RTL,Order of Compilation Issues,Compiling Programs,Compiling with gcc
8533 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id10}@anchor{eb}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat search-paths-and-the-run-time-library-rtl}@anchor{89}
8534 @subsection Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)
8537 With the GNAT source-based library system, the compiler must be able to
8538 find source files for units that are needed by the unit being compiled.
8539 Search paths are used to guide this process.
8541 The compiler compiles one source file whose name must be given
8542 explicitly on the command line. In other words, no searching is done
8543 for this file. To find all other source files that are needed (the most
8544 common being the specs of units), the compiler examines the following
8545 directories, in the following order:
8551 The directory containing the source file of the main unit being compiled
8552 (the file name on the command line).
8555 Each directory named by an @code{-I} switch given on the @code{gcc}
8556 command line, in the order given.
8558 @geindex ADA_PRJ_INCLUDE_FILE
8561 Each of the directories listed in the text file whose name is given
8563 @geindex ADA_PRJ_INCLUDE_FILE
8564 @geindex environment variable; ADA_PRJ_INCLUDE_FILE
8565 @code{ADA_PRJ_INCLUDE_FILE} environment variable.
8566 @geindex ADA_PRJ_INCLUDE_FILE
8567 @geindex environment variable; ADA_PRJ_INCLUDE_FILE
8568 @code{ADA_PRJ_INCLUDE_FILE} is normally set by gnatmake or by the gnat
8569 driver when project files are used. It should not normally be set
8572 @geindex ADA_INCLUDE_PATH
8575 Each of the directories listed in the value of the
8576 @geindex ADA_INCLUDE_PATH
8577 @geindex environment variable; ADA_INCLUDE_PATH
8578 @code{ADA_INCLUDE_PATH} environment variable.
8579 Construct this value
8582 @geindex environment variable; PATH
8583 @code{PATH} environment variable: a list of directory
8584 names separated by colons (semicolons when working with the NT version).
8587 The content of the @code{ada_source_path} file which is part of the GNAT
8588 installation tree and is used to store standard libraries such as the
8589 GNAT Run Time Library (RTL) source files.
8590 @ref{87,,Installing a library}
8593 Specifying the switch @code{-I-}
8594 inhibits the use of the directory
8595 containing the source file named in the command line. You can still
8596 have this directory on your search path, but in this case it must be
8597 explicitly requested with a @code{-I} switch.
8599 Specifying the switch @code{-nostdinc}
8600 inhibits the search of the default location for the GNAT Run Time
8601 Library (RTL) source files.
8603 The compiler outputs its object files and ALI files in the current
8605 Caution: The object file can be redirected with the @code{-o} switch;
8606 however, @code{gcc} and @code{gnat1} have not been coordinated on this
8607 so the @code{ALI} file will not go to the right place. Therefore, you should
8608 avoid using the @code{-o} switch.
8612 The packages @code{Ada}, @code{System}, and @code{Interfaces} and their
8613 children make up the GNAT RTL, together with the simple @code{System.IO}
8614 package used in the @code{"Hello World"} example. The sources for these units
8615 are needed by the compiler and are kept together in one directory. Not
8616 all of the bodies are needed, but all of the sources are kept together
8617 anyway. In a normal installation, you need not specify these directory
8618 names when compiling or binding. Either the environment variables or
8619 the built-in defaults cause these files to be found.
8621 In addition to the language-defined hierarchies (@code{System}, @code{Ada} and
8622 @code{Interfaces}), the GNAT distribution provides a fourth hierarchy,
8623 consisting of child units of @code{GNAT}. This is a collection of generally
8624 useful types, subprograms, etc. See the @cite{GNAT_Reference_Manual}
8625 for further details.
8627 Besides simplifying access to the RTL, a major use of search paths is
8628 in compiling sources from multiple directories. This can make
8629 development environments much more flexible.
8631 @node Order of Compilation Issues,Examples,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library RTL,Compiling with gcc
8632 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id11}@anchor{ec}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat order-of-compilation-issues}@anchor{ed}
8633 @subsection Order of Compilation Issues
8636 If, in our earlier example, there was a spec for the @code{hello}
8637 procedure, it would be contained in the file @code{hello.ads}; yet this
8638 file would not have to be explicitly compiled. This is the result of the
8639 model we chose to implement library management. Some of the consequences
8640 of this model are as follows:
8646 There is no point in compiling specs (except for package
8647 specs with no bodies) because these are compiled as needed by clients. If
8648 you attempt a useless compilation, you will receive an error message.
8649 It is also useless to compile subunits because they are compiled as needed
8653 There are no order of compilation requirements: performing a
8654 compilation never obsoletes anything. The only way you can obsolete
8655 something and require recompilations is to modify one of the
8656 source files on which it depends.
8659 There is no library as such, apart from the ALI files
8660 (@ref{42,,The Ada Library Information Files}, for information on the format
8661 of these files). For now we find it convenient to create separate ALI files,
8662 but eventually the information therein may be incorporated into the object
8666 When you compile a unit, the source files for the specs of all units
8667 that it @emph{with}s, all its subunits, and the bodies of any generics it
8668 instantiates must be available (reachable by the search-paths mechanism
8669 described above), or you will receive a fatal error message.
8672 @node Examples,,Order of Compilation Issues,Compiling with gcc
8673 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id12}@anchor{ee}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat examples}@anchor{ef}
8674 @subsection Examples
8677 The following are some typical Ada compilation command line examples:
8683 Compile body in file @code{xyz.adb} with all default options.
8686 $ gcc -c -O2 -gnata xyz-def.adb
8689 Compile the child unit package in file @code{xyz-def.adb} with extensive
8690 optimizations, and pragma @code{Assert}/@cite{Debug} statements
8694 $ gcc -c -gnatc abc-def.adb
8697 Compile the subunit in file @code{abc-def.adb} in semantic-checking-only
8700 @node Compiler Switches,Linker Switches,Compiling with gcc,Building Executable Programs with GNAT
8701 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat compiler-switches}@anchor{f0}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat switches-for-gcc}@anchor{ea}
8702 @section Compiler Switches
8705 The @code{gcc} command accepts switches that control the
8706 compilation process. These switches are fully described in this section:
8707 first an alphabetical listing of all switches with a brief description,
8708 and then functionally grouped sets of switches with more detailed
8711 More switches exist for GCC than those documented here, especially
8712 for specific targets. However, their use is not recommended as
8713 they may change code generation in ways that are incompatible with
8714 the Ada run-time library, or can cause inconsistencies between
8718 * Alphabetical List of All Switches::
8719 * Output and Error Message Control::
8720 * Warning Message Control::
8721 * Debugging and Assertion Control::
8722 * Validity Checking::
8725 * Using gcc for Syntax Checking::
8726 * Using gcc for Semantic Checking::
8727 * Compiling Different Versions of Ada::
8728 * Character Set Control::
8729 * File Naming Control::
8730 * Subprogram Inlining Control::
8731 * Auxiliary Output Control::
8732 * Debugging Control::
8733 * Exception Handling Control::
8734 * Units to Sources Mapping Files::
8735 * Code Generation Control::
8739 @node Alphabetical List of All Switches,Output and Error Message Control,,Compiler Switches
8740 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id13}@anchor{f1}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat alphabetical-list-of-all-switches}@anchor{f2}
8741 @subsection Alphabetical List of All Switches
8749 @item @code{-b @emph{target}}
8751 Compile your program to run on @code{target}, which is the name of a
8752 system configuration. You must have a GNAT cross-compiler built if
8753 @code{target} is not the same as your host system.
8761 @item @code{-B@emph{dir}}
8763 Load compiler executables (for example, @code{gnat1}, the Ada compiler)
8764 from @code{dir} instead of the default location. Only use this switch
8765 when multiple versions of the GNAT compiler are available.
8766 See the "Options for Directory Search" section in the
8767 @cite{Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)} manual for further details.
8768 You would normally use the @code{-b} or @code{-V} switch instead.
8778 Compile. Always use this switch when compiling Ada programs.
8780 Note: for some other languages when using @code{gcc}, notably in
8781 the case of C and C++, it is possible to use
8782 use @code{gcc} without a @code{-c} switch to
8783 compile and link in one step. In the case of GNAT, you
8784 cannot use this approach, because the binder must be run
8785 and @code{gcc} cannot be used to run the GNAT binder.
8788 @geindex -fcallgraph-info (gcc)
8793 @item @code{-fcallgraph-info[=su,da]}
8795 Makes the compiler output callgraph information for the program, on a
8796 per-file basis. The information is generated in the VCG format. It can
8797 be decorated with additional, per-node and/or per-edge information, if a
8798 list of comma-separated markers is additionally specified. When the
8799 @code{su} marker is specified, the callgraph is decorated with stack usage
8800 information; it is equivalent to @code{-fstack-usage}. When the @code{da}
8801 marker is specified, the callgraph is decorated with information about
8802 dynamically allocated objects.
8805 @geindex -fdump-scos (gcc)
8810 @item @code{-fdump-scos}
8812 Generates SCO (Source Coverage Obligation) information in the ALI file.
8813 This information is used by advanced coverage tools. See unit @code{SCOs}
8814 in the compiler sources for details in files @code{scos.ads} and
8818 @geindex -flto (gcc)
8823 @item @code{-flto[=@emph{n}]}
8825 Enables Link Time Optimization. This switch must be used in conjunction
8826 with the @code{-Ox} switches (but not with the @code{-gnatn} switch
8827 since it is a full replacement for the latter) and instructs the compiler
8828 to defer most optimizations until the link stage. The advantage of this
8829 approach is that the compiler can do a whole-program analysis and choose
8830 the best interprocedural optimization strategy based on a complete view
8831 of the program, instead of a fragmentary view with the usual approach.
8832 This can also speed up the compilation of big programs and reduce the
8833 size of the executable, compared with a traditional per-unit compilation
8834 with inlining across modules enabled by the @code{-gnatn} switch.
8835 The drawback of this approach is that it may require more memory and that
8836 the debugging information generated by -g with it might be hardly usable.
8837 The switch, as well as the accompanying @code{-Ox} switches, must be
8838 specified both for the compilation and the link phases.
8839 If the @code{n} parameter is specified, the optimization and final code
8840 generation at link time are executed using @code{n} parallel jobs by
8841 means of an installed @code{make} program.
8844 @geindex -fno-inline (gcc)
8849 @item @code{-fno-inline}
8851 Suppresses all inlining, unless requested with pragma @code{Inline_Always}. The
8852 effect is enforced regardless of other optimization or inlining switches.
8853 Note that inlining can also be suppressed on a finer-grained basis with
8854 pragma @code{No_Inline}.
8857 @geindex -fno-inline-functions (gcc)
8862 @item @code{-fno-inline-functions}
8864 Suppresses automatic inlining of subprograms, which is enabled
8865 if @code{-O3} is used.
8868 @geindex -fno-inline-small-functions (gcc)
8873 @item @code{-fno-inline-small-functions}
8875 Suppresses automatic inlining of small subprograms, which is enabled
8876 if @code{-O2} is used.
8879 @geindex -fno-inline-functions-called-once (gcc)
8884 @item @code{-fno-inline-functions-called-once}
8886 Suppresses inlining of subprograms local to the unit and called once
8887 from within it, which is enabled if @code{-O1} is used.
8890 @geindex -fno-ivopts (gcc)
8895 @item @code{-fno-ivopts}
8897 Suppresses high-level loop induction variable optimizations, which are
8898 enabled if @code{-O1} is used. These optimizations are generally
8899 profitable but, for some specific cases of loops with numerous uses
8900 of the iteration variable that follow a common pattern, they may end
8901 up destroying the regularity that could be exploited at a lower level
8902 and thus producing inferior code.
8905 @geindex -fno-strict-aliasing (gcc)
8910 @item @code{-fno-strict-aliasing}
8912 Causes the compiler to avoid assumptions regarding non-aliasing
8913 of objects of different types. See
8914 @ref{f3,,Optimization and Strict Aliasing} for details.
8917 @geindex -fno-strict-overflow (gcc)
8922 @item @code{-fno-strict-overflow}
8924 Causes the compiler to avoid assumptions regarding the rules of signed
8925 integer overflow. These rules specify that signed integer overflow will
8926 result in a Constraint_Error exception at run time and are enforced in
8927 default mode by the compiler, so this switch should not be necessary in
8928 normal operating mode. It might be useful in conjunction with @code{-gnato0}
8929 for very peculiar cases of low-level programming.
8932 @geindex -fstack-check (gcc)
8937 @item @code{-fstack-check}
8939 Activates stack checking.
8940 See @ref{f4,,Stack Overflow Checking} for details.
8943 @geindex -fstack-usage (gcc)
8948 @item @code{-fstack-usage}
8950 Makes the compiler output stack usage information for the program, on a
8951 per-subprogram basis. See @ref{f5,,Static Stack Usage Analysis} for details.
8961 Generate debugging information. This information is stored in the object
8962 file and copied from there to the final executable file by the linker,
8963 where it can be read by the debugger. You must use the
8964 @code{-g} switch if you plan on using the debugger.
8967 @geindex -gnat05 (gcc)
8972 @item @code{-gnat05}
8974 Allow full Ada 2005 features.
8977 @geindex -gnat12 (gcc)
8982 @item @code{-gnat12}
8984 Allow full Ada 2012 features.
8987 @geindex -gnat83 (gcc)
8989 @geindex -gnat2005 (gcc)
8994 @item @code{-gnat2005}
8996 Allow full Ada 2005 features (same as @code{-gnat05})
8999 @geindex -gnat2012 (gcc)
9004 @item @code{-gnat2012}
9006 Allow full Ada 2012 features (same as @code{-gnat12})
9008 @item @code{-gnat83}
9010 Enforce Ada 83 restrictions.
9013 @geindex -gnat95 (gcc)
9018 @item @code{-gnat95}
9020 Enforce Ada 95 restrictions.
9022 Note: for compatibility with some Ada 95 compilers which support only
9023 the @code{overriding} keyword of Ada 2005, the @code{-gnatd.D} switch can
9024 be used along with @code{-gnat95} to achieve a similar effect with GNAT.
9026 @code{-gnatd.D} instructs GNAT to consider @code{overriding} as a keyword
9027 and handle its associated semantic checks, even in Ada 95 mode.
9030 @geindex -gnata (gcc)
9037 Assertions enabled. @code{Pragma Assert} and @code{pragma Debug} to be
9038 activated. Note that these pragmas can also be controlled using the
9039 configuration pragmas @code{Assertion_Policy} and @code{Debug_Policy}.
9040 It also activates pragmas @code{Check}, @code{Precondition}, and
9041 @code{Postcondition}. Note that these pragmas can also be controlled
9042 using the configuration pragma @code{Check_Policy}. In Ada 2012, it
9043 also activates all assertions defined in the RM as aspects: preconditions,
9044 postconditions, type invariants and (sub)type predicates. In all Ada modes,
9045 corresponding pragmas for type invariants and (sub)type predicates are
9046 also activated. The default is that all these assertions are disabled,
9047 and have no effect, other than being checked for syntactic validity, and
9048 in the case of subtype predicates, constructions such as membership tests
9049 still test predicates even if assertions are turned off.
9052 @geindex -gnatA (gcc)
9059 Avoid processing @code{gnat.adc}. If a @code{gnat.adc} file is present,
9063 @geindex -gnatb (gcc)
9070 Generate brief messages to @code{stderr} even if verbose mode set.
9073 @geindex -gnatB (gcc)
9080 Assume no invalid (bad) values except for 'Valid attribute use
9081 (@ref{f6,,Validity Checking}).
9084 @geindex -gnatc (gcc)
9091 Check syntax and semantics only (no code generation attempted). When the
9092 compiler is invoked by @code{gnatmake}, if the switch @code{-gnatc} is
9093 only given to the compiler (after @code{-cargs} or in package Compiler of
9094 the project file, @code{gnatmake} will fail because it will not find the
9095 object file after compilation. If @code{gnatmake} is called with
9096 @code{-gnatc} as a builder switch (before @code{-cargs} or in package
9097 Builder of the project file) then @code{gnatmake} will not fail because
9098 it will not look for the object files after compilation, and it will not try
9102 @geindex -gnatC (gcc)
9109 Generate CodePeer intermediate format (no code generation attempted).
9110 This switch will generate an intermediate representation suitable for
9111 use by CodePeer (@code{.scil} files). This switch is not compatible with
9112 code generation (it will, among other things, disable some switches such
9113 as -gnatn, and enable others such as -gnata).
9116 @geindex -gnatd (gcc)
9123 Specify debug options for the compiler. The string of characters after
9124 the @code{-gnatd} specify the specific debug options. The possible
9125 characters are 0-9, a-z, A-Z, optionally preceded by a dot. See
9126 compiler source file @code{debug.adb} for details of the implemented
9127 debug options. Certain debug options are relevant to applications
9128 programmers, and these are documented at appropriate points in this
9132 @geindex -gnatD[nn] (gcc)
9139 Create expanded source files for source level debugging. This switch
9140 also suppresses generation of cross-reference information
9141 (see @code{-gnatx}). Note that this switch is not allowed if a previous
9142 -gnatR switch has been given, since these two switches are not compatible.
9145 @geindex -gnateA (gcc)
9150 @item @code{-gnateA}
9152 Check that the actual parameters of a subprogram call are not aliases of one
9153 another. To qualify as aliasing, the actuals must denote objects of a composite
9154 type, their memory locations must be identical or overlapping, and at least one
9155 of the corresponding formal parameters must be of mode OUT or IN OUT.
9158 type Rec_Typ is record
9159 Data : Integer := 0;
9162 function Self (Val : Rec_Typ) return Rec_Typ is
9167 procedure Detect_Aliasing (Val_1 : in out Rec_Typ; Val_2 : Rec_Typ) is
9170 end Detect_Aliasing;
9174 Detect_Aliasing (Obj, Obj);
9175 Detect_Aliasing (Obj, Self (Obj));
9178 In the example above, the first call to @code{Detect_Aliasing} fails with a
9179 @code{Program_Error} at runtime because the actuals for @code{Val_1} and
9180 @code{Val_2} denote the same object. The second call executes without raising
9181 an exception because @code{Self(Obj)} produces an anonymous object which does
9182 not share the memory location of @code{Obj}.
9185 @geindex -gnatec (gcc)
9190 @item @code{-gnatec=@emph{path}}
9192 Specify a configuration pragma file
9193 (the equal sign is optional)
9194 (@ref{79,,The Configuration Pragmas Files}).
9197 @geindex -gnateC (gcc)
9202 @item @code{-gnateC}
9204 Generate CodePeer messages in a compiler-like format. This switch is only
9205 effective if @code{-gnatcC} is also specified and requires an installation
9209 @geindex -gnated (gcc)
9214 @item @code{-gnated}
9216 Disable atomic synchronization
9219 @geindex -gnateD (gcc)
9224 @item @code{-gnateDsymbol[=@emph{value}]}
9226 Defines a symbol, associated with @code{value}, for preprocessing.
9227 (@ref{18,,Integrated Preprocessing}).
9230 @geindex -gnateE (gcc)
9235 @item @code{-gnateE}
9237 Generate extra information in exception messages. In particular, display
9238 extra column information and the value and range associated with index and
9239 range check failures, and extra column information for access checks.
9240 In cases where the compiler is able to determine at compile time that
9241 a check will fail, it gives a warning, and the extra information is not
9242 produced at run time.
9245 @geindex -gnatef (gcc)
9250 @item @code{-gnatef}
9252 Display full source path name in brief error messages.
9255 @geindex -gnateF (gcc)
9260 @item @code{-gnateF}
9262 Check for overflow on all floating-point operations, including those
9263 for unconstrained predefined types. See description of pragma
9264 @code{Check_Float_Overflow} in GNAT RM.
9267 @geindex -gnateg (gcc)
9274 The @code{-gnatc} switch must always be specified before this switch, e.g.
9275 @code{-gnatceg}. Generate a C header from the Ada input file. See
9276 @ref{ca,,Generating C Headers for Ada Specifications} for more
9280 @geindex -gnateG (gcc)
9285 @item @code{-gnateG}
9287 Save result of preprocessing in a text file.
9290 @geindex -gnatei (gcc)
9295 @item @code{-gnatei@emph{nnn}}
9297 Set maximum number of instantiations during compilation of a single unit to
9298 @code{nnn}. This may be useful in increasing the default maximum of 8000 for
9299 the rare case when a single unit legitimately exceeds this limit.
9302 @geindex -gnateI (gcc)
9307 @item @code{-gnateI@emph{nnn}}
9309 Indicates that the source is a multi-unit source and that the index of the
9310 unit to compile is @code{nnn}. @code{nnn} needs to be a positive number and need
9311 to be a valid index in the multi-unit source.
9314 @geindex -gnatel (gcc)
9319 @item @code{-gnatel}
9321 This switch can be used with the static elaboration model to issue info
9323 where implicit @code{pragma Elaborate} and @code{pragma Elaborate_All}
9324 are generated. This is useful in diagnosing elaboration circularities
9325 caused by these implicit pragmas when using the static elaboration
9326 model. See See the section in this guide on elaboration checking for
9327 further details. These messages are not generated by default, and are
9328 intended only for temporary use when debugging circularity problems.
9331 @geindex -gnatel (gcc)
9336 @item @code{-gnateL}
9338 This switch turns off the info messages about implicit elaboration pragmas.
9341 @geindex -gnatem (gcc)
9346 @item @code{-gnatem=@emph{path}}
9348 Specify a mapping file
9349 (the equal sign is optional)
9350 (@ref{f7,,Units to Sources Mapping Files}).
9353 @geindex -gnatep (gcc)
9358 @item @code{-gnatep=@emph{file}}
9360 Specify a preprocessing data file
9361 (the equal sign is optional)
9362 (@ref{18,,Integrated Preprocessing}).
9365 @geindex -gnateP (gcc)
9370 @item @code{-gnateP}
9372 Turn categorization dependency errors into warnings.
9373 Ada requires that units that WITH one another have compatible categories, for
9374 example a Pure unit cannot WITH a Preelaborate unit. If this switch is used,
9375 these errors become warnings (which can be ignored, or suppressed in the usual
9376 manner). This can be useful in some specialized circumstances such as the
9377 temporary use of special test software.
9380 @geindex -gnateS (gcc)
9385 @item @code{-gnateS}
9387 Synonym of @code{-fdump-scos}, kept for backwards compatibility.
9390 @geindex -gnatet=file (gcc)
9395 @item @code{-gnatet=@emph{path}}
9397 Generate target dependent information. The format of the output file is
9398 described in the section about switch @code{-gnateT}.
9401 @geindex -gnateT (gcc)
9406 @item @code{-gnateT=@emph{path}}
9408 Read target dependent information, such as endianness or sizes and alignments
9409 of base type. If this switch is passed, the default target dependent
9410 information of the compiler is replaced by the one read from the input file.
9411 This is used by tools other than the compiler, e.g. to do
9412 semantic analysis of programs that will run on some other target than
9413 the machine on which the tool is run.
9415 The following target dependent values should be defined,
9416 where @code{Nat} denotes a natural integer value, @code{Pos} denotes a
9417 positive integer value, and fields marked with a question mark are
9418 boolean fields, where a value of 0 is False, and a value of 1 is True:
9421 Bits_BE : Nat; -- Bits stored big-endian?
9422 Bits_Per_Unit : Pos; -- Bits in a storage unit
9423 Bits_Per_Word : Pos; -- Bits in a word
9424 Bytes_BE : Nat; -- Bytes stored big-endian?
9425 Char_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Character'Size
9426 Double_Float_Alignment : Nat; -- Alignment of double float
9427 Double_Scalar_Alignment : Nat; -- Alignment of double length scalar
9428 Double_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Long_Float'Size
9429 Float_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Float'Size
9430 Float_Words_BE : Nat; -- Float words stored big-endian?
9431 Int_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Integer'Size
9432 Long_Double_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Long_Long_Float'Size
9433 Long_Long_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Long_Long_Integer'Size
9434 Long_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Long_Integer'Size
9435 Maximum_Alignment : Pos; -- Maximum permitted alignment
9436 Max_Unaligned_Field : Pos; -- Maximum size for unaligned bit field
9437 Pointer_Size : Pos; -- System.Address'Size
9438 Short_Enums : Nat; -- Short foreign convention enums?
9439 Short_Size : Pos; -- Standard.Short_Integer'Size
9440 Strict_Alignment : Nat; -- Strict alignment?
9441 System_Allocator_Alignment : Nat; -- Alignment for malloc calls
9442 Wchar_T_Size : Pos; -- Interfaces.C.wchar_t'Size
9443 Words_BE : Nat; -- Words stored big-endian?
9446 The format of the input file is as follows. First come the values of
9447 the variables defined above, with one line per value:
9453 where @code{name} is the name of the parameter, spelled out in full,
9454 and cased as in the above list, and @code{value} is an unsigned decimal
9455 integer. Two or more blanks separates the name from the value.
9457 All the variables must be present, in alphabetical order (i.e. the
9458 same order as the list above).
9460 Then there is a blank line to separate the two parts of the file. Then
9461 come the lines showing the floating-point types to be registered, with
9462 one line per registered mode:
9465 name digs float_rep size alignment
9468 where @code{name} is the string name of the type (which can have
9469 single spaces embedded in the name (e.g. long double), @code{digs} is
9470 the number of digits for the floating-point type, @code{float_rep} is
9471 the float representation (I/V/A for IEEE-754-Binary, Vax_Native,
9472 AAMP), @code{size} is the size in bits, @code{alignment} is the
9473 alignment in bits. The name is followed by at least two blanks, fields
9474 are separated by at least one blank, and a LF character immediately
9475 follows the alignment field.
9477 Here is an example of a target parameterization file:
9485 Double_Float_Alignment 0
9486 Double_Scalar_Alignment 0
9491 Long_Double_Size 128
9494 Maximum_Alignment 16
9495 Max_Unaligned_Field 64
9499 System_Allocator_Alignment 16
9505 long double 18 I 80 128
9510 @geindex -gnateu (gcc)
9515 @item @code{-gnateu}
9517 Ignore unrecognized validity, warning, and style switches that
9518 appear after this switch is given. This may be useful when
9519 compiling sources developed on a later version of the compiler
9520 with an earlier version. Of course the earlier version must
9521 support this switch.
9524 @geindex -gnateV (gcc)
9529 @item @code{-gnateV}
9531 Check that all actual parameters of a subprogram call are valid according to
9532 the rules of validity checking (@ref{f6,,Validity Checking}).
9535 @geindex -gnateY (gcc)
9540 @item @code{-gnateY}
9542 Ignore all STYLE_CHECKS pragmas. Full legality checks
9543 are still carried out, but the pragmas have no effect
9544 on what style checks are active. This allows all style
9545 checking options to be controlled from the command line.
9548 @geindex -gnatE (gcc)
9555 Full dynamic elaboration checks.
9558 @geindex -gnatf (gcc)
9565 Full errors. Multiple errors per line, all undefined references, do not
9566 attempt to suppress cascaded errors.
9569 @geindex -gnatF (gcc)
9576 Externals names are folded to all uppercase.
9579 @geindex -gnatg (gcc)
9586 Internal GNAT implementation mode. This should not be used for
9587 applications programs, it is intended only for use by the compiler
9588 and its run-time library. For documentation, see the GNAT sources.
9589 Note that @code{-gnatg} implies
9590 @code{-gnatw.ge} and
9592 so that all standard warnings and all standard style options are turned on.
9593 All warnings and style messages are treated as errors.
9596 @geindex -gnatG[nn] (gcc)
9601 @item @code{-gnatG=nn}
9603 List generated expanded code in source form.
9606 @geindex -gnath (gcc)
9613 Output usage information. The output is written to @code{stdout}.
9616 @geindex -gnati (gcc)
9621 @item @code{-gnati@emph{c}}
9623 Identifier character set (@code{c} = 1/2/3/4/8/9/p/f/n/w).
9624 For details of the possible selections for @code{c},
9625 see @ref{48,,Character Set Control}.
9628 @geindex -gnatI (gcc)
9635 Ignore representation clauses. When this switch is used,
9636 representation clauses are treated as comments. This is useful
9637 when initially porting code where you want to ignore rep clause
9638 problems, and also for compiling foreign code (particularly
9639 for use with ASIS). The representation clauses that are ignored
9640 are: enumeration_representation_clause, record_representation_clause,
9641 and attribute_definition_clause for the following attributes:
9642 Address, Alignment, Bit_Order, Component_Size, Machine_Radix,
9643 Object_Size, Scalar_Storage_Order, Size, Small, Stream_Size,
9644 and Value_Size. Pragma Default_Scalar_Storage_Order is also ignored.
9645 Note that this option should be used only for compiling -- the
9646 code is likely to malfunction at run time.
9648 Note that when @code{-gnatct} is used to generate trees for input
9649 into ASIS tools, these representation clauses are removed
9650 from the tree and ignored. This means that the tool will not see them.
9653 @geindex -gnatjnn (gcc)
9658 @item @code{-gnatj@emph{nn}}
9660 Reformat error messages to fit on @code{nn} character lines
9663 @geindex -gnatk (gcc)
9668 @item @code{-gnatk=@emph{n}}
9670 Limit file names to @code{n} (1-999) characters (@code{k} = krunch).
9673 @geindex -gnatl (gcc)
9680 Output full source listing with embedded error messages.
9683 @geindex -gnatL (gcc)
9690 Used in conjunction with -gnatG or -gnatD to intersperse original
9691 source lines (as comment lines with line numbers) in the expanded
9695 @geindex -gnatm (gcc)
9700 @item @code{-gnatm=@emph{n}}
9702 Limit number of detected error or warning messages to @code{n}
9703 where @code{n} is in the range 1..999999. The default setting if
9704 no switch is given is 9999. If the number of warnings reaches this
9705 limit, then a message is output and further warnings are suppressed,
9706 but the compilation is continued. If the number of error messages
9707 reaches this limit, then a message is output and the compilation
9708 is abandoned. The equal sign here is optional. A value of zero
9709 means that no limit applies.
9712 @geindex -gnatn (gcc)
9717 @item @code{-gnatn[12]}
9719 Activate inlining across modules for subprograms for which pragma @code{Inline}
9720 is specified. This inlining is performed by the GCC back-end. An optional
9721 digit sets the inlining level: 1 for moderate inlining across modules
9722 or 2 for full inlining across modules. If no inlining level is specified,
9723 the compiler will pick it based on the optimization level.
9726 @geindex -gnatN (gcc)
9733 Activate front end inlining for subprograms for which
9734 pragma @code{Inline} is specified. This inlining is performed
9735 by the front end and will be visible in the
9736 @code{-gnatG} output.
9738 When using a gcc-based back end (in practice this means using any version
9739 of GNAT other than the JGNAT, .NET or GNAAMP versions), then the use of
9740 @code{-gnatN} is deprecated, and the use of @code{-gnatn} is preferred.
9741 Historically front end inlining was more extensive than the gcc back end
9742 inlining, but that is no longer the case.
9745 @geindex -gnato0 (gcc)
9750 @item @code{-gnato0}
9752 Suppresses overflow checking. This causes the behavior of the compiler to
9753 match the default for older versions where overflow checking was suppressed
9754 by default. This is equivalent to having
9755 @code{pragma Suppress (Overflow_Check)} in a configuration pragma file.
9758 @geindex -gnato?? (gcc)
9763 @item @code{-gnato??}
9765 Set default mode for handling generation of code to avoid intermediate
9766 arithmetic overflow. Here @code{??} is two digits, a
9767 single digit, or nothing. Each digit is one of the digits @code{1}
9771 @multitable {xxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
9786 All intermediate overflows checked against base type (@code{STRICT})
9794 Minimize intermediate overflows (@code{MINIMIZED})
9802 Eliminate intermediate overflows (@code{ELIMINATED})
9807 If only one digit appears, then it applies to all
9808 cases; if two digits are given, then the first applies outside
9809 assertions, pre/postconditions, and type invariants, and the second
9810 applies within assertions, pre/postconditions, and type invariants.
9812 If no digits follow the @code{-gnato}, then it is equivalent to
9814 causing all intermediate overflows to be handled in strict
9817 This switch also causes arithmetic overflow checking to be performed
9818 (as though @code{pragma Unsuppress (Overflow_Check)} had been specified).
9820 The default if no option @code{-gnato} is given is that overflow handling
9821 is in @code{STRICT} mode (computations done using the base type), and that
9822 overflow checking is enabled.
9824 Note that division by zero is a separate check that is not
9825 controlled by this switch (divide-by-zero checking is on by default).
9827 See also @ref{f8,,Specifying the Desired Mode}.
9830 @geindex -gnatp (gcc)
9837 Suppress all checks. See @ref{f9,,Run-Time Checks} for details. This switch
9838 has no effect if cancelled by a subsequent @code{-gnat-p} switch.
9841 @geindex -gnat-p (gcc)
9846 @item @code{-gnat-p}
9848 Cancel effect of previous @code{-gnatp} switch.
9851 @geindex -gnatP (gcc)
9858 Enable polling. This is required on some systems (notably Windows NT) to
9859 obtain asynchronous abort and asynchronous transfer of control capability.
9860 See @code{Pragma_Polling} in the @cite{GNAT_Reference_Manual} for full
9864 @geindex -gnatq (gcc)
9871 Don't quit. Try semantics, even if parse errors.
9874 @geindex -gnatQ (gcc)
9881 Don't quit. Generate @code{ALI} and tree files even if illegalities.
9882 Note that code generation is still suppressed in the presence of any
9883 errors, so even with @code{-gnatQ} no object file is generated.
9886 @geindex -gnatr (gcc)
9893 Treat pragma Restrictions as Restriction_Warnings.
9896 @geindex -gnatR (gcc)
9901 @item @code{-gnatR[0/1/2/3][e][m][s]}
9903 Output representation information for declared types, objects and
9904 subprograms. Note that this switch is not allowed if a previous
9905 @code{-gnatD} switch has been given, since these two switches
9909 @geindex -gnats (gcc)
9919 @geindex -gnatS (gcc)
9926 Print package Standard.
9929 @geindex -gnatt (gcc)
9936 Generate tree output file.
9939 @geindex -gnatT (gcc)
9944 @item @code{-gnatT@emph{nnn}}
9946 All compiler tables start at @code{nnn} times usual starting size.
9949 @geindex -gnatu (gcc)
9956 List units for this compilation.
9959 @geindex -gnatU (gcc)
9966 Tag all error messages with the unique string 'error:'
9969 @geindex -gnatv (gcc)
9976 Verbose mode. Full error output with source lines to @code{stdout}.
9979 @geindex -gnatV (gcc)
9986 Control level of validity checking (@ref{f6,,Validity Checking}).
9989 @geindex -gnatw (gcc)
9994 @item @code{-gnatw@emph{xxx}}
9997 @code{xxx} is a string of option letters that denotes
9998 the exact warnings that
9999 are enabled or disabled (@ref{fa,,Warning Message Control}).
10002 @geindex -gnatW (gcc)
10007 @item @code{-gnatW@emph{e}}
10009 Wide character encoding method
10010 (@code{e}=n/h/u/s/e/8).
10013 @geindex -gnatx (gcc)
10018 @item @code{-gnatx}
10020 Suppress generation of cross-reference information.
10023 @geindex -gnatX (gcc)
10028 @item @code{-gnatX}
10030 Enable GNAT implementation extensions and latest Ada version.
10033 @geindex -gnaty (gcc)
10038 @item @code{-gnaty}
10040 Enable built-in style checks (@ref{fb,,Style Checking}).
10043 @geindex -gnatz (gcc)
10048 @item @code{-gnatz@emph{m}}
10050 Distribution stub generation and compilation
10051 (@code{m}=r/c for receiver/caller stubs).
10059 @item @code{-I@emph{dir}}
10063 Direct GNAT to search the @code{dir} directory for source files needed by
10064 the current compilation
10065 (see @ref{89,,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)}).
10077 Except for the source file named in the command line, do not look for source
10078 files in the directory containing the source file named in the command line
10079 (see @ref{89,,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)}).
10087 @item @code{-o @emph{file}}
10089 This switch is used in @code{gcc} to redirect the generated object file
10090 and its associated ALI file. Beware of this switch with GNAT, because it may
10091 cause the object file and ALI file to have different names which in turn
10092 may confuse the binder and the linker.
10095 @geindex -nostdinc (gcc)
10100 @item @code{-nostdinc}
10102 Inhibit the search of the default location for the GNAT Run Time
10103 Library (RTL) source files.
10106 @geindex -nostdlib (gcc)
10111 @item @code{-nostdlib}
10113 Inhibit the search of the default location for the GNAT Run Time
10114 Library (RTL) ALI files.
10122 @item @code{-O[@emph{n}]}
10124 @code{n} controls the optimization level:
10127 @multitable {xxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
10142 No optimization, the default setting if no @code{-O} appears
10150 Normal optimization, the default if you specify @code{-O} without an
10151 operand. A good compromise between code quality and compilation
10160 Extensive optimization, may improve execution time, possibly at
10161 the cost of substantially increased compilation time.
10169 Same as @code{-O2}, and also includes inline expansion for small
10170 subprograms in the same unit.
10178 Optimize space usage
10183 See also @ref{fc,,Optimization Levels}.
10186 @geindex -pass-exit-codes (gcc)
10191 @item @code{-pass-exit-codes}
10193 Catch exit codes from the compiler and use the most meaningful as
10197 @geindex --RTS (gcc)
10202 @item @code{--RTS=@emph{rts-path}}
10204 Specifies the default location of the runtime library. Same meaning as the
10205 equivalent @code{gnatmake} flag (@ref{dc,,Switches for gnatmake}).
10215 Used in place of @code{-c} to
10216 cause the assembler source file to be
10217 generated, using @code{.s} as the extension,
10218 instead of the object file.
10219 This may be useful if you need to examine the generated assembly code.
10222 @geindex -fverbose-asm (gcc)
10227 @item @code{-fverbose-asm}
10229 Used in conjunction with @code{-S}
10230 to cause the generated assembly code file to be annotated with variable
10231 names, making it significantly easier to follow.
10241 Show commands generated by the @code{gcc} driver. Normally used only for
10242 debugging purposes or if you need to be sure what version of the
10243 compiler you are executing.
10251 @item @code{-V @emph{ver}}
10253 Execute @code{ver} version of the compiler. This is the @code{gcc}
10254 version, not the GNAT version.
10264 Turn off warnings generated by the back end of the compiler. Use of
10265 this switch also causes the default for front end warnings to be set
10266 to suppress (as though @code{-gnatws} had appeared at the start of
10270 @geindex Combining GNAT switches
10272 You may combine a sequence of GNAT switches into a single switch. For
10273 example, the combined switch
10282 is equivalent to specifying the following sequence of switches:
10287 -gnato -gnatf -gnati3
10291 The following restrictions apply to the combination of switches
10298 The switch @code{-gnatc} if combined with other switches must come
10299 first in the string.
10302 The switch @code{-gnats} if combined with other switches must come
10303 first in the string.
10307 @code{-gnatzc} and @code{-gnatzr} may not be combined with any other
10308 switches, and only one of them may appear in the command line.
10311 The switch @code{-gnat-p} may not be combined with any other switch.
10314 Once a 'y' appears in the string (that is a use of the @code{-gnaty}
10315 switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
10316 as style modifiers (see description of @code{-gnaty}).
10319 Once a 'd' appears in the string (that is a use of the @code{-gnatd}
10320 switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
10321 as debug flags (see description of @code{-gnatd}).
10324 Once a 'w' appears in the string (that is a use of the @code{-gnatw}
10325 switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
10326 as warning mode modifiers (see description of @code{-gnatw}).
10329 Once a 'V' appears in the string (that is a use of the @code{-gnatV}
10330 switch), then all further characters in the switch are interpreted
10331 as validity checking options (@ref{f6,,Validity Checking}).
10334 Option 'em', 'ec', 'ep', 'l=' and 'R' must be the last options in
10335 a combined list of options.
10338 @node Output and Error Message Control,Warning Message Control,Alphabetical List of All Switches,Compiler Switches
10339 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id14}@anchor{fd}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat output-and-error-message-control}@anchor{fe}
10340 @subsection Output and Error Message Control
10345 The standard default format for error messages is called 'brief format'.
10346 Brief format messages are written to @code{stderr} (the standard error
10347 file) and have the following form:
10350 e.adb:3:04: Incorrect spelling of keyword "function"
10351 e.adb:4:20: ";" should be "is"
10354 The first integer after the file name is the line number in the file,
10355 and the second integer is the column number within the line.
10356 @code{GPS} can parse the error messages
10357 and point to the referenced character.
10358 The following switches provide control over the error message
10361 @geindex -gnatv (gcc)
10366 @item @code{-gnatv}
10368 The @code{v} stands for verbose.
10369 The effect of this setting is to write long-format error
10370 messages to @code{stdout} (the standard output file.
10371 The same program compiled with the
10372 @code{-gnatv} switch would generate:
10375 3. funcion X (Q : Integer)
10377 >>> Incorrect spelling of keyword "function"
10380 >>> ";" should be "is"
10383 The vertical bar indicates the location of the error, and the @code{>>>}
10384 prefix can be used to search for error messages. When this switch is
10385 used the only source lines output are those with errors.
10388 @geindex -gnatl (gcc)
10393 @item @code{-gnatl}
10395 The @code{l} stands for list.
10396 This switch causes a full listing of
10397 the file to be generated. In the case where a body is
10398 compiled, the corresponding spec is also listed, along
10399 with any subunits. Typical output from compiling a package
10400 body @code{p.adb} might look like:
10405 1. package body p is
10407 3. procedure a is separate;
10418 2. pragma Elaborate_Body
10439 When you specify the @code{-gnatv} or @code{-gnatl} switches and
10440 standard output is redirected, a brief summary is written to
10441 @code{stderr} (standard error) giving the number of error messages and
10442 warning messages generated.
10445 @geindex -gnatl=fname (gcc)
10450 @item @code{-gnatl=@emph{fname}}
10452 This has the same effect as @code{-gnatl} except that the output is
10453 written to a file instead of to standard output. If the given name
10454 @code{fname} does not start with a period, then it is the full name
10455 of the file to be written. If @code{fname} is an extension, it is
10456 appended to the name of the file being compiled. For example, if
10457 file @code{xyz.adb} is compiled with @code{-gnatl=.lst},
10458 then the output is written to file xyz.adb.lst.
10461 @geindex -gnatU (gcc)
10466 @item @code{-gnatU}
10468 This switch forces all error messages to be preceded by the unique
10469 string 'error:'. This means that error messages take a few more
10470 characters in space, but allows easy searching for and identification
10474 @geindex -gnatb (gcc)
10479 @item @code{-gnatb}
10481 The @code{b} stands for brief.
10482 This switch causes GNAT to generate the
10483 brief format error messages to @code{stderr} (the standard error
10484 file) as well as the verbose
10485 format message or full listing (which as usual is written to
10486 @code{stdout} (the standard output file).
10489 @geindex -gnatm (gcc)
10494 @item @code{-gnatm=@emph{n}}
10496 The @code{m} stands for maximum.
10497 @code{n} is a decimal integer in the
10498 range of 1 to 999999 and limits the number of error or warning
10499 messages to be generated. For example, using
10500 @code{-gnatm2} might yield
10503 e.adb:3:04: Incorrect spelling of keyword "function"
10504 e.adb:5:35: missing ".."
10505 fatal error: maximum number of errors detected
10506 compilation abandoned
10509 The default setting if
10510 no switch is given is 9999. If the number of warnings reaches this
10511 limit, then a message is output and further warnings are suppressed,
10512 but the compilation is continued. If the number of error messages
10513 reaches this limit, then a message is output and the compilation
10514 is abandoned. A value of zero means that no limit applies.
10516 Note that the equal sign is optional, so the switches
10517 @code{-gnatm2} and @code{-gnatm=2} are equivalent.
10520 @geindex -gnatf (gcc)
10525 @item @code{-gnatf}
10527 @geindex Error messages
10528 @geindex suppressing
10530 The @code{f} stands for full.
10531 Normally, the compiler suppresses error messages that are likely to be
10532 redundant. This switch causes all error
10533 messages to be generated. In particular, in the case of
10534 references to undefined variables. If a given variable is referenced
10535 several times, the normal format of messages is
10538 e.adb:7:07: "V" is undefined (more references follow)
10541 where the parenthetical comment warns that there are additional
10542 references to the variable @code{V}. Compiling the same program with the
10543 @code{-gnatf} switch yields
10546 e.adb:7:07: "V" is undefined
10547 e.adb:8:07: "V" is undefined
10548 e.adb:8:12: "V" is undefined
10549 e.adb:8:16: "V" is undefined
10550 e.adb:9:07: "V" is undefined
10551 e.adb:9:12: "V" is undefined
10554 The @code{-gnatf} switch also generates additional information for
10555 some error messages. Some examples are:
10561 Details on possibly non-portable unchecked conversion
10564 List possible interpretations for ambiguous calls
10567 Additional details on incorrect parameters
10571 @geindex -gnatjnn (gcc)
10576 @item @code{-gnatjnn}
10578 In normal operation mode (or if @code{-gnatj0} is used), then error messages
10579 with continuation lines are treated as though the continuation lines were
10580 separate messages (and so a warning with two continuation lines counts as
10581 three warnings, and is listed as three separate messages).
10583 If the @code{-gnatjnn} switch is used with a positive value for nn, then
10584 messages are output in a different manner. A message and all its continuation
10585 lines are treated as a unit, and count as only one warning or message in the
10586 statistics totals. Furthermore, the message is reformatted so that no line
10587 is longer than nn characters.
10590 @geindex -gnatq (gcc)
10595 @item @code{-gnatq}
10597 The @code{q} stands for quit (really 'don't quit').
10598 In normal operation mode, the compiler first parses the program and
10599 determines if there are any syntax errors. If there are, appropriate
10600 error messages are generated and compilation is immediately terminated.
10602 GNAT to continue with semantic analysis even if syntax errors have been
10603 found. This may enable the detection of more errors in a single run. On
10604 the other hand, the semantic analyzer is more likely to encounter some
10605 internal fatal error when given a syntactically invalid tree.
10608 @geindex -gnatQ (gcc)
10613 @item @code{-gnatQ}
10615 In normal operation mode, the @code{ALI} file is not generated if any
10616 illegalities are detected in the program. The use of @code{-gnatQ} forces
10617 generation of the @code{ALI} file. This file is marked as being in
10618 error, so it cannot be used for binding purposes, but it does contain
10619 reasonably complete cross-reference information, and thus may be useful
10620 for use by tools (e.g., semantic browsing tools or integrated development
10621 environments) that are driven from the @code{ALI} file. This switch
10622 implies @code{-gnatq}, since the semantic phase must be run to get a
10623 meaningful ALI file.
10625 In addition, if @code{-gnatt} is also specified, then the tree file is
10626 generated even if there are illegalities. It may be useful in this case
10627 to also specify @code{-gnatq} to ensure that full semantic processing
10628 occurs. The resulting tree file can be processed by ASIS, for the purpose
10629 of providing partial information about illegal units, but if the error
10630 causes the tree to be badly malformed, then ASIS may crash during the
10633 When @code{-gnatQ} is used and the generated @code{ALI} file is marked as
10634 being in error, @code{gnatmake} will attempt to recompile the source when it
10635 finds such an @code{ALI} file, including with switch @code{-gnatc}.
10637 Note that @code{-gnatQ} has no effect if @code{-gnats} is specified,
10638 since ALI files are never generated if @code{-gnats} is set.
10641 @node Warning Message Control,Debugging and Assertion Control,Output and Error Message Control,Compiler Switches
10642 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat warning-message-control}@anchor{fa}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id15}@anchor{ff}
10643 @subsection Warning Message Control
10646 @geindex Warning messages
10648 In addition to error messages, which correspond to illegalities as defined
10649 in the Ada Reference Manual, the compiler detects two kinds of warning
10652 First, the compiler considers some constructs suspicious and generates a
10653 warning message to alert you to a possible error. Second, if the
10654 compiler detects a situation that is sure to raise an exception at
10655 run time, it generates a warning message. The following shows an example
10656 of warning messages:
10659 e.adb:4:24: warning: creation of object may raise Storage_Error
10660 e.adb:10:17: warning: static value out of range
10661 e.adb:10:17: warning: "Constraint_Error" will be raised at run time
10664 GNAT considers a large number of situations as appropriate
10665 for the generation of warning messages. As always, warnings are not
10666 definite indications of errors. For example, if you do an out-of-range
10667 assignment with the deliberate intention of raising a
10668 @code{Constraint_Error} exception, then the warning that may be
10669 issued does not indicate an error. Some of the situations for which GNAT
10670 issues warnings (at least some of the time) are given in the following
10671 list. This list is not complete, and new warnings are often added to
10672 subsequent versions of GNAT. The list is intended to give a general idea
10673 of the kinds of warnings that are generated.
10679 Possible infinitely recursive calls
10682 Out-of-range values being assigned
10685 Possible order of elaboration problems
10688 Size not a multiple of alignment for a record type
10691 Assertions (pragma Assert) that are sure to fail
10697 Address clauses with possibly unaligned values, or where an attempt is
10698 made to overlay a smaller variable with a larger one.
10701 Fixed-point type declarations with a null range
10704 Direct_IO or Sequential_IO instantiated with a type that has access values
10707 Variables that are never assigned a value
10710 Variables that are referenced before being initialized
10713 Task entries with no corresponding @code{accept} statement
10716 Duplicate accepts for the same task entry in a @code{select}
10719 Objects that take too much storage
10722 Unchecked conversion between types of differing sizes
10725 Missing @code{return} statement along some execution path in a function
10728 Incorrect (unrecognized) pragmas
10731 Incorrect external names
10734 Allocation from empty storage pool
10737 Potentially blocking operation in protected type
10740 Suspicious parenthesization of expressions
10743 Mismatching bounds in an aggregate
10746 Attempt to return local value by reference
10749 Premature instantiation of a generic body
10752 Attempt to pack aliased components
10755 Out of bounds array subscripts
10758 Wrong length on string assignment
10761 Violations of style rules if style checking is enabled
10764 Unused @emph{with} clauses
10767 @code{Bit_Order} usage that does not have any effect
10770 @code{Standard.Duration} used to resolve universal fixed expression
10773 Dereference of possibly null value
10776 Declaration that is likely to cause storage error
10779 Internal GNAT unit @emph{with}ed by application unit
10782 Values known to be out of range at compile time
10785 Unreferenced or unmodified variables. Note that a special
10786 exemption applies to variables which contain any of the substrings
10787 @code{DISCARD, DUMMY, IGNORE, JUNK, UNUSED}, in any casing. Such variables
10788 are considered likely to be intentionally used in a situation where
10789 otherwise a warning would be given, so warnings of this kind are
10790 always suppressed for such variables.
10793 Address overlays that could clobber memory
10796 Unexpected initialization when address clause present
10799 Bad alignment for address clause
10802 Useless type conversions
10805 Redundant assignment statements and other redundant constructs
10808 Useless exception handlers
10811 Accidental hiding of name by child unit
10814 Access before elaboration detected at compile time
10817 A range in a @code{for} loop that is known to be null or might be null
10820 The following section lists compiler switches that are available
10821 to control the handling of warning messages. It is also possible
10822 to exercise much finer control over what warnings are issued and
10823 suppressed using the GNAT pragma Warnings (see the description
10824 of the pragma in the @cite{GNAT_Reference_manual}).
10826 @geindex -gnatwa (gcc)
10831 @item @code{-gnatwa}
10833 @emph{Activate most optional warnings.}
10835 This switch activates most optional warning messages. See the remaining list
10836 in this section for details on optional warning messages that can be
10837 individually controlled. The warnings that are not turned on by this
10844 @code{-gnatwd} (implicit dereferencing)
10847 @code{-gnatw.d} (tag warnings with -gnatw switch)
10850 @code{-gnatwh} (hiding)
10853 @code{-gnatw.h} (holes in record layouts)
10856 @code{-gnatw.j} (late primitives of tagged types)
10859 @code{-gnatw.k} (redefinition of names in standard)
10862 @code{-gnatwl} (elaboration warnings)
10865 @code{-gnatw.l} (inherited aspects)
10868 @code{-gnatw.n} (atomic synchronization)
10871 @code{-gnatwo} (address clause overlay)
10874 @code{-gnatw.o} (values set by out parameters ignored)
10877 @code{-gnatw.q} (questionable layout of record types)
10880 @code{-gnatw.s} (overridden size clause)
10883 @code{-gnatwt} (tracking of deleted conditional code)
10886 @code{-gnatw.u} (unordered enumeration)
10889 @code{-gnatw.w} (use of Warnings Off)
10892 @code{-gnatw.y} (reasons for package needing body)
10895 All other optional warnings are turned on.
10898 @geindex -gnatwA (gcc)
10903 @item @code{-gnatwA}
10905 @emph{Suppress all optional errors.}
10907 This switch suppresses all optional warning messages, see remaining list
10908 in this section for details on optional warning messages that can be
10909 individually controlled. Note that unlike switch @code{-gnatws}, the
10910 use of switch @code{-gnatwA} does not suppress warnings that are
10911 normally given unconditionally and cannot be individually controlled
10912 (for example, the warning about a missing exit path in a function).
10913 Also, again unlike switch @code{-gnatws}, warnings suppressed by
10914 the use of switch @code{-gnatwA} can be individually turned back
10915 on. For example the use of switch @code{-gnatwA} followed by
10916 switch @code{-gnatwd} will suppress all optional warnings except
10917 the warnings for implicit dereferencing.
10920 @geindex -gnatw.a (gcc)
10925 @item @code{-gnatw.a}
10927 @emph{Activate warnings on failing assertions.}
10929 @geindex Assert failures
10931 This switch activates warnings for assertions where the compiler can tell at
10932 compile time that the assertion will fail. Note that this warning is given
10933 even if assertions are disabled. The default is that such warnings are
10937 @geindex -gnatw.A (gcc)
10942 @item @code{-gnatw.A}
10944 @emph{Suppress warnings on failing assertions.}
10946 @geindex Assert failures
10948 This switch suppresses warnings for assertions where the compiler can tell at
10949 compile time that the assertion will fail.
10952 @geindex -gnatwb (gcc)
10957 @item @code{-gnatwb}
10959 @emph{Activate warnings on bad fixed values.}
10961 @geindex Bad fixed values
10963 @geindex Fixed-point Small value
10965 @geindex Small value
10967 This switch activates warnings for static fixed-point expressions whose
10968 value is not an exact multiple of Small. Such values are implementation
10969 dependent, since an implementation is free to choose either of the multiples
10970 that surround the value. GNAT always chooses the closer one, but this is not
10971 required behavior, and it is better to specify a value that is an exact
10972 multiple, ensuring predictable execution. The default is that such warnings
10976 @geindex -gnatwB (gcc)
10981 @item @code{-gnatwB}
10983 @emph{Suppress warnings on bad fixed values.}
10985 This switch suppresses warnings for static fixed-point expressions whose
10986 value is not an exact multiple of Small.
10989 @geindex -gnatw.b (gcc)
10994 @item @code{-gnatw.b}
10996 @emph{Activate warnings on biased representation.}
10998 @geindex Biased representation
11000 This switch activates warnings when a size clause, value size clause, component
11001 clause, or component size clause forces the use of biased representation for an
11002 integer type (e.g. representing a range of 10..11 in a single bit by using 0/1
11003 to represent 10/11). The default is that such warnings are generated.
11006 @geindex -gnatwB (gcc)
11011 @item @code{-gnatw.B}
11013 @emph{Suppress warnings on biased representation.}
11015 This switch suppresses warnings for representation clauses that force the use
11016 of biased representation.
11019 @geindex -gnatwc (gcc)
11024 @item @code{-gnatwc}
11026 @emph{Activate warnings on conditionals.}
11028 @geindex Conditionals
11031 This switch activates warnings for conditional expressions used in
11032 tests that are known to be True or False at compile time. The default
11033 is that such warnings are not generated.
11034 Note that this warning does
11035 not get issued for the use of boolean variables or constants whose
11036 values are known at compile time, since this is a standard technique
11037 for conditional compilation in Ada, and this would generate too many
11038 false positive warnings.
11040 This warning option also activates a special test for comparisons using
11041 the operators '>=' and' <='.
11042 If the compiler can tell that only the equality condition is possible,
11043 then it will warn that the '>' or '<' part of the test
11044 is useless and that the operator could be replaced by '='.
11045 An example would be comparing a @code{Natural} variable <= 0.
11047 This warning option also generates warnings if
11048 one or both tests is optimized away in a membership test for integer
11049 values if the result can be determined at compile time. Range tests on
11050 enumeration types are not included, since it is common for such tests
11051 to include an end point.
11053 This warning can also be turned on using @code{-gnatwa}.
11056 @geindex -gnatwC (gcc)
11061 @item @code{-gnatwC}
11063 @emph{Suppress warnings on conditionals.}
11065 This switch suppresses warnings for conditional expressions used in
11066 tests that are known to be True or False at compile time.
11069 @geindex -gnatw.c (gcc)
11074 @item @code{-gnatw.c}
11076 @emph{Activate warnings on missing component clauses.}
11078 @geindex Component clause
11081 This switch activates warnings for record components where a record
11082 representation clause is present and has component clauses for the
11083 majority, but not all, of the components. A warning is given for each
11084 component for which no component clause is present.
11087 @geindex -gnatwC (gcc)
11092 @item @code{-gnatw.C}
11094 @emph{Suppress warnings on missing component clauses.}
11096 This switch suppresses warnings for record components that are
11097 missing a component clause in the situation described above.
11100 @geindex -gnatwd (gcc)
11105 @item @code{-gnatwd}
11107 @emph{Activate warnings on implicit dereferencing.}
11109 If this switch is set, then the use of a prefix of an access type
11110 in an indexed component, slice, or selected component without an
11111 explicit @code{.all} will generate a warning. With this warning
11112 enabled, access checks occur only at points where an explicit
11113 @code{.all} appears in the source code (assuming no warnings are
11114 generated as a result of this switch). The default is that such
11115 warnings are not generated.
11118 @geindex -gnatwD (gcc)
11123 @item @code{-gnatwD}
11125 @emph{Suppress warnings on implicit dereferencing.}
11127 @geindex Implicit dereferencing
11129 @geindex Dereferencing
11132 This switch suppresses warnings for implicit dereferences in
11133 indexed components, slices, and selected components.
11136 @geindex -gnatw.d (gcc)
11141 @item @code{-gnatw.d}
11143 @emph{Activate tagging of warning and info messages.}
11145 If this switch is set, then warning messages are tagged, with one of the
11155 Used to tag warnings controlled by the switch @code{-gnatwx} where x
11160 Used to tag warnings controlled by the switch @code{-gnatw.x} where x
11165 Used to tag elaboration information (info) messages generated when the
11166 static model of elaboration is used and the @code{-gnatel} switch is set.
11169 @emph{[restriction warning]}
11170 Used to tag warning messages for restriction violations, activated by use
11171 of the pragma @code{Restriction_Warnings}.
11174 @emph{[warning-as-error]}
11175 Used to tag warning messages that have been converted to error messages by
11176 use of the pragma Warning_As_Error. Note that such warnings are prefixed by
11177 the string "error: " rather than "warning: ".
11180 @emph{[enabled by default]}
11181 Used to tag all other warnings that are always given by default, unless
11182 warnings are completely suppressed using pragma @emph{Warnings(Off)} or
11183 the switch @code{-gnatws}.
11188 @geindex -gnatw.d (gcc)
11193 @item @code{-gnatw.D}
11195 @emph{Deactivate tagging of warning and info messages messages.}
11197 If this switch is set, then warning messages return to the default
11198 mode in which warnings and info messages are not tagged as described above for
11202 @geindex -gnatwe (gcc)
11205 @geindex treat as error
11210 @item @code{-gnatwe}
11212 @emph{Treat warnings and style checks as errors.}
11214 This switch causes warning messages and style check messages to be
11216 The warning string still appears, but the warning messages are counted
11217 as errors, and prevent the generation of an object file. Note that this
11218 is the only -gnatw switch that affects the handling of style check messages.
11219 Note also that this switch has no effect on info (information) messages, which
11220 are not treated as errors if this switch is present.
11223 @geindex -gnatw.e (gcc)
11228 @item @code{-gnatw.e}
11230 @emph{Activate every optional warning.}
11233 @geindex activate every optional warning
11235 This switch activates all optional warnings, including those which
11236 are not activated by @code{-gnatwa}. The use of this switch is not
11237 recommended for normal use. If you turn this switch on, it is almost
11238 certain that you will get large numbers of useless warnings. The
11239 warnings that are excluded from @code{-gnatwa} are typically highly
11240 specialized warnings that are suitable for use only in code that has
11241 been specifically designed according to specialized coding rules.
11244 @geindex -gnatwE (gcc)
11247 @geindex treat as error
11252 @item @code{-gnatwE}
11254 @emph{Treat all run-time exception warnings as errors.}
11256 This switch causes warning messages regarding errors that will be raised
11257 during run-time execution to be treated as errors.
11260 @geindex -gnatwf (gcc)
11265 @item @code{-gnatwf}
11267 @emph{Activate warnings on unreferenced formals.}
11270 @geindex unreferenced
11272 This switch causes a warning to be generated if a formal parameter
11273 is not referenced in the body of the subprogram. This warning can
11274 also be turned on using @code{-gnatwu}. The
11275 default is that these warnings are not generated.
11278 @geindex -gnatwF (gcc)
11283 @item @code{-gnatwF}
11285 @emph{Suppress warnings on unreferenced formals.}
11287 This switch suppresses warnings for unreferenced formal
11288 parameters. Note that the
11289 combination @code{-gnatwu} followed by @code{-gnatwF} has the
11290 effect of warning on unreferenced entities other than subprogram
11294 @geindex -gnatwg (gcc)
11299 @item @code{-gnatwg}
11301 @emph{Activate warnings on unrecognized pragmas.}
11304 @geindex unrecognized
11306 This switch causes a warning to be generated if an unrecognized
11307 pragma is encountered. Apart from issuing this warning, the
11308 pragma is ignored and has no effect. The default
11309 is that such warnings are issued (satisfying the Ada Reference
11310 Manual requirement that such warnings appear).
11313 @geindex -gnatwG (gcc)
11318 @item @code{-gnatwG}
11320 @emph{Suppress warnings on unrecognized pragmas.}
11322 This switch suppresses warnings for unrecognized pragmas.
11325 @geindex -gnatw.g (gcc)
11330 @item @code{-gnatw.g}
11332 @emph{Warnings used for GNAT sources.}
11334 This switch sets the warning categories that are used by the standard
11335 GNAT style. Currently this is equivalent to
11336 @code{-gnatwAao.q.s.CI.V.X.Z}
11337 but more warnings may be added in the future without advanced notice.
11340 @geindex -gnatwh (gcc)
11345 @item @code{-gnatwh}
11347 @emph{Activate warnings on hiding.}
11349 @geindex Hiding of Declarations
11351 This switch activates warnings on hiding declarations that are considered
11352 potentially confusing. Not all cases of hiding cause warnings; for example an
11353 overriding declaration hides an implicit declaration, which is just normal
11354 code. The default is that warnings on hiding are not generated.
11357 @geindex -gnatwH (gcc)
11362 @item @code{-gnatwH}
11364 @emph{Suppress warnings on hiding.}
11366 This switch suppresses warnings on hiding declarations.
11369 @geindex -gnatw.h (gcc)
11374 @item @code{-gnatw.h}
11376 @emph{Activate warnings on holes/gaps in records.}
11378 @geindex Record Representation (gaps)
11380 This switch activates warnings on component clauses in record
11381 representation clauses that leave holes (gaps) in the record layout.
11382 If this warning option is active, then record representation clauses
11383 should specify a contiguous layout, adding unused fill fields if needed.
11386 @geindex -gnatw.H (gcc)
11391 @item @code{-gnatw.H}
11393 @emph{Suppress warnings on holes/gaps in records.}
11395 This switch suppresses warnings on component clauses in record
11396 representation clauses that leave holes (haps) in the record layout.
11399 @geindex -gnatwi (gcc)
11404 @item @code{-gnatwi}
11406 @emph{Activate warnings on implementation units.}
11408 This switch activates warnings for a @emph{with} of an internal GNAT
11409 implementation unit, defined as any unit from the @code{Ada},
11410 @code{Interfaces}, @code{GNAT},
11412 hierarchies that is not
11413 documented in either the Ada Reference Manual or the GNAT
11414 Programmer's Reference Manual. Such units are intended only
11415 for internal implementation purposes and should not be @emph{with}ed
11416 by user programs. The default is that such warnings are generated
11419 @geindex -gnatwI (gcc)
11424 @item @code{-gnatwI}
11426 @emph{Disable warnings on implementation units.}
11428 This switch disables warnings for a @emph{with} of an internal GNAT
11429 implementation unit.
11432 @geindex -gnatw.i (gcc)
11437 @item @code{-gnatw.i}
11439 @emph{Activate warnings on overlapping actuals.}
11441 This switch enables a warning on statically detectable overlapping actuals in
11442 a subprogram call, when one of the actuals is an in-out parameter, and the
11443 types of the actuals are not by-copy types. This warning is off by default.
11446 @geindex -gnatw.I (gcc)
11451 @item @code{-gnatw.I}
11453 @emph{Disable warnings on overlapping actuals.}
11455 This switch disables warnings on overlapping actuals in a call..
11458 @geindex -gnatwj (gcc)
11463 @item @code{-gnatwj}
11465 @emph{Activate warnings on obsolescent features (Annex J).}
11468 @geindex obsolescent
11470 @geindex Obsolescent features
11472 If this warning option is activated, then warnings are generated for
11473 calls to subprograms marked with @code{pragma Obsolescent} and
11474 for use of features in Annex J of the Ada Reference Manual. In the
11475 case of Annex J, not all features are flagged. In particular use
11476 of the renamed packages (like @code{Text_IO}) and use of package
11477 @code{ASCII} are not flagged, since these are very common and
11478 would generate many annoying positive warnings. The default is that
11479 such warnings are not generated.
11481 In addition to the above cases, warnings are also generated for
11482 GNAT features that have been provided in past versions but which
11483 have been superseded (typically by features in the new Ada standard).
11484 For example, @code{pragma Ravenscar} will be flagged since its
11485 function is replaced by @code{pragma Profile(Ravenscar)}, and
11486 @code{pragma Interface_Name} will be flagged since its function
11487 is replaced by @code{pragma Import}.
11489 Note that this warning option functions differently from the
11490 restriction @code{No_Obsolescent_Features} in two respects.
11491 First, the restriction applies only to annex J features.
11492 Second, the restriction does flag uses of package @code{ASCII}.
11495 @geindex -gnatwJ (gcc)
11500 @item @code{-gnatwJ}
11502 @emph{Suppress warnings on obsolescent features (Annex J).}
11504 This switch disables warnings on use of obsolescent features.
11507 @geindex -gnatw.j (gcc)
11512 @item @code{-gnatw.j}
11514 @emph{Activate warnings on late declarations of tagged type primitives.}
11516 This switch activates warnings on visible primitives added to a
11517 tagged type after deriving a private extension from it.
11520 @geindex -gnatw.J (gcc)
11525 @item @code{-gnatw.J}
11527 @emph{Suppress warnings on late declarations of tagged type primitives.}
11529 This switch suppresses warnings on visible primitives added to a
11530 tagged type after deriving a private extension from it.
11533 @geindex -gnatwk (gcc)
11538 @item @code{-gnatwk}
11540 @emph{Activate warnings on variables that could be constants.}
11542 This switch activates warnings for variables that are initialized but
11543 never modified, and then could be declared constants. The default is that
11544 such warnings are not given.
11547 @geindex -gnatwK (gcc)
11552 @item @code{-gnatwK}
11554 @emph{Suppress warnings on variables that could be constants.}
11556 This switch disables warnings on variables that could be declared constants.
11559 @geindex -gnatw.k (gcc)
11564 @item @code{-gnatw.k}
11566 @emph{Activate warnings on redefinition of names in standard.}
11568 This switch activates warnings for declarations that declare a name that
11569 is defined in package Standard. Such declarations can be confusing,
11570 especially since the names in package Standard continue to be directly
11571 visible, meaning that use visibiliy on such redeclared names does not
11572 work as expected. Names of discriminants and components in records are
11573 not included in this check.
11576 @geindex -gnatwK (gcc)
11581 @item @code{-gnatw.K}
11583 @emph{Suppress warnings on redefinition of names in standard.}
11585 This switch activates warnings for declarations that declare a name that
11586 is defined in package Standard.
11589 @geindex -gnatwl (gcc)
11594 @item @code{-gnatwl}
11596 @emph{Activate warnings for elaboration pragmas.}
11598 @geindex Elaboration
11601 This switch activates warnings for possible elaboration problems,
11602 including suspicious use
11603 of @code{Elaborate} pragmas, when using the static elaboration model, and
11604 possible situations that may raise @code{Program_Error} when using the
11605 dynamic elaboration model.
11606 See the section in this guide on elaboration checking for further details.
11607 The default is that such warnings
11611 @geindex -gnatwL (gcc)
11616 @item @code{-gnatwL}
11618 @emph{Suppress warnings for elaboration pragmas.}
11620 This switch suppresses warnings for possible elaboration problems.
11623 @geindex -gnatw.l (gcc)
11628 @item @code{-gnatw.l}
11630 @emph{List inherited aspects.}
11632 This switch causes the compiler to list inherited invariants,
11633 preconditions, and postconditions from Type_Invariant'Class, Invariant'Class,
11634 Pre'Class, and Post'Class aspects. Also list inherited subtype predicates.
11637 @geindex -gnatw.L (gcc)
11642 @item @code{-gnatw.L}
11644 @emph{Suppress listing of inherited aspects.}
11646 This switch suppresses listing of inherited aspects.
11649 @geindex -gnatwm (gcc)
11654 @item @code{-gnatwm}
11656 @emph{Activate warnings on modified but unreferenced variables.}
11658 This switch activates warnings for variables that are assigned (using
11659 an initialization value or with one or more assignment statements) but
11660 whose value is never read. The warning is suppressed for volatile
11661 variables and also for variables that are renamings of other variables
11662 or for which an address clause is given.
11663 The default is that these warnings are not given.
11666 @geindex -gnatwM (gcc)
11671 @item @code{-gnatwM}
11673 @emph{Disable warnings on modified but unreferenced variables.}
11675 This switch disables warnings for variables that are assigned or
11676 initialized, but never read.
11679 @geindex -gnatw.m (gcc)
11684 @item @code{-gnatw.m}
11686 @emph{Activate warnings on suspicious modulus values.}
11688 This switch activates warnings for modulus values that seem suspicious.
11689 The cases caught are where the size is the same as the modulus (e.g.
11690 a modulus of 7 with a size of 7 bits), and modulus values of 32 or 64
11691 with no size clause. The guess in both cases is that 2**x was intended
11692 rather than x. In addition expressions of the form 2*x for small x
11693 generate a warning (the almost certainly accurate guess being that
11694 2**x was intended). The default is that these warnings are given.
11697 @geindex -gnatw.M (gcc)
11702 @item @code{-gnatw.M}
11704 @emph{Disable warnings on suspicious modulus values.}
11706 This switch disables warnings for suspicious modulus values.
11709 @geindex -gnatwn (gcc)
11714 @item @code{-gnatwn}
11716 @emph{Set normal warnings mode.}
11718 This switch sets normal warning mode, in which enabled warnings are
11719 issued and treated as warnings rather than errors. This is the default
11720 mode. the switch @code{-gnatwn} can be used to cancel the effect of
11721 an explicit @code{-gnatws} or
11722 @code{-gnatwe}. It also cancels the effect of the
11723 implicit @code{-gnatwe} that is activated by the
11724 use of @code{-gnatg}.
11727 @geindex -gnatw.n (gcc)
11729 @geindex Atomic Synchronization
11735 @item @code{-gnatw.n}
11737 @emph{Activate warnings on atomic synchronization.}
11739 This switch actives warnings when an access to an atomic variable
11740 requires the generation of atomic synchronization code. These
11741 warnings are off by default.
11744 @geindex -gnatw.N (gcc)
11749 @item @code{-gnatw.N}
11751 @emph{Suppress warnings on atomic synchronization.}
11753 @geindex Atomic Synchronization
11756 This switch suppresses warnings when an access to an atomic variable
11757 requires the generation of atomic synchronization code.
11760 @geindex -gnatwo (gcc)
11762 @geindex Address Clauses
11768 @item @code{-gnatwo}
11770 @emph{Activate warnings on address clause overlays.}
11772 This switch activates warnings for possibly unintended initialization
11773 effects of defining address clauses that cause one variable to overlap
11774 another. The default is that such warnings are generated.
11777 @geindex -gnatwO (gcc)
11782 @item @code{-gnatwO}
11784 @emph{Suppress warnings on address clause overlays.}
11786 This switch suppresses warnings on possibly unintended initialization
11787 effects of defining address clauses that cause one variable to overlap
11791 @geindex -gnatw.o (gcc)
11796 @item @code{-gnatw.o}
11798 @emph{Activate warnings on modified but unreferenced out parameters.}
11800 This switch activates warnings for variables that are modified by using
11801 them as actuals for a call to a procedure with an out mode formal, where
11802 the resulting assigned value is never read. It is applicable in the case
11803 where there is more than one out mode formal. If there is only one out
11804 mode formal, the warning is issued by default (controlled by -gnatwu).
11805 The warning is suppressed for volatile
11806 variables and also for variables that are renamings of other variables
11807 or for which an address clause is given.
11808 The default is that these warnings are not given.
11811 @geindex -gnatw.O (gcc)
11816 @item @code{-gnatw.O}
11818 @emph{Disable warnings on modified but unreferenced out parameters.}
11820 This switch suppresses warnings for variables that are modified by using
11821 them as actuals for a call to a procedure with an out mode formal, where
11822 the resulting assigned value is never read.
11825 @geindex -gnatwp (gcc)
11833 @item @code{-gnatwp}
11835 @emph{Activate warnings on ineffective pragma Inlines.}
11837 This switch activates warnings for failure of front end inlining
11838 (activated by @code{-gnatN}) to inline a particular call. There are
11839 many reasons for not being able to inline a call, including most
11840 commonly that the call is too complex to inline. The default is
11841 that such warnings are not given.
11842 Warnings on ineffective inlining by the gcc back-end can be activated
11843 separately, using the gcc switch -Winline.
11846 @geindex -gnatwP (gcc)
11851 @item @code{-gnatwP}
11853 @emph{Suppress warnings on ineffective pragma Inlines.}
11855 This switch suppresses warnings on ineffective pragma Inlines. If the
11856 inlining mechanism cannot inline a call, it will simply ignore the
11860 @geindex -gnatw.p (gcc)
11862 @geindex Parameter order
11868 @item @code{-gnatw.p}
11870 @emph{Activate warnings on parameter ordering.}
11872 This switch activates warnings for cases of suspicious parameter
11873 ordering when the list of arguments are all simple identifiers that
11874 match the names of the formals, but are in a different order. The
11875 warning is suppressed if any use of named parameter notation is used,
11876 so this is the appropriate way to suppress a false positive (and
11877 serves to emphasize that the "misordering" is deliberate). The
11878 default is that such warnings are not given.
11881 @geindex -gnatw.P (gcc)
11886 @item @code{-gnatw.P}
11888 @emph{Suppress warnings on parameter ordering.}
11890 This switch suppresses warnings on cases of suspicious parameter
11894 @geindex -gnatwq (gcc)
11896 @geindex Parentheses
11902 @item @code{-gnatwq}
11904 @emph{Activate warnings on questionable missing parentheses.}
11906 This switch activates warnings for cases where parentheses are not used and
11907 the result is potential ambiguity from a readers point of view. For example
11908 (not a > b) when a and b are modular means ((not a) > b) and very likely the
11909 programmer intended (not (a > b)). Similarly (-x mod 5) means (-(x mod 5)) and
11910 quite likely ((-x) mod 5) was intended. In such situations it seems best to
11911 follow the rule of always parenthesizing to make the association clear, and
11912 this warning switch warns if such parentheses are not present. The default
11913 is that these warnings are given.
11916 @geindex -gnatwQ (gcc)
11921 @item @code{-gnatwQ}
11923 @emph{Suppress warnings on questionable missing parentheses.}
11925 This switch suppresses warnings for cases where the association is not
11926 clear and the use of parentheses is preferred.
11929 @geindex -gnatw.q (gcc)
11937 @item @code{-gnatw.q}
11939 @emph{Activate warnings on questionable layout of record types.}
11941 This switch activates warnings for cases where the default layout of
11942 a record type, that is to say the layout of its components in textual
11943 order of the source code, would very likely cause inefficiencies in
11944 the code generated by the compiler, both in terms of space and speed
11945 during execution. One warning is issued for each problematic component
11946 without representation clause in the nonvariant part and then in each
11947 variant recursively, if any.
11949 The purpose of these warnings is neither to prescribe an optimal layout
11950 nor to force the use of representation clauses, but rather to get rid of
11951 the most blatant inefficiencies in the layout. Therefore, the default
11952 layout is matched against the following synthetic ordered layout and
11953 the deviations are flagged on a component-by-component basis:
11959 first all components or groups of components whose length is fixed
11960 and a multiple of the storage unit,
11963 then the remaining components whose length is fixed and not a multiple
11964 of the storage unit,
11967 then the remaining components whose length doesn't depend on discriminants
11968 (that is to say, with variable but uniform length for all objects),
11971 then all components whose length depends on discriminants,
11974 finally the variant part (if any),
11977 for the nonvariant part and for each variant recursively, if any.
11979 The exact wording of the warning depends on whether the compiler is allowed
11980 to reorder the components in the record type or precluded from doing it by
11981 means of pragma @code{No_Component_Reordering}.
11983 The default is that these warnings are not given.
11986 @geindex -gnatw.Q (gcc)
11991 @item @code{-gnatw.Q}
11993 @emph{Suppress warnings on questionable layout of record types.}
11995 This switch suppresses warnings for cases where the default layout of
11996 a record type would very likely cause inefficiencies.
11999 @geindex -gnatwr (gcc)
12004 @item @code{-gnatwr}
12006 @emph{Activate warnings on redundant constructs.}
12008 This switch activates warnings for redundant constructs. The following
12009 is the current list of constructs regarded as redundant:
12015 Assignment of an item to itself.
12018 Type conversion that converts an expression to its own type.
12021 Use of the attribute @code{Base} where @code{typ'Base} is the same
12025 Use of pragma @code{Pack} when all components are placed by a record
12026 representation clause.
12029 Exception handler containing only a reraise statement (raise with no
12030 operand) which has no effect.
12033 Use of the operator abs on an operand that is known at compile time
12037 Comparison of an object or (unary or binary) operation of boolean type to
12038 an explicit True value.
12041 The default is that warnings for redundant constructs are not given.
12044 @geindex -gnatwR (gcc)
12049 @item @code{-gnatwR}
12051 @emph{Suppress warnings on redundant constructs.}
12053 This switch suppresses warnings for redundant constructs.
12056 @geindex -gnatw.r (gcc)
12061 @item @code{-gnatw.r}
12063 @emph{Activate warnings for object renaming function.}
12065 This switch activates warnings for an object renaming that renames a
12066 function call, which is equivalent to a constant declaration (as
12067 opposed to renaming the function itself). The default is that these
12068 warnings are given.
12071 @geindex -gnatwT (gcc)
12076 @item @code{-gnatw.R}
12078 @emph{Suppress warnings for object renaming function.}
12080 This switch suppresses warnings for object renaming function.
12083 @geindex -gnatws (gcc)
12088 @item @code{-gnatws}
12090 @emph{Suppress all warnings.}
12092 This switch completely suppresses the
12093 output of all warning messages from the GNAT front end, including
12094 both warnings that can be controlled by switches described in this
12095 section, and those that are normally given unconditionally. The
12096 effect of this suppress action can only be cancelled by a subsequent
12097 use of the switch @code{-gnatwn}.
12099 Note that switch @code{-gnatws} does not suppress
12100 warnings from the @code{gcc} back end.
12101 To suppress these back end warnings as well, use the switch @code{-w}
12102 in addition to @code{-gnatws}. Also this switch has no effect on the
12103 handling of style check messages.
12106 @geindex -gnatw.s (gcc)
12108 @geindex Record Representation (component sizes)
12113 @item @code{-gnatw.s}
12115 @emph{Activate warnings on overridden size clauses.}
12117 This switch activates warnings on component clauses in record
12118 representation clauses where the length given overrides that
12119 specified by an explicit size clause for the component type. A
12120 warning is similarly given in the array case if a specified
12121 component size overrides an explicit size clause for the array
12125 @geindex -gnatw.S (gcc)
12130 @item @code{-gnatw.S}
12132 @emph{Suppress warnings on overridden size clauses.}
12134 This switch suppresses warnings on component clauses in record
12135 representation clauses that override size clauses, and similar
12136 warnings when an array component size overrides a size clause.
12139 @geindex -gnatwt (gcc)
12141 @geindex Deactivated code
12144 @geindex Deleted code
12150 @item @code{-gnatwt}
12152 @emph{Activate warnings for tracking of deleted conditional code.}
12154 This switch activates warnings for tracking of code in conditionals (IF and
12155 CASE statements) that is detected to be dead code which cannot be executed, and
12156 which is removed by the front end. This warning is off by default. This may be
12157 useful for detecting deactivated code in certified applications.
12160 @geindex -gnatwT (gcc)
12165 @item @code{-gnatwT}
12167 @emph{Suppress warnings for tracking of deleted conditional code.}
12169 This switch suppresses warnings for tracking of deleted conditional code.
12172 @geindex -gnatw.t (gcc)
12177 @item @code{-gnatw.t}
12179 @emph{Activate warnings on suspicious contracts.}
12181 This switch activates warnings on suspicious contracts. This includes
12182 warnings on suspicious postconditions (whether a pragma @code{Postcondition} or a
12183 @code{Post} aspect in Ada 2012) and suspicious contract cases (pragma or aspect
12184 @code{Contract_Cases}). A function postcondition or contract case is suspicious
12185 when no postcondition or contract case for this function mentions the result
12186 of the function. A procedure postcondition or contract case is suspicious
12187 when it only refers to the pre-state of the procedure, because in that case
12188 it should rather be expressed as a precondition. This switch also controls
12189 warnings on suspicious cases of expressions typically found in contracts like
12190 quantified expressions and uses of Update attribute. The default is that such
12191 warnings are generated.
12194 @geindex -gnatw.T (gcc)
12199 @item @code{-gnatw.T}
12201 @emph{Suppress warnings on suspicious contracts.}
12203 This switch suppresses warnings on suspicious contracts.
12206 @geindex -gnatwu (gcc)
12211 @item @code{-gnatwu}
12213 @emph{Activate warnings on unused entities.}
12215 This switch activates warnings to be generated for entities that
12216 are declared but not referenced, and for units that are @emph{with}ed
12218 referenced. In the case of packages, a warning is also generated if
12219 no entities in the package are referenced. This means that if a with'ed
12220 package is referenced but the only references are in @code{use}
12221 clauses or @code{renames}
12222 declarations, a warning is still generated. A warning is also generated
12223 for a generic package that is @emph{with}ed but never instantiated.
12224 In the case where a package or subprogram body is compiled, and there
12225 is a @emph{with} on the corresponding spec
12226 that is only referenced in the body,
12227 a warning is also generated, noting that the
12228 @emph{with} can be moved to the body. The default is that
12229 such warnings are not generated.
12230 This switch also activates warnings on unreferenced formals
12231 (it includes the effect of @code{-gnatwf}).
12234 @geindex -gnatwU (gcc)
12239 @item @code{-gnatwU}
12241 @emph{Suppress warnings on unused entities.}
12243 This switch suppresses warnings for unused entities and packages.
12244 It also turns off warnings on unreferenced formals (and thus includes
12245 the effect of @code{-gnatwF}).
12248 @geindex -gnatw.u (gcc)
12253 @item @code{-gnatw.u}
12255 @emph{Activate warnings on unordered enumeration types.}
12257 This switch causes enumeration types to be considered as conceptually
12258 unordered, unless an explicit pragma @code{Ordered} is given for the type.
12259 The effect is to generate warnings in clients that use explicit comparisons
12260 or subranges, since these constructs both treat objects of the type as
12261 ordered. (A @emph{client} is defined as a unit that is other than the unit in
12262 which the type is declared, or its body or subunits.) Please refer to
12263 the description of pragma @code{Ordered} in the
12264 @cite{GNAT Reference Manual} for further details.
12265 The default is that such warnings are not generated.
12268 @geindex -gnatw.U (gcc)
12273 @item @code{-gnatw.U}
12275 @emph{Deactivate warnings on unordered enumeration types.}
12277 This switch causes all enumeration types to be considered as ordered, so
12278 that no warnings are given for comparisons or subranges for any type.
12281 @geindex -gnatwv (gcc)
12283 @geindex Unassigned variable warnings
12288 @item @code{-gnatwv}
12290 @emph{Activate warnings on unassigned variables.}
12292 This switch activates warnings for access to variables which
12293 may not be properly initialized. The default is that
12294 such warnings are generated.
12297 @geindex -gnatwV (gcc)
12302 @item @code{-gnatwV}
12304 @emph{Suppress warnings on unassigned variables.}
12306 This switch suppresses warnings for access to variables which
12307 may not be properly initialized.
12308 For variables of a composite type, the warning can also be suppressed in
12309 Ada 2005 by using a default initialization with a box. For example, if
12310 Table is an array of records whose components are only partially uninitialized,
12311 then the following code:
12314 Tab : Table := (others => <>);
12317 will suppress warnings on subsequent statements that access components
12321 @geindex -gnatw.v (gcc)
12323 @geindex bit order warnings
12328 @item @code{-gnatw.v}
12330 @emph{Activate info messages for non-default bit order.}
12332 This switch activates messages (labeled "info", they are not warnings,
12333 just informational messages) about the effects of non-default bit-order
12334 on records to which a component clause is applied. The effect of specifying
12335 non-default bit ordering is a bit subtle (and changed with Ada 2005), so
12336 these messages, which are given by default, are useful in understanding the
12337 exact consequences of using this feature.
12340 @geindex -gnatw.V (gcc)
12345 @item @code{-gnatw.V}
12347 @emph{Suppress info messages for non-default bit order.}
12349 This switch suppresses information messages for the effects of specifying
12350 non-default bit order on record components with component clauses.
12353 @geindex -gnatww (gcc)
12355 @geindex String indexing warnings
12360 @item @code{-gnatww}
12362 @emph{Activate warnings on wrong low bound assumption.}
12364 This switch activates warnings for indexing an unconstrained string parameter
12365 with a literal or S'Length. This is a case where the code is assuming that the
12366 low bound is one, which is in general not true (for example when a slice is
12367 passed). The default is that such warnings are generated.
12370 @geindex -gnatwW (gcc)
12375 @item @code{-gnatwW}
12377 @emph{Suppress warnings on wrong low bound assumption.}
12379 This switch suppresses warnings for indexing an unconstrained string parameter
12380 with a literal or S'Length. Note that this warning can also be suppressed
12381 in a particular case by adding an assertion that the lower bound is 1,
12382 as shown in the following example:
12385 procedure K (S : String) is
12386 pragma Assert (S'First = 1);
12391 @geindex -gnatw.w (gcc)
12393 @geindex Warnings Off control
12398 @item @code{-gnatw.w}
12400 @emph{Activate warnings on Warnings Off pragmas.}
12402 This switch activates warnings for use of @code{pragma Warnings (Off, entity)}
12403 where either the pragma is entirely useless (because it suppresses no
12404 warnings), or it could be replaced by @code{pragma Unreferenced} or
12405 @code{pragma Unmodified}.
12406 Also activates warnings for the case of
12407 Warnings (Off, String), where either there is no matching
12408 Warnings (On, String), or the Warnings (Off) did not suppress any warning.
12409 The default is that these warnings are not given.
12412 @geindex -gnatw.W (gcc)
12417 @item @code{-gnatw.W}
12419 @emph{Suppress warnings on unnecessary Warnings Off pragmas.}
12421 This switch suppresses warnings for use of @code{pragma Warnings (Off, ...)}.
12424 @geindex -gnatwx (gcc)
12426 @geindex Export/Import pragma warnings
12431 @item @code{-gnatwx}
12433 @emph{Activate warnings on Export/Import pragmas.}
12435 This switch activates warnings on Export/Import pragmas when
12436 the compiler detects a possible conflict between the Ada and
12437 foreign language calling sequences. For example, the use of
12438 default parameters in a convention C procedure is dubious
12439 because the C compiler cannot supply the proper default, so
12440 a warning is issued. The default is that such warnings are
12444 @geindex -gnatwX (gcc)
12449 @item @code{-gnatwX}
12451 @emph{Suppress warnings on Export/Import pragmas.}
12453 This switch suppresses warnings on Export/Import pragmas.
12454 The sense of this is that you are telling the compiler that
12455 you know what you are doing in writing the pragma, and it
12456 should not complain at you.
12459 @geindex -gnatwm (gcc)
12464 @item @code{-gnatw.x}
12466 @emph{Activate warnings for No_Exception_Propagation mode.}
12468 This switch activates warnings for exception usage when pragma Restrictions
12469 (No_Exception_Propagation) is in effect. Warnings are given for implicit or
12470 explicit exception raises which are not covered by a local handler, and for
12471 exception handlers which do not cover a local raise. The default is that
12472 these warnings are given for units that contain exception handlers.
12474 @item @code{-gnatw.X}
12476 @emph{Disable warnings for No_Exception_Propagation mode.}
12478 This switch disables warnings for exception usage when pragma Restrictions
12479 (No_Exception_Propagation) is in effect.
12482 @geindex -gnatwy (gcc)
12484 @geindex Ada compatibility issues warnings
12489 @item @code{-gnatwy}
12491 @emph{Activate warnings for Ada compatibility issues.}
12493 For the most part, newer versions of Ada are upwards compatible
12494 with older versions. For example, Ada 2005 programs will almost
12495 always work when compiled as Ada 2012.
12496 However there are some exceptions (for example the fact that
12497 @code{some} is now a reserved word in Ada 2012). This
12498 switch activates several warnings to help in identifying
12499 and correcting such incompatibilities. The default is that
12500 these warnings are generated. Note that at one point Ada 2005
12501 was called Ada 0Y, hence the choice of character.
12504 @geindex -gnatwY (gcc)
12506 @geindex Ada compatibility issues warnings
12511 @item @code{-gnatwY}
12513 @emph{Disable warnings for Ada compatibility issues.}
12515 This switch suppresses the warnings intended to help in identifying
12516 incompatibilities between Ada language versions.
12519 @geindex -gnatw.y (gcc)
12521 @geindex Package spec needing body
12526 @item @code{-gnatw.y}
12528 @emph{Activate information messages for why package spec needs body.}
12530 There are a number of cases in which a package spec needs a body.
12531 For example, the use of pragma Elaborate_Body, or the declaration
12532 of a procedure specification requiring a completion. This switch
12533 causes information messages to be output showing why a package
12534 specification requires a body. This can be useful in the case of
12535 a large package specification which is unexpectedly requiring a
12536 body. The default is that such information messages are not output.
12539 @geindex -gnatw.Y (gcc)
12541 @geindex No information messages for why package spec needs body
12546 @item @code{-gnatw.Y}
12548 @emph{Disable information messages for why package spec needs body.}
12550 This switch suppresses the output of information messages showing why
12551 a package specification needs a body.
12554 @geindex -gnatwz (gcc)
12556 @geindex Unchecked_Conversion warnings
12561 @item @code{-gnatwz}
12563 @emph{Activate warnings on unchecked conversions.}
12565 This switch activates warnings for unchecked conversions
12566 where the types are known at compile time to have different
12567 sizes. The default is that such warnings are generated. Warnings are also
12568 generated for subprogram pointers with different conventions.
12571 @geindex -gnatwZ (gcc)
12576 @item @code{-gnatwZ}
12578 @emph{Suppress warnings on unchecked conversions.}
12580 This switch suppresses warnings for unchecked conversions
12581 where the types are known at compile time to have different
12582 sizes or conventions.
12585 @geindex -gnatw.z (gcc)
12587 @geindex Size/Alignment warnings
12592 @item @code{-gnatw.z}
12594 @emph{Activate warnings for size not a multiple of alignment.}
12596 This switch activates warnings for cases of record types with
12597 specified @code{Size} and @code{Alignment} attributes where the
12598 size is not a multiple of the alignment, resulting in an object
12599 size that is greater than the specified size. The default
12600 is that such warnings are generated.
12603 @geindex -gnatw.Z (gcc)
12605 @geindex Size/Alignment warnings
12610 @item @code{-gnatw.Z}
12612 @emph{Suppress warnings for size not a multiple of alignment.}
12614 This switch suppresses warnings for cases of record types with
12615 specified @code{Size} and @code{Alignment} attributes where the
12616 size is not a multiple of the alignment, resulting in an object
12617 size that is greater than the specified size.
12618 The warning can also be
12619 suppressed by giving an explicit @code{Object_Size} value.
12622 @geindex -Wunused (gcc)
12627 @item @code{-Wunused}
12629 The warnings controlled by the @code{-gnatw} switch are generated by
12630 the front end of the compiler. The GCC back end can provide
12631 additional warnings and they are controlled by the @code{-W} switch.
12632 For example, @code{-Wunused} activates back end
12633 warnings for entities that are declared but not referenced.
12636 @geindex -Wuninitialized (gcc)
12641 @item @code{-Wuninitialized}
12643 Similarly, @code{-Wuninitialized} activates
12644 the back end warning for uninitialized variables. This switch must be
12645 used in conjunction with an optimization level greater than zero.
12648 @geindex -Wstack-usage (gcc)
12653 @item @code{-Wstack-usage=@emph{len}}
12655 Warn if the stack usage of a subprogram might be larger than @code{len} bytes.
12656 See @ref{f5,,Static Stack Usage Analysis} for details.
12659 @geindex -Wall (gcc)
12666 This switch enables most warnings from the GCC back end.
12667 The code generator detects a number of warning situations that are missed
12668 by the GNAT front end, and this switch can be used to activate them.
12669 The use of this switch also sets the default front end warning mode to
12670 @code{-gnatwa}, that is, most front end warnings activated as well.
12680 Conversely, this switch suppresses warnings from the GCC back end.
12681 The use of this switch also sets the default front end warning mode to
12682 @code{-gnatws}, that is, front end warnings suppressed as well.
12685 @geindex -Werror (gcc)
12690 @item @code{-Werror}
12692 This switch causes warnings from the GCC back end to be treated as
12693 errors. The warning string still appears, but the warning messages are
12694 counted as errors, and prevent the generation of an object file.
12697 A string of warning parameters can be used in the same parameter. For example:
12703 will turn on all optional warnings except for unrecognized pragma warnings,
12704 and also specify that warnings should be treated as errors.
12706 When no switch @code{-gnatw} is used, this is equivalent to:
12853 @node Debugging and Assertion Control,Validity Checking,Warning Message Control,Compiler Switches
12854 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat debugging-and-assertion-control}@anchor{100}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id16}@anchor{101}
12855 @subsection Debugging and Assertion Control
12858 @geindex -gnata (gcc)
12863 @item @code{-gnata}
12869 @geindex Assertions
12871 @geindex Precondition
12873 @geindex Postcondition
12875 @geindex Type invariants
12877 @geindex Subtype predicates
12879 The @code{-gnata} option is equivalent to the following @code{Assertion_Policy} pragma:
12882 pragma Assertion_Policy (Check);
12885 Which is a shorthand for:
12888 pragma Assertion_Policy
12890 Static_Predicate => Check,
12891 Dynamic_Predicate => Check,
12893 Pre'Class => Check,
12895 Post'Class => Check,
12896 Type_Invariant => Check,
12897 Type_Invariant'Class => Check);
12900 The pragmas @code{Assert} and @code{Debug} normally have no effect and
12901 are ignored. This switch, where @code{a} stands for 'assert', causes
12902 pragmas @code{Assert} and @code{Debug} to be activated. This switch also
12903 causes preconditions, postconditions, subtype predicates, and
12904 type invariants to be activated.
12906 The pragmas have the form:
12909 pragma Assert (<Boolean-expression> [, <static-string-expression>])
12910 pragma Debug (<procedure call>)
12911 pragma Type_Invariant (<type-local-name>, <Boolean-expression>)
12912 pragma Predicate (<type-local-name>, <Boolean-expression>)
12913 pragma Precondition (<Boolean-expression>, <string-expression>)
12914 pragma Postcondition (<Boolean-expression>, <string-expression>)
12917 The aspects have the form:
12920 with [Pre|Post|Type_Invariant|Dynamic_Predicate|Static_Predicate]
12921 => <Boolean-expression>;
12924 The @code{Assert} pragma causes @code{Boolean-expression} to be tested.
12925 If the result is @code{True}, the pragma has no effect (other than
12926 possible side effects from evaluating the expression). If the result is
12927 @code{False}, the exception @code{Assert_Failure} declared in the package
12928 @code{System.Assertions} is raised (passing @code{static-string-expression}, if
12929 present, as the message associated with the exception). If no string
12930 expression is given, the default is a string containing the file name and
12931 line number of the pragma.
12933 The @code{Debug} pragma causes @code{procedure} to be called. Note that
12934 @code{pragma Debug} may appear within a declaration sequence, allowing
12935 debugging procedures to be called between declarations.
12937 For the aspect specification, the @code{Boolean-expression} is evaluated.
12938 If the result is @code{True}, the aspect has no effect. If the result
12939 is @code{False}, the exception @code{Assert_Failure} is raised.
12942 @node Validity Checking,Style Checking,Debugging and Assertion Control,Compiler Switches
12943 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat validity-checking}@anchor{f6}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id17}@anchor{102}
12944 @subsection Validity Checking
12947 @geindex Validity Checking
12949 The Ada Reference Manual defines the concept of invalid values (see
12950 RM 13.9.1). The primary source of invalid values is uninitialized
12951 variables. A scalar variable that is left uninitialized may contain
12952 an invalid value; the concept of invalid does not apply to access or
12955 It is an error to read an invalid value, but the RM does not require
12956 run-time checks to detect such errors, except for some minimal
12957 checking to prevent erroneous execution (i.e. unpredictable
12958 behavior). This corresponds to the @code{-gnatVd} switch below,
12959 which is the default. For example, by default, if the expression of a
12960 case statement is invalid, it will raise Constraint_Error rather than
12961 causing a wild jump, and if an array index on the left-hand side of an
12962 assignment is invalid, it will raise Constraint_Error rather than
12963 overwriting an arbitrary memory location.
12965 The @code{-gnatVa} may be used to enable additional validity checks,
12966 which are not required by the RM. These checks are often very
12967 expensive (which is why the RM does not require them). These checks
12968 are useful in tracking down uninitialized variables, but they are
12969 not usually recommended for production builds, and in particular
12970 we do not recommend using these extra validity checking options in
12971 combination with optimization, since this can confuse the optimizer.
12972 If performance is a consideration, leading to the need to optimize,
12973 then the validity checking options should not be used.
12975 The other @code{-gnatV@emph{x}} switches below allow finer-grained
12976 control; you can enable whichever validity checks you desire. However,
12977 for most debugging purposes, @code{-gnatVa} is sufficient, and the
12978 default @code{-gnatVd} (i.e. standard Ada behavior) is usually
12979 sufficient for non-debugging use.
12981 The @code{-gnatB} switch tells the compiler to assume that all
12982 values are valid (that is, within their declared subtype range)
12983 except in the context of a use of the Valid attribute. This means
12984 the compiler can generate more efficient code, since the range
12985 of values is better known at compile time. However, an uninitialized
12986 variable can cause wild jumps and memory corruption in this mode.
12988 The @code{-gnatV@emph{x}} switch allows control over the validity
12989 checking mode as described below.
12990 The @code{x} argument is a string of letters that
12991 indicate validity checks that are performed or not performed in addition
12992 to the default checks required by Ada as described above.
12994 @geindex -gnatVa (gcc)
12999 @item @code{-gnatVa}
13001 @emph{All validity checks.}
13003 All validity checks are turned on.
13004 That is, @code{-gnatVa} is
13005 equivalent to @code{gnatVcdfimorst}.
13008 @geindex -gnatVc (gcc)
13013 @item @code{-gnatVc}
13015 @emph{Validity checks for copies.}
13017 The right hand side of assignments, and the initializing values of
13018 object declarations are validity checked.
13021 @geindex -gnatVd (gcc)
13026 @item @code{-gnatVd}
13028 @emph{Default (RM) validity checks.}
13030 Some validity checks are done by default following normal Ada semantics
13031 (RM 13.9.1 (9-11)).
13032 A check is done in case statements that the expression is within the range
13033 of the subtype. If it is not, Constraint_Error is raised.
13034 For assignments to array components, a check is done that the expression used
13035 as index is within the range. If it is not, Constraint_Error is raised.
13036 Both these validity checks may be turned off using switch @code{-gnatVD}.
13037 They are turned on by default. If @code{-gnatVD} is specified, a subsequent
13038 switch @code{-gnatVd} will leave the checks turned on.
13039 Switch @code{-gnatVD} should be used only if you are sure that all such
13040 expressions have valid values. If you use this switch and invalid values
13041 are present, then the program is erroneous, and wild jumps or memory
13042 overwriting may occur.
13045 @geindex -gnatVe (gcc)
13050 @item @code{-gnatVe}
13052 @emph{Validity checks for elementary components.}
13054 In the absence of this switch, assignments to record or array components are
13055 not validity checked, even if validity checks for assignments generally
13056 (@code{-gnatVc}) are turned on. In Ada, assignment of composite values do not
13057 require valid data, but assignment of individual components does. So for
13058 example, there is a difference between copying the elements of an array with a
13059 slice assignment, compared to assigning element by element in a loop. This
13060 switch allows you to turn off validity checking for components, even when they
13061 are assigned component by component.
13064 @geindex -gnatVf (gcc)
13069 @item @code{-gnatVf}
13071 @emph{Validity checks for floating-point values.}
13073 In the absence of this switch, validity checking occurs only for discrete
13074 values. If @code{-gnatVf} is specified, then validity checking also applies
13075 for floating-point values, and NaNs and infinities are considered invalid,
13076 as well as out of range values for constrained types. Note that this means
13077 that standard IEEE infinity mode is not allowed. The exact contexts
13078 in which floating-point values are checked depends on the setting of other
13079 options. For example, @code{-gnatVif} or @code{-gnatVfi}
13080 (the order does not matter) specifies that floating-point parameters of mode
13081 @code{in} should be validity checked.
13084 @geindex -gnatVi (gcc)
13089 @item @code{-gnatVi}
13091 @emph{Validity checks for `@w{`}in`@w{`} mode parameters.}
13093 Arguments for parameters of mode @code{in} are validity checked in function
13094 and procedure calls at the point of call.
13097 @geindex -gnatVm (gcc)
13102 @item @code{-gnatVm}
13104 @emph{Validity checks for `@w{`}in out`@w{`} mode parameters.}
13106 Arguments for parameters of mode @code{in out} are validity checked in
13107 procedure calls at the point of call. The @code{'m'} here stands for
13108 modify, since this concerns parameters that can be modified by the call.
13109 Note that there is no specific option to test @code{out} parameters,
13110 but any reference within the subprogram will be tested in the usual
13111 manner, and if an invalid value is copied back, any reference to it
13112 will be subject to validity checking.
13115 @geindex -gnatVn (gcc)
13120 @item @code{-gnatVn}
13122 @emph{No validity checks.}
13124 This switch turns off all validity checking, including the default checking
13125 for case statements and left hand side subscripts. Note that the use of
13126 the switch @code{-gnatp} suppresses all run-time checks, including
13127 validity checks, and thus implies @code{-gnatVn}. When this switch
13128 is used, it cancels any other @code{-gnatV} previously issued.
13131 @geindex -gnatVo (gcc)
13136 @item @code{-gnatVo}
13138 @emph{Validity checks for operator and attribute operands.}
13140 Arguments for predefined operators and attributes are validity checked.
13141 This includes all operators in package @code{Standard},
13142 the shift operators defined as intrinsic in package @code{Interfaces}
13143 and operands for attributes such as @code{Pos}. Checks are also made
13144 on individual component values for composite comparisons, and on the
13145 expressions in type conversions and qualified expressions. Checks are
13146 also made on explicit ranges using @code{..} (e.g., slices, loops etc).
13149 @geindex -gnatVp (gcc)
13154 @item @code{-gnatVp}
13156 @emph{Validity checks for parameters.}
13158 This controls the treatment of parameters within a subprogram (as opposed
13159 to @code{-gnatVi} and @code{-gnatVm} which control validity testing
13160 of parameters on a call. If either of these call options is used, then
13161 normally an assumption is made within a subprogram that the input arguments
13162 have been validity checking at the point of call, and do not need checking
13163 again within a subprogram). If @code{-gnatVp} is set, then this assumption
13164 is not made, and parameters are not assumed to be valid, so their validity
13165 will be checked (or rechecked) within the subprogram.
13168 @geindex -gnatVr (gcc)
13173 @item @code{-gnatVr}
13175 @emph{Validity checks for function returns.}
13177 The expression in @code{return} statements in functions is validity
13181 @geindex -gnatVs (gcc)
13186 @item @code{-gnatVs}
13188 @emph{Validity checks for subscripts.}
13190 All subscripts expressions are checked for validity, whether they appear
13191 on the right side or left side (in default mode only left side subscripts
13192 are validity checked).
13195 @geindex -gnatVt (gcc)
13200 @item @code{-gnatVt}
13202 @emph{Validity checks for tests.}
13204 Expressions used as conditions in @code{if}, @code{while} or @code{exit}
13205 statements are checked, as well as guard expressions in entry calls.
13208 The @code{-gnatV} switch may be followed by a string of letters
13209 to turn on a series of validity checking options.
13210 For example, @code{-gnatVcr}
13211 specifies that in addition to the default validity checking, copies and
13212 function return expressions are to be validity checked.
13213 In order to make it easier to specify the desired combination of effects,
13214 the upper case letters @code{CDFIMORST} may
13215 be used to turn off the corresponding lower case option.
13216 Thus @code{-gnatVaM} turns on all validity checking options except for
13217 checking of @code{in out} parameters.
13219 The specification of additional validity checking generates extra code (and
13220 in the case of @code{-gnatVa} the code expansion can be substantial).
13221 However, these additional checks can be very useful in detecting
13222 uninitialized variables, incorrect use of unchecked conversion, and other
13223 errors leading to invalid values. The use of pragma @code{Initialize_Scalars}
13224 is useful in conjunction with the extra validity checking, since this
13225 ensures that wherever possible uninitialized variables have invalid values.
13227 See also the pragma @code{Validity_Checks} which allows modification of
13228 the validity checking mode at the program source level, and also allows for
13229 temporary disabling of validity checks.
13231 @node Style Checking,Run-Time Checks,Validity Checking,Compiler Switches
13232 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id18}@anchor{103}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat style-checking}@anchor{fb}
13233 @subsection Style Checking
13236 @geindex Style checking
13238 @geindex -gnaty (gcc)
13240 The @code{-gnatyx} switch causes the compiler to
13241 enforce specified style rules. A limited set of style rules has been used
13242 in writing the GNAT sources themselves. This switch allows user programs
13243 to activate all or some of these checks. If the source program fails a
13244 specified style check, an appropriate message is given, preceded by
13245 the character sequence '(style)'. This message does not prevent
13246 successful compilation (unless the @code{-gnatwe} switch is used).
13248 Note that this is by no means intended to be a general facility for
13249 checking arbitrary coding standards. It is simply an embedding of the
13250 style rules we have chosen for the GNAT sources. If you are starting
13251 a project which does not have established style standards, you may
13252 find it useful to adopt the entire set of GNAT coding standards, or
13253 some subset of them.
13256 The string @code{x} is a sequence of letters or digits
13257 indicating the particular style
13258 checks to be performed. The following checks are defined:
13260 @geindex -gnaty[0-9] (gcc)
13265 @item @code{-gnaty0}
13267 @emph{Specify indentation level.}
13269 If a digit from 1-9 appears
13270 in the string after @code{-gnaty}
13271 then proper indentation is checked, with the digit indicating the
13272 indentation level required. A value of zero turns off this style check.
13273 The general style of required indentation is as specified by
13274 the examples in the Ada Reference Manual. Full line comments must be
13275 aligned with the @code{--} starting on a column that is a multiple of
13276 the alignment level, or they may be aligned the same way as the following
13277 non-blank line (this is useful when full line comments appear in the middle
13278 of a statement, or they may be aligned with the source line on the previous
13282 @geindex -gnatya (gcc)
13287 @item @code{-gnatya}
13289 @emph{Check attribute casing.}
13291 Attribute names, including the case of keywords such as @code{digits}
13292 used as attributes names, must be written in mixed case, that is, the
13293 initial letter and any letter following an underscore must be uppercase.
13294 All other letters must be lowercase.
13297 @geindex -gnatyA (gcc)
13302 @item @code{-gnatyA}
13304 @emph{Use of array index numbers in array attributes.}
13306 When using the array attributes First, Last, Range,
13307 or Length, the index number must be omitted for one-dimensional arrays
13308 and is required for multi-dimensional arrays.
13311 @geindex -gnatyb (gcc)
13316 @item @code{-gnatyb}
13318 @emph{Blanks not allowed at statement end.}
13320 Trailing blanks are not allowed at the end of statements. The purpose of this
13321 rule, together with h (no horizontal tabs), is to enforce a canonical format
13322 for the use of blanks to separate source tokens.
13325 @geindex -gnatyB (gcc)
13330 @item @code{-gnatyB}
13332 @emph{Check Boolean operators.}
13334 The use of AND/OR operators is not permitted except in the cases of modular
13335 operands, array operands, and simple stand-alone boolean variables or
13336 boolean constants. In all other cases @code{and then}/@cite{or else} are
13340 @geindex -gnatyc (gcc)
13345 @item @code{-gnatyc}
13347 @emph{Check comments, double space.}
13349 Comments must meet the following set of rules:
13355 The @code{--} that starts the column must either start in column one,
13356 or else at least one blank must precede this sequence.
13359 Comments that follow other tokens on a line must have at least one blank
13360 following the @code{--} at the start of the comment.
13363 Full line comments must have at least two blanks following the
13364 @code{--} that starts the comment, with the following exceptions.
13367 A line consisting only of the @code{--} characters, possibly preceded
13368 by blanks is permitted.
13371 A comment starting with @code{--x} where @code{x} is a special character
13373 This allows proper processing of the output from specialized tools
13374 such as @code{gnatprep} (where @code{--!} is used) and in earlier versions of the SPARK
13376 language (where @code{--#} is used). For the purposes of this rule, a
13377 special character is defined as being in one of the ASCII ranges
13378 @code{16#21#...16#2F#} or @code{16#3A#...16#3F#}.
13379 Note that this usage is not permitted
13380 in GNAT implementation units (i.e., when @code{-gnatg} is used).
13383 A line consisting entirely of minus signs, possibly preceded by blanks, is
13384 permitted. This allows the construction of box comments where lines of minus
13385 signs are used to form the top and bottom of the box.
13388 A comment that starts and ends with @code{--} is permitted as long as at
13389 least one blank follows the initial @code{--}. Together with the preceding
13390 rule, this allows the construction of box comments, as shown in the following
13394 ---------------------------
13395 -- This is a box comment --
13396 -- with two text lines. --
13397 ---------------------------
13402 @geindex -gnatyC (gcc)
13407 @item @code{-gnatyC}
13409 @emph{Check comments, single space.}
13411 This is identical to @code{c} except that only one space
13412 is required following the @code{--} of a comment instead of two.
13415 @geindex -gnatyd (gcc)
13420 @item @code{-gnatyd}
13422 @emph{Check no DOS line terminators present.}
13424 All lines must be terminated by a single ASCII.LF
13425 character (in particular the DOS line terminator sequence CR/LF is not
13429 @geindex -gnatye (gcc)
13434 @item @code{-gnatye}
13436 @emph{Check end/exit labels.}
13438 Optional labels on @code{end} statements ending subprograms and on
13439 @code{exit} statements exiting named loops, are required to be present.
13442 @geindex -gnatyf (gcc)
13447 @item @code{-gnatyf}
13449 @emph{No form feeds or vertical tabs.}
13451 Neither form feeds nor vertical tab characters are permitted
13452 in the source text.
13455 @geindex -gnatyg (gcc)
13460 @item @code{-gnatyg}
13462 @emph{GNAT style mode.}
13464 The set of style check switches is set to match that used by the GNAT sources.
13465 This may be useful when developing code that is eventually intended to be
13466 incorporated into GNAT. Currently this is equivalent to @code{-gnatwydISux})
13467 but additional style switches may be added to this set in the future without
13471 @geindex -gnatyh (gcc)
13476 @item @code{-gnatyh}
13478 @emph{No horizontal tabs.}
13480 Horizontal tab characters are not permitted in the source text.
13481 Together with the b (no blanks at end of line) check, this
13482 enforces a canonical form for the use of blanks to separate
13486 @geindex -gnatyi (gcc)
13491 @item @code{-gnatyi}
13493 @emph{Check if-then layout.}
13495 The keyword @code{then} must appear either on the same
13496 line as corresponding @code{if}, or on a line on its own, lined
13497 up under the @code{if}.
13500 @geindex -gnatyI (gcc)
13505 @item @code{-gnatyI}
13507 @emph{check mode IN keywords.}
13509 Mode @code{in} (the default mode) is not
13510 allowed to be given explicitly. @code{in out} is fine,
13511 but not @code{in} on its own.
13514 @geindex -gnatyk (gcc)
13519 @item @code{-gnatyk}
13521 @emph{Check keyword casing.}
13523 All keywords must be in lower case (with the exception of keywords
13524 such as @code{digits} used as attribute names to which this check
13528 @geindex -gnatyl (gcc)
13533 @item @code{-gnatyl}
13535 @emph{Check layout.}
13537 Layout of statement and declaration constructs must follow the
13538 recommendations in the Ada Reference Manual, as indicated by the
13539 form of the syntax rules. For example an @code{else} keyword must
13540 be lined up with the corresponding @code{if} keyword.
13542 There are two respects in which the style rule enforced by this check
13543 option are more liberal than those in the Ada Reference Manual. First
13544 in the case of record declarations, it is permissible to put the
13545 @code{record} keyword on the same line as the @code{type} keyword, and
13546 then the @code{end} in @code{end record} must line up under @code{type}.
13547 This is also permitted when the type declaration is split on two lines.
13548 For example, any of the following three layouts is acceptable:
13569 Second, in the case of a block statement, a permitted alternative
13570 is to put the block label on the same line as the @code{declare} or
13571 @code{begin} keyword, and then line the @code{end} keyword up under
13572 the block label. For example both the following are permitted:
13589 The same alternative format is allowed for loops. For example, both of
13590 the following are permitted:
13593 Clear : while J < 10 loop
13604 @geindex -gnatyLnnn (gcc)
13609 @item @code{-gnatyL}
13611 @emph{Set maximum nesting level.}
13613 The maximum level of nesting of constructs (including subprograms, loops,
13614 blocks, packages, and conditionals) may not exceed the given value
13615 @emph{nnn}. A value of zero disconnects this style check.
13618 @geindex -gnatym (gcc)
13623 @item @code{-gnatym}
13625 @emph{Check maximum line length.}
13627 The length of source lines must not exceed 79 characters, including
13628 any trailing blanks. The value of 79 allows convenient display on an
13629 80 character wide device or window, allowing for possible special
13630 treatment of 80 character lines. Note that this count is of
13631 characters in the source text. This means that a tab character counts
13632 as one character in this count and a wide character sequence counts as
13633 a single character (however many bytes are needed in the encoding).
13636 @geindex -gnatyMnnn (gcc)
13641 @item @code{-gnatyM}
13643 @emph{Set maximum line length.}
13645 The length of lines must not exceed the
13646 given value @emph{nnn}. The maximum value that can be specified is 32767.
13647 If neither style option for setting the line length is used, then the
13648 default is 255. This also controls the maximum length of lexical elements,
13649 where the only restriction is that they must fit on a single line.
13652 @geindex -gnatyn (gcc)
13657 @item @code{-gnatyn}
13659 @emph{Check casing of entities in Standard.}
13661 Any identifier from Standard must be cased
13662 to match the presentation in the Ada Reference Manual (for example,
13663 @code{Integer} and @code{ASCII.NUL}).
13666 @geindex -gnatyN (gcc)
13671 @item @code{-gnatyN}
13673 @emph{Turn off all style checks.}
13675 All style check options are turned off.
13678 @geindex -gnatyo (gcc)
13683 @item @code{-gnatyo}
13685 @emph{Check order of subprogram bodies.}
13687 All subprogram bodies in a given scope
13688 (e.g., a package body) must be in alphabetical order. The ordering
13689 rule uses normal Ada rules for comparing strings, ignoring casing
13690 of letters, except that if there is a trailing numeric suffix, then
13691 the value of this suffix is used in the ordering (e.g., Junk2 comes
13695 @geindex -gnatyO (gcc)
13700 @item @code{-gnatyO}
13702 @emph{Check that overriding subprograms are explicitly marked as such.}
13704 This applies to all subprograms of a derived type that override a primitive
13705 operation of the type, for both tagged and untagged types. In particular,
13706 the declaration of a primitive operation of a type extension that overrides
13707 an inherited operation must carry an overriding indicator. Another case is
13708 the declaration of a function that overrides a predefined operator (such
13709 as an equality operator).
13712 @geindex -gnatyp (gcc)
13717 @item @code{-gnatyp}
13719 @emph{Check pragma casing.}
13721 Pragma names must be written in mixed case, that is, the
13722 initial letter and any letter following an underscore must be uppercase.
13723 All other letters must be lowercase. An exception is that SPARK_Mode is
13724 allowed as an alternative for Spark_Mode.
13727 @geindex -gnatyr (gcc)
13732 @item @code{-gnatyr}
13734 @emph{Check references.}
13736 All identifier references must be cased in the same way as the
13737 corresponding declaration. No specific casing style is imposed on
13738 identifiers. The only requirement is for consistency of references
13742 @geindex -gnatys (gcc)
13747 @item @code{-gnatys}
13749 @emph{Check separate specs.}
13751 Separate declarations ('specs') are required for subprograms (a
13752 body is not allowed to serve as its own declaration). The only
13753 exception is that parameterless library level procedures are
13754 not required to have a separate declaration. This exception covers
13755 the most frequent form of main program procedures.
13758 @geindex -gnatyS (gcc)
13763 @item @code{-gnatyS}
13765 @emph{Check no statements after then/else.}
13767 No statements are allowed
13768 on the same line as a @code{then} or @code{else} keyword following the
13769 keyword in an @code{if} statement. @code{or else} and @code{and then} are not
13770 affected, and a special exception allows a pragma to appear after @code{else}.
13773 @geindex -gnatyt (gcc)
13778 @item @code{-gnatyt}
13780 @emph{Check token spacing.}
13782 The following token spacing rules are enforced:
13788 The keywords @code{abs} and @code{not} must be followed by a space.
13791 The token @code{=>} must be surrounded by spaces.
13794 The token @code{<>} must be preceded by a space or a left parenthesis.
13797 Binary operators other than @code{**} must be surrounded by spaces.
13798 There is no restriction on the layout of the @code{**} binary operator.
13801 Colon must be surrounded by spaces.
13804 Colon-equal (assignment, initialization) must be surrounded by spaces.
13807 Comma must be the first non-blank character on the line, or be
13808 immediately preceded by a non-blank character, and must be followed
13812 If the token preceding a left parenthesis ends with a letter or digit, then
13813 a space must separate the two tokens.
13816 If the token following a right parenthesis starts with a letter or digit, then
13817 a space must separate the two tokens.
13820 A right parenthesis must either be the first non-blank character on
13821 a line, or it must be preceded by a non-blank character.
13824 A semicolon must not be preceded by a space, and must not be followed by
13825 a non-blank character.
13828 A unary plus or minus may not be followed by a space.
13831 A vertical bar must be surrounded by spaces.
13834 Exactly one blank (and no other white space) must appear between
13835 a @code{not} token and a following @code{in} token.
13838 @geindex -gnatyu (gcc)
13843 @item @code{-gnatyu}
13845 @emph{Check unnecessary blank lines.}
13847 Unnecessary blank lines are not allowed. A blank line is considered
13848 unnecessary if it appears at the end of the file, or if more than
13849 one blank line occurs in sequence.
13852 @geindex -gnatyx (gcc)
13857 @item @code{-gnatyx}
13859 @emph{Check extra parentheses.}
13861 Unnecessary extra level of parentheses (C-style) are not allowed
13862 around conditions in @code{if} statements, @code{while} statements and
13863 @code{exit} statements.
13866 @geindex -gnatyy (gcc)
13871 @item @code{-gnatyy}
13873 @emph{Set all standard style check options.}
13875 This is equivalent to @code{gnaty3aAbcefhiklmnprst}, that is all checking
13876 options enabled with the exception of @code{-gnatyB}, @code{-gnatyd},
13877 @code{-gnatyI}, @code{-gnatyLnnn}, @code{-gnatyo}, @code{-gnatyO},
13878 @code{-gnatyS}, @code{-gnatyu}, and @code{-gnatyx}.
13881 @geindex -gnaty- (gcc)
13886 @item @code{-gnaty-}
13888 @emph{Remove style check options.}
13890 This causes any subsequent options in the string to act as canceling the
13891 corresponding style check option. To cancel maximum nesting level control,
13892 use the @code{L} parameter without any integer value after that, because any
13893 digit following @emph{-} in the parameter string of the @code{-gnaty}
13894 option will be treated as canceling the indentation check. The same is true
13895 for the @code{M} parameter. @code{y} and @code{N} parameters are not
13896 allowed after @emph{-}.
13899 @geindex -gnaty+ (gcc)
13904 @item @code{-gnaty+}
13906 @emph{Enable style check options.}
13908 This causes any subsequent options in the string to enable the corresponding
13909 style check option. That is, it cancels the effect of a previous -,
13913 @c end of switch description (leave this comment to ease automatic parsing for
13917 In the above rules, appearing in column one is always permitted, that is,
13918 counts as meeting either a requirement for a required preceding space,
13919 or as meeting a requirement for no preceding space.
13921 Appearing at the end of a line is also always permitted, that is, counts
13922 as meeting either a requirement for a following space, or as meeting
13923 a requirement for no following space.
13925 If any of these style rules is violated, a message is generated giving
13926 details on the violation. The initial characters of such messages are
13927 always '@cite{(style)}'. Note that these messages are treated as warning
13928 messages, so they normally do not prevent the generation of an object
13929 file. The @code{-gnatwe} switch can be used to treat warning messages,
13930 including style messages, as fatal errors.
13932 The switch @code{-gnaty} on its own (that is not
13933 followed by any letters or digits) is equivalent
13934 to the use of @code{-gnatyy} as described above, that is all
13935 built-in standard style check options are enabled.
13937 The switch @code{-gnatyN} clears any previously set style checks.
13939 @node Run-Time Checks,Using gcc for Syntax Checking,Style Checking,Compiler Switches
13940 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat run-time-checks}@anchor{f9}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id19}@anchor{104}
13941 @subsection Run-Time Checks
13944 @geindex Division by zero
13946 @geindex Access before elaboration
13949 @geindex division by zero
13952 @geindex access before elaboration
13955 @geindex stack overflow checking
13957 By default, the following checks are suppressed: stack overflow
13958 checks, and checks for access before elaboration on subprogram
13959 calls. All other checks, including overflow checks, range checks and
13960 array bounds checks, are turned on by default. The following @code{gcc}
13961 switches refine this default behavior.
13963 @geindex -gnatp (gcc)
13968 @item @code{-gnatp}
13970 @geindex Suppressing checks
13973 @geindex suppressing
13975 This switch causes the unit to be compiled
13976 as though @code{pragma Suppress (All_checks)}
13977 had been present in the source. Validity checks are also eliminated (in
13978 other words @code{-gnatp} also implies @code{-gnatVn}.
13979 Use this switch to improve the performance
13980 of the code at the expense of safety in the presence of invalid data or
13983 Note that when checks are suppressed, the compiler is allowed, but not
13984 required, to omit the checking code. If the run-time cost of the
13985 checking code is zero or near-zero, the compiler will generate it even
13986 if checks are suppressed. In particular, if the compiler can prove
13987 that a certain check will necessarily fail, it will generate code to
13988 do an unconditional 'raise', even if checks are suppressed. The
13989 compiler warns in this case. Another case in which checks may not be
13990 eliminated is when they are embedded in certain run time routines such
13991 as math library routines.
13993 Of course, run-time checks are omitted whenever the compiler can prove
13994 that they will not fail, whether or not checks are suppressed.
13996 Note that if you suppress a check that would have failed, program
13997 execution is erroneous, which means the behavior is totally
13998 unpredictable. The program might crash, or print wrong answers, or
13999 do anything else. It might even do exactly what you wanted it to do
14000 (and then it might start failing mysteriously next week or next
14001 year). The compiler will generate code based on the assumption that
14002 the condition being checked is true, which can result in erroneous
14003 execution if that assumption is wrong.
14005 The checks subject to suppression include all the checks defined by the Ada
14006 standard, the additional implementation defined checks @code{Alignment_Check},
14007 @code{Duplicated_Tag_Check}, @code{Predicate_Check}, @code{Container_Checks}, @code{Tampering_Check},
14008 and @code{Validity_Check}, as well as any checks introduced using @code{pragma Check_Name}.
14009 Note that @code{Atomic_Synchronization} is not automatically suppressed by use of this option.
14011 If the code depends on certain checks being active, you can use
14012 pragma @code{Unsuppress} either as a configuration pragma or as
14013 a local pragma to make sure that a specified check is performed
14014 even if @code{gnatp} is specified.
14016 The @code{-gnatp} switch has no effect if a subsequent
14017 @code{-gnat-p} switch appears.
14020 @geindex -gnat-p (gcc)
14022 @geindex Suppressing checks
14025 @geindex suppressing
14032 @item @code{-gnat-p}
14034 This switch cancels the effect of a previous @code{gnatp} switch.
14037 @geindex -gnato?? (gcc)
14039 @geindex Overflow checks
14041 @geindex Overflow mode
14049 @item @code{-gnato??}
14051 This switch controls the mode used for computing intermediate
14052 arithmetic integer operations, and also enables overflow checking.
14053 For a full description of overflow mode and checking control, see
14054 the 'Overflow Check Handling in GNAT' appendix in this
14057 Overflow checks are always enabled by this switch. The argument
14058 controls the mode, using the codes
14063 @item @emph{1 = STRICT}
14065 In STRICT mode, intermediate operations are always done using the
14066 base type, and overflow checking ensures that the result is within
14067 the base type range.
14069 @item @emph{2 = MINIMIZED}
14071 In MINIMIZED mode, overflows in intermediate operations are avoided
14072 where possible by using a larger integer type for the computation
14073 (typically @code{Long_Long_Integer}). Overflow checking ensures that
14074 the result fits in this larger integer type.
14076 @item @emph{3 = ELIMINATED}
14078 In ELIMINATED mode, overflows in intermediate operations are avoided
14079 by using multi-precision arithmetic. In this case, overflow checking
14080 has no effect on intermediate operations (since overflow is impossible).
14083 If two digits are present after @code{-gnato} then the first digit
14084 sets the mode for expressions outside assertions, and the second digit
14085 sets the mode for expressions within assertions. Here assertions is used
14086 in the technical sense (which includes for example precondition and
14087 postcondition expressions).
14089 If one digit is present, the corresponding mode is applicable to both
14090 expressions within and outside assertion expressions.
14092 If no digits are present, the default is to enable overflow checks
14093 and set STRICT mode for both kinds of expressions. This is compatible
14094 with the use of @code{-gnato} in previous versions of GNAT.
14096 @geindex Machine_Overflows
14098 Note that the @code{-gnato??} switch does not affect the code generated
14099 for any floating-point operations; it applies only to integer semantics.
14100 For floating-point, GNAT has the @code{Machine_Overflows}
14101 attribute set to @code{False} and the normal mode of operation is to
14102 generate IEEE NaN and infinite values on overflow or invalid operations
14103 (such as dividing 0.0 by 0.0).
14105 The reason that we distinguish overflow checking from other kinds of
14106 range constraint checking is that a failure of an overflow check, unlike
14107 for example the failure of a range check, can result in an incorrect
14108 value, but cannot cause random memory destruction (like an out of range
14109 subscript), or a wild jump (from an out of range case value). Overflow
14110 checking is also quite expensive in time and space, since in general it
14111 requires the use of double length arithmetic.
14113 Note again that the default is @code{-gnato11} (equivalent to @code{-gnato1}),
14114 so overflow checking is performed in STRICT mode by default.
14117 @geindex -gnatE (gcc)
14119 @geindex Elaboration checks
14122 @geindex elaboration
14127 @item @code{-gnatE}
14129 Enables dynamic checks for access-before-elaboration
14130 on subprogram calls and generic instantiations.
14131 Note that @code{-gnatE} is not necessary for safety, because in the
14132 default mode, GNAT ensures statically that the checks would not fail.
14133 For full details of the effect and use of this switch,
14134 @ref{1c,,Compiling with gcc}.
14137 @geindex -fstack-check (gcc)
14139 @geindex Stack Overflow Checking
14142 @geindex stack overflow checking
14147 @item @code{-fstack-check}
14149 Activates stack overflow checking. For full details of the effect and use of
14150 this switch see @ref{f4,,Stack Overflow Checking}.
14153 @geindex Unsuppress
14155 The setting of these switches only controls the default setting of the
14156 checks. You may modify them using either @code{Suppress} (to remove
14157 checks) or @code{Unsuppress} (to add back suppressed checks) pragmas in
14158 the program source.
14160 @node Using gcc for Syntax Checking,Using gcc for Semantic Checking,Run-Time Checks,Compiler Switches
14161 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id20}@anchor{105}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat using-gcc-for-syntax-checking}@anchor{106}
14162 @subsection Using @code{gcc} for Syntax Checking
14165 @geindex -gnats (gcc)
14170 @item @code{-gnats}
14172 The @code{s} stands for 'syntax'.
14174 Run GNAT in syntax checking only mode. For
14175 example, the command
14178 $ gcc -c -gnats x.adb
14181 compiles file @code{x.adb} in syntax-check-only mode. You can check a
14182 series of files in a single command
14183 , and can use wild cards to specify such a group of files.
14184 Note that you must specify the @code{-c} (compile
14185 only) flag in addition to the @code{-gnats} flag.
14187 You may use other switches in conjunction with @code{-gnats}. In
14188 particular, @code{-gnatl} and @code{-gnatv} are useful to control the
14189 format of any generated error messages.
14191 When the source file is empty or contains only empty lines and/or comments,
14192 the output is a warning:
14195 $ gcc -c -gnats -x ada toto.txt
14196 toto.txt:1:01: warning: empty file, contains no compilation units
14200 Otherwise, the output is simply the error messages, if any. No object file or
14201 ALI file is generated by a syntax-only compilation. Also, no units other
14202 than the one specified are accessed. For example, if a unit @code{X}
14203 @emph{with}s a unit @code{Y}, compiling unit @code{X} in syntax
14204 check only mode does not access the source file containing unit
14207 @geindex Multiple units
14208 @geindex syntax checking
14210 Normally, GNAT allows only a single unit in a source file. However, this
14211 restriction does not apply in syntax-check-only mode, and it is possible
14212 to check a file containing multiple compilation units concatenated
14213 together. This is primarily used by the @code{gnatchop} utility
14214 (@ref{36,,Renaming Files with gnatchop}).
14217 @node Using gcc for Semantic Checking,Compiling Different Versions of Ada,Using gcc for Syntax Checking,Compiler Switches
14218 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id21}@anchor{107}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat using-gcc-for-semantic-checking}@anchor{108}
14219 @subsection Using @code{gcc} for Semantic Checking
14222 @geindex -gnatc (gcc)
14227 @item @code{-gnatc}
14229 The @code{c} stands for 'check'.
14230 Causes the compiler to operate in semantic check mode,
14231 with full checking for all illegalities specified in the
14232 Ada Reference Manual, but without generation of any object code
14233 (no object file is generated).
14235 Because dependent files must be accessed, you must follow the GNAT
14236 semantic restrictions on file structuring to operate in this mode:
14242 The needed source files must be accessible
14243 (see @ref{89,,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)}).
14246 Each file must contain only one compilation unit.
14249 The file name and unit name must match (@ref{52,,File Naming Rules}).
14252 The output consists of error messages as appropriate. No object file is
14253 generated. An @code{ALI} file is generated for use in the context of
14254 cross-reference tools, but this file is marked as not being suitable
14255 for binding (since no object file is generated).
14256 The checking corresponds exactly to the notion of
14257 legality in the Ada Reference Manual.
14259 Any unit can be compiled in semantics-checking-only mode, including
14260 units that would not normally be compiled (subunits,
14261 and specifications where a separate body is present).
14264 @node Compiling Different Versions of Ada,Character Set Control,Using gcc for Semantic Checking,Compiler Switches
14265 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat compiling-different-versions-of-ada}@anchor{6}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id22}@anchor{109}
14266 @subsection Compiling Different Versions of Ada
14269 The switches described in this section allow you to explicitly specify
14270 the version of the Ada language that your programs are written in.
14271 The default mode is Ada 2012,
14272 but you can also specify Ada 95, Ada 2005 mode, or
14273 indicate Ada 83 compatibility mode.
14275 @geindex Compatibility with Ada 83
14277 @geindex -gnat83 (gcc)
14280 @geindex Ada 83 tests
14282 @geindex Ada 83 mode
14287 @item @code{-gnat83} (Ada 83 Compatibility Mode)
14289 Although GNAT is primarily an Ada 95 / Ada 2005 compiler, this switch
14290 specifies that the program is to be compiled in Ada 83 mode. With
14291 @code{-gnat83}, GNAT rejects most post-Ada 83 extensions and applies Ada 83
14292 semantics where this can be done easily.
14293 It is not possible to guarantee this switch does a perfect
14294 job; some subtle tests, such as are
14295 found in earlier ACVC tests (and that have been removed from the ACATS suite
14296 for Ada 95), might not compile correctly.
14297 Nevertheless, this switch may be useful in some circumstances, for example
14298 where, due to contractual reasons, existing code needs to be maintained
14299 using only Ada 83 features.
14301 With few exceptions (most notably the need to use @code{<>} on
14303 @geindex Generic formal parameters
14304 generic formal parameters,
14305 the use of the new Ada 95 / Ada 2005
14306 reserved words, and the use of packages
14307 with optional bodies), it is not necessary to specify the
14308 @code{-gnat83} switch when compiling Ada 83 programs, because, with rare
14309 exceptions, Ada 95 and Ada 2005 are upwardly compatible with Ada 83. Thus
14310 a correct Ada 83 program is usually also a correct program
14311 in these later versions of the language standard. For further information
14312 please refer to the @emph{Compatibility and Porting Guide} chapter in the
14313 @cite{GNAT Reference Manual}.
14316 @geindex -gnat95 (gcc)
14318 @geindex Ada 95 mode
14323 @item @code{-gnat95} (Ada 95 mode)
14325 This switch directs the compiler to implement the Ada 95 version of the
14327 Since Ada 95 is almost completely upwards
14328 compatible with Ada 83, Ada 83 programs may generally be compiled using
14329 this switch (see the description of the @code{-gnat83} switch for further
14330 information about Ada 83 mode).
14331 If an Ada 2005 program is compiled in Ada 95 mode,
14332 uses of the new Ada 2005 features will cause error
14333 messages or warnings.
14335 This switch also can be used to cancel the effect of a previous
14336 @code{-gnat83}, @code{-gnat05/2005}, or @code{-gnat12/2012}
14337 switch earlier in the command line.
14340 @geindex -gnat05 (gcc)
14342 @geindex -gnat2005 (gcc)
14344 @geindex Ada 2005 mode
14349 @item @code{-gnat05} or @code{-gnat2005} (Ada 2005 mode)
14351 This switch directs the compiler to implement the Ada 2005 version of the
14352 language, as documented in the official Ada standards document.
14353 Since Ada 2005 is almost completely upwards
14354 compatible with Ada 95 (and thus also with Ada 83), Ada 83 and Ada 95 programs
14355 may generally be compiled using this switch (see the description of the
14356 @code{-gnat83} and @code{-gnat95} switches for further
14360 @geindex -gnat12 (gcc)
14362 @geindex -gnat2012 (gcc)
14364 @geindex Ada 2012 mode
14369 @item @code{-gnat12} or @code{-gnat2012} (Ada 2012 mode)
14371 This switch directs the compiler to implement the Ada 2012 version of the
14372 language (also the default).
14373 Since Ada 2012 is almost completely upwards
14374 compatible with Ada 2005 (and thus also with Ada 83, and Ada 95),
14375 Ada 83 and Ada 95 programs
14376 may generally be compiled using this switch (see the description of the
14377 @code{-gnat83}, @code{-gnat95}, and @code{-gnat05/2005} switches
14378 for further information).
14381 @geindex -gnatX (gcc)
14383 @geindex Ada language extensions
14385 @geindex GNAT extensions
14390 @item @code{-gnatX} (Enable GNAT Extensions)
14392 This switch directs the compiler to implement the latest version of the
14393 language (currently Ada 2012) and also to enable certain GNAT implementation
14394 extensions that are not part of any Ada standard. For a full list of these
14395 extensions, see the GNAT reference manual.
14398 @node Character Set Control,File Naming Control,Compiling Different Versions of Ada,Compiler Switches
14399 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id23}@anchor{10a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat character-set-control}@anchor{48}
14400 @subsection Character Set Control
14403 @geindex -gnati (gcc)
14408 @item @code{-gnati@emph{c}}
14410 Normally GNAT recognizes the Latin-1 character set in source program
14411 identifiers, as described in the Ada Reference Manual.
14413 GNAT to recognize alternate character sets in identifiers. @code{c} is a
14414 single character indicating the character set, as follows:
14417 @multitable {xxxxxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
14424 ISO 8859-1 (Latin-1) identifiers
14432 ISO 8859-2 (Latin-2) letters allowed in identifiers
14440 ISO 8859-3 (Latin-3) letters allowed in identifiers
14448 ISO 8859-4 (Latin-4) letters allowed in identifiers
14456 ISO 8859-5 (Cyrillic) letters allowed in identifiers
14464 ISO 8859-15 (Latin-9) letters allowed in identifiers
14472 IBM PC letters (code page 437) allowed in identifiers
14480 IBM PC letters (code page 850) allowed in identifiers
14488 Full upper-half codes allowed in identifiers
14496 No upper-half codes allowed in identifiers
14504 Wide-character codes (that is, codes greater than 255)
14505 allowed in identifiers
14510 See @ref{3e,,Foreign Language Representation} for full details on the
14511 implementation of these character sets.
14514 @geindex -gnatW (gcc)
14519 @item @code{-gnatW@emph{e}}
14521 Specify the method of encoding for wide characters.
14522 @code{e} is one of the following:
14525 @multitable {xxxxxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
14532 Hex encoding (brackets coding also recognized)
14540 Upper half encoding (brackets encoding also recognized)
14548 Shift/JIS encoding (brackets encoding also recognized)
14556 EUC encoding (brackets encoding also recognized)
14564 UTF-8 encoding (brackets encoding also recognized)
14572 Brackets encoding only (default value)
14577 For full details on these encoding
14578 methods see @ref{4e,,Wide_Character Encodings}.
14579 Note that brackets coding is always accepted, even if one of the other
14580 options is specified, so for example @code{-gnatW8} specifies that both
14581 brackets and UTF-8 encodings will be recognized. The units that are
14582 with'ed directly or indirectly will be scanned using the specified
14583 representation scheme, and so if one of the non-brackets scheme is
14584 used, it must be used consistently throughout the program. However,
14585 since brackets encoding is always recognized, it may be conveniently
14586 used in standard libraries, allowing these libraries to be used with
14587 any of the available coding schemes.
14589 Note that brackets encoding only applies to program text. Within comments,
14590 brackets are considered to be normal graphic characters, and bracket sequences
14591 are never recognized as wide characters.
14593 If no @code{-gnatW?} parameter is present, then the default
14594 representation is normally Brackets encoding only. However, if the
14595 first three characters of the file are 16#EF# 16#BB# 16#BF# (the standard
14596 byte order mark or BOM for UTF-8), then these three characters are
14597 skipped and the default representation for the file is set to UTF-8.
14599 Note that the wide character representation that is specified (explicitly
14600 or by default) for the main program also acts as the default encoding used
14601 for Wide_Text_IO files if not specifically overridden by a WCEM form
14605 When no @code{-gnatW?} is specified, then characters (other than wide
14606 characters represented using brackets notation) are treated as 8-bit
14607 Latin-1 codes. The codes recognized are the Latin-1 graphic characters,
14608 and ASCII format effectors (CR, LF, HT, VT). Other lower half control
14609 characters in the range 16#00#..16#1F# are not accepted in program text
14610 or in comments. Upper half control characters (16#80#..16#9F#) are rejected
14611 in program text, but allowed and ignored in comments. Note in particular
14612 that the Next Line (NEL) character whose encoding is 16#85# is not recognized
14613 as an end of line in this default mode. If your source program contains
14614 instances of the NEL character used as a line terminator,
14615 you must use UTF-8 encoding for the whole
14616 source program. In default mode, all lines must be ended by a standard
14617 end of line sequence (CR, CR/LF, or LF).
14619 Note that the convention of simply accepting all upper half characters in
14620 comments means that programs that use standard ASCII for program text, but
14621 UTF-8 encoding for comments are accepted in default mode, providing that the
14622 comments are ended by an appropriate (CR, or CR/LF, or LF) line terminator.
14623 This is a common mode for many programs with foreign language comments.
14625 @node File Naming Control,Subprogram Inlining Control,Character Set Control,Compiler Switches
14626 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat file-naming-control}@anchor{10b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id24}@anchor{10c}
14627 @subsection File Naming Control
14630 @geindex -gnatk (gcc)
14635 @item @code{-gnatk@emph{n}}
14637 Activates file name 'krunching'. @code{n}, a decimal integer in the range
14638 1-999, indicates the maximum allowable length of a file name (not
14639 including the @code{.ads} or @code{.adb} extension). The default is not
14640 to enable file name krunching.
14642 For the source file naming rules, @ref{52,,File Naming Rules}.
14645 @node Subprogram Inlining Control,Auxiliary Output Control,File Naming Control,Compiler Switches
14646 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat subprogram-inlining-control}@anchor{10d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id25}@anchor{10e}
14647 @subsection Subprogram Inlining Control
14650 @geindex -gnatn (gcc)
14655 @item @code{-gnatn[12]}
14657 The @code{n} here is intended to suggest the first syllable of the word 'inline'.
14658 GNAT recognizes and processes @code{Inline} pragmas. However, for inlining to
14659 actually occur, optimization must be enabled and, by default, inlining of
14660 subprograms across modules is not performed. If you want to additionally
14661 enable inlining of subprograms specified by pragma @code{Inline} across modules,
14662 you must also specify this switch.
14664 In the absence of this switch, GNAT does not attempt inlining across modules
14665 and does not access the bodies of subprograms for which @code{pragma Inline} is
14666 specified if they are not in the current unit.
14668 You can optionally specify the inlining level: 1 for moderate inlining across
14669 modules, which is a good compromise between compilation times and performances
14670 at run time, or 2 for full inlining across modules, which may bring about
14671 longer compilation times. If no inlining level is specified, the compiler will
14672 pick it based on the optimization level: 1 for @code{-O1}, @code{-O2} or
14673 @code{-Os} and 2 for @code{-O3}.
14675 If you specify this switch the compiler will access these bodies,
14676 creating an extra source dependency for the resulting object file, and
14677 where possible, the call will be inlined.
14678 For further details on when inlining is possible
14679 see @ref{10f,,Inlining of Subprograms}.
14682 @geindex -gnatN (gcc)
14687 @item @code{-gnatN}
14689 This switch activates front-end inlining which also
14690 generates additional dependencies.
14692 When using a gcc-based back end (in practice this means using any version
14693 of GNAT other than the JGNAT, .NET or GNAAMP versions), then the use of
14694 @code{-gnatN} is deprecated, and the use of @code{-gnatn} is preferred.
14695 Historically front end inlining was more extensive than the gcc back end
14696 inlining, but that is no longer the case.
14699 @node Auxiliary Output Control,Debugging Control,Subprogram Inlining Control,Compiler Switches
14700 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat auxiliary-output-control}@anchor{110}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id26}@anchor{111}
14701 @subsection Auxiliary Output Control
14704 @geindex -gnatt (gcc)
14706 @geindex Writing internal trees
14708 @geindex Internal trees
14709 @geindex writing to file
14714 @item @code{-gnatt}
14716 Causes GNAT to write the internal tree for a unit to a file (with the
14717 extension @code{.adt}.
14718 This not normally required, but is used by separate analysis tools.
14720 these tools do the necessary compilations automatically, so you should
14721 not have to specify this switch in normal operation.
14722 Note that the combination of switches @code{-gnatct}
14723 generates a tree in the form required by ASIS applications.
14726 @geindex -gnatu (gcc)
14731 @item @code{-gnatu}
14733 Print a list of units required by this compilation on @code{stdout}.
14734 The listing includes all units on which the unit being compiled depends
14735 either directly or indirectly.
14738 @geindex -pass-exit-codes (gcc)
14743 @item @code{-pass-exit-codes}
14745 If this switch is not used, the exit code returned by @code{gcc} when
14746 compiling multiple files indicates whether all source files have
14747 been successfully used to generate object files or not.
14749 When @code{-pass-exit-codes} is used, @code{gcc} exits with an extended
14750 exit status and allows an integrated development environment to better
14751 react to a compilation failure. Those exit status are:
14754 @multitable {xxxxxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
14761 There was an error in at least one source file.
14769 At least one source file did not generate an object file.
14777 The compiler died unexpectedly (internal error for example).
14785 An object file has been generated for every source file.
14791 @node Debugging Control,Exception Handling Control,Auxiliary Output Control,Compiler Switches
14792 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat debugging-control}@anchor{112}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id27}@anchor{113}
14793 @subsection Debugging Control
14798 @geindex Debugging options
14801 @geindex -gnatd (gcc)
14806 @item @code{-gnatd@emph{x}}
14808 Activate internal debugging switches. @code{x} is a letter or digit, or
14809 string of letters or digits, which specifies the type of debugging
14810 outputs desired. Normally these are used only for internal development
14811 or system debugging purposes. You can find full documentation for these
14812 switches in the body of the @code{Debug} unit in the compiler source
14813 file @code{debug.adb}.
14816 @geindex -gnatG (gcc)
14821 @item @code{-gnatG[=@emph{nn}]}
14823 This switch causes the compiler to generate auxiliary output containing
14824 a pseudo-source listing of the generated expanded code. Like most Ada
14825 compilers, GNAT works by first transforming the high level Ada code into
14826 lower level constructs. For example, tasking operations are transformed
14827 into calls to the tasking run-time routines. A unique capability of GNAT
14828 is to list this expanded code in a form very close to normal Ada source.
14829 This is very useful in understanding the implications of various Ada
14830 usage on the efficiency of the generated code. There are many cases in
14831 Ada (e.g., the use of controlled types), where simple Ada statements can
14832 generate a lot of run-time code. By using @code{-gnatG} you can identify
14833 these cases, and consider whether it may be desirable to modify the coding
14834 approach to improve efficiency.
14836 The optional parameter @code{nn} if present after -gnatG specifies an
14837 alternative maximum line length that overrides the normal default of 72.
14838 This value is in the range 40-999999, values less than 40 being silently
14839 reset to 40. The equal sign is optional.
14841 The format of the output is very similar to standard Ada source, and is
14842 easily understood by an Ada programmer. The following special syntactic
14843 additions correspond to low level features used in the generated code that
14844 do not have any exact analogies in pure Ada source form. The following
14845 is a partial list of these special constructions. See the spec
14846 of package @code{Sprint} in file @code{sprint.ads} for a full list.
14848 @geindex -gnatL (gcc)
14850 If the switch @code{-gnatL} is used in conjunction with
14851 @code{-gnatG}, then the original source lines are interspersed
14852 in the expanded source (as comment lines with the original line number).
14857 @item @code{new @emph{xxx} [storage_pool = @emph{yyy}]}
14859 Shows the storage pool being used for an allocator.
14861 @item @code{at end @emph{procedure-name};}
14863 Shows the finalization (cleanup) procedure for a scope.
14865 @item @code{(if @emph{expr} then @emph{expr} else @emph{expr})}
14867 Conditional expression equivalent to the @code{x?y:z} construction in C.
14869 @item @code{@emph{target}^(@emph{source})}
14871 A conversion with floating-point truncation instead of rounding.
14873 @item @code{@emph{target}?(@emph{source})}
14875 A conversion that bypasses normal Ada semantic checking. In particular
14876 enumeration types and fixed-point types are treated simply as integers.
14878 @item @code{@emph{target}?^(@emph{source})}
14880 Combines the above two cases.
14883 @code{@emph{x} #/ @emph{y}}
14885 @code{@emph{x} #mod @emph{y}}
14887 @code{@emph{x} # @emph{y}}
14892 @item @code{@emph{x} #rem @emph{y}}
14894 A division or multiplication of fixed-point values which are treated as
14895 integers without any kind of scaling.
14897 @item @code{free @emph{expr} [storage_pool = @emph{xxx}]}
14899 Shows the storage pool associated with a @code{free} statement.
14901 @item @code{[subtype or type declaration]}
14903 Used to list an equivalent declaration for an internally generated
14904 type that is referenced elsewhere in the listing.
14906 @item @code{freeze @emph{type-name} [@emph{actions}]}
14908 Shows the point at which @code{type-name} is frozen, with possible
14909 associated actions to be performed at the freeze point.
14911 @item @code{reference @emph{itype}}
14913 Reference (and hence definition) to internal type @code{itype}.
14915 @item @code{@emph{function-name}! (@emph{arg}, @emph{arg}, @emph{arg})}
14917 Intrinsic function call.
14919 @item @code{@emph{label-name} : label}
14921 Declaration of label @code{labelname}.
14923 @item @code{#$ @emph{subprogram-name}}
14925 An implicit call to a run-time support routine
14926 (to meet the requirement of H.3.1(9) in a
14927 convenient manner).
14929 @item @code{@emph{expr} && @emph{expr} && @emph{expr} ... && @emph{expr}}
14931 A multiple concatenation (same effect as @code{expr} & @code{expr} &
14932 @code{expr}, but handled more efficiently).
14934 @item @code{[constraint_error]}
14936 Raise the @code{Constraint_Error} exception.
14938 @item @code{@emph{expression}'reference}
14940 A pointer to the result of evaluating @{expression@}.
14942 @item @code{@emph{target-type}!(@emph{source-expression})}
14944 An unchecked conversion of @code{source-expression} to @code{target-type}.
14946 @item @code{[@emph{numerator}/@emph{denominator}]}
14948 Used to represent internal real literals (that) have no exact
14949 representation in base 2-16 (for example, the result of compile time
14950 evaluation of the expression 1.0/27.0).
14954 @geindex -gnatD (gcc)
14959 @item @code{-gnatD[=nn]}
14961 When used in conjunction with @code{-gnatG}, this switch causes
14962 the expanded source, as described above for
14963 @code{-gnatG} to be written to files with names
14964 @code{xxx.dg}, where @code{xxx} is the normal file name,
14965 instead of to the standard output file. For
14966 example, if the source file name is @code{hello.adb}, then a file
14967 @code{hello.adb.dg} will be written. The debugging
14968 information generated by the @code{gcc} @code{-g} switch
14969 will refer to the generated @code{xxx.dg} file. This allows
14970 you to do source level debugging using the generated code which is
14971 sometimes useful for complex code, for example to find out exactly
14972 which part of a complex construction raised an exception. This switch
14973 also suppresses generation of cross-reference information (see
14974 @code{-gnatx}) since otherwise the cross-reference information
14975 would refer to the @code{.dg} file, which would cause
14976 confusion since this is not the original source file.
14978 Note that @code{-gnatD} actually implies @code{-gnatG}
14979 automatically, so it is not necessary to give both options.
14980 In other words @code{-gnatD} is equivalent to @code{-gnatDG}).
14982 @geindex -gnatL (gcc)
14984 If the switch @code{-gnatL} is used in conjunction with
14985 @code{-gnatDG}, then the original source lines are interspersed
14986 in the expanded source (as comment lines with the original line number).
14988 The optional parameter @code{nn} if present after -gnatD specifies an
14989 alternative maximum line length that overrides the normal default of 72.
14990 This value is in the range 40-999999, values less than 40 being silently
14991 reset to 40. The equal sign is optional.
14994 @geindex -gnatr (gcc)
14996 @geindex pragma Restrictions
15001 @item @code{-gnatr}
15003 This switch causes pragma Restrictions to be treated as Restriction_Warnings
15004 so that violation of restrictions causes warnings rather than illegalities.
15005 This is useful during the development process when new restrictions are added
15006 or investigated. The switch also causes pragma Profile to be treated as
15007 Profile_Warnings, and pragma Restricted_Run_Time and pragma Ravenscar set
15008 restriction warnings rather than restrictions.
15011 @geindex -gnatR (gcc)
15016 @item @code{-gnatR[0|1|2|3][e][m][s]}
15018 This switch controls output from the compiler of a listing showing
15019 representation information for declared types, objects and subprograms.
15020 For @code{-gnatR0}, no information is output (equivalent to omitting
15021 the @code{-gnatR} switch). For @code{-gnatR1} (which is the default,
15022 so @code{-gnatR} with no parameter has the same effect), size and
15023 alignment information is listed for declared array and record types.
15024 For @code{-gnatR2}, size and alignment information is listed for all
15025 declared types and objects. The @code{Linker_Section} is also listed for any
15026 entity for which the @code{Linker_Section} is set explicitly or implicitly (the
15027 latter case occurs for objects of a type for which a @code{Linker_Section}
15030 For @code{-gnatR3}, symbolic expressions for values that are computed
15031 at run time for records are included. These symbolic expressions have
15032 a mostly obvious format with #n being used to represent the value of the
15033 n'th discriminant. See source files @code{repinfo.ads/adb} in the
15034 GNAT sources for full details on the format of @code{-gnatR3} output.
15036 If the switch is followed by an @code{e} (e.g. @code{-gnatR2e}), then
15037 extended representation information for record sub-components of records
15040 If the switch is followed by an @code{m} (e.g. @code{-gnatRm}), then
15041 subprogram conventions and parameter passing mechanisms for all the
15042 subprograms are included.
15044 If the switch is followed by an @code{s} (e.g., @code{-gnatR3s}), then
15045 the output is to a file with the name @code{file.rep} where file is
15046 the name of the corresponding source file.
15048 Note that it is possible for record components to have zero size. In
15049 this case, the component clause uses an obvious extension of permitted
15050 Ada syntax, for example @code{at 0 range 0 .. -1}.
15053 @geindex -gnatS (gcc)
15058 @item @code{-gnatS}
15060 The use of the switch @code{-gnatS} for an
15061 Ada compilation will cause the compiler to output a
15062 representation of package Standard in a form very
15063 close to standard Ada. It is not quite possible to
15064 do this entirely in standard Ada (since new
15065 numeric base types cannot be created in standard
15066 Ada), but the output is easily
15067 readable to any Ada programmer, and is useful to
15068 determine the characteristics of target dependent
15069 types in package Standard.
15072 @geindex -gnatx (gcc)
15077 @item @code{-gnatx}
15079 Normally the compiler generates full cross-referencing information in
15080 the @code{ALI} file. This information is used by a number of tools,
15081 including @code{gnatfind} and @code{gnatxref}. The @code{-gnatx} switch
15082 suppresses this information. This saves some space and may slightly
15083 speed up compilation, but means that these tools cannot be used.
15086 @node Exception Handling Control,Units to Sources Mapping Files,Debugging Control,Compiler Switches
15087 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id28}@anchor{114}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat exception-handling-control}@anchor{115}
15088 @subsection Exception Handling Control
15091 GNAT uses two methods for handling exceptions at run-time. The
15092 @code{setjmp/longjmp} method saves the context when entering
15093 a frame with an exception handler. Then when an exception is
15094 raised, the context can be restored immediately, without the
15095 need for tracing stack frames. This method provides very fast
15096 exception propagation, but introduces significant overhead for
15097 the use of exception handlers, even if no exception is raised.
15099 The other approach is called 'zero cost' exception handling.
15100 With this method, the compiler builds static tables to describe
15101 the exception ranges. No dynamic code is required when entering
15102 a frame containing an exception handler. When an exception is
15103 raised, the tables are used to control a back trace of the
15104 subprogram invocation stack to locate the required exception
15105 handler. This method has considerably poorer performance for
15106 the propagation of exceptions, but there is no overhead for
15107 exception handlers if no exception is raised. Note that in this
15108 mode and in the context of mixed Ada and C/C++ programming,
15109 to propagate an exception through a C/C++ code, the C/C++ code
15110 must be compiled with the @code{-funwind-tables} GCC's
15113 The following switches may be used to control which of the
15114 two exception handling methods is used.
15116 @geindex --RTS=sjlj (gnatmake)
15121 @item @code{--RTS=sjlj}
15123 This switch causes the setjmp/longjmp run-time (when available) to be used
15124 for exception handling. If the default
15125 mechanism for the target is zero cost exceptions, then
15126 this switch can be used to modify this default, and must be
15127 used for all units in the partition.
15128 This option is rarely used. One case in which it may be
15129 advantageous is if you have an application where exception
15130 raising is common and the overall performance of the
15131 application is improved by favoring exception propagation.
15134 @geindex --RTS=zcx (gnatmake)
15136 @geindex Zero Cost Exceptions
15141 @item @code{--RTS=zcx}
15143 This switch causes the zero cost approach to be used
15144 for exception handling. If this is the default mechanism for the
15145 target (see below), then this switch is unneeded. If the default
15146 mechanism for the target is setjmp/longjmp exceptions, then
15147 this switch can be used to modify this default, and must be
15148 used for all units in the partition.
15149 This option can only be used if the zero cost approach
15150 is available for the target in use, otherwise it will generate an error.
15153 The same option @code{--RTS} must be used both for @code{gcc}
15154 and @code{gnatbind}. Passing this option to @code{gnatmake}
15155 (@ref{dc,,Switches for gnatmake}) will ensure the required consistency
15156 through the compilation and binding steps.
15158 @node Units to Sources Mapping Files,Code Generation Control,Exception Handling Control,Compiler Switches
15159 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id29}@anchor{116}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat units-to-sources-mapping-files}@anchor{f7}
15160 @subsection Units to Sources Mapping Files
15163 @geindex -gnatem (gcc)
15168 @item @code{-gnatem=@emph{path}}
15170 A mapping file is a way to communicate to the compiler two mappings:
15171 from unit names to file names (without any directory information) and from
15172 file names to path names (with full directory information). These mappings
15173 are used by the compiler to short-circuit the path search.
15175 The use of mapping files is not required for correct operation of the
15176 compiler, but mapping files can improve efficiency, particularly when
15177 sources are read over a slow network connection. In normal operation,
15178 you need not be concerned with the format or use of mapping files,
15179 and the @code{-gnatem} switch is not a switch that you would use
15180 explicitly. It is intended primarily for use by automatic tools such as
15181 @code{gnatmake} running under the project file facility. The
15182 description here of the format of mapping files is provided
15183 for completeness and for possible use by other tools.
15185 A mapping file is a sequence of sets of three lines. In each set, the
15186 first line is the unit name, in lower case, with @code{%s} appended
15187 for specs and @code{%b} appended for bodies; the second line is the
15188 file name; and the third line is the path name.
15195 /gnat/project1/sources/main.2.ada
15198 When the switch @code{-gnatem} is specified, the compiler will
15199 create in memory the two mappings from the specified file. If there is
15200 any problem (nonexistent file, truncated file or duplicate entries),
15201 no mapping will be created.
15203 Several @code{-gnatem} switches may be specified; however, only the
15204 last one on the command line will be taken into account.
15206 When using a project file, @code{gnatmake} creates a temporary
15207 mapping file and communicates it to the compiler using this switch.
15210 @node Code Generation Control,,Units to Sources Mapping Files,Compiler Switches
15211 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat code-generation-control}@anchor{117}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id30}@anchor{118}
15212 @subsection Code Generation Control
15215 The GCC technology provides a wide range of target dependent
15216 @code{-m} switches for controlling
15217 details of code generation with respect to different versions of
15218 architectures. This includes variations in instruction sets (e.g.,
15219 different members of the power pc family), and different requirements
15220 for optimal arrangement of instructions (e.g., different members of
15221 the x86 family). The list of available @code{-m} switches may be
15222 found in the GCC documentation.
15224 Use of these @code{-m} switches may in some cases result in improved
15227 The GNAT technology is tested and qualified without any
15228 @code{-m} switches,
15229 so generally the most reliable approach is to avoid the use of these
15230 switches. However, we generally expect most of these switches to work
15231 successfully with GNAT, and many customers have reported successful
15232 use of these options.
15234 Our general advice is to avoid the use of @code{-m} switches unless
15235 special needs lead to requirements in this area. In particular,
15236 there is no point in using @code{-m} switches to improve performance
15237 unless you actually see a performance improvement.
15239 @node Linker Switches,Binding with gnatbind,Compiler Switches,Building Executable Programs with GNAT
15240 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat linker-switches}@anchor{119}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id31}@anchor{11a}
15241 @section Linker Switches
15244 Linker switches can be specified after @code{-largs} builder switch.
15246 @geindex -fuse-ld=name
15251 @item @code{-fuse-ld=@emph{name}}
15253 Linker to be used. The default is @code{bfd} for @code{ld.bfd},
15254 the alternative being @code{gold} for @code{ld.gold}. The later is
15255 a more recent and faster linker, but only available on GNU/Linux
15259 @node Binding with gnatbind,Linking with gnatlink,Linker Switches,Building Executable Programs with GNAT
15260 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat binding-with-gnatbind}@anchor{1d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id32}@anchor{11b}
15261 @section Binding with @code{gnatbind}
15266 This chapter describes the GNAT binder, @code{gnatbind}, which is used
15267 to bind compiled GNAT objects.
15269 The @code{gnatbind} program performs four separate functions:
15275 Checks that a program is consistent, in accordance with the rules in
15276 Chapter 10 of the Ada Reference Manual. In particular, error
15277 messages are generated if a program uses inconsistent versions of a
15281 Checks that an acceptable order of elaboration exists for the program
15282 and issues an error message if it cannot find an order of elaboration
15283 that satisfies the rules in Chapter 10 of the Ada Language Manual.
15286 Generates a main program incorporating the given elaboration order.
15287 This program is a small Ada package (body and spec) that
15288 must be subsequently compiled
15289 using the GNAT compiler. The necessary compilation step is usually
15290 performed automatically by @code{gnatlink}. The two most important
15291 functions of this program
15292 are to call the elaboration routines of units in an appropriate order
15293 and to call the main program.
15296 Determines the set of object files required by the given main program.
15297 This information is output in the forms of comments in the generated program,
15298 to be read by the @code{gnatlink} utility used to link the Ada application.
15302 * Running gnatbind::
15303 * Switches for gnatbind::
15304 * Command-Line Access::
15305 * Search Paths for gnatbind::
15306 * Examples of gnatbind Usage::
15310 @node Running gnatbind,Switches for gnatbind,,Binding with gnatbind
15311 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat running-gnatbind}@anchor{11c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id33}@anchor{11d}
15312 @subsection Running @code{gnatbind}
15315 The form of the @code{gnatbind} command is
15318 $ gnatbind [ switches ] mainprog[.ali] [ switches ]
15321 where @code{mainprog.adb} is the Ada file containing the main program
15322 unit body. @code{gnatbind} constructs an Ada
15323 package in two files whose names are
15324 @code{b~mainprog.ads}, and @code{b~mainprog.adb}.
15325 For example, if given the
15326 parameter @code{hello.ali}, for a main program contained in file
15327 @code{hello.adb}, the binder output files would be @code{b~hello.ads}
15328 and @code{b~hello.adb}.
15330 When doing consistency checking, the binder takes into consideration
15331 any source files it can locate. For example, if the binder determines
15332 that the given main program requires the package @code{Pack}, whose
15334 file is @code{pack.ali} and whose corresponding source spec file is
15335 @code{pack.ads}, it attempts to locate the source file @code{pack.ads}
15336 (using the same search path conventions as previously described for the
15337 @code{gcc} command). If it can locate this source file, it checks that
15339 or source checksums of the source and its references to in @code{ALI} files
15340 match. In other words, any @code{ALI} files that mentions this spec must have
15341 resulted from compiling this version of the source file (or in the case
15342 where the source checksums match, a version close enough that the
15343 difference does not matter).
15345 @geindex Source files
15346 @geindex use by binder
15348 The effect of this consistency checking, which includes source files, is
15349 that the binder ensures that the program is consistent with the latest
15350 version of the source files that can be located at bind time. Editing a
15351 source file without compiling files that depend on the source file cause
15352 error messages to be generated by the binder.
15354 For example, suppose you have a main program @code{hello.adb} and a
15355 package @code{P}, from file @code{p.ads} and you perform the following
15362 Enter @code{gcc -c hello.adb} to compile the main program.
15365 Enter @code{gcc -c p.ads} to compile package @code{P}.
15368 Edit file @code{p.ads}.
15371 Enter @code{gnatbind hello}.
15374 At this point, the file @code{p.ali} contains an out-of-date time stamp
15375 because the file @code{p.ads} has been edited. The attempt at binding
15376 fails, and the binder generates the following error messages:
15379 error: "hello.adb" must be recompiled ("p.ads" has been modified)
15380 error: "p.ads" has been modified and must be recompiled
15383 Now both files must be recompiled as indicated, and then the bind can
15384 succeed, generating a main program. You need not normally be concerned
15385 with the contents of this file, but for reference purposes a sample
15386 binder output file is given in @ref{e,,Example of Binder Output File}.
15388 In most normal usage, the default mode of @code{gnatbind} which is to
15389 generate the main package in Ada, as described in the previous section.
15390 In particular, this means that any Ada programmer can read and understand
15391 the generated main program. It can also be debugged just like any other
15392 Ada code provided the @code{-g} switch is used for
15393 @code{gnatbind} and @code{gnatlink}.
15395 @node Switches for gnatbind,Command-Line Access,Running gnatbind,Binding with gnatbind
15396 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id34}@anchor{11e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat switches-for-gnatbind}@anchor{11f}
15397 @subsection Switches for @code{gnatbind}
15400 The following switches are available with @code{gnatbind}; details will
15401 be presented in subsequent sections.
15403 @geindex --version (gnatbind)
15408 @item @code{--version}
15410 Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
15413 @geindex --help (gnatbind)
15418 @item @code{--help}
15420 If @code{--version} was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
15424 @geindex -a (gnatbind)
15431 Indicates that, if supported by the platform, the adainit procedure should
15432 be treated as an initialisation routine by the linker (a constructor). This
15433 is intended to be used by the Project Manager to automatically initialize
15434 shared Stand-Alone Libraries.
15437 @geindex -aO (gnatbind)
15444 Specify directory to be searched for ALI files.
15447 @geindex -aI (gnatbind)
15454 Specify directory to be searched for source file.
15457 @geindex -A (gnatbind)
15462 @item @code{-A[=@emph{filename}]}
15464 Output ALI list (to standard output or to the named file).
15467 @geindex -b (gnatbind)
15474 Generate brief messages to @code{stderr} even if verbose mode set.
15477 @geindex -c (gnatbind)
15484 Check only, no generation of binder output file.
15487 @geindex -dnn[k|m] (gnatbind)
15492 @item @code{-d@emph{nn}[k|m]}
15494 This switch can be used to change the default task stack size value
15495 to a specified size @code{nn}, which is expressed in bytes by default, or
15496 in kilobytes when suffixed with @code{k} or in megabytes when suffixed
15498 In the absence of a @code{[k|m]} suffix, this switch is equivalent,
15499 in effect, to completing all task specs with
15502 pragma Storage_Size (nn);
15505 When they do not already have such a pragma.
15508 @geindex -D (gnatbind)
15513 @item @code{-D@emph{nn}[k|m]}
15515 This switch can be used to change the default secondary stack size value
15516 to a specified size @code{nn}, which is expressed in bytes by default, or
15517 in kilobytes when suffixed with @code{k} or in megabytes when suffixed
15520 The secondary stack is used to deal with functions that return a variable
15521 sized result, for example a function returning an unconstrained
15522 String. There are two ways in which this secondary stack is allocated.
15524 For most targets, the secondary stack grows on demand and is allocated
15525 as a chain of blocks in the heap. The -D option is not very
15526 relevant. It only give some control over the size of the allocated
15527 blocks (whose size is the minimum of the default secondary stack size value,
15528 and the actual size needed for the current allocation request).
15530 For certain targets, notably VxWorks 653 and bare board targets,
15531 the secondary stack is allocated by carving off a chunk of the primary task
15532 stack. By default this is a fixed percentage of the primary task stack as
15533 defined by System.Parameter.Sec_Stack_Percentage. This can be overridden per
15534 task using the Secondary_Stack_Size pragma/aspect. The -D option is used to
15535 define the size of the environment task's secondary stack.
15538 @geindex -e (gnatbind)
15545 Output complete list of elaboration-order dependencies.
15548 @geindex -Ea (gnatbind)
15555 Store tracebacks in exception occurrences when the target supports it.
15556 The "a" is for "address"; tracebacks will contain hexadecimal addresses,
15557 unless symbolic tracebacks are enabled.
15559 See also the packages @code{GNAT.Traceback} and
15560 @code{GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic} for more information.
15561 Note that on x86 ports, you must not use @code{-fomit-frame-pointer}
15565 @geindex -Es (gnatbind)
15572 Store tracebacks in exception occurrences when the target supports it.
15573 The "s" is for "symbolic"; symbolic tracebacks are enabled.
15576 @geindex -E (gnatbind)
15583 Currently the same as @code{-Ea}.
15586 @geindex -f (gnatbind)
15591 @item @code{-f@emph{elab-order}}
15593 Force elaboration order.
15596 @geindex -F (gnatbind)
15603 Force the checks of elaboration flags. @code{gnatbind} does not normally
15604 generate checks of elaboration flags for the main executable, except when
15605 a Stand-Alone Library is used. However, there are cases when this cannot be
15606 detected by gnatbind. An example is importing an interface of a Stand-Alone
15607 Library through a pragma Import and only specifying through a linker switch
15608 this Stand-Alone Library. This switch is used to guarantee that elaboration
15609 flag checks are generated.
15612 @geindex -h (gnatbind)
15619 Output usage (help) information.
15621 @geindex -H32 (gnatbind)
15625 Use 32-bit allocations for @code{__gnat_malloc} (and thus for access types).
15626 For further details see @ref{120,,Dynamic Allocation Control}.
15628 @geindex -H64 (gnatbind)
15630 @geindex __gnat_malloc
15634 Use 64-bit allocations for @code{__gnat_malloc} (and thus for access types).
15635 For further details see @ref{120,,Dynamic Allocation Control}.
15637 @geindex -I (gnatbind)
15641 Specify directory to be searched for source and ALI files.
15643 @geindex -I- (gnatbind)
15647 Do not look for sources in the current directory where @code{gnatbind} was
15648 invoked, and do not look for ALI files in the directory containing the
15649 ALI file named in the @code{gnatbind} command line.
15651 @geindex -l (gnatbind)
15655 Output chosen elaboration order.
15657 @geindex -L (gnatbind)
15659 @item @code{-L@emph{xxx}}
15661 Bind the units for library building. In this case the @code{adainit} and
15662 @code{adafinal} procedures (@ref{b4,,Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs})
15663 are renamed to @code{@emph{xxx}init} and
15664 @code{@emph{xxx}final}.
15666 (@ref{15,,GNAT and Libraries}, for more details.)
15668 @geindex -M (gnatbind)
15670 @item @code{-M@emph{xyz}}
15672 Rename generated main program from main to xyz. This option is
15673 supported on cross environments only.
15675 @geindex -m (gnatbind)
15677 @item @code{-m@emph{n}}
15679 Limit number of detected errors or warnings to @code{n}, where @code{n} is
15680 in the range 1..999999. The default value if no switch is
15681 given is 9999. If the number of warnings reaches this limit, then a
15682 message is output and further warnings are suppressed, the bind
15683 continues in this case. If the number of errors reaches this
15684 limit, then a message is output and the bind is abandoned.
15685 A value of zero means that no limit is enforced. The equal
15688 @geindex -n (gnatbind)
15694 @geindex -nostdinc (gnatbind)
15696 @item @code{-nostdinc}
15698 Do not look for sources in the system default directory.
15700 @geindex -nostdlib (gnatbind)
15702 @item @code{-nostdlib}
15704 Do not look for library files in the system default directory.
15706 @geindex --RTS (gnatbind)
15708 @item @code{--RTS=@emph{rts-path}}
15710 Specifies the default location of the runtime library. Same meaning as the
15711 equivalent @code{gnatmake} flag (@ref{dc,,Switches for gnatmake}).
15713 @geindex -o (gnatbind)
15715 @item @code{-o @emph{file}}
15717 Name the output file @code{file} (default is @code{b~`xxx}.adb`).
15718 Note that if this option is used, then linking must be done manually,
15719 gnatlink cannot be used.
15721 @geindex -O (gnatbind)
15723 @item @code{-O[=@emph{filename}]}
15725 Output object list (to standard output or to the named file).
15727 @geindex -p (gnatbind)
15731 Pessimistic (worst-case) elaboration order.
15733 @geindex -P (gnatbind)
15737 Generate binder file suitable for CodePeer.
15739 @geindex -R (gnatbind)
15743 Output closure source list, which includes all non-run-time units that are
15744 included in the bind.
15746 @geindex -Ra (gnatbind)
15750 Like @code{-R} but the list includes run-time units.
15752 @geindex -s (gnatbind)
15756 Require all source files to be present.
15758 @geindex -S (gnatbind)
15760 @item @code{-S@emph{xxx}}
15762 Specifies the value to be used when detecting uninitialized scalar
15763 objects with pragma Initialize_Scalars.
15764 The @code{xxx} string specified with the switch is one of:
15770 @code{in} for an invalid value.
15772 If zero is invalid for the discrete type in question,
15773 then the scalar value is set to all zero bits.
15774 For signed discrete types, the largest possible negative value of
15775 the underlying scalar is set (i.e. a one bit followed by all zero bits).
15776 For unsigned discrete types, the underlying scalar value is set to all
15777 one bits. For floating-point types, a NaN value is set
15778 (see body of package System.Scalar_Values for exact values).
15781 @code{lo} for low value.
15783 If zero is invalid for the discrete type in question,
15784 then the scalar value is set to all zero bits.
15785 For signed discrete types, the largest possible negative value of
15786 the underlying scalar is set (i.e. a one bit followed by all zero bits).
15787 For unsigned discrete types, the underlying scalar value is set to all
15788 zero bits. For floating-point, a small value is set
15789 (see body of package System.Scalar_Values for exact values).
15792 @code{hi} for high value.
15794 If zero is invalid for the discrete type in question,
15795 then the scalar value is set to all one bits.
15796 For signed discrete types, the largest possible positive value of
15797 the underlying scalar is set (i.e. a zero bit followed by all one bits).
15798 For unsigned discrete types, the underlying scalar value is set to all
15799 one bits. For floating-point, a large value is set
15800 (see body of package System.Scalar_Values for exact values).
15803 @code{xx} for hex value (two hex digits).
15805 The underlying scalar is set to a value consisting of repeated bytes, whose
15806 value corresponds to the given value. For example if @code{BF} is given,
15807 then a 32-bit scalar value will be set to the bit patterm @code{16#BFBFBFBF#}.
15810 @geindex GNAT_INIT_SCALARS
15812 In addition, you can specify @code{-Sev} to indicate that the value is
15813 to be set at run time. In this case, the program will look for an environment
15814 variable of the form @code{GNAT_INIT_SCALARS=@emph{yy}}, where @code{yy} is one
15815 of @code{in/lo/hi/@emph{xx}} with the same meanings as above.
15816 If no environment variable is found, or if it does not have a valid value,
15817 then the default is @code{in} (invalid values).
15820 @geindex -static (gnatbind)
15825 @item @code{-static}
15827 Link against a static GNAT run time.
15829 @geindex -shared (gnatbind)
15831 @item @code{-shared}
15833 Link against a shared GNAT run time when available.
15835 @geindex -t (gnatbind)
15839 Tolerate time stamp and other consistency errors.
15841 @geindex -T (gnatbind)
15843 @item @code{-T@emph{n}}
15845 Set the time slice value to @code{n} milliseconds. If the system supports
15846 the specification of a specific time slice value, then the indicated value
15847 is used. If the system does not support specific time slice values, but
15848 does support some general notion of round-robin scheduling, then any
15849 nonzero value will activate round-robin scheduling.
15851 A value of zero is treated specially. It turns off time
15852 slicing, and in addition, indicates to the tasking run time that the
15853 semantics should match as closely as possible the Annex D
15854 requirements of the Ada RM, and in particular sets the default
15855 scheduling policy to @code{FIFO_Within_Priorities}.
15857 @geindex -u (gnatbind)
15859 @item @code{-u@emph{n}}
15861 Enable dynamic stack usage, with @code{n} results stored and displayed
15862 at program termination. A result is generated when a task
15863 terminates. Results that can't be stored are displayed on the fly, at
15864 task termination. This option is currently not supported on Itanium
15865 platforms. (See @ref{121,,Dynamic Stack Usage Analysis} for details.)
15867 @geindex -v (gnatbind)
15871 Verbose mode. Write error messages, header, summary output to
15874 @geindex -V (gnatbind)
15876 @item @code{-V@emph{key}=@emph{value}}
15878 Store the given association of @code{key} to @code{value} in the bind environment.
15879 Values stored this way can be retrieved at run time using
15880 @code{GNAT.Bind_Environment}.
15882 @geindex -w (gnatbind)
15884 @item @code{-w@emph{x}}
15886 Warning mode; @code{x} = s/e for suppress/treat as error.
15888 @geindex -Wx (gnatbind)
15890 @item @code{-Wx@emph{e}}
15892 Override default wide character encoding for standard Text_IO files.
15894 @geindex -x (gnatbind)
15898 Exclude source files (check object consistency only).
15900 @geindex -Xnnn (gnatbind)
15902 @item @code{-X@emph{nnn}}
15904 Set default exit status value, normally 0 for POSIX compliance.
15906 @geindex -y (gnatbind)
15910 Enable leap seconds support in @code{Ada.Calendar} and its children.
15912 @geindex -z (gnatbind)
15916 No main subprogram.
15919 You may obtain this listing of switches by running @code{gnatbind} with
15923 * Consistency-Checking Modes::
15924 * Binder Error Message Control::
15925 * Elaboration Control::
15927 * Dynamic Allocation Control::
15928 * Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs::
15929 * Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram::
15933 @node Consistency-Checking Modes,Binder Error Message Control,,Switches for gnatbind
15934 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat consistency-checking-modes}@anchor{122}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id35}@anchor{123}
15935 @subsubsection Consistency-Checking Modes
15938 As described earlier, by default @code{gnatbind} checks
15939 that object files are consistent with one another and are consistent
15940 with any source files it can locate. The following switches control binder
15945 @geindex -s (gnatbind)
15953 Require source files to be present. In this mode, the binder must be
15954 able to locate all source files that are referenced, in order to check
15955 their consistency. In normal mode, if a source file cannot be located it
15956 is simply ignored. If you specify this switch, a missing source
15959 @geindex -Wx (gnatbind)
15961 @item @code{-Wx@emph{e}}
15963 Override default wide character encoding for standard Text_IO files.
15964 Normally the default wide character encoding method used for standard
15965 [Wide_[Wide_]]Text_IO files is taken from the encoding specified for
15966 the main source input (see description of switch
15967 @code{-gnatWx} for the compiler). The
15968 use of this switch for the binder (which has the same set of
15969 possible arguments) overrides this default as specified.
15971 @geindex -x (gnatbind)
15975 Exclude source files. In this mode, the binder only checks that ALI
15976 files are consistent with one another. Source files are not accessed.
15977 The binder runs faster in this mode, and there is still a guarantee that
15978 the resulting program is self-consistent.
15979 If a source file has been edited since it was last compiled, and you
15980 specify this switch, the binder will not detect that the object
15981 file is out of date with respect to the source file. Note that this is the
15982 mode that is automatically used by @code{gnatmake} because in this
15983 case the checking against sources has already been performed by
15984 @code{gnatmake} in the course of compilation (i.e., before binding).
15987 @node Binder Error Message Control,Elaboration Control,Consistency-Checking Modes,Switches for gnatbind
15988 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id36}@anchor{124}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat binder-error-message-control}@anchor{125}
15989 @subsubsection Binder Error Message Control
15992 The following switches provide control over the generation of error
15993 messages from the binder:
15997 @geindex -v (gnatbind)
16005 Verbose mode. In the normal mode, brief error messages are generated to
16006 @code{stderr}. If this switch is present, a header is written
16007 to @code{stdout} and any error messages are directed to @code{stdout}.
16008 All that is written to @code{stderr} is a brief summary message.
16010 @geindex -b (gnatbind)
16014 Generate brief error messages to @code{stderr} even if verbose mode is
16015 specified. This is relevant only when used with the
16018 @geindex -m (gnatbind)
16020 @item @code{-m@emph{n}}
16022 Limits the number of error messages to @code{n}, a decimal integer in the
16023 range 1-999. The binder terminates immediately if this limit is reached.
16025 @geindex -M (gnatbind)
16027 @item @code{-M@emph{xxx}}
16029 Renames the generated main program from @code{main} to @code{xxx}.
16030 This is useful in the case of some cross-building environments, where
16031 the actual main program is separate from the one generated
16032 by @code{gnatbind}.
16034 @geindex -ws (gnatbind)
16040 Suppress all warning messages.
16042 @geindex -we (gnatbind)
16046 Treat any warning messages as fatal errors.
16048 @geindex -t (gnatbind)
16050 @geindex Time stamp checks
16053 @geindex Binder consistency checks
16055 @geindex Consistency checks
16060 The binder performs a number of consistency checks including:
16066 Check that time stamps of a given source unit are consistent
16069 Check that checksums of a given source unit are consistent
16072 Check that consistent versions of @code{GNAT} were used for compilation
16075 Check consistency of configuration pragmas as required
16078 Normally failure of such checks, in accordance with the consistency
16079 requirements of the Ada Reference Manual, causes error messages to be
16080 generated which abort the binder and prevent the output of a binder
16081 file and subsequent link to obtain an executable.
16083 The @code{-t} switch converts these error messages
16084 into warnings, so that
16085 binding and linking can continue to completion even in the presence of such
16086 errors. The result may be a failed link (due to missing symbols), or a
16087 non-functional executable which has undefined semantics.
16091 This means that @code{-t} should be used only in unusual situations,
16097 @node Elaboration Control,Output Control,Binder Error Message Control,Switches for gnatbind
16098 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id37}@anchor{126}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat elaboration-control}@anchor{127}
16099 @subsubsection Elaboration Control
16102 The following switches provide additional control over the elaboration
16103 order. For full details see @ref{f,,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT}.
16105 @geindex -f (gnatbind)
16110 @item @code{-f@emph{elab-order}}
16112 Force elaboration order.
16114 @code{elab-order} should be the name of a "forced elaboration order file", that
16115 is, a text file containing library item names, one per line. A name of the
16116 form "some.unit%s" or "some.unit (spec)" denotes the spec of Some.Unit. A
16117 name of the form "some.unit%b" or "some.unit (body)" denotes the body of
16118 Some.Unit. Each pair of lines is taken to mean that there is an elaboration
16119 dependence of the second line on the first. For example, if the file
16129 then the spec of This will be elaborated before the body of This, and the
16130 body of This will be elaborated before the spec of That, and the spec of That
16131 will be elaborated before the body of That. The first and last of these three
16132 dependences are already required by Ada rules, so this file is really just
16133 forcing the body of This to be elaborated before the spec of That.
16135 The given order must be consistent with Ada rules, or else @code{gnatbind} will
16136 give elaboration cycle errors. For example, if you say x (body) should be
16137 elaborated before x (spec), there will be a cycle, because Ada rules require
16138 x (spec) to be elaborated before x (body); you can't have the spec and body
16139 both elaborated before each other.
16141 If you later add "with That;" to the body of This, there will be a cycle, in
16142 which case you should erase either "this (body)" or "that (spec)" from the
16143 above forced elaboration order file.
16145 Blank lines and Ada-style comments are ignored. Unit names that do not exist
16146 in the program are ignored. Units in the GNAT predefined library are also
16149 @geindex -p (gnatbind)
16153 Normally the binder attempts to choose an elaboration order that is
16154 likely to minimize the likelihood of an elaboration order error resulting
16155 in raising a @code{Program_Error} exception. This switch reverses the
16156 action of the binder, and requests that it deliberately choose an order
16157 that is likely to maximize the likelihood of an elaboration error.
16158 This is useful in ensuring portability and avoiding dependence on
16159 accidental fortuitous elaboration ordering.
16161 Normally it only makes sense to use the @code{-p}
16163 elaboration checking is used (@code{-gnatE} switch used for compilation).
16164 This is because in the default static elaboration mode, all necessary
16165 @code{Elaborate} and @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas are implicitly inserted.
16166 These implicit pragmas are still respected by the binder in
16167 @code{-p} mode, so a
16168 safe elaboration order is assured.
16170 Note that @code{-p} is not intended for
16171 production use; it is more for debugging/experimental use.
16174 @node Output Control,Dynamic Allocation Control,Elaboration Control,Switches for gnatbind
16175 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat output-control}@anchor{128}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id38}@anchor{129}
16176 @subsubsection Output Control
16179 The following switches allow additional control over the output
16180 generated by the binder.
16184 @geindex -c (gnatbind)
16192 Check only. Do not generate the binder output file. In this mode the
16193 binder performs all error checks but does not generate an output file.
16195 @geindex -e (gnatbind)
16199 Output complete list of elaboration-order dependencies, showing the
16200 reason for each dependency. This output can be rather extensive but may
16201 be useful in diagnosing problems with elaboration order. The output is
16202 written to @code{stdout}.
16204 @geindex -h (gnatbind)
16208 Output usage information. The output is written to @code{stdout}.
16210 @geindex -K (gnatbind)
16214 Output linker options to @code{stdout}. Includes library search paths,
16215 contents of pragmas Ident and Linker_Options, and libraries added
16216 by @code{gnatbind}.
16218 @geindex -l (gnatbind)
16222 Output chosen elaboration order. The output is written to @code{stdout}.
16224 @geindex -O (gnatbind)
16228 Output full names of all the object files that must be linked to provide
16229 the Ada component of the program. The output is written to @code{stdout}.
16230 This list includes the files explicitly supplied and referenced by the user
16231 as well as implicitly referenced run-time unit files. The latter are
16232 omitted if the corresponding units reside in shared libraries. The
16233 directory names for the run-time units depend on the system configuration.
16235 @geindex -o (gnatbind)
16237 @item @code{-o @emph{file}}
16239 Set name of output file to @code{file} instead of the normal
16240 @code{b~`mainprog}.adb` default. Note that @code{file} denote the Ada
16241 binder generated body filename.
16242 Note that if this option is used, then linking must be done manually.
16243 It is not possible to use gnatlink in this case, since it cannot locate
16246 @geindex -r (gnatbind)
16250 Generate list of @code{pragma Restrictions} that could be applied to
16251 the current unit. This is useful for code audit purposes, and also may
16252 be used to improve code generation in some cases.
16255 @node Dynamic Allocation Control,Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs,Output Control,Switches for gnatbind
16256 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat dynamic-allocation-control}@anchor{120}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id39}@anchor{12a}
16257 @subsubsection Dynamic Allocation Control
16260 The heap control switches -- @code{-H32} and @code{-H64} --
16261 determine whether dynamic allocation uses 32-bit or 64-bit memory.
16262 They only affect compiler-generated allocations via @code{__gnat_malloc};
16263 explicit calls to @code{malloc} and related functions from the C
16264 run-time library are unaffected.
16271 Allocate memory on 32-bit heap
16275 Allocate memory on 64-bit heap. This is the default
16276 unless explicitly overridden by a @code{'Size} clause on the access type.
16279 These switches are only effective on VMS platforms.
16281 @node Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs,Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram,Dynamic Allocation Control,Switches for gnatbind
16282 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat binding-with-non-ada-main-programs}@anchor{b4}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id40}@anchor{12b}
16283 @subsubsection Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs
16286 The description so far has assumed that the main
16287 program is in Ada, and that the task of the binder is to generate a
16288 corresponding function @code{main} that invokes this Ada main
16289 program. GNAT also supports the building of executable programs where
16290 the main program is not in Ada, but some of the called routines are
16291 written in Ada and compiled using GNAT (@ref{44,,Mixed Language Programming}).
16292 The following switch is used in this situation:
16296 @geindex -n (gnatbind)
16304 No main program. The main program is not in Ada.
16307 In this case, most of the functions of the binder are still required,
16308 but instead of generating a main program, the binder generates a file
16309 containing the following callable routines:
16318 @item @code{adainit}
16320 You must call this routine to initialize the Ada part of the program by
16321 calling the necessary elaboration routines. A call to @code{adainit} is
16322 required before the first call to an Ada subprogram.
16324 Note that it is assumed that the basic execution environment must be setup
16325 to be appropriate for Ada execution at the point where the first Ada
16326 subprogram is called. In particular, if the Ada code will do any
16327 floating-point operations, then the FPU must be setup in an appropriate
16328 manner. For the case of the x86, for example, full precision mode is
16329 required. The procedure GNAT.Float_Control.Reset may be used to ensure
16330 that the FPU is in the right state.
16338 @item @code{adafinal}
16340 You must call this routine to perform any library-level finalization
16341 required by the Ada subprograms. A call to @code{adafinal} is required
16342 after the last call to an Ada subprogram, and before the program
16347 @geindex -n (gnatbind)
16350 @geindex multiple input files
16352 If the @code{-n} switch
16353 is given, more than one ALI file may appear on
16354 the command line for @code{gnatbind}. The normal @code{closure}
16355 calculation is performed for each of the specified units. Calculating
16356 the closure means finding out the set of units involved by tracing
16357 @emph{with} references. The reason it is necessary to be able to
16358 specify more than one ALI file is that a given program may invoke two or
16359 more quite separate groups of Ada units.
16361 The binder takes the name of its output file from the last specified ALI
16362 file, unless overridden by the use of the @code{-o file}.
16364 @geindex -o (gnatbind)
16366 The output is an Ada unit in source form that can be compiled with GNAT.
16367 This compilation occurs automatically as part of the @code{gnatlink}
16370 Currently the GNAT run time requires a FPU using 80 bits mode
16371 precision. Under targets where this is not the default it is required to
16372 call GNAT.Float_Control.Reset before using floating point numbers (this
16373 include float computation, float input and output) in the Ada code. A
16374 side effect is that this could be the wrong mode for the foreign code
16375 where floating point computation could be broken after this call.
16377 @node Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram,,Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs,Switches for gnatbind
16378 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat binding-programs-with-no-main-subprogram}@anchor{12c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id41}@anchor{12d}
16379 @subsubsection Binding Programs with No Main Subprogram
16382 It is possible to have an Ada program which does not have a main
16383 subprogram. This program will call the elaboration routines of all the
16384 packages, then the finalization routines.
16386 The following switch is used to bind programs organized in this manner:
16390 @geindex -z (gnatbind)
16398 Normally the binder checks that the unit name given on the command line
16399 corresponds to a suitable main subprogram. When this switch is used,
16400 a list of ALI files can be given, and the execution of the program
16401 consists of elaboration of these units in an appropriate order. Note
16402 that the default wide character encoding method for standard Text_IO
16403 files is always set to Brackets if this switch is set (you can use
16405 @code{-Wx} to override this default).
16408 @node Command-Line Access,Search Paths for gnatbind,Switches for gnatbind,Binding with gnatbind
16409 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id42}@anchor{12e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat command-line-access}@anchor{12f}
16410 @subsection Command-Line Access
16413 The package @code{Ada.Command_Line} provides access to the command-line
16414 arguments and program name. In order for this interface to operate
16415 correctly, the two variables
16426 are declared in one of the GNAT library routines. These variables must
16427 be set from the actual @code{argc} and @code{argv} values passed to the
16428 main program. With no @emph{n} present, @code{gnatbind}
16429 generates the C main program to automatically set these variables.
16430 If the @emph{n} switch is used, there is no automatic way to
16431 set these variables. If they are not set, the procedures in
16432 @code{Ada.Command_Line} will not be available, and any attempt to use
16433 them will raise @code{Constraint_Error}. If command line access is
16434 required, your main program must set @code{gnat_argc} and
16435 @code{gnat_argv} from the @code{argc} and @code{argv} values passed to
16438 @node Search Paths for gnatbind,Examples of gnatbind Usage,Command-Line Access,Binding with gnatbind
16439 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat search-paths-for-gnatbind}@anchor{8c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id43}@anchor{130}
16440 @subsection Search Paths for @code{gnatbind}
16443 The binder takes the name of an ALI file as its argument and needs to
16444 locate source files as well as other ALI files to verify object consistency.
16446 For source files, it follows exactly the same search rules as @code{gcc}
16447 (see @ref{89,,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)}). For ALI files the
16448 directories searched are:
16454 The directory containing the ALI file named in the command line, unless
16455 the switch @code{-I-} is specified.
16458 All directories specified by @code{-I}
16459 switches on the @code{gnatbind}
16460 command line, in the order given.
16462 @geindex ADA_PRJ_OBJECTS_FILE
16465 Each of the directories listed in the text file whose name is given
16467 @geindex ADA_PRJ_OBJECTS_FILE
16468 @geindex environment variable; ADA_PRJ_OBJECTS_FILE
16469 @code{ADA_PRJ_OBJECTS_FILE} environment variable.
16471 @geindex ADA_PRJ_OBJECTS_FILE
16472 @geindex environment variable; ADA_PRJ_OBJECTS_FILE
16473 @code{ADA_PRJ_OBJECTS_FILE} is normally set by gnatmake or by the gnat
16474 driver when project files are used. It should not normally be set
16477 @geindex ADA_OBJECTS_PATH
16480 Each of the directories listed in the value of the
16481 @geindex ADA_OBJECTS_PATH
16482 @geindex environment variable; ADA_OBJECTS_PATH
16483 @code{ADA_OBJECTS_PATH} environment variable.
16484 Construct this value
16487 @geindex environment variable; PATH
16488 @code{PATH} environment variable: a list of directory
16489 names separated by colons (semicolons when working with the NT version
16493 The content of the @code{ada_object_path} file which is part of the GNAT
16494 installation tree and is used to store standard libraries such as the
16495 GNAT Run Time Library (RTL) unless the switch @code{-nostdlib} is
16496 specified. See @ref{87,,Installing a library}
16499 @geindex -I (gnatbind)
16501 @geindex -aI (gnatbind)
16503 @geindex -aO (gnatbind)
16505 In the binder the switch @code{-I}
16506 is used to specify both source and
16507 library file paths. Use @code{-aI}
16508 instead if you want to specify
16509 source paths only, and @code{-aO}
16510 if you want to specify library paths
16511 only. This means that for the binder
16512 @code{-I@emph{dir}} is equivalent to
16513 @code{-aI@emph{dir}}
16514 @code{-aO`@emph{dir}}.
16515 The binder generates the bind file (a C language source file) in the
16516 current working directory.
16522 @geindex Interfaces
16526 The packages @code{Ada}, @code{System}, and @code{Interfaces} and their
16527 children make up the GNAT Run-Time Library, together with the package
16528 GNAT and its children, which contain a set of useful additional
16529 library functions provided by GNAT. The sources for these units are
16530 needed by the compiler and are kept together in one directory. The ALI
16531 files and object files generated by compiling the RTL are needed by the
16532 binder and the linker and are kept together in one directory, typically
16533 different from the directory containing the sources. In a normal
16534 installation, you need not specify these directory names when compiling
16535 or binding. Either the environment variables or the built-in defaults
16536 cause these files to be found.
16538 Besides simplifying access to the RTL, a major use of search paths is
16539 in compiling sources from multiple directories. This can make
16540 development environments much more flexible.
16542 @node Examples of gnatbind Usage,,Search Paths for gnatbind,Binding with gnatbind
16543 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id44}@anchor{131}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat examples-of-gnatbind-usage}@anchor{132}
16544 @subsection Examples of @code{gnatbind} Usage
16547 Here are some examples of @code{gnatbind} invovations:
16555 The main program @code{Hello} (source program in @code{hello.adb}) is
16556 bound using the standard switch settings. The generated main program is
16557 @code{b~hello.adb}. This is the normal, default use of the binder.
16560 gnatbind hello -o mainprog.adb
16563 The main program @code{Hello} (source program in @code{hello.adb}) is
16564 bound using the standard switch settings. The generated main program is
16565 @code{mainprog.adb} with the associated spec in
16566 @code{mainprog.ads}. Note that you must specify the body here not the
16567 spec. Note that if this option is used, then linking must be done manually,
16568 since gnatlink will not be able to find the generated file.
16571 @node Linking with gnatlink,Using the GNU make Utility,Binding with gnatbind,Building Executable Programs with GNAT
16572 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id45}@anchor{133}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat linking-with-gnatlink}@anchor{1e}
16573 @section Linking with @code{gnatlink}
16578 This chapter discusses @code{gnatlink}, a tool that links
16579 an Ada program and builds an executable file. This utility
16580 invokes the system linker (via the @code{gcc} command)
16581 with a correct list of object files and library references.
16582 @code{gnatlink} automatically determines the list of files and
16583 references for the Ada part of a program. It uses the binder file
16584 generated by the @code{gnatbind} to determine this list.
16587 * Running gnatlink::
16588 * Switches for gnatlink::
16592 @node Running gnatlink,Switches for gnatlink,,Linking with gnatlink
16593 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id46}@anchor{134}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat running-gnatlink}@anchor{135}
16594 @subsection Running @code{gnatlink}
16597 The form of the @code{gnatlink} command is
16600 $ gnatlink [ switches ] mainprog [.ali]
16601 [ non-Ada objects ] [ linker options ]
16604 The arguments of @code{gnatlink} (switches, main @code{ALI} file,
16606 or linker options) may be in any order, provided that no non-Ada object may
16607 be mistaken for a main @code{ALI} file.
16608 Any file name @code{F} without the @code{.ali}
16609 extension will be taken as the main @code{ALI} file if a file exists
16610 whose name is the concatenation of @code{F} and @code{.ali}.
16612 @code{mainprog.ali} references the ALI file of the main program.
16613 The @code{.ali} extension of this file can be omitted. From this
16614 reference, @code{gnatlink} locates the corresponding binder file
16615 @code{b~mainprog.adb} and, using the information in this file along
16616 with the list of non-Ada objects and linker options, constructs a
16617 linker command file to create the executable.
16619 The arguments other than the @code{gnatlink} switches and the main
16620 @code{ALI} file are passed to the linker uninterpreted.
16621 They typically include the names of
16622 object files for units written in other languages than Ada and any library
16623 references required to resolve references in any of these foreign language
16624 units, or in @code{Import} pragmas in any Ada units.
16626 @code{linker options} is an optional list of linker specific
16628 The default linker called by gnatlink is @code{gcc} which in
16629 turn calls the appropriate system linker.
16631 One useful option for the linker is @code{-s}: it reduces the size of the
16632 executable by removing all symbol table and relocation information from the
16635 Standard options for the linker such as @code{-lmy_lib} or
16636 @code{-Ldir} can be added as is.
16637 For options that are not recognized by
16638 @code{gcc} as linker options, use the @code{gcc} switches
16639 @code{-Xlinker} or @code{-Wl,}.
16641 Refer to the GCC documentation for
16644 Here is an example showing how to generate a linker map:
16647 $ gnatlink my_prog -Wl,-Map,MAPFILE
16650 Using @code{linker options} it is possible to set the program stack and
16652 See @ref{136,,Setting Stack Size from gnatlink} and
16653 @ref{137,,Setting Heap Size from gnatlink}.
16655 @code{gnatlink} determines the list of objects required by the Ada
16656 program and prepends them to the list of objects passed to the linker.
16657 @code{gnatlink} also gathers any arguments set by the use of
16658 @code{pragma Linker_Options} and adds them to the list of arguments
16659 presented to the linker.
16661 @node Switches for gnatlink,,Running gnatlink,Linking with gnatlink
16662 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id47}@anchor{138}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat switches-for-gnatlink}@anchor{139}
16663 @subsection Switches for @code{gnatlink}
16666 The following switches are available with the @code{gnatlink} utility:
16668 @geindex --version (gnatlink)
16673 @item @code{--version}
16675 Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
16678 @geindex --help (gnatlink)
16683 @item @code{--help}
16685 If @code{--version} was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
16689 @geindex Command line length
16691 @geindex -f (gnatlink)
16698 On some targets, the command line length is limited, and @code{gnatlink}
16699 will generate a separate file for the linker if the list of object files
16701 The @code{-f} switch forces this file
16702 to be generated even if
16703 the limit is not exceeded. This is useful in some cases to deal with
16704 special situations where the command line length is exceeded.
16707 @geindex Debugging information
16710 @geindex -g (gnatlink)
16717 The option to include debugging information causes the Ada bind file (in
16718 other words, @code{b~mainprog.adb}) to be compiled with @code{-g}.
16719 In addition, the binder does not delete the @code{b~mainprog.adb},
16720 @code{b~mainprog.o} and @code{b~mainprog.ali} files.
16721 Without @code{-g}, the binder removes these files by default.
16724 @geindex -n (gnatlink)
16731 Do not compile the file generated by the binder. This may be used when
16732 a link is rerun with different options, but there is no need to recompile
16736 @geindex -v (gnatlink)
16743 Verbose mode. Causes additional information to be output, including a full
16744 list of the included object files.
16745 This switch option is most useful when you want
16746 to see what set of object files are being used in the link step.
16749 @geindex -v -v (gnatlink)
16756 Very verbose mode. Requests that the compiler operate in verbose mode when
16757 it compiles the binder file, and that the system linker run in verbose mode.
16760 @geindex -o (gnatlink)
16765 @item @code{-o @emph{exec-name}}
16767 @code{exec-name} specifies an alternate name for the generated
16768 executable program. If this switch is omitted, the executable has the same
16769 name as the main unit. For example, @code{gnatlink try.ali} creates
16770 an executable called @code{try}.
16773 @geindex -B (gnatlink)
16778 @item @code{-B@emph{dir}}
16780 Load compiler executables (for example, @code{gnat1}, the Ada compiler)
16781 from @code{dir} instead of the default location. Only use this switch
16782 when multiple versions of the GNAT compiler are available.
16783 See the @code{Directory Options} section in @cite{The_GNU_Compiler_Collection}
16784 for further details. You would normally use the @code{-b} or
16785 @code{-V} switch instead.
16788 @geindex -M (gnatlink)
16795 When linking an executable, create a map file. The name of the map file
16796 has the same name as the executable with extension ".map".
16799 @geindex -M= (gnatlink)
16804 @item @code{-M=@emph{mapfile}}
16806 When linking an executable, create a map file. The name of the map file is
16810 @geindex --GCC=compiler_name (gnatlink)
16815 @item @code{--GCC=@emph{compiler_name}}
16817 Program used for compiling the binder file. The default is
16818 @code{gcc}. You need to use quotes around @code{compiler_name} if
16819 @code{compiler_name} contains spaces or other separator characters.
16820 As an example @code{--GCC="foo -x -y"} will instruct @code{gnatlink} to
16821 use @code{foo -x -y} as your compiler. Note that switch @code{-c} is always
16822 inserted after your command name. Thus in the above example the compiler
16823 command that will be used by @code{gnatlink} will be @code{foo -c -x -y}.
16824 A limitation of this syntax is that the name and path name of the executable
16825 itself must not include any embedded spaces. If the compiler executable is
16826 different from the default one (gcc or <prefix>-gcc), then the back-end
16827 switches in the ALI file are not used to compile the binder generated source.
16828 For example, this is the case with @code{--GCC="foo -x -y"}. But the back end
16829 switches will be used for @code{--GCC="gcc -gnatv"}. If several
16830 @code{--GCC=compiler_name} are used, only the last @code{compiler_name}
16831 is taken into account. However, all the additional switches are also taken
16832 into account. Thus,
16833 @code{--GCC="foo -x -y" --GCC="bar -z -t"} is equivalent to
16834 @code{--GCC="bar -x -y -z -t"}.
16837 @geindex --LINK= (gnatlink)
16842 @item @code{--LINK=@emph{name}}
16844 @code{name} is the name of the linker to be invoked. This is especially
16845 useful in mixed language programs since languages such as C++ require
16846 their own linker to be used. When this switch is omitted, the default
16847 name for the linker is @code{gcc}. When this switch is used, the
16848 specified linker is called instead of @code{gcc} with exactly the same
16849 parameters that would have been passed to @code{gcc} so if the desired
16850 linker requires different parameters it is necessary to use a wrapper
16851 script that massages the parameters before invoking the real linker. It
16852 may be useful to control the exact invocation by using the verbose
16856 @node Using the GNU make Utility,,Linking with gnatlink,Building Executable Programs with GNAT
16857 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat using-the-gnu-make-utility}@anchor{1f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id48}@anchor{13a}
16858 @section Using the GNU @code{make} Utility
16861 @geindex make (GNU)
16864 This chapter offers some examples of makefiles that solve specific
16865 problems. It does not explain how to write a makefile, nor does it try to replace the
16866 @code{gnatmake} utility (@ref{1b,,Building with gnatmake}).
16868 All the examples in this section are specific to the GNU version of
16869 make. Although @code{make} is a standard utility, and the basic language
16870 is the same, these examples use some advanced features found only in
16874 * Using gnatmake in a Makefile::
16875 * Automatically Creating a List of Directories::
16876 * Generating the Command Line Switches::
16877 * Overcoming Command Line Length Limits::
16881 @node Using gnatmake in a Makefile,Automatically Creating a List of Directories,,Using the GNU make Utility
16882 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat using-gnatmake-in-a-makefile}@anchor{13b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id49}@anchor{13c}
16883 @subsection Using gnatmake in a Makefile
16886 @c index makefile (GNU make)
16888 Complex project organizations can be handled in a very powerful way by
16889 using GNU make combined with gnatmake. For instance, here is a Makefile
16890 which allows you to build each subsystem of a big project into a separate
16891 shared library. Such a makefile allows you to significantly reduce the link
16892 time of very big applications while maintaining full coherence at
16893 each step of the build process.
16895 The list of dependencies are handled automatically by
16896 @code{gnatmake}. The Makefile is simply used to call gnatmake in each of
16897 the appropriate directories.
16899 Note that you should also read the example on how to automatically
16900 create the list of directories
16901 (@ref{13d,,Automatically Creating a List of Directories})
16902 which might help you in case your project has a lot of subdirectories.
16905 ## This Makefile is intended to be used with the following directory
16907 ## - The sources are split into a series of csc (computer software components)
16908 ## Each of these csc is put in its own directory.
16909 ## Their name are referenced by the directory names.
16910 ## They will be compiled into shared library (although this would also work
16911 ## with static libraries
16912 ## - The main program (and possibly other packages that do not belong to any
16913 ## csc is put in the top level directory (where the Makefile is).
16914 ## toplevel_dir __ first_csc (sources) __ lib (will contain the library)
16915 ## \\_ second_csc (sources) __ lib (will contain the library)
16917 ## Although this Makefile is build for shared library, it is easy to modify
16918 ## to build partial link objects instead (modify the lines with -shared and
16921 ## With this makefile, you can change any file in the system or add any new
16922 ## file, and everything will be recompiled correctly (only the relevant shared
16923 ## objects will be recompiled, and the main program will be re-linked).
16925 # The list of computer software component for your project. This might be
16926 # generated automatically.
16929 # Name of the main program (no extension)
16932 # If we need to build objects with -fPIC, uncomment the following line
16935 # The following variable should give the directory containing libgnat.so
16936 # You can get this directory through 'gnatls -v'. This is usually the last
16937 # directory in the Object_Path.
16940 # The directories for the libraries
16941 # (This macro expands the list of CSC to the list of shared libraries, you
16942 # could simply use the expanded form:
16943 # LIB_DIR=aa/lib/libaa.so bb/lib/libbb.so cc/lib/libcc.so
16944 LIB_DIR=$@{foreach dir,$@{CSC_LIST@},$@{dir@}/lib/lib$@{dir@}.so@}
16946 $@{MAIN@}: objects $@{LIB_DIR@}
16947 gnatbind $@{MAIN@} $@{CSC_LIST:%=-aO%/lib@} -shared
16948 gnatlink $@{MAIN@} $@{CSC_LIST:%=-l%@}
16951 # recompile the sources
16952 gnatmake -c -i $@{MAIN@}.adb $@{NEED_FPIC@} $@{CSC_LIST:%=-I%@}
16954 # Note: In a future version of GNAT, the following commands will be simplified
16955 # by a new tool, gnatmlib
16957 mkdir -p $@{dir $@@ @}
16958 cd $@{dir $@@ @} && gcc -shared -o $@{notdir $@@ @} ../*.o -L$@{GLIB@} -lgnat
16959 cd $@{dir $@@ @} && cp -f ../*.ali .
16961 # The dependencies for the modules
16962 # Note that we have to force the expansion of *.o, since in some cases
16963 # make won't be able to do it itself.
16964 aa/lib/libaa.so: $@{wildcard aa/*.o@}
16965 bb/lib/libbb.so: $@{wildcard bb/*.o@}
16966 cc/lib/libcc.so: $@{wildcard cc/*.o@}
16968 # Make sure all of the shared libraries are in the path before starting the
16971 LD_LIBRARY_PATH=`pwd`/aa/lib:`pwd`/bb/lib:`pwd`/cc/lib ./$@{MAIN@}
16974 $@{RM@} -rf $@{CSC_LIST:%=%/lib@}
16975 $@{RM@} $@{CSC_LIST:%=%/*.ali@}
16976 $@{RM@} $@{CSC_LIST:%=%/*.o@}
16977 $@{RM@} *.o *.ali $@{MAIN@}
16980 @node Automatically Creating a List of Directories,Generating the Command Line Switches,Using gnatmake in a Makefile,Using the GNU make Utility
16981 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id50}@anchor{13e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat automatically-creating-a-list-of-directories}@anchor{13d}
16982 @subsection Automatically Creating a List of Directories
16985 In most makefiles, you will have to specify a list of directories, and
16986 store it in a variable. For small projects, it is often easier to
16987 specify each of them by hand, since you then have full control over what
16988 is the proper order for these directories, which ones should be
16991 However, in larger projects, which might involve hundreds of
16992 subdirectories, it might be more convenient to generate this list
16995 The example below presents two methods. The first one, although less
16996 general, gives you more control over the list. It involves wildcard
16997 characters, that are automatically expanded by @code{make}. Its
16998 shortcoming is that you need to explicitly specify some of the
16999 organization of your project, such as for instance the directory tree
17000 depth, whether some directories are found in a separate tree, etc.
17002 The second method is the most general one. It requires an external
17003 program, called @code{find}, which is standard on all Unix systems. All
17004 the directories found under a given root directory will be added to the
17008 # The examples below are based on the following directory hierarchy:
17009 # All the directories can contain any number of files
17010 # ROOT_DIRECTORY -> a -> aa -> aaa
17013 # -> b -> ba -> baa
17016 # This Makefile creates a variable called DIRS, that can be reused any time
17017 # you need this list (see the other examples in this section)
17019 # The root of your project's directory hierarchy
17023 # First method: specify explicitly the list of directories
17024 # This allows you to specify any subset of all the directories you need.
17027 DIRS := a/aa/ a/ab/ b/ba/
17030 # Second method: use wildcards
17031 # Note that the argument(s) to wildcard below should end with a '/'.
17032 # Since wildcards also return file names, we have to filter them out
17033 # to avoid duplicate directory names.
17034 # We thus use make's `@w{`}dir`@w{`} and `@w{`}sort`@w{`} functions.
17035 # It sets DIRs to the following value (note that the directories aaa and baa
17036 # are not given, unless you change the arguments to wildcard).
17037 # DIRS= ./a/a/ ./b/ ./a/aa/ ./a/ab/ ./a/ac/ ./b/ba/ ./b/bb/ ./b/bc/
17040 DIRS := $@{sort $@{dir $@{wildcard $@{ROOT_DIRECTORY@}/*/
17041 $@{ROOT_DIRECTORY@}/*/*/@}@}@}
17044 # Third method: use an external program
17045 # This command is much faster if run on local disks, avoiding NFS slowdowns.
17046 # This is the most complete command: it sets DIRs to the following value:
17047 # DIRS= ./a ./a/aa ./a/aa/aaa ./a/ab ./a/ac ./b ./b/ba ./b/ba/baa ./b/bb ./b/bc
17050 DIRS := $@{shell find $@{ROOT_DIRECTORY@} -type d -print@}
17053 @node Generating the Command Line Switches,Overcoming Command Line Length Limits,Automatically Creating a List of Directories,Using the GNU make Utility
17054 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id51}@anchor{13f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat generating-the-command-line-switches}@anchor{140}
17055 @subsection Generating the Command Line Switches
17058 Once you have created the list of directories as explained in the
17059 previous section (@ref{13d,,Automatically Creating a List of Directories}),
17060 you can easily generate the command line arguments to pass to gnatmake.
17062 For the sake of completeness, this example assumes that the source path
17063 is not the same as the object path, and that you have two separate lists
17067 # see "Automatically creating a list of directories" to create
17072 GNATMAKE_SWITCHES := $@{patsubst %,-aI%,$@{SOURCE_DIRS@}@}
17073 GNATMAKE_SWITCHES += $@{patsubst %,-aO%,$@{OBJECT_DIRS@}@}
17076 gnatmake $@{GNATMAKE_SWITCHES@} main_unit
17079 @node Overcoming Command Line Length Limits,,Generating the Command Line Switches,Using the GNU make Utility
17080 @anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat overcoming-command-line-length-limits}@anchor{141}@anchor{gnat_ugn/building_executable_programs_with_gnat id52}@anchor{142}
17081 @subsection Overcoming Command Line Length Limits
17084 One problem that might be encountered on big projects is that many
17085 operating systems limit the length of the command line. It is thus hard to give
17086 gnatmake the list of source and object directories.
17088 This example shows how you can set up environment variables, which will
17089 make @code{gnatmake} behave exactly as if the directories had been
17090 specified on the command line, but have a much higher length limit (or
17091 even none on most systems).
17093 It assumes that you have created a list of directories in your Makefile,
17094 using one of the methods presented in
17095 @ref{13d,,Automatically Creating a List of Directories}.
17096 For the sake of completeness, we assume that the object
17097 path (where the ALI files are found) is different from the sources patch.
17099 Note a small trick in the Makefile below: for efficiency reasons, we
17100 create two temporary variables (SOURCE_LIST and OBJECT_LIST), that are
17101 expanded immediately by @code{make}. This way we overcome the standard
17102 make behavior which is to expand the variables only when they are
17105 On Windows, if you are using the standard Windows command shell, you must
17106 replace colons with semicolons in the assignments to these variables.
17109 # In this example, we create both ADA_INCLUDE_PATH and ADA_OBJECTS_PATH.
17110 # This is the same thing as putting the -I arguments on the command line.
17111 # (the equivalent of using -aI on the command line would be to define
17112 # only ADA_INCLUDE_PATH, the equivalent of -aO is ADA_OBJECTS_PATH).
17113 # You can of course have different values for these variables.
17115 # Note also that we need to keep the previous values of these variables, since
17116 # they might have been set before running 'make' to specify where the GNAT
17117 # library is installed.
17119 # see "Automatically creating a list of directories" to create these
17125 space:=$@{empty@} $@{empty@}
17126 SOURCE_LIST := $@{subst $@{space@},:,$@{SOURCE_DIRS@}@}
17127 OBJECT_LIST := $@{subst $@{space@},:,$@{OBJECT_DIRS@}@}
17128 ADA_INCLUDE_PATH += $@{SOURCE_LIST@}
17129 ADA_OBJECTS_PATH += $@{OBJECT_LIST@}
17130 export ADA_INCLUDE_PATH
17131 export ADA_OBJECTS_PATH
17137 @node GNAT Utility Programs,GNAT and Program Execution,Building Executable Programs with GNAT,Top
17138 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs doc}@anchor{143}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs gnat-utility-programs}@anchor{b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id1}@anchor{144}
17139 @chapter GNAT Utility Programs
17142 This chapter describes a number of utility programs:
17149 @ref{20,,The File Cleanup Utility gnatclean}
17152 @ref{21,,The GNAT Library Browser gnatls}
17155 @ref{22,,The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind}
17158 @ref{23,,The Ada to HTML Converter gnathtml}
17161 Other GNAT utilities are described elsewhere in this manual:
17167 @ref{59,,Handling Arbitrary File Naming Conventions with gnatname}
17170 @ref{63,,File Name Krunching with gnatkr}
17173 @ref{36,,Renaming Files with gnatchop}
17176 @ref{17,,Preprocessing with gnatprep}
17180 * The File Cleanup Utility gnatclean::
17181 * The GNAT Library Browser gnatls::
17182 * The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind::
17183 * The Ada to HTML Converter gnathtml::
17187 @node The File Cleanup Utility gnatclean,The GNAT Library Browser gnatls,,GNAT Utility Programs
17188 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id2}@anchor{145}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs the-file-cleanup-utility-gnatclean}@anchor{20}
17189 @section The File Cleanup Utility @code{gnatclean}
17192 @geindex File cleanup tool
17196 @code{gnatclean} is a tool that allows the deletion of files produced by the
17197 compiler, binder and linker, including ALI files, object files, tree files,
17198 expanded source files, library files, interface copy source files, binder
17199 generated files and executable files.
17202 * Running gnatclean::
17203 * Switches for gnatclean::
17207 @node Running gnatclean,Switches for gnatclean,,The File Cleanup Utility gnatclean
17208 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs running-gnatclean}@anchor{146}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id3}@anchor{147}
17209 @subsection Running @code{gnatclean}
17212 The @code{gnatclean} command has the form:
17217 $ gnatclean switches names
17221 where @code{names} is a list of source file names. Suffixes @code{.ads} and
17222 @code{adb} may be omitted. If a project file is specified using switch
17223 @code{-P}, then @code{names} may be completely omitted.
17225 In normal mode, @code{gnatclean} delete the files produced by the compiler and,
17226 if switch @code{-c} is not specified, by the binder and
17227 the linker. In informative-only mode, specified by switch
17228 @code{-n}, the list of files that would have been deleted in
17229 normal mode is listed, but no file is actually deleted.
17231 @node Switches for gnatclean,,Running gnatclean,The File Cleanup Utility gnatclean
17232 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id4}@anchor{148}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs switches-for-gnatclean}@anchor{149}
17233 @subsection Switches for @code{gnatclean}
17236 @code{gnatclean} recognizes the following switches:
17238 @geindex --version (gnatclean)
17243 @item @code{--version}
17245 Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
17248 @geindex --help (gnatclean)
17253 @item @code{--help}
17255 If @code{--version} was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
17258 @item @code{--subdirs=@emph{subdir}}
17260 Actual object directory of each project file is the subdirectory subdir of the
17261 object directory specified or defaulted in the project file.
17263 @item @code{--unchecked-shared-lib-imports}
17265 By default, shared library projects are not allowed to import static library
17266 projects. When this switch is used on the command line, this restriction is
17270 @geindex -c (gnatclean)
17277 Only attempt to delete the files produced by the compiler, not those produced
17278 by the binder or the linker. The files that are not to be deleted are library
17279 files, interface copy files, binder generated files and executable files.
17282 @geindex -D (gnatclean)
17287 @item @code{-D @emph{dir}}
17289 Indicate that ALI and object files should normally be found in directory @code{dir}.
17292 @geindex -F (gnatclean)
17299 When using project files, if some errors or warnings are detected during
17300 parsing and verbose mode is not in effect (no use of switch
17301 -v), then error lines start with the full path name of the project
17302 file, rather than its simple file name.
17305 @geindex -h (gnatclean)
17312 Output a message explaining the usage of @code{gnatclean}.
17315 @geindex -n (gnatclean)
17322 Informative-only mode. Do not delete any files. Output the list of the files
17323 that would have been deleted if this switch was not specified.
17326 @geindex -P (gnatclean)
17331 @item @code{-P@emph{project}}
17333 Use project file @code{project}. Only one such switch can be used.
17334 When cleaning a project file, the files produced by the compilation of the
17335 immediate sources or inherited sources of the project files are to be
17336 deleted. This is not depending on the presence or not of executable names
17337 on the command line.
17340 @geindex -q (gnatclean)
17347 Quiet output. If there are no errors, do not output anything, except in
17348 verbose mode (switch -v) or in informative-only mode
17352 @geindex -r (gnatclean)
17359 When a project file is specified (using switch -P),
17360 clean all imported and extended project files, recursively. If this switch
17361 is not specified, only the files related to the main project file are to be
17362 deleted. This switch has no effect if no project file is specified.
17365 @geindex -v (gnatclean)
17375 @geindex -vP (gnatclean)
17380 @item @code{-vP@emph{x}}
17382 Indicates the verbosity of the parsing of GNAT project files.
17383 @ref{de,,Switches Related to Project Files}.
17386 @geindex -X (gnatclean)
17391 @item @code{-X@emph{name}=@emph{value}}
17393 Indicates that external variable @code{name} has the value @code{value}.
17394 The Project Manager will use this value for occurrences of
17395 @code{external(name)} when parsing the project file.
17396 See @ref{de,,Switches Related to Project Files}.
17399 @geindex -aO (gnatclean)
17404 @item @code{-aO@emph{dir}}
17406 When searching for ALI and object files, look in directory @code{dir}.
17409 @geindex -I (gnatclean)
17414 @item @code{-I@emph{dir}}
17416 Equivalent to @code{-aO@emph{dir}}.
17419 @geindex -I- (gnatclean)
17421 @geindex Source files
17422 @geindex suppressing search
17429 Do not look for ALI or object files in the directory
17430 where @code{gnatclean} was invoked.
17433 @node The GNAT Library Browser gnatls,The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind,The File Cleanup Utility gnatclean,GNAT Utility Programs
17434 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs the-gnat-library-browser-gnatls}@anchor{21}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id5}@anchor{14a}
17435 @section The GNAT Library Browser @code{gnatls}
17438 @geindex Library browser
17442 @code{gnatls} is a tool that outputs information about compiled
17443 units. It gives the relationship between objects, unit names and source
17444 files. It can also be used to check the source dependencies of a unit
17445 as well as various characteristics.
17449 * Switches for gnatls::
17450 * Example of gnatls Usage::
17454 @node Running gnatls,Switches for gnatls,,The GNAT Library Browser gnatls
17455 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id6}@anchor{14b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs running-gnatls}@anchor{14c}
17456 @subsection Running @code{gnatls}
17459 The @code{gnatls} command has the form
17464 $ gnatls switches object_or_ali_file
17468 The main argument is the list of object or @code{ali} files
17469 (see @ref{42,,The Ada Library Information Files})
17470 for which information is requested.
17472 In normal mode, without additional option, @code{gnatls} produces a
17473 four-column listing. Each line represents information for a specific
17474 object. The first column gives the full path of the object, the second
17475 column gives the name of the principal unit in this object, the third
17476 column gives the status of the source and the fourth column gives the
17477 full path of the source representing this unit.
17478 Here is a simple example of use:
17484 ./demo1.o demo1 DIF demo1.adb
17485 ./demo2.o demo2 OK demo2.adb
17486 ./hello.o h1 OK hello.adb
17487 ./instr-child.o instr.child MOK instr-child.adb
17488 ./instr.o instr OK instr.adb
17489 ./tef.o tef DIF tef.adb
17490 ./text_io_example.o text_io_example OK text_io_example.adb
17491 ./tgef.o tgef DIF tgef.adb
17495 The first line can be interpreted as follows: the main unit which is
17497 object file @code{demo1.o} is demo1, whose main source is in
17498 @code{demo1.adb}. Furthermore, the version of the source used for the
17499 compilation of demo1 has been modified (DIF). Each source file has a status
17500 qualifier which can be:
17505 @item @emph{OK (unchanged)}
17507 The version of the source file used for the compilation of the
17508 specified unit corresponds exactly to the actual source file.
17510 @item @emph{MOK (slightly modified)}
17512 The version of the source file used for the compilation of the
17513 specified unit differs from the actual source file but not enough to
17514 require recompilation. If you use gnatmake with the option
17515 @code{-m} (minimal recompilation), a file marked
17516 MOK will not be recompiled.
17518 @item @emph{DIF (modified)}
17520 No version of the source found on the path corresponds to the source
17521 used to build this object.
17523 @item @emph{??? (file not found)}
17525 No source file was found for this unit.
17527 @item @emph{HID (hidden, unchanged version not first on PATH)}
17529 The version of the source that corresponds exactly to the source used
17530 for compilation has been found on the path but it is hidden by another
17531 version of the same source that has been modified.
17534 @node Switches for gnatls,Example of gnatls Usage,Running gnatls,The GNAT Library Browser gnatls
17535 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id7}@anchor{14d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs switches-for-gnatls}@anchor{14e}
17536 @subsection Switches for @code{gnatls}
17539 @code{gnatls} recognizes the following switches:
17541 @geindex --version (gnatls)
17546 @item @code{--version}
17548 Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
17551 @geindex --help (gnatls)
17556 @item @code{--help}
17558 If @code{--version} was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
17562 @geindex -a (gnatls)
17569 Consider all units, including those of the predefined Ada library.
17570 Especially useful with @code{-d}.
17573 @geindex -d (gnatls)
17580 List sources from which specified units depend on.
17583 @geindex -h (gnatls)
17590 Output the list of options.
17593 @geindex -o (gnatls)
17600 Only output information about object files.
17603 @geindex -s (gnatls)
17610 Only output information about source files.
17613 @geindex -u (gnatls)
17620 Only output information about compilation units.
17623 @geindex -files (gnatls)
17628 @item @code{-files=@emph{file}}
17630 Take as arguments the files listed in text file @code{file}.
17631 Text file @code{file} may contain empty lines that are ignored.
17632 Each nonempty line should contain the name of an existing file.
17633 Several such switches may be specified simultaneously.
17636 @geindex -aO (gnatls)
17638 @geindex -aI (gnatls)
17640 @geindex -I (gnatls)
17642 @geindex -I- (gnatls)
17647 @item @code{-aO@emph{dir}}, @code{-aI@emph{dir}}, @code{-I@emph{dir}}, @code{-I-}, @code{-nostdinc}
17649 Source path manipulation. Same meaning as the equivalent @code{gnatmake}
17650 flags (@ref{dc,,Switches for gnatmake}).
17653 @geindex -aP (gnatls)
17658 @item @code{-aP@emph{dir}}
17660 Add @code{dir} at the beginning of the project search dir.
17663 @geindex --RTS (gnatls)
17668 @item @code{--RTS=@emph{rts-path}}
17670 Specifies the default location of the runtime library. Same meaning as the
17671 equivalent @code{gnatmake} flag (@ref{dc,,Switches for gnatmake}).
17674 @geindex -v (gnatls)
17681 Verbose mode. Output the complete source, object and project paths. Do not use
17682 the default column layout but instead use long format giving as much as
17683 information possible on each requested units, including special
17684 characteristics such as:
17690 @emph{Preelaborable}: The unit is preelaborable in the Ada sense.
17693 @emph{No_Elab_Code}: No elaboration code has been produced by the compiler for this unit.
17696 @emph{Pure}: The unit is pure in the Ada sense.
17699 @emph{Elaborate_Body}: The unit contains a pragma Elaborate_Body.
17702 @emph{Remote_Types}: The unit contains a pragma Remote_Types.
17705 @emph{Shared_Passive}: The unit contains a pragma Shared_Passive.
17708 @emph{Predefined}: This unit is part of the predefined environment and cannot be modified
17712 @emph{Remote_Call_Interface}: The unit contains a pragma Remote_Call_Interface.
17716 @node Example of gnatls Usage,,Switches for gnatls,The GNAT Library Browser gnatls
17717 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id8}@anchor{14f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs example-of-gnatls-usage}@anchor{150}
17718 @subsection Example of @code{gnatls} Usage
17721 Example of using the verbose switch. Note how the source and
17722 object paths are affected by the -I switch.
17727 $ gnatls -v -I.. demo1.o
17729 GNATLS 5.03w (20041123-34)
17730 Copyright 1997-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
17732 Source Search Path:
17733 <Current_Directory>
17735 /home/comar/local/adainclude/
17737 Object Search Path:
17738 <Current_Directory>
17740 /home/comar/local/lib/gcc-lib/x86-linux/3.4.3/adalib/
17742 Project Search Path:
17743 <Current_Directory>
17744 /home/comar/local/lib/gnat/
17749 Kind => subprogram body
17750 Flags => No_Elab_Code
17751 Source => demo1.adb modified
17755 The following is an example of use of the dependency list.
17756 Note the use of the -s switch
17757 which gives a straight list of source files. This can be useful for
17758 building specialized scripts.
17763 $ gnatls -d demo2.o
17764 ./demo2.o demo2 OK demo2.adb
17770 $ gnatls -d -s -a demo1.o
17772 /home/comar/local/adainclude/ada.ads
17773 /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-finali.ads
17774 /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-filico.ads
17775 /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-stream.ads
17776 /home/comar/local/adainclude/a-tags.ads
17779 /home/comar/local/adainclude/gnat.ads
17780 /home/comar/local/adainclude/g-io.ads
17782 /home/comar/local/adainclude/system.ads
17783 /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-exctab.ads
17784 /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-finimp.ads
17785 /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-finroo.ads
17786 /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-secsta.ads
17787 /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-stalib.ads
17788 /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-stoele.ads
17789 /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-stratt.ads
17790 /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-tasoli.ads
17791 /home/comar/local/adainclude/s-unstyp.ads
17792 /home/comar/local/adainclude/unchconv.ads
17796 @node The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind,The Ada to HTML Converter gnathtml,The GNAT Library Browser gnatls,GNAT Utility Programs
17797 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs the-cross-referencing-tools-gnatxref-and-gnatfind}@anchor{22}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id9}@anchor{151}
17798 @section The Cross-Referencing Tools @code{gnatxref} and @code{gnatfind}
17805 The compiler generates cross-referencing information (unless
17806 you set the @code{-gnatx} switch), which are saved in the @code{.ali} files.
17807 This information indicates where in the source each entity is declared and
17808 referenced. Note that entities in package Standard are not included, but
17809 entities in all other predefined units are included in the output.
17811 Before using any of these two tools, you need to compile successfully your
17812 application, so that GNAT gets a chance to generate the cross-referencing
17815 The two tools @code{gnatxref} and @code{gnatfind} take advantage of this
17816 information to provide the user with the capability to easily locate the
17817 declaration and references to an entity. These tools are quite similar,
17818 the difference being that @code{gnatfind} is intended for locating
17819 definitions and/or references to a specified entity or entities, whereas
17820 @code{gnatxref} is oriented to generating a full report of all
17823 To use these tools, you must not compile your application using the
17824 @code{-gnatx} switch on the @code{gnatmake} command line
17825 (see @ref{1b,,Building with gnatmake}). Otherwise, cross-referencing
17826 information will not be generated.
17829 * gnatxref Switches::
17830 * gnatfind Switches::
17831 * Configuration Files for gnatxref and gnatfind::
17832 * Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref::
17833 * Examples of gnatxref Usage::
17834 * Examples of gnatfind Usage::
17838 @node gnatxref Switches,gnatfind Switches,,The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind
17839 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id10}@anchor{152}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs gnatxref-switches}@anchor{153}
17840 @subsection @code{gnatxref} Switches
17843 The command invocation for @code{gnatxref} is:
17848 $ gnatxref [ switches ] sourcefile1 [ sourcefile2 ... ]
17857 @item @code{sourcefile1} [, @code{sourcefile2} ...]
17859 identify the source files for which a report is to be generated. The
17860 @code{with}ed units will be processed too. You must provide at least one file.
17862 These file names are considered to be regular expressions, so for instance
17863 specifying @code{source*.adb} is the same as giving every file in the current
17864 directory whose name starts with @code{source} and whose extension is
17867 You shouldn't specify any directory name, just base names. @code{gnatxref}
17868 and @code{gnatfind} will be able to locate these files by themselves using
17869 the source path. If you specify directories, no result is produced.
17872 The following switches are available for @code{gnatxref}:
17874 @geindex --version (gnatxref)
17879 @item @code{--version}
17881 Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
17884 @geindex --help (gnatxref)
17889 @item @code{--help}
17891 If @code{--version} was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
17895 @geindex -a (gnatxref)
17902 If this switch is present, @code{gnatfind} and @code{gnatxref} will parse
17903 the read-only files found in the library search path. Otherwise, these files
17904 will be ignored. This option can be used to protect Gnat sources or your own
17905 libraries from being parsed, thus making @code{gnatfind} and @code{gnatxref}
17906 much faster, and their output much smaller. Read-only here refers to access
17907 or permissions status in the file system for the current user.
17910 @geindex -aIDIR (gnatxref)
17915 @item @code{-aI@emph{DIR}}
17917 When looking for source files also look in directory DIR. The order in which
17918 source file search is undertaken is the same as for @code{gnatmake}.
17921 @geindex -aODIR (gnatxref)
17926 @item @code{aO@emph{DIR}}
17928 When -searching for library and object files, look in directory
17929 DIR. The order in which library files are searched is the same as for
17933 @geindex -nostdinc (gnatxref)
17938 @item @code{-nostdinc}
17940 Do not look for sources in the system default directory.
17943 @geindex -nostdlib (gnatxref)
17948 @item @code{-nostdlib}
17950 Do not look for library files in the system default directory.
17953 @geindex --ext (gnatxref)
17958 @item @code{--ext=@emph{extension}}
17960 Specify an alternate ali file extension. The default is @code{ali} and other
17961 extensions (e.g. @code{gli} for C/C++ sources) may be specified via this switch.
17962 Note that if this switch overrides the default, only the new extension will
17966 @geindex --RTS (gnatxref)
17971 @item @code{--RTS=@emph{rts-path}}
17973 Specifies the default location of the runtime library. Same meaning as the
17974 equivalent @code{gnatmake} flag (@ref{dc,,Switches for gnatmake}).
17977 @geindex -d (gnatxref)
17984 If this switch is set @code{gnatxref} will output the parent type
17985 reference for each matching derived types.
17988 @geindex -f (gnatxref)
17995 If this switch is set, the output file names will be preceded by their
17996 directory (if the file was found in the search path). If this switch is
17997 not set, the directory will not be printed.
18000 @geindex -g (gnatxref)
18007 If this switch is set, information is output only for library-level
18008 entities, ignoring local entities. The use of this switch may accelerate
18009 @code{gnatfind} and @code{gnatxref}.
18012 @geindex -IDIR (gnatxref)
18017 @item @code{-I@emph{DIR}}
18019 Equivalent to @code{-aODIR -aIDIR}.
18022 @geindex -pFILE (gnatxref)
18027 @item @code{-p@emph{FILE}}
18029 Specify a configuration file to use to list the source and object directories.
18031 If a file is specified, then the content of the source directory and object
18032 directory lines are added as if they had been specified respectively
18033 by @code{-aI} and @code{-aO}.
18035 See @ref{154,,Configuration Files for gnatxref and gnatfind} for the syntax
18036 of this configuration file.
18040 Output only unused symbols. This may be really useful if you give your
18041 main compilation unit on the command line, as @code{gnatxref} will then
18042 display every unused entity and 'with'ed package.
18046 Instead of producing the default output, @code{gnatxref} will generate a
18047 @code{tags} file that can be used by vi. For examples how to use this
18048 feature, see @ref{155,,Examples of gnatxref Usage}. The tags file is output
18049 to the standard output, thus you will have to redirect it to a file.
18052 All these switches may be in any order on the command line, and may even
18053 appear after the file names. They need not be separated by spaces, thus
18054 you can say @code{gnatxref -ag} instead of @code{gnatxref -a -g}.
18056 @node gnatfind Switches,Configuration Files for gnatxref and gnatfind,gnatxref Switches,The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind
18057 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id11}@anchor{156}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs gnatfind-switches}@anchor{157}
18058 @subsection @code{gnatfind} Switches
18061 The command invocation for @code{gnatfind} is:
18066 $ gnatfind [ switches ] pattern[:sourcefile[:line[:column]]]
18071 with the following iterpretation of the command arguments:
18076 @item @emph{pattern}
18078 An entity will be output only if it matches the regular expression found
18079 in @emph{pattern}, see @ref{158,,Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref}.
18081 Omitting the pattern is equivalent to specifying @code{*}, which
18082 will match any entity. Note that if you do not provide a pattern, you
18083 have to provide both a sourcefile and a line.
18085 Entity names are given in Latin-1, with uppercase/lowercase equivalence
18086 for matching purposes. At the current time there is no support for
18087 8-bit codes other than Latin-1, or for wide characters in identifiers.
18089 @item @emph{sourcefile}
18091 @code{gnatfind} will look for references, bodies or declarations
18092 of symbols referenced in @code{sourcefile}, at line @code{line}
18093 and column @code{column}. See @ref{159,,Examples of gnatfind Usage}
18094 for syntax examples.
18098 A decimal integer identifying the line number containing
18099 the reference to the entity (or entities) to be located.
18101 @item @emph{column}
18103 A decimal integer identifying the exact location on the
18104 line of the first character of the identifier for the
18105 entity reference. Columns are numbered from 1.
18107 @item @emph{file1 file2 ...}
18109 The search will be restricted to these source files. If none are given, then
18110 the search will be conducted for every library file in the search path.
18111 These files must appear only after the pattern or sourcefile.
18113 These file names are considered to be regular expressions, so for instance
18114 specifying @code{source*.adb} is the same as giving every file in the current
18115 directory whose name starts with @code{source} and whose extension is
18118 The location of the spec of the entity will always be displayed, even if it
18119 isn't in one of @code{file1}, @code{file2}, ... The
18120 occurrences of the entity in the separate units of the ones given on the
18121 command line will also be displayed.
18123 Note that if you specify at least one file in this part, @code{gnatfind} may
18124 sometimes not be able to find the body of the subprograms.
18127 At least one of 'sourcefile' or 'pattern' has to be present on
18130 The following switches are available:
18132 @geindex --version (gnatfind)
18137 @item @code{--version}
18139 Display Copyright and version, then exit disregarding all other options.
18142 @geindex --help (gnatfind)
18147 @item @code{--help}
18149 If @code{--version} was not used, display usage, then exit disregarding
18153 @geindex -a (gnatfind)
18160 If this switch is present, @code{gnatfind} and @code{gnatxref} will parse
18161 the read-only files found in the library search path. Otherwise, these files
18162 will be ignored. This option can be used to protect Gnat sources or your own
18163 libraries from being parsed, thus making @code{gnatfind} and @code{gnatxref}
18164 much faster, and their output much smaller. Read-only here refers to access
18165 or permission status in the file system for the current user.
18168 @geindex -aIDIR (gnatfind)
18173 @item @code{-aI@emph{DIR}}
18175 When looking for source files also look in directory DIR. The order in which
18176 source file search is undertaken is the same as for @code{gnatmake}.
18179 @geindex -aODIR (gnatfind)
18184 @item @code{-aO@emph{DIR}}
18186 When searching for library and object files, look in directory
18187 DIR. The order in which library files are searched is the same as for
18191 @geindex -nostdinc (gnatfind)
18196 @item @code{-nostdinc}
18198 Do not look for sources in the system default directory.
18201 @geindex -nostdlib (gnatfind)
18206 @item @code{-nostdlib}
18208 Do not look for library files in the system default directory.
18211 @geindex --ext (gnatfind)
18216 @item @code{--ext=@emph{extension}}
18218 Specify an alternate ali file extension. The default is @code{ali} and other
18219 extensions may be specified via this switch. Note that if this switch
18220 overrides the default, only the new extension will be considered.
18223 @geindex --RTS (gnatfind)
18228 @item @code{--RTS=@emph{rts-path}}
18230 Specifies the default location of the runtime library. Same meaning as the
18231 equivalent @code{gnatmake} flag (@ref{dc,,Switches for gnatmake}).
18234 @geindex -d (gnatfind)
18241 If this switch is set, then @code{gnatfind} will output the parent type
18242 reference for each matching derived types.
18245 @geindex -e (gnatfind)
18252 By default, @code{gnatfind} accept the simple regular expression set for
18253 @code{pattern}. If this switch is set, then the pattern will be
18254 considered as full Unix-style regular expression.
18257 @geindex -f (gnatfind)
18264 If this switch is set, the output file names will be preceded by their
18265 directory (if the file was found in the search path). If this switch is
18266 not set, the directory will not be printed.
18269 @geindex -g (gnatfind)
18276 If this switch is set, information is output only for library-level
18277 entities, ignoring local entities. The use of this switch may accelerate
18278 @code{gnatfind} and @code{gnatxref}.
18281 @geindex -IDIR (gnatfind)
18286 @item @code{-I@emph{DIR}}
18288 Equivalent to @code{-aODIR -aIDIR}.
18291 @geindex -pFILE (gnatfind)
18296 @item @code{-p@emph{FILE}}
18298 Specify a configuration file to use to list the source and object directories.
18300 If a file is specified, then the content of the source directory and object
18301 directory lines are added as if they had been specified respectively
18302 by @code{-aI} and @code{-aO}.
18304 See @ref{154,,Configuration Files for gnatxref and gnatfind} for the syntax
18305 of this configuration file.
18308 @geindex -r (gnatfind)
18315 By default, @code{gnatfind} will output only the information about the
18316 declaration, body or type completion of the entities. If this switch is
18317 set, the @code{gnatfind} will locate every reference to the entities in
18318 the files specified on the command line (or in every file in the search
18319 path if no file is given on the command line).
18322 @geindex -s (gnatfind)
18329 If this switch is set, then @code{gnatfind} will output the content
18330 of the Ada source file lines were the entity was found.
18333 @geindex -t (gnatfind)
18340 If this switch is set, then @code{gnatfind} will output the type hierarchy for
18341 the specified type. It act like -d option but recursively from parent
18342 type to parent type. When this switch is set it is not possible to
18343 specify more than one file.
18346 All these switches may be in any order on the command line, and may even
18347 appear after the file names. They need not be separated by spaces, thus
18348 you can say @code{gnatxref -ag} instead of
18349 @code{gnatxref -a -g}.
18351 As stated previously, @code{gnatfind} will search in every directory in the
18352 search path. You can force it to look only in the current directory if
18353 you specify @code{*} at the end of the command line.
18355 @node Configuration Files for gnatxref and gnatfind,Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref,gnatfind Switches,The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind
18356 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs configuration-files-for-gnatxref-and-gnatfind}@anchor{154}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id12}@anchor{15a}
18357 @subsection Configuration Files for @code{gnatxref} and @code{gnatfind}
18360 Configuration files are used by @code{gnatxref} and @code{gnatfind} to specify
18361 the list of source and object directories to consider. They can be
18362 specified via the @code{-p} switch.
18364 The following lines can be included, in any order in the file:
18373 @item @emph{src_dir=DIR}
18375 [default: @code{"./"}].
18376 Specifies a directory where to look for source files. Multiple @code{src_dir}
18377 lines can be specified and they will be searched in the order they
18385 @item @emph{obj_dir=DIR}
18387 [default: @code{"./"}].
18388 Specifies a directory where to look for object and library files. Multiple
18389 @code{obj_dir} lines can be specified, and they will be searched in the order
18394 Any other line will be silently ignored.
18396 @node Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref,Examples of gnatxref Usage,Configuration Files for gnatxref and gnatfind,The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind
18397 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id13}@anchor{15b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs regular-expressions-in-gnatfind-and-gnatxref}@anchor{158}
18398 @subsection Regular Expressions in @code{gnatfind} and @code{gnatxref}
18401 As specified in the section about @code{gnatfind}, the pattern can be a
18402 regular expression. Two kinds of regular expressions
18412 @item @emph{Globbing pattern}
18414 These are the most common regular expression. They are the same as are
18415 generally used in a Unix shell command line, or in a DOS session.
18417 Here is a more formal grammar:
18421 term ::= elmt -- matches elmt
18422 term ::= elmt elmt -- concatenation (elmt then elmt)
18423 term ::= * -- any string of 0 or more characters
18424 term ::= ? -- matches any character
18425 term ::= [char @{char@}] -- matches any character listed
18426 term ::= [char - char] -- matches any character in range
18434 @item @emph{Full regular expression}
18436 The second set of regular expressions is much more powerful. This is the
18437 type of regular expressions recognized by utilities such as @code{grep}.
18439 The following is the form of a regular expression, expressed in same BNF
18440 style as is found in the Ada Reference Manual:
18443 regexp ::= term @{| term@} -- alternation (term or term ...)
18445 term ::= item @{item@} -- concatenation (item then item)
18447 item ::= elmt -- match elmt
18448 item ::= elmt * -- zero or more elmt's
18449 item ::= elmt + -- one or more elmt's
18450 item ::= elmt ? -- matches elmt or nothing
18452 elmt ::= nschar -- matches given character
18453 elmt ::= [nschar @{nschar@}] -- matches any character listed
18454 elmt ::= [^ nschar @{nschar@}] -- matches any character not listed
18455 elmt ::= [char - char] -- matches chars in given range
18456 elmt ::= \\ char -- matches given character
18457 elmt ::= . -- matches any single character
18458 elmt ::= ( regexp ) -- parens used for grouping
18460 char ::= any character, including special characters
18461 nschar ::= any character except ()[].*+?^
18464 Here are a few examples:
18471 @item @code{abcde|fghi}
18473 will match any of the two strings @code{abcde} and @code{fghi},
18477 will match any string like @code{abd}, @code{abcd}, @code{abccd},
18478 @code{abcccd}, and so on,
18480 @item @code{[a-z]+}
18482 will match any string which has only lowercase characters in it (and at
18483 least one character.
18489 @node Examples of gnatxref Usage,Examples of gnatfind Usage,Regular Expressions in gnatfind and gnatxref,The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind
18490 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs examples-of-gnatxref-usage}@anchor{155}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id14}@anchor{15c}
18491 @subsection Examples of @code{gnatxref} Usage
18496 * Using gnatxref with vi::
18500 @node General Usage,Using gnatxref with vi,,Examples of gnatxref Usage
18501 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs general-usage}@anchor{15d}
18502 @subsubsection General Usage
18505 For the following examples, we will consider the following units:
18513 3: procedure Foo (B : in Integer);
18520 1: package body Main is
18521 2: procedure Foo (B : in Integer) is
18532 2: procedure Print (B : Integer);
18537 The first thing to do is to recompile your application (for instance, in
18538 that case just by doing a @code{gnatmake main}, so that GNAT generates
18539 the cross-referencing information.
18540 You can then issue any of the following commands:
18548 @code{gnatxref main.adb}
18549 @code{gnatxref} generates cross-reference information for main.adb
18550 and every unit 'with'ed by main.adb.
18552 The output would be:
18560 Decl: main.ads 3:20
18561 Body: main.adb 2:20
18562 Ref: main.adb 4:13 5:13 6:19
18565 Ref: main.adb 6:8 7:8
18575 Decl: main.ads 3:15
18576 Body: main.adb 2:15
18579 Body: main.adb 1:14
18582 Ref: main.adb 6:12 7:12
18586 This shows that the entity @code{Main} is declared in main.ads, line 2, column 9,
18587 its body is in main.adb, line 1, column 14 and is not referenced any where.
18589 The entity @code{Print} is declared in @code{bar.ads}, line 2, column 15 and it
18590 is referenced in @code{main.adb}, line 6 column 12 and line 7 column 12.
18593 @code{gnatxref package1.adb package2.ads}
18594 @code{gnatxref} will generates cross-reference information for
18595 @code{package1.adb}, @code{package2.ads} and any other package @code{with}ed by any
18600 @node Using gnatxref with vi,,General Usage,Examples of gnatxref Usage
18601 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs using-gnatxref-with-vi}@anchor{15e}
18602 @subsubsection Using @code{gnatxref} with @code{vi}
18605 @code{gnatxref} can generate a tags file output, which can be used
18606 directly from @code{vi}. Note that the standard version of @code{vi}
18607 will not work properly with overloaded symbols. Consider using another
18608 free implementation of @code{vi}, such as @code{vim}.
18613 $ gnatxref -v gnatfind.adb > tags
18617 The following command will generate the tags file for @code{gnatfind} itself
18618 (if the sources are in the search path!):
18623 $ gnatxref -v gnatfind.adb > tags
18627 From @code{vi}, you can then use the command @code{:tag @emph{entity}}
18628 (replacing @code{entity} by whatever you are looking for), and vi will
18629 display a new file with the corresponding declaration of entity.
18631 @node Examples of gnatfind Usage,,Examples of gnatxref Usage,The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind
18632 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id15}@anchor{15f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs examples-of-gnatfind-usage}@anchor{159}
18633 @subsection Examples of @code{gnatfind} Usage
18640 @code{gnatfind -f xyz:main.adb}
18641 Find declarations for all entities xyz referenced at least once in
18642 main.adb. The references are search in every library file in the search
18645 The directories will be printed as well (as the @code{-f}
18648 The output will look like:
18653 directory/main.ads:106:14: xyz <= declaration
18654 directory/main.adb:24:10: xyz <= body
18655 directory/foo.ads:45:23: xyz <= declaration
18659 I.e., one of the entities xyz found in main.adb is declared at
18660 line 12 of main.ads (and its body is in main.adb), and another one is
18661 declared at line 45 of foo.ads
18664 @code{gnatfind -fs xyz:main.adb}
18665 This is the same command as the previous one, but @code{gnatfind} will
18666 display the content of the Ada source file lines.
18668 The output will look like:
18671 directory/main.ads:106:14: xyz <= declaration
18673 directory/main.adb:24:10: xyz <= body
18675 directory/foo.ads:45:23: xyz <= declaration
18679 This can make it easier to find exactly the location your are looking
18683 @code{gnatfind -r "*x*":main.ads:123 foo.adb}
18684 Find references to all entities containing an x that are
18685 referenced on line 123 of main.ads.
18686 The references will be searched only in main.ads and foo.adb.
18689 @code{gnatfind main.ads:123}
18690 Find declarations and bodies for all entities that are referenced on
18691 line 123 of main.ads.
18693 This is the same as @code{gnatfind "*":main.adb:123`}
18696 @code{gnatfind mydir/main.adb:123:45}
18697 Find the declaration for the entity referenced at column 45 in
18698 line 123 of file main.adb in directory mydir. Note that it
18699 is usual to omit the identifier name when the column is given,
18700 since the column position identifies a unique reference.
18702 The column has to be the beginning of the identifier, and should not
18703 point to any character in the middle of the identifier.
18706 @node The Ada to HTML Converter gnathtml,,The Cross-Referencing Tools gnatxref and gnatfind,GNAT Utility Programs
18707 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs the-ada-to-html-converter-gnathtml}@anchor{23}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id16}@anchor{160}
18708 @section The Ada to HTML Converter @code{gnathtml}
18713 @code{gnathtml} is a Perl script that allows Ada source files to be browsed using
18714 standard Web browsers. For installation information, see @ref{161,,Installing gnathtml}.
18716 Ada reserved keywords are highlighted in a bold font and Ada comments in
18717 a blue font. Unless your program was compiled with the gcc @code{-gnatx}
18718 switch to suppress the generation of cross-referencing information, user
18719 defined variables and types will appear in a different color; you will
18720 be able to click on any identifier and go to its declaration.
18723 * Invoking gnathtml::
18724 * Installing gnathtml::
18728 @node Invoking gnathtml,Installing gnathtml,,The Ada to HTML Converter gnathtml
18729 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs invoking-gnathtml}@anchor{162}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id17}@anchor{163}
18730 @subsection Invoking @code{gnathtml}
18733 The command line is as follows:
18738 $ perl gnathtml.pl [ switches ] ada-files
18742 You can specify as many Ada files as you want. @code{gnathtml} will generate
18743 an html file for every ada file, and a global file called @code{index.htm}.
18744 This file is an index of every identifier defined in the files.
18746 The following switches are available:
18748 @geindex -83 (gnathtml)
18755 Only the Ada 83 subset of keywords will be highlighted.
18758 @geindex -cc (gnathtml)
18763 @item @code{cc @emph{color}}
18765 This option allows you to change the color used for comments. The default
18766 value is green. The color argument can be any name accepted by html.
18769 @geindex -d (gnathtml)
18776 If the Ada files depend on some other files (for instance through
18777 @code{with} clauses, the latter files will also be converted to html.
18778 Only the files in the user project will be converted to html, not the files
18779 in the run-time library itself.
18782 @geindex -D (gnathtml)
18789 This command is the same as @code{-d} above, but @code{gnathtml} will
18790 also look for files in the run-time library, and generate html files for them.
18793 @geindex -ext (gnathtml)
18798 @item @code{ext @emph{extension}}
18800 This option allows you to change the extension of the generated HTML files.
18801 If you do not specify an extension, it will default to @code{htm}.
18804 @geindex -f (gnathtml)
18811 By default, gnathtml will generate html links only for global entities
18812 ('with'ed units, global variables and types,...). If you specify
18813 @code{-f} on the command line, then links will be generated for local
18817 @geindex -l (gnathtml)
18822 @item @code{l @emph{number}}
18824 If this switch is provided and @code{number} is not 0, then
18825 @code{gnathtml} will number the html files every @code{number} line.
18828 @geindex -I (gnathtml)
18833 @item @code{I @emph{dir}}
18835 Specify a directory to search for library files (@code{.ALI} files) and
18836 source files. You can provide several -I switches on the command line,
18837 and the directories will be parsed in the order of the command line.
18840 @geindex -o (gnathtml)
18845 @item @code{o @emph{dir}}
18847 Specify the output directory for html files. By default, gnathtml will
18848 saved the generated html files in a subdirectory named @code{html/}.
18851 @geindex -p (gnathtml)
18856 @item @code{p @emph{file}}
18858 If you are using Emacs and the most recent Emacs Ada mode, which provides
18859 a full Integrated Development Environment for compiling, checking,
18860 running and debugging applications, you may use @code{.gpr} files
18861 to give the directories where Emacs can find sources and object files.
18863 Using this switch, you can tell gnathtml to use these files.
18864 This allows you to get an html version of your application, even if it
18865 is spread over multiple directories.
18868 @geindex -sc (gnathtml)
18873 @item @code{sc @emph{color}}
18875 This switch allows you to change the color used for symbol
18877 The default value is red. The color argument can be any name accepted by html.
18880 @geindex -t (gnathtml)
18885 @item @code{t @emph{file}}
18887 This switch provides the name of a file. This file contains a list of
18888 file names to be converted, and the effect is exactly as though they had
18889 appeared explicitly on the command line. This
18890 is the recommended way to work around the command line length limit on some
18894 @node Installing gnathtml,,Invoking gnathtml,The Ada to HTML Converter gnathtml
18895 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs installing-gnathtml}@anchor{161}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs id18}@anchor{164}
18896 @subsection Installing @code{gnathtml}
18899 @code{Perl} needs to be installed on your machine to run this script.
18900 @code{Perl} is freely available for almost every architecture and
18901 operating system via the Internet.
18903 On Unix systems, you may want to modify the first line of the script
18904 @code{gnathtml}, to explicitly specify where Perl
18905 is located. The syntax of this line is:
18910 #!full_path_name_to_perl
18914 Alternatively, you may run the script using the following command line:
18919 $ perl gnathtml.pl [ switches ] files
18923 @c -- +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
18925 @c -- | The following sections are present only in the PRO and GPL editions |
18927 @c -- +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
18937 @c -- Example: A |withing| unit has a |with| clause, it |withs| a |withed| unit
18939 @node GNAT and Program Execution,Platform-Specific Information,GNAT Utility Programs,Top
18940 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution gnat-and-program-execution}@anchor{c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution doc}@anchor{165}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id1}@anchor{166}
18941 @chapter GNAT and Program Execution
18944 This chapter covers several topics:
18950 @ref{167,,Running and Debugging Ada Programs}
18953 @ref{168,,Code Coverage and Profiling}
18956 @ref{169,,Improving Performance}
18959 @ref{16a,,Overflow Check Handling in GNAT}
18962 @ref{16b,,Performing Dimensionality Analysis in GNAT}
18965 @ref{16c,,Stack Related Facilities}
18968 @ref{16d,,Memory Management Issues}
18972 * Running and Debugging Ada Programs::
18973 * Code Coverage and Profiling::
18974 * Improving Performance::
18975 * Overflow Check Handling in GNAT::
18976 * Performing Dimensionality Analysis in GNAT::
18977 * Stack Related Facilities::
18978 * Memory Management Issues::
18982 @node Running and Debugging Ada Programs,Code Coverage and Profiling,,GNAT and Program Execution
18983 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id2}@anchor{167}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution running-and-debugging-ada-programs}@anchor{24}
18984 @section Running and Debugging Ada Programs
18989 This section discusses how to debug Ada programs.
18991 An incorrect Ada program may be handled in three ways by the GNAT compiler:
18997 The illegality may be a violation of the static semantics of Ada. In
18998 that case GNAT diagnoses the constructs in the program that are illegal.
18999 It is then a straightforward matter for the user to modify those parts of
19003 The illegality may be a violation of the dynamic semantics of Ada. In
19004 that case the program compiles and executes, but may generate incorrect
19005 results, or may terminate abnormally with some exception.
19008 When presented with a program that contains convoluted errors, GNAT
19009 itself may terminate abnormally without providing full diagnostics on
19010 the incorrect user program.
19018 * The GNAT Debugger GDB::
19020 * Introduction to GDB Commands::
19021 * Using Ada Expressions::
19022 * Calling User-Defined Subprograms::
19023 * Using the next Command in a Function::
19024 * Stopping When Ada Exceptions Are Raised::
19026 * Debugging Generic Units::
19027 * Remote Debugging with gdbserver::
19028 * GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate::
19029 * Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files::
19030 * Getting Internal Debugging Information::
19031 * Stack Traceback::
19032 * Pretty-Printers for the GNAT runtime::
19036 @node The GNAT Debugger GDB,Running GDB,,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19037 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution the-gnat-debugger-gdb}@anchor{16e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id3}@anchor{16f}
19038 @subsection The GNAT Debugger GDB
19041 @code{GDB} is a general purpose, platform-independent debugger that
19042 can be used to debug mixed-language programs compiled with @code{gcc},
19043 and in particular is capable of debugging Ada programs compiled with
19044 GNAT. The latest versions of @code{GDB} are Ada-aware and can handle
19045 complex Ada data structures.
19047 See @cite{Debugging with GDB},
19048 for full details on the usage of @code{GDB}, including a section on
19049 its usage on programs. This manual should be consulted for full
19050 details. The section that follows is a brief introduction to the
19051 philosophy and use of @code{GDB}.
19053 When GNAT programs are compiled, the compiler optionally writes debugging
19054 information into the generated object file, including information on
19055 line numbers, and on declared types and variables. This information is
19056 separate from the generated code. It makes the object files considerably
19057 larger, but it does not add to the size of the actual executable that
19058 will be loaded into memory, and has no impact on run-time performance. The
19059 generation of debug information is triggered by the use of the
19060 @code{-g} switch in the @code{gcc} or @code{gnatmake} command
19061 used to carry out the compilations. It is important to emphasize that
19062 the use of these options does not change the generated code.
19064 The debugging information is written in standard system formats that
19065 are used by many tools, including debuggers and profilers. The format
19066 of the information is typically designed to describe C types and
19067 semantics, but GNAT implements a translation scheme which allows full
19068 details about Ada types and variables to be encoded into these
19069 standard C formats. Details of this encoding scheme may be found in
19070 the file exp_dbug.ads in the GNAT source distribution. However, the
19071 details of this encoding are, in general, of no interest to a user,
19072 since @code{GDB} automatically performs the necessary decoding.
19074 When a program is bound and linked, the debugging information is
19075 collected from the object files, and stored in the executable image of
19076 the program. Again, this process significantly increases the size of
19077 the generated executable file, but it does not increase the size of
19078 the executable program itself. Furthermore, if this program is run in
19079 the normal manner, it runs exactly as if the debug information were
19080 not present, and takes no more actual memory.
19082 However, if the program is run under control of @code{GDB}, the
19083 debugger is activated. The image of the program is loaded, at which
19084 point it is ready to run. If a run command is given, then the program
19085 will run exactly as it would have if @code{GDB} were not present. This
19086 is a crucial part of the @code{GDB} design philosophy. @code{GDB} is
19087 entirely non-intrusive until a breakpoint is encountered. If no
19088 breakpoint is ever hit, the program will run exactly as it would if no
19089 debugger were present. When a breakpoint is hit, @code{GDB} accesses
19090 the debugging information and can respond to user commands to inspect
19091 variables, and more generally to report on the state of execution.
19093 @node Running GDB,Introduction to GDB Commands,The GNAT Debugger GDB,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19094 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id4}@anchor{170}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution running-gdb}@anchor{171}
19095 @subsection Running GDB
19098 This section describes how to initiate the debugger.
19100 The debugger can be launched from a @code{GPS} menu or
19101 directly from the command line. The description below covers the latter use.
19102 All the commands shown can be used in the @code{GPS} debug console window,
19103 but there are usually more GUI-based ways to achieve the same effect.
19105 The command to run @code{GDB} is
19114 where @code{program} is the name of the executable file. This
19115 activates the debugger and results in a prompt for debugger commands.
19116 The simplest command is simply @code{run}, which causes the program to run
19117 exactly as if the debugger were not present. The following section
19118 describes some of the additional commands that can be given to @code{GDB}.
19120 @node Introduction to GDB Commands,Using Ada Expressions,Running GDB,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19121 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution introduction-to-gdb-commands}@anchor{172}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id5}@anchor{173}
19122 @subsection Introduction to GDB Commands
19125 @code{GDB} contains a large repertoire of commands.
19126 See @cite{Debugging with GDB} for extensive documentation on the use
19127 of these commands, together with examples of their use. Furthermore,
19128 the command @emph{help} invoked from within GDB activates a simple help
19129 facility which summarizes the available commands and their options.
19130 In this section we summarize a few of the most commonly
19131 used commands to give an idea of what @code{GDB} is about. You should create
19132 a simple program with debugging information and experiment with the use of
19133 these @code{GDB} commands on the program as you read through the
19143 @item @code{set args @emph{arguments}}
19145 The @emph{arguments} list above is a list of arguments to be passed to
19146 the program on a subsequent run command, just as though the arguments
19147 had been entered on a normal invocation of the program. The @code{set args}
19148 command is not needed if the program does not require arguments.
19157 The @code{run} command causes execution of the program to start from
19158 the beginning. If the program is already running, that is to say if
19159 you are currently positioned at a breakpoint, then a prompt will ask
19160 for confirmation that you want to abandon the current execution and
19168 @item @code{breakpoint @emph{location}}
19170 The breakpoint command sets a breakpoint, that is to say a point at which
19171 execution will halt and @code{GDB} will await further
19172 commands. @emph{location} is
19173 either a line number within a file, given in the format @code{file:linenumber},
19174 or it is the name of a subprogram. If you request that a breakpoint be set on
19175 a subprogram that is overloaded, a prompt will ask you to specify on which of
19176 those subprograms you want to breakpoint. You can also
19177 specify that all of them should be breakpointed. If the program is run
19178 and execution encounters the breakpoint, then the program
19179 stops and @code{GDB} signals that the breakpoint was encountered by
19180 printing the line of code before which the program is halted.
19187 @item @code{catch exception @emph{name}}
19189 This command causes the program execution to stop whenever exception
19190 @code{name} is raised. If @code{name} is omitted, then the execution is
19191 suspended when any exception is raised.
19198 @item @code{print @emph{expression}}
19200 This will print the value of the given expression. Most simple
19201 Ada expression formats are properly handled by @code{GDB}, so the expression
19202 can contain function calls, variables, operators, and attribute references.
19209 @item @code{continue}
19211 Continues execution following a breakpoint, until the next breakpoint or the
19212 termination of the program.
19221 Executes a single line after a breakpoint. If the next statement
19222 is a subprogram call, execution continues into (the first statement of)
19223 the called subprogram.
19232 Executes a single line. If this line is a subprogram call, executes and
19233 returns from the call.
19242 Lists a few lines around the current source location. In practice, it
19243 is usually more convenient to have a separate edit window open with the
19244 relevant source file displayed. Successive applications of this command
19245 print subsequent lines. The command can be given an argument which is a
19246 line number, in which case it displays a few lines around the specified one.
19253 @item @code{backtrace}
19255 Displays a backtrace of the call chain. This command is typically
19256 used after a breakpoint has occurred, to examine the sequence of calls that
19257 leads to the current breakpoint. The display includes one line for each
19258 activation record (frame) corresponding to an active subprogram.
19267 At a breakpoint, @code{GDB} can display the values of variables local
19268 to the current frame. The command @code{up} can be used to
19269 examine the contents of other active frames, by moving the focus up
19270 the stack, that is to say from callee to caller, one frame at a time.
19279 Moves the focus of @code{GDB} down from the frame currently being
19280 examined to the frame of its callee (the reverse of the previous command),
19287 @item @code{frame @emph{n}}
19289 Inspect the frame with the given number. The value 0 denotes the frame
19290 of the current breakpoint, that is to say the top of the call stack.
19299 Kills the child process in which the program is running under GDB.
19300 This may be useful for several purposes:
19306 It allows you to recompile and relink your program, since on many systems
19307 you cannot regenerate an executable file while it is running in a process.
19310 You can run your program outside the debugger, on systems that do not
19311 permit executing a program outside GDB while breakpoints are set
19315 It allows you to debug a core dump rather than a running process.
19320 The above list is a very short introduction to the commands that
19321 @code{GDB} provides. Important additional capabilities, including conditional
19322 breakpoints, the ability to execute command sequences on a breakpoint,
19323 the ability to debug at the machine instruction level and many other
19324 features are described in detail in @cite{Debugging with GDB}.
19325 Note that most commands can be abbreviated
19326 (for example, c for continue, bt for backtrace).
19328 @node Using Ada Expressions,Calling User-Defined Subprograms,Introduction to GDB Commands,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19329 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id6}@anchor{174}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution using-ada-expressions}@anchor{175}
19330 @subsection Using Ada Expressions
19333 @geindex Ada expressions (in gdb)
19335 @code{GDB} supports a fairly large subset of Ada expression syntax, with some
19336 extensions. The philosophy behind the design of this subset is
19344 That @code{GDB} should provide basic literals and access to operations for
19345 arithmetic, dereferencing, field selection, indexing, and subprogram calls,
19346 leaving more sophisticated computations to subprograms written into the
19347 program (which therefore may be called from @code{GDB}).
19350 That type safety and strict adherence to Ada language restrictions
19351 are not particularly relevant in a debugging context.
19354 That brevity is important to the @code{GDB} user.
19358 Thus, for brevity, the debugger acts as if there were
19359 implicit @code{with} and @code{use} clauses in effect for all user-written
19360 packages, thus making it unnecessary to fully qualify most names with
19361 their packages, regardless of context. Where this causes ambiguity,
19362 @code{GDB} asks the user's intent.
19364 For details on the supported Ada syntax, see @cite{Debugging with GDB}.
19366 @node Calling User-Defined Subprograms,Using the next Command in a Function,Using Ada Expressions,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19367 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id7}@anchor{176}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution calling-user-defined-subprograms}@anchor{177}
19368 @subsection Calling User-Defined Subprograms
19371 An important capability of @code{GDB} is the ability to call user-defined
19372 subprograms while debugging. This is achieved simply by entering
19373 a subprogram call statement in the form:
19378 call subprogram-name (parameters)
19382 The keyword @code{call} can be omitted in the normal case where the
19383 @code{subprogram-name} does not coincide with any of the predefined
19384 @code{GDB} commands.
19386 The effect is to invoke the given subprogram, passing it the
19387 list of parameters that is supplied. The parameters can be expressions and
19388 can include variables from the program being debugged. The
19389 subprogram must be defined
19390 at the library level within your program, and @code{GDB} will call the
19391 subprogram within the environment of your program execution (which
19392 means that the subprogram is free to access or even modify variables
19393 within your program).
19395 The most important use of this facility is in allowing the inclusion of
19396 debugging routines that are tailored to particular data structures
19397 in your program. Such debugging routines can be written to provide a suitably
19398 high-level description of an abstract type, rather than a low-level dump
19399 of its physical layout. After all, the standard
19400 @code{GDB print} command only knows the physical layout of your
19401 types, not their abstract meaning. Debugging routines can provide information
19402 at the desired semantic level and are thus enormously useful.
19404 For example, when debugging GNAT itself, it is crucial to have access to
19405 the contents of the tree nodes used to represent the program internally.
19406 But tree nodes are represented simply by an integer value (which in turn
19407 is an index into a table of nodes).
19408 Using the @code{print} command on a tree node would simply print this integer
19409 value, which is not very useful. But the PN routine (defined in file
19410 treepr.adb in the GNAT sources) takes a tree node as input, and displays
19411 a useful high level representation of the tree node, which includes the
19412 syntactic category of the node, its position in the source, the integers
19413 that denote descendant nodes and parent node, as well as varied
19414 semantic information. To study this example in more detail, you might want to
19415 look at the body of the PN procedure in the stated file.
19417 Another useful application of this capability is to deal with situations of
19418 complex data which are not handled suitably by GDB. For example, if you specify
19419 Convention Fortran for a multi-dimensional array, GDB does not know that
19420 the ordering of array elements has been switched and will not properly
19421 address the array elements. In such a case, instead of trying to print the
19422 elements directly from GDB, you can write a callable procedure that prints
19423 the elements in the desired format.
19425 @node Using the next Command in a Function,Stopping When Ada Exceptions Are Raised,Calling User-Defined Subprograms,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19426 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution using-the-next-command-in-a-function}@anchor{178}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id8}@anchor{179}
19427 @subsection Using the @emph{next} Command in a Function
19430 When you use the @code{next} command in a function, the current source
19431 location will advance to the next statement as usual. A special case
19432 arises in the case of a @code{return} statement.
19434 Part of the code for a return statement is the 'epilogue' of the function.
19435 This is the code that returns to the caller. There is only one copy of
19436 this epilogue code, and it is typically associated with the last return
19437 statement in the function if there is more than one return. In some
19438 implementations, this epilogue is associated with the first statement
19441 The result is that if you use the @code{next} command from a return
19442 statement that is not the last return statement of the function you
19443 may see a strange apparent jump to the last return statement or to
19444 the start of the function. You should simply ignore this odd jump.
19445 The value returned is always that from the first return statement
19446 that was stepped through.
19448 @node Stopping When Ada Exceptions Are Raised,Ada Tasks,Using the next Command in a Function,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19449 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution stopping-when-ada-exceptions-are-raised}@anchor{17a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id9}@anchor{17b}
19450 @subsection Stopping When Ada Exceptions Are Raised
19453 @geindex Exceptions (in gdb)
19455 You can set catchpoints that stop the program execution when your program
19456 raises selected exceptions.
19465 @item @code{catch exception}
19467 Set a catchpoint that stops execution whenever (any task in the) program
19468 raises any exception.
19475 @item @code{catch exception @emph{name}}
19477 Set a catchpoint that stops execution whenever (any task in the) program
19478 raises the exception @emph{name}.
19485 @item @code{catch exception unhandled}
19487 Set a catchpoint that stops executing whenever (any task in the) program
19488 raises an exception for which there is no handler.
19495 @item @code{info exceptions}, @code{info exceptions @emph{regexp}}
19497 The @code{info exceptions} command permits the user to examine all defined
19498 exceptions within Ada programs. With a regular expression, @emph{regexp}, as
19499 argument, prints out only those exceptions whose name matches @emph{regexp}.
19503 @geindex Tasks (in gdb)
19505 @node Ada Tasks,Debugging Generic Units,Stopping When Ada Exceptions Are Raised,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19506 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution ada-tasks}@anchor{17c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id10}@anchor{17d}
19507 @subsection Ada Tasks
19510 @code{GDB} allows the following task-related commands:
19519 @item @code{info tasks}
19521 This command shows a list of current Ada tasks, as in the following example:
19525 ID TID P-ID Thread Pri State Name
19526 1 8088000 0 807e000 15 Child Activation Wait main_task
19527 2 80a4000 1 80ae000 15 Accept/Select Wait b
19528 3 809a800 1 80a4800 15 Child Activation Wait a
19529 * 4 80ae800 3 80b8000 15 Running c
19532 In this listing, the asterisk before the first task indicates it to be the
19533 currently running task. The first column lists the task ID that is used
19534 to refer to tasks in the following commands.
19538 @geindex Breakpoints and tasks
19544 @code{break`@w{`}*linespec* `@w{`}task} @emph{taskid}, @code{break} @emph{linespec} @code{task} @emph{taskid} @code{if} ...
19548 These commands are like the @code{break ... thread ...}.
19549 @emph{linespec} specifies source lines.
19551 Use the qualifier @code{task @emph{taskid}} with a breakpoint command
19552 to specify that you only want @code{GDB} to stop the program when a
19553 particular Ada task reaches this breakpoint. @emph{taskid} is one of the
19554 numeric task identifiers assigned by @code{GDB}, shown in the first
19555 column of the @code{info tasks} display.
19557 If you do not specify @code{task @emph{taskid}} when you set a
19558 breakpoint, the breakpoint applies to @emph{all} tasks of your
19561 You can use the @code{task} qualifier on conditional breakpoints as
19562 well; in this case, place @code{task @emph{taskid}} before the
19563 breakpoint condition (before the @code{if}).
19567 @geindex Task switching (in gdb)
19573 @code{task @emph{taskno}}
19577 This command allows switching to the task referred by @emph{taskno}. In
19578 particular, this allows browsing of the backtrace of the specified
19579 task. It is advisable to switch back to the original task before
19580 continuing execution otherwise the scheduling of the program may be
19585 For more detailed information on the tasking support,
19586 see @cite{Debugging with GDB}.
19588 @geindex Debugging Generic Units
19592 @node Debugging Generic Units,Remote Debugging with gdbserver,Ada Tasks,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19593 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution debugging-generic-units}@anchor{17e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id11}@anchor{17f}
19594 @subsection Debugging Generic Units
19597 GNAT always uses code expansion for generic instantiation. This means that
19598 each time an instantiation occurs, a complete copy of the original code is
19599 made, with appropriate substitutions of formals by actuals.
19601 It is not possible to refer to the original generic entities in
19602 @code{GDB}, but it is always possible to debug a particular instance of
19603 a generic, by using the appropriate expanded names. For example, if we have
19610 generic package k is
19611 procedure kp (v1 : in out integer);
19615 procedure kp (v1 : in out integer) is
19621 package k1 is new k;
19622 package k2 is new k;
19624 var : integer := 1;
19635 Then to break on a call to procedure kp in the k2 instance, simply
19641 (gdb) break g.k2.kp
19645 When the breakpoint occurs, you can step through the code of the
19646 instance in the normal manner and examine the values of local variables, as for
19649 @geindex Remote Debugging with gdbserver
19651 @node Remote Debugging with gdbserver,GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate,Debugging Generic Units,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19652 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution remote-debugging-with-gdbserver}@anchor{180}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id12}@anchor{181}
19653 @subsection Remote Debugging with gdbserver
19656 On platforms where gdbserver is supported, it is possible to use this tool
19657 to debug your application remotely. This can be useful in situations
19658 where the program needs to be run on a target host that is different
19659 from the host used for development, particularly when the target has
19660 a limited amount of resources (either CPU and/or memory).
19662 To do so, start your program using gdbserver on the target machine.
19663 gdbserver then automatically suspends the execution of your program
19664 at its entry point, waiting for a debugger to connect to it. The
19665 following commands starts an application and tells gdbserver to
19666 wait for a connection with the debugger on localhost port 4444.
19671 $ gdbserver localhost:4444 program
19672 Process program created; pid = 5685
19673 Listening on port 4444
19677 Once gdbserver has started listening, we can tell the debugger to establish
19678 a connection with this gdbserver, and then start the same debugging session
19679 as if the program was being debugged on the same host, directly under
19680 the control of GDB.
19686 (gdb) target remote targethost:4444
19687 Remote debugging using targethost:4444
19688 0x00007f29936d0af0 in ?? () from /lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.
19690 Breakpoint 1 at 0x401f0c: file foo.adb, line 3.
19694 Breakpoint 1, foo () at foo.adb:4
19699 It is also possible to use gdbserver to attach to an already running
19700 program, in which case the execution of that program is simply suspended
19701 until the connection between the debugger and gdbserver is established.
19703 For more information on how to use gdbserver, see the @emph{Using the gdbserver Program}
19704 section in @cite{Debugging with GDB}.
19705 GNAT provides support for gdbserver on x86-linux, x86-windows and x86_64-linux.
19707 @geindex Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate
19709 @node GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate,Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files,Remote Debugging with gdbserver,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19710 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution gnat-abnormal-termination-or-failure-to-terminate}@anchor{182}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id13}@anchor{183}
19711 @subsection GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate
19714 When presented with programs that contain serious errors in syntax
19716 GNAT may on rare occasions experience problems in operation, such
19718 segmentation fault or illegal memory access, raising an internal
19719 exception, terminating abnormally, or failing to terminate at all.
19720 In such cases, you can activate
19721 various features of GNAT that can help you pinpoint the construct in your
19722 program that is the likely source of the problem.
19724 The following strategies are presented in increasing order of
19725 difficulty, corresponding to your experience in using GNAT and your
19726 familiarity with compiler internals.
19732 Run @code{gcc} with the @code{-gnatf}. This first
19733 switch causes all errors on a given line to be reported. In its absence,
19734 only the first error on a line is displayed.
19736 The @code{-gnatdO} switch causes errors to be displayed as soon as they
19737 are encountered, rather than after compilation is terminated. If GNAT
19738 terminates prematurely or goes into an infinite loop, the last error
19739 message displayed may help to pinpoint the culprit.
19742 Run @code{gcc} with the @code{-v} (verbose) switch. In this
19743 mode, @code{gcc} produces ongoing information about the progress of the
19744 compilation and provides the name of each procedure as code is
19745 generated. This switch allows you to find which Ada procedure was being
19746 compiled when it encountered a code generation problem.
19749 @geindex -gnatdc switch
19755 Run @code{gcc} with the @code{-gnatdc} switch. This is a GNAT specific
19756 switch that does for the front-end what @code{-v} does
19757 for the back end. The system prints the name of each unit,
19758 either a compilation unit or nested unit, as it is being analyzed.
19761 Finally, you can start
19762 @code{gdb} directly on the @code{gnat1} executable. @code{gnat1} is the
19763 front-end of GNAT, and can be run independently (normally it is just
19764 called from @code{gcc}). You can use @code{gdb} on @code{gnat1} as you
19765 would on a C program (but @ref{16e,,The GNAT Debugger GDB} for caveats). The
19766 @code{where} command is the first line of attack; the variable
19767 @code{lineno} (seen by @code{print lineno}), used by the second phase of
19768 @code{gnat1} and by the @code{gcc} backend, indicates the source line at
19769 which the execution stopped, and @code{input_file name} indicates the name of
19773 @node Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files,Getting Internal Debugging Information,GNAT Abnormal Termination or Failure to Terminate,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19774 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution naming-conventions-for-gnat-source-files}@anchor{184}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id14}@anchor{185}
19775 @subsection Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files
19778 In order to examine the workings of the GNAT system, the following
19779 brief description of its organization may be helpful:
19785 Files with prefix @code{sc} contain the lexical scanner.
19788 All files prefixed with @code{par} are components of the parser. The
19789 numbers correspond to chapters of the Ada Reference Manual. For example,
19790 parsing of select statements can be found in @code{par-ch9.adb}.
19793 All files prefixed with @code{sem} perform semantic analysis. The
19794 numbers correspond to chapters of the Ada standard. For example, all
19795 issues involving context clauses can be found in @code{sem_ch10.adb}. In
19796 addition, some features of the language require sufficient special processing
19797 to justify their own semantic files: sem_aggr for aggregates, sem_disp for
19798 dynamic dispatching, etc.
19801 All files prefixed with @code{exp} perform normalization and
19802 expansion of the intermediate representation (abstract syntax tree, or AST).
19803 these files use the same numbering scheme as the parser and semantics files.
19804 For example, the construction of record initialization procedures is done in
19805 @code{exp_ch3.adb}.
19808 The files prefixed with @code{bind} implement the binder, which
19809 verifies the consistency of the compilation, determines an order of
19810 elaboration, and generates the bind file.
19813 The files @code{atree.ads} and @code{atree.adb} detail the low-level
19814 data structures used by the front-end.
19817 The files @code{sinfo.ads} and @code{sinfo.adb} detail the structure of
19818 the abstract syntax tree as produced by the parser.
19821 The files @code{einfo.ads} and @code{einfo.adb} detail the attributes of
19822 all entities, computed during semantic analysis.
19825 Library management issues are dealt with in files with prefix
19828 @geindex Annex A (in Ada Reference Manual)
19831 Ada files with the prefix @code{a-} are children of @code{Ada}, as
19832 defined in Annex A.
19834 @geindex Annex B (in Ada reference Manual)
19837 Files with prefix @code{i-} are children of @code{Interfaces}, as
19838 defined in Annex B.
19840 @geindex System (package in Ada Reference Manual)
19843 Files with prefix @code{s-} are children of @code{System}. This includes
19844 both language-defined children and GNAT run-time routines.
19846 @geindex GNAT (package)
19849 Files with prefix @code{g-} are children of @code{GNAT}. These are useful
19850 general-purpose packages, fully documented in their specs. All
19851 the other @code{.c} files are modifications of common @code{gcc} files.
19854 @node Getting Internal Debugging Information,Stack Traceback,Naming Conventions for GNAT Source Files,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19855 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id15}@anchor{186}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution getting-internal-debugging-information}@anchor{187}
19856 @subsection Getting Internal Debugging Information
19859 Most compilers have internal debugging switches and modes. GNAT
19860 does also, except GNAT internal debugging switches and modes are not
19861 secret. A summary and full description of all the compiler and binder
19862 debug flags are in the file @code{debug.adb}. You must obtain the
19863 sources of the compiler to see the full detailed effects of these flags.
19865 The switches that print the source of the program (reconstructed from
19866 the internal tree) are of general interest for user programs, as are the
19868 the full internal tree, and the entity table (the symbol table
19869 information). The reconstructed source provides a readable version of the
19870 program after the front-end has completed analysis and expansion,
19871 and is useful when studying the performance of specific constructs.
19872 For example, constraint checks are indicated, complex aggregates
19873 are replaced with loops and assignments, and tasking primitives
19874 are replaced with run-time calls.
19878 @geindex stack traceback
19880 @geindex stack unwinding
19882 @node Stack Traceback,Pretty-Printers for the GNAT runtime,Getting Internal Debugging Information,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
19883 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution stack-traceback}@anchor{188}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id16}@anchor{189}
19884 @subsection Stack Traceback
19887 Traceback is a mechanism to display the sequence of subprogram calls that
19888 leads to a specified execution point in a program. Often (but not always)
19889 the execution point is an instruction at which an exception has been raised.
19890 This mechanism is also known as @emph{stack unwinding} because it obtains
19891 its information by scanning the run-time stack and recovering the activation
19892 records of all active subprograms. Stack unwinding is one of the most
19893 important tools for program debugging.
19895 The first entry stored in traceback corresponds to the deepest calling level,
19896 that is to say the subprogram currently executing the instruction
19897 from which we want to obtain the traceback.
19899 Note that there is no runtime performance penalty when stack traceback
19900 is enabled, and no exception is raised during program execution.
19903 @geindex non-symbolic
19906 * Non-Symbolic Traceback::
19907 * Symbolic Traceback::
19911 @node Non-Symbolic Traceback,Symbolic Traceback,,Stack Traceback
19912 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution non-symbolic-traceback}@anchor{18a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id17}@anchor{18b}
19913 @subsubsection Non-Symbolic Traceback
19916 Note: this feature is not supported on all platforms. See
19917 @code{GNAT.Traceback} spec in @code{g-traceb.ads}
19918 for a complete list of supported platforms.
19920 @subsubheading Tracebacks From an Unhandled Exception
19923 A runtime non-symbolic traceback is a list of addresses of call instructions.
19924 To enable this feature you must use the @code{-E}
19925 @code{gnatbind} option. With this option a stack traceback is stored as part
19926 of exception information. You can retrieve this information using the
19927 @code{addr2line} tool.
19929 Here is a simple example:
19938 raise Constraint_Error;
19952 $ gnatmake stb -bargs -E
19955 Execution terminated by unhandled exception
19956 Exception name: CONSTRAINT_ERROR
19958 Call stack traceback locations:
19959 0x401373 0x40138b 0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4 0x4011f1 0x77e892a4
19963 As we see the traceback lists a sequence of addresses for the unhandled
19964 exception @code{CONSTRAINT_ERROR} raised in procedure P1. It is easy to
19965 guess that this exception come from procedure P1. To translate these
19966 addresses into the source lines where the calls appear, the
19967 @code{addr2line} tool, described below, is invaluable. The use of this tool
19968 requires the program to be compiled with debug information.
19973 $ gnatmake -g stb -bargs -E
19976 Execution terminated by unhandled exception
19977 Exception name: CONSTRAINT_ERROR
19979 Call stack traceback locations:
19980 0x401373 0x40138b 0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4 0x4011f1 0x77e892a4
19982 $ addr2line --exe=stb 0x401373 0x40138b 0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4
19983 0x4011f1 0x77e892a4
19985 00401373 at d:/stb/stb.adb:5
19986 0040138B at d:/stb/stb.adb:10
19987 0040139C at d:/stb/stb.adb:14
19988 00401335 at d:/stb/b~stb.adb:104
19989 004011C4 at /build/.../crt1.c:200
19990 004011F1 at /build/.../crt1.c:222
19991 77E892A4 in ?? at ??:0
19995 The @code{addr2line} tool has several other useful options:
20000 @multitable {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
20007 to get the function name corresponding to any location
20011 @code{--demangle=gnat}
20015 to use the gnat decoding mode for the function names.
20016 Note that for binutils version 2.9.x the option is
20017 simply @code{--demangle}.
20023 $ addr2line --exe=stb --functions --demangle=gnat 0x401373 0x40138b
20024 0x40139c 0x401335 0x4011c4 0x4011f1
20026 00401373 in stb.p1 at d:/stb/stb.adb:5
20027 0040138B in stb.p2 at d:/stb/stb.adb:10
20028 0040139C in stb at d:/stb/stb.adb:14
20029 00401335 in main at d:/stb/b~stb.adb:104
20030 004011C4 in <__mingw_CRTStartup> at /build/.../crt1.c:200
20031 004011F1 in <mainCRTStartup> at /build/.../crt1.c:222
20035 From this traceback we can see that the exception was raised in
20036 @code{stb.adb} at line 5, which was reached from a procedure call in
20037 @code{stb.adb} at line 10, and so on. The @code{b~std.adb} is the binder file,
20038 which contains the call to the main program.
20039 @ref{11c,,Running gnatbind}. The remaining entries are assorted runtime routines,
20040 and the output will vary from platform to platform.
20042 It is also possible to use @code{GDB} with these traceback addresses to debug
20043 the program. For example, we can break at a given code location, as reported
20044 in the stack traceback:
20053 Furthermore, this feature is not implemented inside Windows DLL. Only
20054 the non-symbolic traceback is reported in this case.
20059 (gdb) break *0x401373
20060 Breakpoint 1 at 0x401373: file stb.adb, line 5.
20064 It is important to note that the stack traceback addresses
20065 do not change when debug information is included. This is particularly useful
20066 because it makes it possible to release software without debug information (to
20067 minimize object size), get a field report that includes a stack traceback
20068 whenever an internal bug occurs, and then be able to retrieve the sequence
20069 of calls with the same program compiled with debug information.
20071 @subsubheading Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences
20074 Non-symbolic tracebacks are obtained by using the @code{-E} binder argument.
20075 The stack traceback is attached to the exception information string, and can
20076 be retrieved in an exception handler within the Ada program, by means of the
20077 Ada facilities defined in @code{Ada.Exceptions}. Here is a simple example:
20083 with Ada.Exceptions;
20088 use Ada.Exceptions;
20096 Text_IO.Put_Line (Exception_Information (E));
20110 This program will output:
20117 Exception name: CONSTRAINT_ERROR
20118 Message: stb.adb:12
20119 Call stack traceback locations:
20120 0x4015e4 0x401633 0x401644 0x401461 0x4011c4 0x4011f1 0x77e892a4
20124 @subsubheading Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program
20127 It is also possible to retrieve a stack traceback from anywhere in a
20128 program. For this you need to
20129 use the @code{GNAT.Traceback} API. This package includes a procedure called
20130 @code{Call_Chain} that computes a complete stack traceback, as well as useful
20131 display procedures described below. It is not necessary to use the
20132 @code{-E} @code{gnatbind} option in this case, because the stack traceback mechanism
20133 is invoked explicitly.
20135 In the following example we compute a traceback at a specific location in
20136 the program, and we display it using @code{GNAT.Debug_Utilities.Image} to
20137 convert addresses to strings:
20143 with GNAT.Traceback;
20144 with GNAT.Debug_Utilities;
20150 use GNAT.Traceback;
20153 TB : Tracebacks_Array (1 .. 10);
20154 -- We are asking for a maximum of 10 stack frames.
20156 -- Len will receive the actual number of stack frames returned.
20158 Call_Chain (TB, Len);
20160 Text_IO.Put ("In STB.P1 : ");
20162 for K in 1 .. Len loop
20163 Text_IO.Put (Debug_Utilities.Image (TB (K)));
20184 In STB.P1 : 16#0040_F1E4# 16#0040_14F2# 16#0040_170B# 16#0040_171C#
20185 16#0040_1461# 16#0040_11C4# 16#0040_11F1# 16#77E8_92A4#
20189 You can then get further information by invoking the @code{addr2line}
20190 tool as described earlier (note that the hexadecimal addresses
20191 need to be specified in C format, with a leading '0x').
20196 @node Symbolic Traceback,,Non-Symbolic Traceback,Stack Traceback
20197 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id18}@anchor{18c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution symbolic-traceback}@anchor{18d}
20198 @subsubsection Symbolic Traceback
20201 A symbolic traceback is a stack traceback in which procedure names are
20202 associated with each code location.
20204 Note that this feature is not supported on all platforms. See
20205 @code{GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic} spec in @code{g-trasym.ads} for a complete
20206 list of currently supported platforms.
20208 Note that the symbolic traceback requires that the program be compiled
20209 with debug information. If it is not compiled with debug information
20210 only the non-symbolic information will be valid.
20212 @subsubheading Tracebacks From Exception Occurrences
20215 Here is an example:
20221 with GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic;
20227 raise Constraint_Error;
20244 Ada.Text_IO.Put_Line (GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic.Symbolic_Traceback (E));
20249 $ gnatmake -g .\stb -bargs -E
20252 0040149F in stb.p1 at stb.adb:8
20253 004014B7 in stb.p2 at stb.adb:13
20254 004014CF in stb.p3 at stb.adb:18
20255 004015DD in ada.stb at stb.adb:22
20256 00401461 in main at b~stb.adb:168
20257 004011C4 in __mingw_CRTStartup at crt1.c:200
20258 004011F1 in mainCRTStartup at crt1.c:222
20259 77E892A4 in ?? at ??:0
20263 In the above example the @code{.\} syntax in the @code{gnatmake} command
20264 is currently required by @code{addr2line} for files that are in
20265 the current working directory.
20266 Moreover, the exact sequence of linker options may vary from platform
20268 The above @code{-largs} section is for Windows platforms. By contrast,
20269 under Unix there is no need for the @code{-largs} section.
20270 Differences across platforms are due to details of linker implementation.
20272 @subsubheading Tracebacks From Anywhere in a Program
20275 It is possible to get a symbolic stack traceback
20276 from anywhere in a program, just as for non-symbolic tracebacks.
20277 The first step is to obtain a non-symbolic
20278 traceback, and then call @code{Symbolic_Traceback} to compute the symbolic
20279 information. Here is an example:
20285 with GNAT.Traceback;
20286 with GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic;
20291 use GNAT.Traceback;
20292 use GNAT.Traceback.Symbolic;
20295 TB : Tracebacks_Array (1 .. 10);
20296 -- We are asking for a maximum of 10 stack frames.
20298 -- Len will receive the actual number of stack frames returned.
20300 Call_Chain (TB, Len);
20301 Text_IO.Put_Line (Symbolic_Traceback (TB (1 .. Len)));
20315 @subsubheading Automatic Symbolic Tracebacks
20318 Symbolic tracebacks may also be enabled by using the -Es switch to gnatbind (as
20319 in @code{gprbuild -g ... -bargs -Es}).
20320 This will cause the Exception_Information to contain a symbolic traceback,
20321 which will also be printed if an unhandled exception terminates the
20324 @node Pretty-Printers for the GNAT runtime,,Stack Traceback,Running and Debugging Ada Programs
20325 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id19}@anchor{18e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution pretty-printers-for-the-gnat-runtime}@anchor{18f}
20326 @subsection Pretty-Printers for the GNAT runtime
20329 As discussed in @cite{Calling User-Defined Subprograms}, GDB's
20330 @code{print} command only knows about the physical layout of program data
20331 structures and therefore normally displays only low-level dumps, which
20332 are often hard to understand.
20334 An example of this is when trying to display the contents of an Ada
20335 standard container, such as @code{Ada.Containers.Ordered_Maps.Map}:
20340 with Ada.Containers.Ordered_Maps;
20343 package Int_To_Nat is
20344 new Ada.Containers.Ordered_Maps (Integer, Natural);
20346 Map : Int_To_Nat.Map;
20348 Map.Insert (1, 10);
20349 Map.Insert (2, 20);
20350 Map.Insert (3, 30);
20352 Map.Clear; -- BREAK HERE
20357 When this program is built with debugging information and run under
20358 GDB up to the @code{Map.Clear} statement, trying to print @code{Map} will
20359 yield information that is only relevant to the developers of our standard
20381 Fortunately, GDB has a feature called pretty-printers@footnote{http://docs.adacore.com/gdb-docs/html/gdb.html#Pretty_002dPrinter-Introduction},
20382 which allows customizing how GDB displays data structures. The GDB
20383 shipped with GNAT embeds such pretty-printers for the most common
20384 containers in the standard library. To enable them, either run the
20385 following command manually under GDB or add it to your @code{.gdbinit} file:
20390 python import gnatdbg; gnatdbg.setup()
20394 Once this is done, GDB's @code{print} command will automatically use
20395 these pretty-printers when appropriate. Using the previous example:
20401 $1 = pp.int_to_nat.map of length 3 = @{
20409 Pretty-printers are invoked each time GDB tries to display a value,
20410 including when displaying the arguments of a called subprogram (in
20411 GDB's @code{backtrace} command) or when printing the value returned by a
20412 function (in GDB's @code{finish} command).
20414 To display a value without involving pretty-printers, @code{print} can be
20415 invoked with its @code{/r} option:
20426 Finer control of pretty-printers is also possible: see GDB's online documentation@footnote{http://docs.adacore.com/gdb-docs/html/gdb.html#Pretty_002dPrinter-Commands}
20427 for more information.
20429 @geindex Code Coverage
20433 @node Code Coverage and Profiling,Improving Performance,Running and Debugging Ada Programs,GNAT and Program Execution
20434 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id20}@anchor{168}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution code-coverage-and-profiling}@anchor{25}
20435 @section Code Coverage and Profiling
20438 This section describes how to use the @code{gcov} coverage testing tool and
20439 the @code{gprof} profiler tool on Ada programs.
20444 * Code Coverage of Ada Programs with gcov::
20445 * Profiling an Ada Program with gprof::
20449 @node Code Coverage of Ada Programs with gcov,Profiling an Ada Program with gprof,,Code Coverage and Profiling
20450 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id21}@anchor{190}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution code-coverage-of-ada-programs-with-gcov}@anchor{191}
20451 @subsection Code Coverage of Ada Programs with gcov
20454 @code{gcov} is a test coverage program: it analyzes the execution of a given
20455 program on selected tests, to help you determine the portions of the program
20456 that are still untested.
20458 @code{gcov} is part of the GCC suite, and is described in detail in the GCC
20459 User's Guide. You can refer to this documentation for a more complete
20462 This chapter provides a quick startup guide, and
20463 details some GNAT-specific features.
20466 * Quick startup guide::
20471 @node Quick startup guide,GNAT specifics,,Code Coverage of Ada Programs with gcov
20472 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id22}@anchor{192}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution quick-startup-guide}@anchor{193}
20473 @subsubsection Quick startup guide
20476 In order to perform coverage analysis of a program using @code{gcov}, several
20483 Instrument the code during the compilation process,
20486 Execute the instrumented program, and
20489 Invoke the @code{gcov} tool to generate the coverage results.
20492 @geindex -fprofile-arcs (gcc)
20494 @geindex -ftest-coverage (gcc
20496 @geindex -fprofile-arcs (gnatbind)
20498 The code instrumentation needed by gcov is created at the object level.
20499 The source code is not modified in any way, because the instrumentation code is
20500 inserted by gcc during the compilation process. To compile your code with code
20501 coverage activated, you need to recompile your whole project using the
20503 @code{-fprofile-arcs} and @code{-ftest-coverage}, and link it using
20504 @code{-fprofile-arcs}.
20509 $ gnatmake -P my_project.gpr -f -cargs -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage \\
20510 -largs -fprofile-arcs
20514 This compilation process will create @code{.gcno} files together with
20515 the usual object files.
20517 Once the program is compiled with coverage instrumentation, you can
20518 run it as many times as needed -- on portions of a test suite for
20519 example. The first execution will produce @code{.gcda} files at the
20520 same location as the @code{.gcno} files. Subsequent executions
20521 will update those files, so that a cumulative result of the covered
20522 portions of the program is generated.
20524 Finally, you need to call the @code{gcov} tool. The different options of
20525 @code{gcov} are described in the GCC User's Guide, section @emph{Invoking gcov}.
20527 This will create annotated source files with a @code{.gcov} extension:
20528 @code{my_main.adb} file will be analyzed in @code{my_main.adb.gcov}.
20530 @node GNAT specifics,,Quick startup guide,Code Coverage of Ada Programs with gcov
20531 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution gnat-specifics}@anchor{194}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id23}@anchor{195}
20532 @subsubsection GNAT specifics
20535 Because of Ada semantics, portions of the source code may be shared among
20536 several object files. This is the case for example when generics are
20537 involved, when inlining is active or when declarations generate initialisation
20538 calls. In order to take
20539 into account this shared code, you need to call @code{gcov} on all
20540 source files of the tested program at once.
20542 The list of source files might exceed the system's maximum command line
20543 length. In order to bypass this limitation, a new mechanism has been
20544 implemented in @code{gcov}: you can now list all your project's files into a
20545 text file, and provide this file to gcov as a parameter, preceded by a @code{@@}
20546 (e.g. @code{gcov @@mysrclist.txt}).
20548 Note that on AIX compiling a static library with @code{-fprofile-arcs} is
20549 not supported as there can be unresolved symbols during the final link.
20555 @node Profiling an Ada Program with gprof,,Code Coverage of Ada Programs with gcov,Code Coverage and Profiling
20556 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution profiling-an-ada-program-with-gprof}@anchor{196}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id24}@anchor{197}
20557 @subsection Profiling an Ada Program with gprof
20560 This section is not meant to be an exhaustive documentation of @code{gprof}.
20561 Full documentation for it can be found in the @cite{GNU Profiler User's Guide}
20562 documentation that is part of this GNAT distribution.
20564 Profiling a program helps determine the parts of a program that are executed
20565 most often, and are therefore the most time-consuming.
20567 @code{gprof} is the standard GNU profiling tool; it has been enhanced to
20568 better handle Ada programs and multitasking.
20569 It is currently supported on the following platforms
20578 solaris sparc/sparc64/x86
20584 In order to profile a program using @code{gprof}, several steps are needed:
20590 Instrument the code, which requires a full recompilation of the project with the
20594 Execute the program under the analysis conditions, i.e. with the desired
20598 Analyze the results using the @code{gprof} tool.
20601 The following sections detail the different steps, and indicate how
20602 to interpret the results.
20605 * Compilation for profiling::
20606 * Program execution::
20608 * Interpretation of profiling results::
20612 @node Compilation for profiling,Program execution,,Profiling an Ada Program with gprof
20613 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id25}@anchor{198}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution compilation-for-profiling}@anchor{199}
20614 @subsubsection Compilation for profiling
20618 @geindex for profiling
20620 @geindex -pg (gnatlink)
20621 @geindex for profiling
20623 In order to profile a program the first step is to tell the compiler
20624 to generate the necessary profiling information. The compiler switch to be used
20625 is @code{-pg}, which must be added to other compilation switches. This
20626 switch needs to be specified both during compilation and link stages, and can
20627 be specified once when using gnatmake:
20632 $ gnatmake -f -pg -P my_project
20636 Note that only the objects that were compiled with the @code{-pg} switch will
20637 be profiled; if you need to profile your whole project, use the @code{-f}
20638 gnatmake switch to force full recompilation.
20640 @node Program execution,Running gprof,Compilation for profiling,Profiling an Ada Program with gprof
20641 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution program-execution}@anchor{19a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id26}@anchor{19b}
20642 @subsubsection Program execution
20645 Once the program has been compiled for profiling, you can run it as usual.
20647 The only constraint imposed by profiling is that the program must terminate
20648 normally. An interrupted program (via a Ctrl-C, kill, etc.) will not be
20651 Once the program completes execution, a data file called @code{gmon.out} is
20652 generated in the directory where the program was launched from. If this file
20653 already exists, it will be overwritten.
20655 @node Running gprof,Interpretation of profiling results,Program execution,Profiling an Ada Program with gprof
20656 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution running-gprof}@anchor{19c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id27}@anchor{19d}
20657 @subsubsection Running gprof
20660 The @code{gprof} tool is called as follow:
20665 $ gprof my_prog gmon.out
20678 The complete form of the gprof command line is the following:
20683 $ gprof [switches] [executable [data-file]]
20687 @code{gprof} supports numerous switches. The order of these
20688 switch does not matter. The full list of options can be found in
20689 the GNU Profiler User's Guide documentation that comes with this documentation.
20691 The following is the subset of those switches that is most relevant:
20693 @geindex --demangle (gprof)
20698 @item @code{--demangle[=@emph{style}]}, @code{--no-demangle}
20700 These options control whether symbol names should be demangled when
20701 printing output. The default is to demangle C++ symbols. The
20702 @code{--no-demangle} option may be used to turn off demangling. Different
20703 compilers have different mangling styles. The optional demangling style
20704 argument can be used to choose an appropriate demangling style for your
20705 compiler, in particular Ada symbols generated by GNAT can be demangled using
20706 @code{--demangle=gnat}.
20709 @geindex -e (gprof)
20714 @item @code{-e @emph{function_name}}
20716 The @code{-e @emph{function}} option tells @code{gprof} not to print
20717 information about the function @code{function_name} (and its
20718 children...) in the call graph. The function will still be listed
20719 as a child of any functions that call it, but its index number will be
20720 shown as @code{[not printed]}. More than one @code{-e} option may be
20721 given; only one @code{function_name} may be indicated with each @code{-e}
20725 @geindex -E (gprof)
20730 @item @code{-E @emph{function_name}}
20732 The @code{-E @emph{function}} option works like the @code{-e} option, but
20733 execution time spent in the function (and children who were not called from
20734 anywhere else), will not be used to compute the percentages-of-time for
20735 the call graph. More than one @code{-E} option may be given; only one
20736 @code{function_name} may be indicated with each @code{-E`} option.
20739 @geindex -f (gprof)
20744 @item @code{-f @emph{function_name}}
20746 The @code{-f @emph{function}} option causes @code{gprof} to limit the
20747 call graph to the function @code{function_name} and its children (and
20748 their children...). More than one @code{-f} option may be given;
20749 only one @code{function_name} may be indicated with each @code{-f}
20753 @geindex -F (gprof)
20758 @item @code{-F @emph{function_name}}
20760 The @code{-F @emph{function}} option works like the @code{-f} option, but
20761 only time spent in the function and its children (and their
20762 children...) will be used to determine total-time and
20763 percentages-of-time for the call graph. More than one @code{-F} option
20764 may be given; only one @code{function_name} may be indicated with each
20765 @code{-F} option. The @code{-F} option overrides the @code{-E} option.
20768 @node Interpretation of profiling results,,Running gprof,Profiling an Ada Program with gprof
20769 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id28}@anchor{19e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution interpretation-of-profiling-results}@anchor{19f}
20770 @subsubsection Interpretation of profiling results
20773 The results of the profiling analysis are represented by two arrays: the
20774 'flat profile' and the 'call graph'. Full documentation of those outputs
20775 can be found in the GNU Profiler User's Guide.
20777 The flat profile shows the time spent in each function of the program, and how
20778 many time it has been called. This allows you to locate easily the most
20779 time-consuming functions.
20781 The call graph shows, for each subprogram, the subprograms that call it,
20782 and the subprograms that it calls. It also provides an estimate of the time
20783 spent in each of those callers/called subprograms.
20785 @node Improving Performance,Overflow Check Handling in GNAT,Code Coverage and Profiling,GNAT and Program Execution
20786 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id29}@anchor{169}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution improving-performance}@anchor{26}
20787 @section Improving Performance
20790 @geindex Improving performance
20792 This section presents several topics related to program performance.
20793 It first describes some of the tradeoffs that need to be considered
20794 and some of the techniques for making your program run faster.
20797 It then documents the unused subprogram/data elimination feature,
20798 which can reduce the size of program executables.
20801 * Performance Considerations::
20802 * Text_IO Suggestions::
20803 * Reducing Size of Executables with Unused Subprogram/Data Elimination::
20807 @node Performance Considerations,Text_IO Suggestions,,Improving Performance
20808 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution performance-considerations}@anchor{1a0}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id30}@anchor{1a1}
20809 @subsection Performance Considerations
20812 The GNAT system provides a number of options that allow a trade-off
20819 performance of the generated code
20822 speed of compilation
20825 minimization of dependences and recompilation
20828 the degree of run-time checking.
20831 The defaults (if no options are selected) aim at improving the speed
20832 of compilation and minimizing dependences, at the expense of performance
20833 of the generated code:
20842 no inlining of subprogram calls
20845 all run-time checks enabled except overflow and elaboration checks
20848 These options are suitable for most program development purposes. This
20849 section describes how you can modify these choices, and also provides
20850 some guidelines on debugging optimized code.
20853 * Controlling Run-Time Checks::
20854 * Use of Restrictions::
20855 * Optimization Levels::
20856 * Debugging Optimized Code::
20857 * Inlining of Subprograms::
20858 * Floating_Point_Operations::
20859 * Vectorization of loops::
20860 * Other Optimization Switches::
20861 * Optimization and Strict Aliasing::
20862 * Aliased Variables and Optimization::
20863 * Atomic Variables and Optimization::
20864 * Passive Task Optimization::
20868 @node Controlling Run-Time Checks,Use of Restrictions,,Performance Considerations
20869 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution controlling-run-time-checks}@anchor{1a2}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id31}@anchor{1a3}
20870 @subsubsection Controlling Run-Time Checks
20873 By default, GNAT generates all run-time checks, except stack overflow
20874 checks, and checks for access before elaboration on subprogram
20875 calls. The latter are not required in default mode, because all
20876 necessary checking is done at compile time.
20878 @geindex -gnatp (gcc)
20880 @geindex -gnato (gcc)
20882 The gnat switch, @code{-gnatp} allows this default to be modified. See
20883 @ref{f9,,Run-Time Checks}.
20885 Our experience is that the default is suitable for most development
20888 Elaboration checks are off by default, and also not needed by default, since
20889 GNAT uses a static elaboration analysis approach that avoids the need for
20890 run-time checking. This manual contains a full chapter discussing the issue
20891 of elaboration checks, and if the default is not satisfactory for your use,
20892 you should read this chapter.
20894 For validity checks, the minimal checks required by the Ada Reference
20895 Manual (for case statements and assignments to array elements) are on
20896 by default. These can be suppressed by use of the @code{-gnatVn} switch.
20897 Note that in Ada 83, there were no validity checks, so if the Ada 83 mode
20898 is acceptable (or when comparing GNAT performance with an Ada 83 compiler),
20899 it may be reasonable to routinely use @code{-gnatVn}. Validity checks
20900 are also suppressed entirely if @code{-gnatp} is used.
20902 @geindex Overflow checks
20909 @geindex Unsuppress
20911 @geindex pragma Suppress
20913 @geindex pragma Unsuppress
20915 Note that the setting of the switches controls the default setting of
20916 the checks. They may be modified using either @code{pragma Suppress} (to
20917 remove checks) or @code{pragma Unsuppress} (to add back suppressed
20918 checks) in the program source.
20920 @node Use of Restrictions,Optimization Levels,Controlling Run-Time Checks,Performance Considerations
20921 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id32}@anchor{1a4}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution use-of-restrictions}@anchor{1a5}
20922 @subsubsection Use of Restrictions
20925 The use of pragma Restrictions allows you to control which features are
20926 permitted in your program. Apart from the obvious point that if you avoid
20927 relatively expensive features like finalization (enforceable by the use
20928 of pragma Restrictions (No_Finalization), the use of this pragma does not
20929 affect the generated code in most cases.
20931 One notable exception to this rule is that the possibility of task abort
20932 results in some distributed overhead, particularly if finalization or
20933 exception handlers are used. The reason is that certain sections of code
20934 have to be marked as non-abortable.
20936 If you use neither the @code{abort} statement, nor asynchronous transfer
20937 of control (@code{select ... then abort}), then this distributed overhead
20938 is removed, which may have a general positive effect in improving
20939 overall performance. Especially code involving frequent use of tasking
20940 constructs and controlled types will show much improved performance.
20941 The relevant restrictions pragmas are
20946 pragma Restrictions (No_Abort_Statements);
20947 pragma Restrictions (Max_Asynchronous_Select_Nesting => 0);
20951 It is recommended that these restriction pragmas be used if possible. Note
20952 that this also means that you can write code without worrying about the
20953 possibility of an immediate abort at any point.
20955 @node Optimization Levels,Debugging Optimized Code,Use of Restrictions,Performance Considerations
20956 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id33}@anchor{1a6}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution optimization-levels}@anchor{fc}
20957 @subsubsection Optimization Levels
20962 Without any optimization option,
20963 the compiler's goal is to reduce the cost of
20964 compilation and to make debugging produce the expected results.
20965 Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a breakpoint between
20966 statements, you can then assign a new value to any variable or change
20967 the program counter to any other statement in the subprogram and get exactly
20968 the results you would expect from the source code.
20970 Turning on optimization makes the compiler attempt to improve the
20971 performance and/or code size at the expense of compilation time and
20972 possibly the ability to debug the program.
20974 If you use multiple
20975 -O options, with or without level numbers,
20976 the last such option is the one that is effective.
20978 The default is optimization off. This results in the fastest compile
20979 times, but GNAT makes absolutely no attempt to optimize, and the
20980 generated programs are considerably larger and slower than when
20981 optimization is enabled. You can use the
20982 @code{-O} switch (the permitted forms are @code{-O0}, @code{-O1}
20983 @code{-O2}, @code{-O3}, and @code{-Os})
20984 to @code{gcc} to control the optimization level:
20995 No optimization (the default);
20996 generates unoptimized code but has
20997 the fastest compilation time.
20999 Note that many other compilers do substantial optimization even
21000 if 'no optimization' is specified. With gcc, it is very unusual
21001 to use @code{-O0} for production if execution time is of any concern,
21002 since @code{-O0} means (almost) no optimization. This difference
21003 between gcc and other compilers should be kept in mind when
21004 doing performance comparisons.
21013 Moderate optimization;
21014 optimizes reasonably well but does not
21015 degrade compilation time significantly.
21025 generates highly optimized code and has
21026 the slowest compilation time.
21035 Full optimization as in @code{-O2};
21036 also uses more aggressive automatic inlining of subprograms within a unit
21037 (@ref{10f,,Inlining of Subprograms}) and attempts to vectorize loops.
21046 Optimize space usage (code and data) of resulting program.
21050 Higher optimization levels perform more global transformations on the
21051 program and apply more expensive analysis algorithms in order to generate
21052 faster and more compact code. The price in compilation time, and the
21053 resulting improvement in execution time,
21054 both depend on the particular application and the hardware environment.
21055 You should experiment to find the best level for your application.
21057 Since the precise set of optimizations done at each level will vary from
21058 release to release (and sometime from target to target), it is best to think
21059 of the optimization settings in general terms.
21060 See the @emph{Options That Control Optimization} section in
21061 @cite{Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)}
21063 the @code{-O} settings and a number of @code{-f} options that
21064 individually enable or disable specific optimizations.
21066 Unlike some other compilation systems, @code{gcc} has
21067 been tested extensively at all optimization levels. There are some bugs
21068 which appear only with optimization turned on, but there have also been
21069 bugs which show up only in @emph{unoptimized} code. Selecting a lower
21070 level of optimization does not improve the reliability of the code
21071 generator, which in practice is highly reliable at all optimization
21074 Note regarding the use of @code{-O3}: The use of this optimization level
21075 ought not to be automatically preferred over that of level @code{-O2},
21076 since it often results in larger executables which may run more slowly.
21077 See further discussion of this point in @ref{10f,,Inlining of Subprograms}.
21079 @node Debugging Optimized Code,Inlining of Subprograms,Optimization Levels,Performance Considerations
21080 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id34}@anchor{1a7}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution debugging-optimized-code}@anchor{1a8}
21081 @subsubsection Debugging Optimized Code
21084 @geindex Debugging optimized code
21086 @geindex Optimization and debugging
21088 Although it is possible to do a reasonable amount of debugging at
21089 nonzero optimization levels,
21090 the higher the level the more likely that
21091 source-level constructs will have been eliminated by optimization.
21092 For example, if a loop is strength-reduced, the loop
21093 control variable may be completely eliminated and thus cannot be
21094 displayed in the debugger.
21095 This can only happen at @code{-O2} or @code{-O3}.
21096 Explicit temporary variables that you code might be eliminated at
21097 level @code{-O1} or higher.
21101 The use of the @code{-g} switch,
21102 which is needed for source-level debugging,
21103 affects the size of the program executable on disk,
21104 and indeed the debugging information can be quite large.
21105 However, it has no effect on the generated code (and thus does not
21106 degrade performance)
21108 Since the compiler generates debugging tables for a compilation unit before
21109 it performs optimizations, the optimizing transformations may invalidate some
21110 of the debugging data. You therefore need to anticipate certain
21111 anomalous situations that may arise while debugging optimized code.
21112 These are the most common cases:
21118 @emph{The 'hopping Program Counter':} Repeated @code{step} or @code{next}
21120 the PC bouncing back and forth in the code. This may result from any of
21121 the following optimizations:
21127 @emph{Common subexpression elimination:} using a single instance of code for a
21128 quantity that the source computes several times. As a result you
21129 may not be able to stop on what looks like a statement.
21132 @emph{Invariant code motion:} moving an expression that does not change within a
21133 loop, to the beginning of the loop.
21136 @emph{Instruction scheduling:} moving instructions so as to
21137 overlap loads and stores (typically) with other code, or in
21138 general to move computations of values closer to their uses. Often
21139 this causes you to pass an assignment statement without the assignment
21140 happening and then later bounce back to the statement when the
21141 value is actually needed. Placing a breakpoint on a line of code
21142 and then stepping over it may, therefore, not always cause all the
21143 expected side-effects.
21147 @emph{The 'big leap':} More commonly known as @emph{cross-jumping}, in which
21148 two identical pieces of code are merged and the program counter suddenly
21149 jumps to a statement that is not supposed to be executed, simply because
21150 it (and the code following) translates to the same thing as the code
21151 that @emph{was} supposed to be executed. This effect is typically seen in
21152 sequences that end in a jump, such as a @code{goto}, a @code{return}, or
21153 a @code{break} in a C @code{switch} statement.
21156 @emph{The 'roving variable':} The symptom is an unexpected value in a variable.
21157 There are various reasons for this effect:
21163 In a subprogram prologue, a parameter may not yet have been moved to its
21167 A variable may be dead, and its register re-used. This is
21168 probably the most common cause.
21171 As mentioned above, the assignment of a value to a variable may
21175 A variable may be eliminated entirely by value propagation or
21176 other means. In this case, GCC may incorrectly generate debugging
21177 information for the variable
21180 In general, when an unexpected value appears for a local variable or parameter
21181 you should first ascertain if that value was actually computed by
21182 your program, as opposed to being incorrectly reported by the debugger.
21184 array elements in an object designated by an access value
21185 are generally less of a problem, once you have ascertained that the access
21187 Typically, this means checking variables in the preceding code and in the
21188 calling subprogram to verify that the value observed is explainable from other
21189 values (one must apply the procedure recursively to those
21190 other values); or re-running the code and stopping a little earlier
21191 (perhaps before the call) and stepping to better see how the variable obtained
21192 the value in question; or continuing to step @emph{from} the point of the
21193 strange value to see if code motion had simply moved the variable's
21197 In light of such anomalies, a recommended technique is to use @code{-O0}
21198 early in the software development cycle, when extensive debugging capabilities
21199 are most needed, and then move to @code{-O1} and later @code{-O2} as
21200 the debugger becomes less critical.
21201 Whether to use the @code{-g} switch in the release version is
21202 a release management issue.
21203 Note that if you use @code{-g} you can then use the @code{strip} program
21204 on the resulting executable,
21205 which removes both debugging information and global symbols.
21207 @node Inlining of Subprograms,Floating_Point_Operations,Debugging Optimized Code,Performance Considerations
21208 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id35}@anchor{1a9}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution inlining-of-subprograms}@anchor{10f}
21209 @subsubsection Inlining of Subprograms
21212 A call to a subprogram in the current unit is inlined if all the
21213 following conditions are met:
21219 The optimization level is at least @code{-O1}.
21222 The called subprogram is suitable for inlining: It must be small enough
21223 and not contain something that @code{gcc} cannot support in inlined
21226 @geindex pragma Inline
21231 Any one of the following applies: @code{pragma Inline} is applied to the
21232 subprogram; the subprogram is local to the unit and called once from
21233 within it; the subprogram is small and optimization level @code{-O2} is
21234 specified; optimization level @code{-O3} is specified.
21237 Calls to subprograms in @emph{with}ed units are normally not inlined.
21238 To achieve actual inlining (that is, replacement of the call by the code
21239 in the body of the subprogram), the following conditions must all be true:
21245 The optimization level is at least @code{-O1}.
21248 The called subprogram is suitable for inlining: It must be small enough
21249 and not contain something that @code{gcc} cannot support in inlined
21253 There is a @code{pragma Inline} for the subprogram.
21256 The @code{-gnatn} switch is used on the command line.
21259 Even if all these conditions are met, it may not be possible for
21260 the compiler to inline the call, due to the length of the body,
21261 or features in the body that make it impossible for the compiler
21262 to do the inlining.
21264 Note that specifying the @code{-gnatn} switch causes additional
21265 compilation dependencies. Consider the following:
21287 With the default behavior (no @code{-gnatn} switch specified), the
21288 compilation of the @code{Main} procedure depends only on its own source,
21289 @code{main.adb}, and the spec of the package in file @code{r.ads}. This
21290 means that editing the body of @code{R} does not require recompiling
21293 On the other hand, the call @code{R.Q} is not inlined under these
21294 circumstances. If the @code{-gnatn} switch is present when @code{Main}
21295 is compiled, the call will be inlined if the body of @code{Q} is small
21296 enough, but now @code{Main} depends on the body of @code{R} in
21297 @code{r.adb} as well as on the spec. This means that if this body is edited,
21298 the main program must be recompiled. Note that this extra dependency
21299 occurs whether or not the call is in fact inlined by @code{gcc}.
21301 The use of front end inlining with @code{-gnatN} generates similar
21302 additional dependencies.
21304 @geindex -fno-inline (gcc)
21306 Note: The @code{-fno-inline} switch overrides all other conditions and ensures that
21307 no inlining occurs, unless requested with pragma Inline_Always for @code{gcc}
21308 back-ends. The extra dependences resulting from @code{-gnatn} will still be active,
21309 even if this switch is used to suppress the resulting inlining actions.
21311 @geindex -fno-inline-functions (gcc)
21313 Note: The @code{-fno-inline-functions} switch can be used to prevent
21314 automatic inlining of subprograms if @code{-O3} is used.
21316 @geindex -fno-inline-small-functions (gcc)
21318 Note: The @code{-fno-inline-small-functions} switch can be used to prevent
21319 automatic inlining of small subprograms if @code{-O2} is used.
21321 @geindex -fno-inline-functions-called-once (gcc)
21323 Note: The @code{-fno-inline-functions-called-once} switch
21324 can be used to prevent inlining of subprograms local to the unit
21325 and called once from within it if @code{-O1} is used.
21327 Note regarding the use of @code{-O3}: @code{-gnatn} is made up of two
21328 sub-switches @code{-gnatn1} and @code{-gnatn2} that can be directly
21329 specified in lieu of it, @code{-gnatn} being translated into one of them
21330 based on the optimization level. With @code{-O2} or below, @code{-gnatn}
21331 is equivalent to @code{-gnatn1} which activates pragma @code{Inline} with
21332 moderate inlining across modules. With @code{-O3}, @code{-gnatn} is
21333 equivalent to @code{-gnatn2} which activates pragma @code{Inline} with
21334 full inlining across modules. If you have used pragma @code{Inline} in
21335 appropriate cases, then it is usually much better to use @code{-O2}
21336 and @code{-gnatn} and avoid the use of @code{-O3} which has the additional
21337 effect of inlining subprograms you did not think should be inlined. We have
21338 found that the use of @code{-O3} may slow down the compilation and increase
21339 the code size by performing excessive inlining, leading to increased
21340 instruction cache pressure from the increased code size and thus minor
21341 performance improvements. So the bottom line here is that you should not
21342 automatically assume that @code{-O3} is better than @code{-O2}, and
21343 indeed you should use @code{-O3} only if tests show that it actually
21344 improves performance for your program.
21346 @node Floating_Point_Operations,Vectorization of loops,Inlining of Subprograms,Performance Considerations
21347 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id36}@anchor{1aa}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution floating-point-operations}@anchor{1ab}
21348 @subsubsection Floating_Point_Operations
21351 @geindex Floating-Point Operations
21353 On almost all targets, GNAT maps Float and Long_Float to the 32-bit and
21354 64-bit standard IEEE floating-point representations, and operations will
21355 use standard IEEE arithmetic as provided by the processor. On most, but
21356 not all, architectures, the attribute Machine_Overflows is False for these
21357 types, meaning that the semantics of overflow is implementation-defined.
21358 In the case of GNAT, these semantics correspond to the normal IEEE
21359 treatment of infinities and NaN (not a number) values. For example,
21360 1.0 / 0.0 yields plus infinitiy and 0.0 / 0.0 yields a NaN. By
21361 avoiding explicit overflow checks, the performance is greatly improved
21362 on many targets. However, if required, floating-point overflow can be
21363 enabled by the use of the pragma Check_Float_Overflow.
21365 Another consideration that applies specifically to x86 32-bit
21366 architectures is which form of floating-point arithmetic is used.
21367 By default the operations use the old style x86 floating-point,
21368 which implements an 80-bit extended precision form (on these
21369 architectures the type Long_Long_Float corresponds to that form).
21370 In addition, generation of efficient code in this mode means that
21371 the extended precision form will be used for intermediate results.
21372 This may be helpful in improving the final precision of a complex
21373 expression. However it means that the results obtained on the x86
21374 will be different from those on other architectures, and for some
21375 algorithms, the extra intermediate precision can be detrimental.
21377 In addition to this old-style floating-point, all modern x86 chips
21378 implement an alternative floating-point operation model referred
21379 to as SSE2. In this model there is no extended form, and furthermore
21380 execution performance is significantly enhanced. To force GNAT to use
21381 this more modern form, use both of the switches:
21385 -msse2 -mfpmath=sse
21388 A unit compiled with these switches will automatically use the more
21389 efficient SSE2 instruction set for Float and Long_Float operations.
21390 Note that the ABI has the same form for both floating-point models,
21391 so it is permissible to mix units compiled with and without these
21394 @node Vectorization of loops,Other Optimization Switches,Floating_Point_Operations,Performance Considerations
21395 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id37}@anchor{1ac}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution vectorization-of-loops}@anchor{1ad}
21396 @subsubsection Vectorization of loops
21399 @geindex Optimization Switches
21401 You can take advantage of the auto-vectorizer present in the @code{gcc}
21402 back end to vectorize loops with GNAT. The corresponding command line switch
21403 is @code{-ftree-vectorize} but, as it is enabled by default at @code{-O3}
21404 and other aggressive optimizations helpful for vectorization also are enabled
21405 by default at this level, using @code{-O3} directly is recommended.
21407 You also need to make sure that the target architecture features a supported
21408 SIMD instruction set. For example, for the x86 architecture, you should at
21409 least specify @code{-msse2} to get significant vectorization (but you don't
21410 need to specify it for x86-64 as it is part of the base 64-bit architecture).
21411 Similarly, for the PowerPC architecture, you should specify @code{-maltivec}.
21413 The preferred loop form for vectorization is the @code{for} iteration scheme.
21414 Loops with a @code{while} iteration scheme can also be vectorized if they are
21415 very simple, but the vectorizer will quickly give up otherwise. With either
21416 iteration scheme, the flow of control must be straight, in particular no
21417 @code{exit} statement may appear in the loop body. The loop may however
21418 contain a single nested loop, if it can be vectorized when considered alone:
21423 A : array (1..4, 1..4) of Long_Float;
21424 S : array (1..4) of Long_Float;
21428 for I in A'Range(1) loop
21429 for J in A'Range(2) loop
21430 S (I) := S (I) + A (I, J);
21437 The vectorizable operations depend on the targeted SIMD instruction set, but
21438 the adding and some of the multiplying operators are generally supported, as
21439 well as the logical operators for modular types. Note that compiling
21440 with @code{-gnatp} might well reveal cases where some checks do thwart
21443 Type conversions may also prevent vectorization if they involve semantics that
21444 are not directly supported by the code generator or the SIMD instruction set.
21445 A typical example is direct conversion from floating-point to integer types.
21446 The solution in this case is to use the following idiom:
21451 Integer (S'Truncation (F))
21455 if @code{S} is the subtype of floating-point object @code{F}.
21457 In most cases, the vectorizable loops are loops that iterate over arrays.
21458 All kinds of array types are supported, i.e. constrained array types with
21464 type Array_Type is array (1 .. 4) of Long_Float;
21468 constrained array types with dynamic bounds:
21473 type Array_Type is array (1 .. Q.N) of Long_Float;
21475 type Array_Type is array (Q.K .. 4) of Long_Float;
21477 type Array_Type is array (Q.K .. Q.N) of Long_Float;
21481 or unconstrained array types:
21486 type Array_Type is array (Positive range <>) of Long_Float;
21490 The quality of the generated code decreases when the dynamic aspect of the
21491 array type increases, the worst code being generated for unconstrained array
21492 types. This is so because, the less information the compiler has about the
21493 bounds of the array, the more fallback code it needs to generate in order to
21494 fix things up at run time.
21496 It is possible to specify that a given loop should be subject to vectorization
21497 preferably to other optimizations by means of pragma @code{Loop_Optimize}:
21502 pragma Loop_Optimize (Vector);
21506 placed immediately within the loop will convey the appropriate hint to the
21507 compiler for this loop.
21509 It is also possible to help the compiler generate better vectorized code
21510 for a given loop by asserting that there are no loop-carried dependencies
21511 in the loop. Consider for example the procedure:
21516 type Arr is array (1 .. 4) of Long_Float;
21518 procedure Add (X, Y : not null access Arr; R : not null access Arr) is
21520 for I in Arr'Range loop
21521 R(I) := X(I) + Y(I);
21527 By default, the compiler cannot unconditionally vectorize the loop because
21528 assigning to a component of the array designated by R in one iteration could
21529 change the value read from the components of the array designated by X or Y
21530 in a later iteration. As a result, the compiler will generate two versions
21531 of the loop in the object code, one vectorized and the other not vectorized,
21532 as well as a test to select the appropriate version at run time. This can
21533 be overcome by another hint:
21538 pragma Loop_Optimize (Ivdep);
21542 placed immediately within the loop will tell the compiler that it can safely
21543 omit the non-vectorized version of the loop as well as the run-time test.
21545 @node Other Optimization Switches,Optimization and Strict Aliasing,Vectorization of loops,Performance Considerations
21546 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution other-optimization-switches}@anchor{1ae}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id38}@anchor{1af}
21547 @subsubsection Other Optimization Switches
21550 @geindex Optimization Switches
21552 Since GNAT uses the @code{gcc} back end, all the specialized
21553 @code{gcc} optimization switches are potentially usable. These switches
21554 have not been extensively tested with GNAT but can generally be expected
21555 to work. Examples of switches in this category are @code{-funroll-loops}
21556 and the various target-specific @code{-m} options (in particular, it has
21557 been observed that @code{-march=xxx} can significantly improve performance
21558 on appropriate machines). For full details of these switches, see
21559 the @emph{Submodel Options} section in the @emph{Hardware Models and Configurations}
21560 chapter of @cite{Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)}.
21562 @node Optimization and Strict Aliasing,Aliased Variables and Optimization,Other Optimization Switches,Performance Considerations
21563 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution optimization-and-strict-aliasing}@anchor{f3}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id39}@anchor{1b0}
21564 @subsubsection Optimization and Strict Aliasing
21569 @geindex Strict Aliasing
21571 @geindex No_Strict_Aliasing
21573 The strong typing capabilities of Ada allow an optimizer to generate
21574 efficient code in situations where other languages would be forced to
21575 make worst case assumptions preventing such optimizations. Consider
21576 the following example:
21582 type Int1 is new Integer;
21583 type Int2 is new Integer;
21584 type Int1A is access Int1;
21585 type Int2A is access Int2;
21592 for J in Data'Range loop
21593 if Data (J) = Int1V.all then
21594 Int2V.all := Int2V.all + 1;
21602 In this example, since the variable @code{Int1V} can only access objects
21603 of type @code{Int1}, and @code{Int2V} can only access objects of type
21604 @code{Int2}, there is no possibility that the assignment to
21605 @code{Int2V.all} affects the value of @code{Int1V.all}. This means that
21606 the compiler optimizer can "know" that the value @code{Int1V.all} is constant
21607 for all iterations of the loop and avoid the extra memory reference
21608 required to dereference it each time through the loop.
21610 This kind of optimization, called strict aliasing analysis, is
21611 triggered by specifying an optimization level of @code{-O2} or
21612 higher or @code{-Os} and allows GNAT to generate more efficient code
21613 when access values are involved.
21615 However, although this optimization is always correct in terms of
21616 the formal semantics of the Ada Reference Manual, difficulties can
21617 arise if features like @code{Unchecked_Conversion} are used to break
21618 the typing system. Consider the following complete program example:
21624 type int1 is new integer;
21625 type int2 is new integer;
21626 type a1 is access int1;
21627 type a2 is access int2;
21632 function to_a2 (Input : a1) return a2;
21635 with Unchecked_Conversion;
21637 function to_a2 (Input : a1) return a2 is
21639 new Unchecked_Conversion (a1, a2);
21641 return to_a2u (Input);
21647 with Text_IO; use Text_IO;
21649 v1 : a1 := new int1;
21650 v2 : a2 := to_a2 (v1);
21654 put_line (int1'image (v1.all));
21659 This program prints out 0 in @code{-O0} or @code{-O1}
21660 mode, but it prints out 1 in @code{-O2} mode. That's
21661 because in strict aliasing mode, the compiler can and
21662 does assume that the assignment to @code{v2.all} could not
21663 affect the value of @code{v1.all}, since different types
21666 This behavior is not a case of non-conformance with the standard, since
21667 the Ada RM specifies that an unchecked conversion where the resulting
21668 bit pattern is not a correct value of the target type can result in an
21669 abnormal value and attempting to reference an abnormal value makes the
21670 execution of a program erroneous. That's the case here since the result
21671 does not point to an object of type @code{int2}. This means that the
21672 effect is entirely unpredictable.
21674 However, although that explanation may satisfy a language
21675 lawyer, in practice an applications programmer expects an
21676 unchecked conversion involving pointers to create true
21677 aliases and the behavior of printing 1 seems plain wrong.
21678 In this case, the strict aliasing optimization is unwelcome.
21680 Indeed the compiler recognizes this possibility, and the
21681 unchecked conversion generates a warning:
21686 p2.adb:5:07: warning: possible aliasing problem with type "a2"
21687 p2.adb:5:07: warning: use -fno-strict-aliasing switch for references
21688 p2.adb:5:07: warning: or use "pragma No_Strict_Aliasing (a2);"
21692 Unfortunately the problem is recognized when compiling the body of
21693 package @code{p2}, but the actual "bad" code is generated while
21694 compiling the body of @code{m} and this latter compilation does not see
21695 the suspicious @code{Unchecked_Conversion}.
21697 As implied by the warning message, there are approaches you can use to
21698 avoid the unwanted strict aliasing optimization in a case like this.
21700 One possibility is to simply avoid the use of @code{-O2}, but
21701 that is a bit drastic, since it throws away a number of useful
21702 optimizations that do not involve strict aliasing assumptions.
21704 A less drastic approach is to compile the program using the
21705 option @code{-fno-strict-aliasing}. Actually it is only the
21706 unit containing the dereferencing of the suspicious pointer
21707 that needs to be compiled. So in this case, if we compile
21708 unit @code{m} with this switch, then we get the expected
21709 value of zero printed. Analyzing which units might need
21710 the switch can be painful, so a more reasonable approach
21711 is to compile the entire program with options @code{-O2}
21712 and @code{-fno-strict-aliasing}. If the performance is
21713 satisfactory with this combination of options, then the
21714 advantage is that the entire issue of possible "wrong"
21715 optimization due to strict aliasing is avoided.
21717 To avoid the use of compiler switches, the configuration
21718 pragma @code{No_Strict_Aliasing} with no parameters may be
21719 used to specify that for all access types, the strict
21720 aliasing optimization should be suppressed.
21722 However, these approaches are still overkill, in that they causes
21723 all manipulations of all access values to be deoptimized. A more
21724 refined approach is to concentrate attention on the specific
21725 access type identified as problematic.
21727 First, if a careful analysis of uses of the pointer shows
21728 that there are no possible problematic references, then
21729 the warning can be suppressed by bracketing the
21730 instantiation of @code{Unchecked_Conversion} to turn
21736 pragma Warnings (Off);
21738 new Unchecked_Conversion (a1, a2);
21739 pragma Warnings (On);
21743 Of course that approach is not appropriate for this particular
21744 example, since indeed there is a problematic reference. In this
21745 case we can take one of two other approaches.
21747 The first possibility is to move the instantiation of unchecked
21748 conversion to the unit in which the type is declared. In
21749 this example, we would move the instantiation of
21750 @code{Unchecked_Conversion} from the body of package
21751 @code{p2} to the spec of package @code{p1}. Now the
21752 warning disappears. That's because any use of the
21753 access type knows there is a suspicious unchecked
21754 conversion, and the strict aliasing optimization
21755 is automatically suppressed for the type.
21757 If it is not practical to move the unchecked conversion to the same unit
21758 in which the destination access type is declared (perhaps because the
21759 source type is not visible in that unit), you may use pragma
21760 @code{No_Strict_Aliasing} for the type. This pragma must occur in the
21761 same declarative sequence as the declaration of the access type:
21766 type a2 is access int2;
21767 pragma No_Strict_Aliasing (a2);
21771 Here again, the compiler now knows that the strict aliasing optimization
21772 should be suppressed for any reference to type @code{a2} and the
21773 expected behavior is obtained.
21775 Finally, note that although the compiler can generate warnings for
21776 simple cases of unchecked conversions, there are tricker and more
21777 indirect ways of creating type incorrect aliases which the compiler
21778 cannot detect. Examples are the use of address overlays and unchecked
21779 conversions involving composite types containing access types as
21780 components. In such cases, no warnings are generated, but there can
21781 still be aliasing problems. One safe coding practice is to forbid the
21782 use of address clauses for type overlaying, and to allow unchecked
21783 conversion only for primitive types. This is not really a significant
21784 restriction since any possible desired effect can be achieved by
21785 unchecked conversion of access values.
21787 The aliasing analysis done in strict aliasing mode can certainly
21788 have significant benefits. We have seen cases of large scale
21789 application code where the time is increased by up to 5% by turning
21790 this optimization off. If you have code that includes significant
21791 usage of unchecked conversion, you might want to just stick with
21792 @code{-O1} and avoid the entire issue. If you get adequate
21793 performance at this level of optimization level, that's probably
21794 the safest approach. If tests show that you really need higher
21795 levels of optimization, then you can experiment with @code{-O2}
21796 and @code{-O2 -fno-strict-aliasing} to see how much effect this
21797 has on size and speed of the code. If you really need to use
21798 @code{-O2} with strict aliasing in effect, then you should
21799 review any uses of unchecked conversion of access types,
21800 particularly if you are getting the warnings described above.
21802 @node Aliased Variables and Optimization,Atomic Variables and Optimization,Optimization and Strict Aliasing,Performance Considerations
21803 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution aliased-variables-and-optimization}@anchor{1b1}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id40}@anchor{1b2}
21804 @subsubsection Aliased Variables and Optimization
21809 There are scenarios in which programs may
21810 use low level techniques to modify variables
21811 that otherwise might be considered to be unassigned. For example,
21812 a variable can be passed to a procedure by reference, which takes
21813 the address of the parameter and uses the address to modify the
21814 variable's value, even though it is passed as an IN parameter.
21815 Consider the following example:
21821 Max_Length : constant Natural := 16;
21822 type Char_Ptr is access all Character;
21824 procedure Get_String(Buffer: Char_Ptr; Size : Integer);
21825 pragma Import (C, Get_String, "get_string");
21827 Name : aliased String (1 .. Max_Length) := (others => ' ');
21830 function Addr (S : String) return Char_Ptr is
21831 function To_Char_Ptr is
21832 new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, Char_Ptr);
21834 return To_Char_Ptr (S (S'First)'Address);
21838 Temp := Addr (Name);
21839 Get_String (Temp, Max_Length);
21844 where Get_String is a C function that uses the address in Temp to
21845 modify the variable @code{Name}. This code is dubious, and arguably
21846 erroneous, and the compiler would be entitled to assume that
21847 @code{Name} is never modified, and generate code accordingly.
21849 However, in practice, this would cause some existing code that
21850 seems to work with no optimization to start failing at high
21851 levels of optimzization.
21853 What the compiler does for such cases is to assume that marking
21854 a variable as aliased indicates that some "funny business" may
21855 be going on. The optimizer recognizes the aliased keyword and
21856 inhibits optimizations that assume the value cannot be assigned.
21857 This means that the above example will in fact "work" reliably,
21858 that is, it will produce the expected results.
21860 @node Atomic Variables and Optimization,Passive Task Optimization,Aliased Variables and Optimization,Performance Considerations
21861 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution atomic-variables-and-optimization}@anchor{1b3}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id41}@anchor{1b4}
21862 @subsubsection Atomic Variables and Optimization
21867 There are two considerations with regard to performance when
21868 atomic variables are used.
21870 First, the RM only guarantees that access to atomic variables
21871 be atomic, it has nothing to say about how this is achieved,
21872 though there is a strong implication that this should not be
21873 achieved by explicit locking code. Indeed GNAT will never
21874 generate any locking code for atomic variable access (it will
21875 simply reject any attempt to make a variable or type atomic
21876 if the atomic access cannot be achieved without such locking code).
21878 That being said, it is important to understand that you cannot
21879 assume that the entire variable will always be accessed. Consider
21886 A,B,C,D : Character;
21889 for R'Alignment use 4;
21892 pragma Atomic (RV);
21899 You cannot assume that the reference to @code{RV.B}
21900 will read the entire 32-bit
21901 variable with a single load instruction. It is perfectly legitimate if
21902 the hardware allows it to do a byte read of just the B field. This read
21903 is still atomic, which is all the RM requires. GNAT can and does take
21904 advantage of this, depending on the architecture and optimization level.
21905 Any assumption to the contrary is non-portable and risky. Even if you
21906 examine the assembly language and see a full 32-bit load, this might
21907 change in a future version of the compiler.
21909 If your application requires that all accesses to @code{RV} in this
21910 example be full 32-bit loads, you need to make a copy for the access
21917 RV_Copy : constant R := RV;
21924 Now the reference to RV must read the whole variable.
21925 Actually one can imagine some compiler which figures
21926 out that the whole copy is not required (because only
21927 the B field is actually accessed), but GNAT
21928 certainly won't do that, and we don't know of any
21929 compiler that would not handle this right, and the
21930 above code will in practice work portably across
21931 all architectures (that permit the Atomic declaration).
21933 The second issue with atomic variables has to do with
21934 the possible requirement of generating synchronization
21935 code. For more details on this, consult the sections on
21936 the pragmas Enable/Disable_Atomic_Synchronization in the
21937 GNAT Reference Manual. If performance is critical, and
21938 such synchronization code is not required, it may be
21939 useful to disable it.
21941 @node Passive Task Optimization,,Atomic Variables and Optimization,Performance Considerations
21942 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id42}@anchor{1b5}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution passive-task-optimization}@anchor{1b6}
21943 @subsubsection Passive Task Optimization
21946 @geindex Passive Task
21948 A passive task is one which is sufficiently simple that
21949 in theory a compiler could recognize it an implement it
21950 efficiently without creating a new thread. The original design
21951 of Ada 83 had in mind this kind of passive task optimization, but
21952 only a few Ada 83 compilers attempted it. The problem was that
21953 it was difficult to determine the exact conditions under which
21954 the optimization was possible. The result is a very fragile
21955 optimization where a very minor change in the program can
21956 suddenly silently make a task non-optimizable.
21958 With the revisiting of this issue in Ada 95, there was general
21959 agreement that this approach was fundamentally flawed, and the
21960 notion of protected types was introduced. When using protected
21961 types, the restrictions are well defined, and you KNOW that the
21962 operations will be optimized, and furthermore this optimized
21963 performance is fully portable.
21965 Although it would theoretically be possible for GNAT to attempt to
21966 do this optimization, but it really doesn't make sense in the
21967 context of Ada 95, and none of the Ada 95 compilers implement
21968 this optimization as far as we know. In particular GNAT never
21969 attempts to perform this optimization.
21971 In any new Ada 95 code that is written, you should always
21972 use protected types in place of tasks that might be able to
21973 be optimized in this manner.
21974 Of course this does not help if you have legacy Ada 83 code
21975 that depends on this optimization, but it is unusual to encounter
21976 a case where the performance gains from this optimization
21979 Your program should work correctly without this optimization. If
21980 you have performance problems, then the most practical
21981 approach is to figure out exactly where these performance problems
21982 arise, and update those particular tasks to be protected types. Note
21983 that typically clients of the tasks who call entries, will not have
21984 to be modified, only the task definition itself.
21986 @node Text_IO Suggestions,Reducing Size of Executables with Unused Subprogram/Data Elimination,Performance Considerations,Improving Performance
21987 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution text-io-suggestions}@anchor{1b7}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id43}@anchor{1b8}
21988 @subsection @code{Text_IO} Suggestions
21991 @geindex Text_IO and performance
21993 The @code{Ada.Text_IO} package has fairly high overheads due in part to
21994 the requirement of maintaining page and line counts. If performance
21995 is critical, a recommendation is to use @code{Stream_IO} instead of
21996 @code{Text_IO} for volume output, since this package has less overhead.
21998 If @code{Text_IO} must be used, note that by default output to the standard
21999 output and standard error files is unbuffered (this provides better
22000 behavior when output statements are used for debugging, or if the
22001 progress of a program is observed by tracking the output, e.g. by
22002 using the Unix @emph{tail -f} command to watch redirected output.
22004 If you are generating large volumes of output with @code{Text_IO} and
22005 performance is an important factor, use a designated file instead
22006 of the standard output file, or change the standard output file to
22007 be buffered using @code{Interfaces.C_Streams.setvbuf}.
22009 @node Reducing Size of Executables with Unused Subprogram/Data Elimination,,Text_IO Suggestions,Improving Performance
22010 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id44}@anchor{1b9}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution reducing-size-of-executables-with-unused-subprogram-data-elimination}@anchor{1ba}
22011 @subsection Reducing Size of Executables with Unused Subprogram/Data Elimination
22014 @geindex Uunused subprogram/data elimination
22016 This section describes how you can eliminate unused subprograms and data from
22017 your executable just by setting options at compilation time.
22020 * About unused subprogram/data elimination::
22021 * Compilation options::
22022 * Example of unused subprogram/data elimination::
22026 @node About unused subprogram/data elimination,Compilation options,,Reducing Size of Executables with Unused Subprogram/Data Elimination
22027 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id45}@anchor{1bb}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution about-unused-subprogram-data-elimination}@anchor{1bc}
22028 @subsubsection About unused subprogram/data elimination
22031 By default, an executable contains all code and data of its composing objects
22032 (directly linked or coming from statically linked libraries), even data or code
22033 never used by this executable.
22035 This feature will allow you to eliminate such unused code from your
22036 executable, making it smaller (in disk and in memory).
22038 This functionality is available on all Linux platforms except for the IA-64
22039 architecture and on all cross platforms using the ELF binary file format.
22040 In both cases GNU binutils version 2.16 or later are required to enable it.
22042 @node Compilation options,Example of unused subprogram/data elimination,About unused subprogram/data elimination,Reducing Size of Executables with Unused Subprogram/Data Elimination
22043 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id46}@anchor{1bd}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution compilation-options}@anchor{1be}
22044 @subsubsection Compilation options
22047 The operation of eliminating the unused code and data from the final executable
22048 is directly performed by the linker.
22050 @geindex -ffunction-sections (gcc)
22052 @geindex -fdata-sections (gcc)
22054 In order to do this, it has to work with objects compiled with the
22056 @code{-ffunction-sections} @code{-fdata-sections}.
22058 These options are usable with C and Ada files.
22059 They will place respectively each
22060 function or data in a separate section in the resulting object file.
22062 Once the objects and static libraries are created with these options, the
22063 linker can perform the dead code elimination. You can do this by setting
22064 the @code{-Wl,--gc-sections} option to gcc command or in the
22065 @code{-largs} section of @code{gnatmake}. This will perform a
22066 garbage collection of code and data never referenced.
22068 If the linker performs a partial link (@code{-r} linker option), then you
22069 will need to provide the entry point using the @code{-e} / @code{--entry}
22072 Note that objects compiled without the @code{-ffunction-sections} and
22073 @code{-fdata-sections} options can still be linked with the executable.
22074 However, no dead code elimination will be performed on those objects (they will
22077 The GNAT static library is now compiled with -ffunction-sections and
22078 -fdata-sections on some platforms. This allows you to eliminate the unused code
22079 and data of the GNAT library from your executable.
22081 @node Example of unused subprogram/data elimination,,Compilation options,Reducing Size of Executables with Unused Subprogram/Data Elimination
22082 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id47}@anchor{1bf}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution example-of-unused-subprogram-data-elimination}@anchor{1c0}
22083 @subsubsection Example of unused subprogram/data elimination
22086 Here is a simple example:
22099 Used_Data : Integer;
22100 Unused_Data : Integer;
22102 procedure Used (Data : Integer);
22103 procedure Unused (Data : Integer);
22106 package body Aux is
22107 procedure Used (Data : Integer) is
22112 procedure Unused (Data : Integer) is
22114 Unused_Data := Data;
22120 @code{Unused} and @code{Unused_Data} are never referenced in this code
22121 excerpt, and hence they may be safely removed from the final executable.
22128 $ nm test | grep used
22129 020015f0 T aux__unused
22130 02005d88 B aux__unused_data
22131 020015cc T aux__used
22132 02005d84 B aux__used_data
22134 $ gnatmake test -cargs -fdata-sections -ffunction-sections \\
22135 -largs -Wl,--gc-sections
22137 $ nm test | grep used
22138 02005350 T aux__used
22139 0201ffe0 B aux__used_data
22143 It can be observed that the procedure @code{Unused} and the object
22144 @code{Unused_Data} are removed by the linker when using the
22145 appropriate options.
22147 @geindex Overflow checks
22149 @geindex Checks (overflow)
22152 @node Overflow Check Handling in GNAT,Performing Dimensionality Analysis in GNAT,Improving Performance,GNAT and Program Execution
22153 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id55}@anchor{16a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution overflow-check-handling-in-gnat}@anchor{27}
22154 @section Overflow Check Handling in GNAT
22157 This section explains how to control the handling of overflow checks.
22161 * Management of Overflows in GNAT::
22162 * Specifying the Desired Mode::
22163 * Default Settings::
22164 * Implementation Notes::
22168 @node Background,Management of Overflows in GNAT,,Overflow Check Handling in GNAT
22169 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id56}@anchor{1c1}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution background}@anchor{1c2}
22170 @subsection Background
22173 Overflow checks are checks that the compiler may make to ensure
22174 that intermediate results are not out of range. For example:
22185 If @code{A} has the value @code{Integer'Last}, then the addition may cause
22186 overflow since the result is out of range of the type @code{Integer}.
22187 In this case @code{Constraint_Error} will be raised if checks are
22190 A trickier situation arises in examples like the following:
22201 where @code{A} is @code{Integer'Last} and @code{C} is @code{-1}.
22202 Now the final result of the expression on the right hand side is
22203 @code{Integer'Last} which is in range, but the question arises whether the
22204 intermediate addition of @code{(A + 1)} raises an overflow error.
22206 The (perhaps surprising) answer is that the Ada language
22207 definition does not answer this question. Instead it leaves
22208 it up to the implementation to do one of two things if overflow
22209 checks are enabled.
22215 raise an exception (@code{Constraint_Error}), or
22218 yield the correct mathematical result which is then used in
22219 subsequent operations.
22222 If the compiler chooses the first approach, then the assignment of this
22223 example will indeed raise @code{Constraint_Error} if overflow checking is
22224 enabled, or result in erroneous execution if overflow checks are suppressed.
22226 But if the compiler
22227 chooses the second approach, then it can perform both additions yielding
22228 the correct mathematical result, which is in range, so no exception
22229 will be raised, and the right result is obtained, regardless of whether
22230 overflow checks are suppressed.
22232 Note that in the first example an
22233 exception will be raised in either case, since if the compiler
22234 gives the correct mathematical result for the addition, it will
22235 be out of range of the target type of the assignment, and thus
22236 fails the range check.
22238 This lack of specified behavior in the handling of overflow for
22239 intermediate results is a source of non-portability, and can thus
22240 be problematic when programs are ported. Most typically this arises
22241 in a situation where the original compiler did not raise an exception,
22242 and then the application is moved to a compiler where the check is
22243 performed on the intermediate result and an unexpected exception is
22246 Furthermore, when using Ada 2012's preconditions and other
22247 assertion forms, another issue arises. Consider:
22252 procedure P (A, B : Integer) with
22253 Pre => A + B <= Integer'Last;
22257 One often wants to regard arithmetic in a context like this from
22258 a mathematical point of view. So for example, if the two actual parameters
22259 for a call to @code{P} are both @code{Integer'Last}, then
22260 the precondition should be regarded as False. If we are executing
22261 in a mode with run-time checks enabled for preconditions, then we would
22262 like this precondition to fail, rather than raising an exception
22263 because of the intermediate overflow.
22265 However, the language definition leaves the specification of
22266 whether the above condition fails (raising @code{Assert_Error}) or
22267 causes an intermediate overflow (raising @code{Constraint_Error})
22268 up to the implementation.
22270 The situation is worse in a case such as the following:
22275 procedure Q (A, B, C : Integer) with
22276 Pre => A + B + C <= Integer'Last;
22285 Q (A => Integer'Last, B => 1, C => -1);
22289 From a mathematical point of view the precondition
22290 is True, but at run time we may (but are not guaranteed to) get an
22291 exception raised because of the intermediate overflow (and we really
22292 would prefer this precondition to be considered True at run time).
22294 @node Management of Overflows in GNAT,Specifying the Desired Mode,Background,Overflow Check Handling in GNAT
22295 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id57}@anchor{1c3}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution management-of-overflows-in-gnat}@anchor{1c4}
22296 @subsection Management of Overflows in GNAT
22299 To deal with the portability issue, and with the problem of
22300 mathematical versus run-time interpretation of the expressions in
22301 assertions, GNAT provides comprehensive control over the handling
22302 of intermediate overflow. GNAT can operate in three modes, and
22303 furthemore, permits separate selection of operating modes for
22304 the expressions within assertions (here the term 'assertions'
22305 is used in the technical sense, which includes preconditions and so forth)
22306 and for expressions appearing outside assertions.
22308 The three modes are:
22314 @emph{Use base type for intermediate operations} (@code{STRICT})
22316 In this mode, all intermediate results for predefined arithmetic
22317 operators are computed using the base type, and the result must
22318 be in range of the base type. If this is not the
22319 case then either an exception is raised (if overflow checks are
22320 enabled) or the execution is erroneous (if overflow checks are suppressed).
22321 This is the normal default mode.
22324 @emph{Most intermediate overflows avoided} (@code{MINIMIZED})
22326 In this mode, the compiler attempts to avoid intermediate overflows by
22327 using a larger integer type, typically @code{Long_Long_Integer},
22328 as the type in which arithmetic is
22329 performed for predefined arithmetic operators. This may be slightly more
22331 run time (compared to suppressing intermediate overflow checks), though
22332 the cost is negligible on modern 64-bit machines. For the examples given
22333 earlier, no intermediate overflows would have resulted in exceptions,
22334 since the intermediate results are all in the range of
22335 @code{Long_Long_Integer} (typically 64-bits on nearly all implementations
22336 of GNAT). In addition, if checks are enabled, this reduces the number of
22337 checks that must be made, so this choice may actually result in an
22338 improvement in space and time behavior.
22340 However, there are cases where @code{Long_Long_Integer} is not large
22341 enough, consider the following example:
22346 procedure R (A, B, C, D : Integer) with
22347 Pre => (A**2 * B**2) / (C**2 * D**2) <= 10;
22351 where @code{A} = @code{B} = @code{C} = @code{D} = @code{Integer'Last}.
22352 Now the intermediate results are
22353 out of the range of @code{Long_Long_Integer} even though the final result
22354 is in range and the precondition is True (from a mathematical point
22355 of view). In such a case, operating in this mode, an overflow occurs
22356 for the intermediate computation (which is why this mode
22357 says @emph{most} intermediate overflows are avoided). In this case,
22358 an exception is raised if overflow checks are enabled, and the
22359 execution is erroneous if overflow checks are suppressed.
22362 @emph{All intermediate overflows avoided} (@code{ELIMINATED})
22364 In this mode, the compiler avoids all intermediate overflows
22365 by using arbitrary precision arithmetic as required. In this
22366 mode, the above example with @code{A**2 * B**2} would
22367 not cause intermediate overflow, because the intermediate result
22368 would be evaluated using sufficient precision, and the result
22369 of evaluating the precondition would be True.
22371 This mode has the advantage of avoiding any intermediate
22372 overflows, but at the expense of significant run-time overhead,
22373 including the use of a library (included automatically in this
22374 mode) for multiple-precision arithmetic.
22376 This mode provides cleaner semantics for assertions, since now
22377 the run-time behavior emulates true arithmetic behavior for the
22378 predefined arithmetic operators, meaning that there is never a
22379 conflict between the mathematical view of the assertion, and its
22382 Note that in this mode, the behavior is unaffected by whether or
22383 not overflow checks are suppressed, since overflow does not occur.
22384 It is possible for gigantic intermediate expressions to raise
22385 @code{Storage_Error} as a result of attempting to compute the
22386 results of such expressions (e.g. @code{Integer'Last ** Integer'Last})
22387 but overflow is impossible.
22390 Note that these modes apply only to the evaluation of predefined
22391 arithmetic, membership, and comparison operators for signed integer
22394 For fixed-point arithmetic, checks can be suppressed. But if checks
22396 then fixed-point values are always checked for overflow against the
22397 base type for intermediate expressions (that is such checks always
22398 operate in the equivalent of @code{STRICT} mode).
22400 For floating-point, on nearly all architectures, @code{Machine_Overflows}
22401 is False, and IEEE infinities are generated, so overflow exceptions
22402 are never raised. If you want to avoid infinities, and check that
22403 final results of expressions are in range, then you can declare a
22404 constrained floating-point type, and range checks will be carried
22405 out in the normal manner (with infinite values always failing all
22408 @node Specifying the Desired Mode,Default Settings,Management of Overflows in GNAT,Overflow Check Handling in GNAT
22409 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution specifying-the-desired-mode}@anchor{f8}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id58}@anchor{1c5}
22410 @subsection Specifying the Desired Mode
22413 @geindex pragma Overflow_Mode
22415 The desired mode of for handling intermediate overflow can be specified using
22416 either the @code{Overflow_Mode} pragma or an equivalent compiler switch.
22417 The pragma has the form
22422 pragma Overflow_Mode ([General =>] MODE [, [Assertions =>] MODE]);
22426 where @code{MODE} is one of
22432 @code{STRICT}: intermediate overflows checked (using base type)
22435 @code{MINIMIZED}: minimize intermediate overflows
22438 @code{ELIMINATED}: eliminate intermediate overflows
22441 The case is ignored, so @code{MINIMIZED}, @code{Minimized} and
22442 @code{minimized} all have the same effect.
22444 If only the @code{General} parameter is present, then the given @code{MODE} applies
22445 to expressions both within and outside assertions. If both arguments
22446 are present, then @code{General} applies to expressions outside assertions,
22447 and @code{Assertions} applies to expressions within assertions. For example:
22452 pragma Overflow_Mode
22453 (General => Minimized, Assertions => Eliminated);
22457 specifies that general expressions outside assertions be evaluated
22458 in 'minimize intermediate overflows' mode, and expressions within
22459 assertions be evaluated in 'eliminate intermediate overflows' mode.
22460 This is often a reasonable choice, avoiding excessive overhead
22461 outside assertions, but assuring a high degree of portability
22462 when importing code from another compiler, while incurring
22463 the extra overhead for assertion expressions to ensure that
22464 the behavior at run time matches the expected mathematical
22467 The @code{Overflow_Mode} pragma has the same scoping and placement
22468 rules as pragma @code{Suppress}, so it can occur either as a
22469 configuration pragma, specifying a default for the whole
22470 program, or in a declarative scope, where it applies to the
22471 remaining declarations and statements in that scope.
22473 Note that pragma @code{Overflow_Mode} does not affect whether
22474 overflow checks are enabled or suppressed. It only controls the
22475 method used to compute intermediate values. To control whether
22476 overflow checking is enabled or suppressed, use pragma @code{Suppress}
22477 or @code{Unsuppress} in the usual manner.
22479 @geindex -gnato? (gcc)
22481 @geindex -gnato?? (gcc)
22483 Additionally, a compiler switch @code{-gnato?} or @code{-gnato??}
22484 can be used to control the checking mode default (which can be subsequently
22485 overridden using pragmas).
22487 Here @code{?} is one of the digits @code{1} through @code{3}:
22492 @multitable {xxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
22499 use base type for intermediate operations (@code{STRICT})
22507 minimize intermediate overflows (@code{MINIMIZED})
22515 eliminate intermediate overflows (@code{ELIMINATED})
22521 As with the pragma, if only one digit appears then it applies to all
22522 cases; if two digits are given, then the first applies outside
22523 assertions, and the second within assertions. Thus the equivalent
22524 of the example pragma above would be
22527 If no digits follow the @code{-gnato}, then it is equivalent to
22529 causing all intermediate operations to be computed using the base
22530 type (@code{STRICT} mode).
22532 @node Default Settings,Implementation Notes,Specifying the Desired Mode,Overflow Check Handling in GNAT
22533 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id59}@anchor{1c6}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution default-settings}@anchor{1c7}
22534 @subsection Default Settings
22537 The default mode for overflow checks is
22546 which causes all computations both inside and outside assertions to use
22549 This retains compatibility with previous versions of
22550 GNAT which suppressed overflow checks by default and always
22551 used the base type for computation of intermediate results.
22553 @c Sphinx allows no emphasis within :index: role. As a workaround we
22554 @c point the index to "switch" and use emphasis for "-gnato".
22557 @geindex -gnato (gcc)
22558 switch @code{-gnato} (with no digits following)
22568 which causes overflow checking of all intermediate overflows
22569 both inside and outside assertions against the base type.
22571 The pragma @code{Suppress (Overflow_Check)} disables overflow
22572 checking, but it has no effect on the method used for computing
22573 intermediate results.
22575 The pragma @code{Unsuppress (Overflow_Check)} enables overflow
22576 checking, but it has no effect on the method used for computing
22577 intermediate results.
22579 @node Implementation Notes,,Default Settings,Overflow Check Handling in GNAT
22580 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution implementation-notes}@anchor{1c8}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id60}@anchor{1c9}
22581 @subsection Implementation Notes
22584 In practice on typical 64-bit machines, the @code{MINIMIZED} mode is
22585 reasonably efficient, and can be generally used. It also helps
22586 to ensure compatibility with code imported from some other
22589 Setting all intermediate overflows checking (@code{CHECKED} mode)
22590 makes sense if you want to
22591 make sure that your code is compatible with any other possible
22592 Ada implementation. This may be useful in ensuring portability
22593 for code that is to be exported to some other compiler than GNAT.
22595 The Ada standard allows the reassociation of expressions at
22596 the same precedence level if no parentheses are present. For
22597 example, @code{A+B+C} parses as though it were @code{(A+B)+C}, but
22598 the compiler can reintepret this as @code{A+(B+C)}, possibly
22599 introducing or eliminating an overflow exception. The GNAT
22600 compiler never takes advantage of this freedom, and the
22601 expression @code{A+B+C} will be evaluated as @code{(A+B)+C}.
22602 If you need the other order, you can write the parentheses
22603 explicitly @code{A+(B+C)} and GNAT will respect this order.
22605 The use of @code{ELIMINATED} mode will cause the compiler to
22606 automatically include an appropriate arbitrary precision
22607 integer arithmetic package. The compiler will make calls
22608 to this package, though only in cases where it cannot be
22609 sure that @code{Long_Long_Integer} is sufficient to guard against
22610 intermediate overflows. This package does not use dynamic
22611 alllocation, but it does use the secondary stack, so an
22612 appropriate secondary stack package must be present (this
22613 is always true for standard full Ada, but may require
22614 specific steps for restricted run times such as ZFP).
22616 Although @code{ELIMINATED} mode causes expressions to use arbitrary
22617 precision arithmetic, avoiding overflow, the final result
22618 must be in an appropriate range. This is true even if the
22619 final result is of type @code{[Long_[Long_]]Integer'Base}, which
22620 still has the same bounds as its associated constrained
22623 Currently, the @code{ELIMINATED} mode is only available on target
22624 platforms for which @code{Long_Long_Integer} is 64-bits (nearly all GNAT
22627 @node Performing Dimensionality Analysis in GNAT,Stack Related Facilities,Overflow Check Handling in GNAT,GNAT and Program Execution
22628 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id61}@anchor{16b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution performing-dimensionality-analysis-in-gnat}@anchor{28}
22629 @section Performing Dimensionality Analysis in GNAT
22632 @geindex Dimensionality analysis
22634 The GNAT compiler supports dimensionality checking. The user can
22635 specify physical units for objects, and the compiler will verify that uses
22636 of these objects are compatible with their dimensions, in a fashion that is
22637 familiar to engineering practice. The dimensions of algebraic expressions
22638 (including powers with static exponents) are computed from their constituents.
22640 @geindex Dimension_System aspect
22642 @geindex Dimension aspect
22644 This feature depends on Ada 2012 aspect specifications, and is available from
22645 version 7.0.1 of GNAT onwards.
22646 The GNAT-specific aspect @code{Dimension_System}
22647 allows you to define a system of units; the aspect @code{Dimension}
22648 then allows the user to declare dimensioned quantities within a given system.
22649 (These aspects are described in the @emph{Implementation Defined Aspects}
22650 chapter of the @emph{GNAT Reference Manual}).
22652 The major advantage of this model is that it does not require the declaration of
22653 multiple operators for all possible combinations of types: it is only necessary
22654 to use the proper subtypes in object declarations.
22656 @geindex System.Dim.Mks package (GNAT library)
22658 @geindex MKS_Type type
22660 The simplest way to impose dimensionality checking on a computation is to make
22661 use of the package @code{System.Dim.Mks},
22662 which is part of the GNAT library. This
22663 package defines a floating-point type @code{MKS_Type},
22664 for which a sequence of
22665 dimension names are specified, together with their conventional abbreviations.
22666 The following should be read together with the full specification of the
22667 package, in file @code{s-dimmks.ads}.
22671 @geindex s-dimmks.ads file
22674 type Mks_Type is new Long_Long_Float
22676 Dimension_System => (
22677 (Unit_Name => Meter, Unit_Symbol => 'm', Dim_Symbol => 'L'),
22678 (Unit_Name => Kilogram, Unit_Symbol => "kg", Dim_Symbol => 'M'),
22679 (Unit_Name => Second, Unit_Symbol => 's', Dim_Symbol => 'T'),
22680 (Unit_Name => Ampere, Unit_Symbol => 'A', Dim_Symbol => 'I'),
22681 (Unit_Name => Kelvin, Unit_Symbol => 'K', Dim_Symbol => "Theta"),
22682 (Unit_Name => Mole, Unit_Symbol => "mol", Dim_Symbol => 'N'),
22683 (Unit_Name => Candela, Unit_Symbol => "cd", Dim_Symbol => 'J'));
22687 The package then defines a series of subtypes that correspond to these
22688 conventional units. For example:
22693 subtype Length is Mks_Type
22695 Dimension => (Symbol => 'm', Meter => 1, others => 0);
22699 and similarly for @code{Mass}, @code{Time}, @code{Electric_Current},
22700 @code{Thermodynamic_Temperature}, @code{Amount_Of_Substance}, and
22701 @code{Luminous_Intensity} (the standard set of units of the SI system).
22703 The package also defines conventional names for values of each unit, for
22709 m : constant Length := 1.0;
22710 kg : constant Mass := 1.0;
22711 s : constant Time := 1.0;
22712 A : constant Electric_Current := 1.0;
22716 as well as useful multiples of these units:
22721 cm : constant Length := 1.0E-02;
22722 g : constant Mass := 1.0E-03;
22723 min : constant Time := 60.0;
22724 day : constant Time := 60.0 * 24.0 * min;
22729 Using this package, you can then define a derived unit by
22730 providing the aspect that
22731 specifies its dimensions within the MKS system, as well as the string to
22732 be used for output of a value of that unit:
22737 subtype Acceleration is Mks_Type
22738 with Dimension => ("m/sec^2",
22745 Here is a complete example of use:
22750 with System.Dim.MKS; use System.Dim.Mks;
22751 with System.Dim.Mks_IO; use System.Dim.Mks_IO;
22752 with Text_IO; use Text_IO;
22753 procedure Free_Fall is
22754 subtype Acceleration is Mks_Type
22755 with Dimension => ("m/sec^2", 1, 0, -2, others => 0);
22756 G : constant acceleration := 9.81 * m / (s ** 2);
22757 T : Time := 10.0*s;
22761 Put ("Gravitational constant: ");
22762 Put (G, Aft => 2, Exp => 0); Put_Line ("");
22763 Distance := 0.5 * G * T ** 2;
22764 Put ("distance travelled in 10 seconds of free fall ");
22765 Put (Distance, Aft => 2, Exp => 0);
22771 Execution of this program yields:
22776 Gravitational constant: 9.81 m/sec^2
22777 distance travelled in 10 seconds of free fall 490.50 m
22781 However, incorrect assignments such as:
22787 Distance := 5.0 * kg;
22791 are rejected with the following diagnoses:
22797 >>> dimensions mismatch in assignment
22798 >>> left-hand side has dimension [L]
22799 >>> right-hand side is dimensionless
22801 Distance := 5.0 * kg:
22802 >>> dimensions mismatch in assignment
22803 >>> left-hand side has dimension [L]
22804 >>> right-hand side has dimension [M]
22808 The dimensions of an expression are properly displayed, even if there is
22809 no explicit subtype for it. If we add to the program:
22814 Put ("Final velocity: ");
22815 Put (G * T, Aft =>2, Exp =>0);
22820 then the output includes:
22825 Final velocity: 98.10 m.s**(-1)
22828 @geindex Dimensionable type
22830 @geindex Dimensioned subtype
22833 The type @code{Mks_Type} is said to be a @emph{dimensionable type} since it has a
22834 @code{Dimension_System} aspect, and the subtypes @code{Length}, @code{Mass}, etc.,
22835 are said to be @emph{dimensioned subtypes} since each one has a @code{Dimension}
22840 @geindex Dimension Vector (for a dimensioned subtype)
22842 @geindex Dimension aspect
22844 @geindex Dimension_System aspect
22847 The @code{Dimension} aspect of a dimensioned subtype @code{S} defines a mapping
22848 from the base type's Unit_Names to integer (or, more generally, rational)
22849 values. This mapping is the @emph{dimension vector} (also referred to as the
22850 @emph{dimensionality}) for that subtype, denoted by @code{DV(S)}, and thus for each
22851 object of that subtype. Intuitively, the value specified for each
22852 @code{Unit_Name} is the exponent associated with that unit; a zero value
22853 means that the unit is not used. For example:
22859 Acc : Acceleration;
22867 Here @code{DV(Acc)} = @code{DV(Acceleration)} =
22868 @code{(Meter=>1, Kilogram=>0, Second=>-2, Ampere=>0, Kelvin=>0, Mole=>0, Candela=>0)}.
22869 Symbolically, we can express this as @code{Meter / Second**2}.
22871 The dimension vector of an arithmetic expression is synthesized from the
22872 dimension vectors of its components, with compile-time dimensionality checks
22873 that help prevent mismatches such as using an @code{Acceleration} where a
22874 @code{Length} is required.
22876 The dimension vector of the result of an arithmetic expression @emph{expr}, or
22877 @code{DV(@emph{expr})}, is defined as follows, assuming conventional
22878 mathematical definitions for the vector operations that are used:
22884 If @emph{expr} is of the type @emph{universal_real}, or is not of a dimensioned subtype,
22885 then @emph{expr} is dimensionless; @code{DV(@emph{expr})} is the empty vector.
22888 @code{DV(@emph{op expr})}, where @emph{op} is a unary operator, is @code{DV(@emph{expr})}
22891 @code{DV(@emph{expr1 op expr2})} where @emph{op} is "+" or "-" is @code{DV(@emph{expr1})}
22892 provided that @code{DV(@emph{expr1})} = @code{DV(@emph{expr2})}.
22893 If this condition is not met then the construct is illegal.
22896 @code{DV(@emph{expr1} * @emph{expr2})} is @code{DV(@emph{expr1})} + @code{DV(@emph{expr2})},
22897 and @code{DV(@emph{expr1} / @emph{expr2})} = @code{DV(@emph{expr1})} - @code{DV(@emph{expr2})}.
22898 In this context if one of the @emph{expr}s is dimensionless then its empty
22899 dimension vector is treated as @code{(others => 0)}.
22902 @code{DV(@emph{expr} ** @emph{power})} is @emph{power} * @code{DV(@emph{expr})},
22903 provided that @emph{power} is a static rational value. If this condition is not
22904 met then the construct is illegal.
22907 Note that, by the above rules, it is illegal to use binary "+" or "-" to
22908 combine a dimensioned and dimensionless value. Thus an expression such as
22909 @code{acc-10.0} is illegal, where @code{acc} is an object of subtype
22910 @code{Acceleration}.
22912 The dimensionality checks for relationals use the same rules as
22913 for "+" and "-", except when comparing to a literal; thus
22931 and is thus illegal, but
22940 is accepted with a warning. Analogously a conditional expression requires the
22941 same dimension vector for each branch (with no exception for literals).
22943 The dimension vector of a type conversion @code{T(@emph{expr})} is defined
22944 as follows, based on the nature of @code{T}:
22950 If @code{T} is a dimensioned subtype then @code{DV(T(@emph{expr}))} is @code{DV(T)}
22951 provided that either @emph{expr} is dimensionless or
22952 @code{DV(T)} = @code{DV(@emph{expr})}. The conversion is illegal
22953 if @emph{expr} is dimensioned and @code{DV(@emph{expr})} /= @code{DV(T)}.
22954 Note that vector equality does not require that the corresponding
22955 Unit_Names be the same.
22957 As a consequence of the above rule, it is possible to convert between
22958 different dimension systems that follow the same international system
22959 of units, with the seven physical components given in the standard order
22960 (length, mass, time, etc.). Thus a length in meters can be converted to
22961 a length in inches (with a suitable conversion factor) but cannot be
22962 converted, for example, to a mass in pounds.
22965 If @code{T} is the base type for @emph{expr} (and the dimensionless root type of
22966 the dimension system), then @code{DV(T(@emph{expr}))} is @code{DV(expr)}.
22967 Thus, if @emph{expr} is of a dimensioned subtype of @code{T}, the conversion may
22968 be regarded as a "view conversion" that preserves dimensionality.
22970 This rule makes it possible to write generic code that can be instantiated
22971 with compatible dimensioned subtypes. The generic unit will contain
22972 conversions that will consequently be present in instantiations, but
22973 conversions to the base type will preserve dimensionality and make it
22974 possible to write generic code that is correct with respect to
22978 Otherwise (i.e., @code{T} is neither a dimensioned subtype nor a dimensionable
22979 base type), @code{DV(T(@emph{expr}))} is the empty vector. Thus a dimensioned
22980 value can be explicitly converted to a non-dimensioned subtype, which
22981 of course then escapes dimensionality analysis.
22984 The dimension vector for a type qualification @code{T'(@emph{expr})} is the same
22985 as for the type conversion @code{T(@emph{expr})}.
22987 An assignment statement
22996 requires @code{DV(Source)} = @code{DV(Target)}, and analogously for parameter
22997 passing (the dimension vector for the actual parameter must be equal to the
22998 dimension vector for the formal parameter).
23000 @node Stack Related Facilities,Memory Management Issues,Performing Dimensionality Analysis in GNAT,GNAT and Program Execution
23001 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution stack-related-facilities}@anchor{29}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id62}@anchor{16c}
23002 @section Stack Related Facilities
23005 This section describes some useful tools associated with stack
23006 checking and analysis. In
23007 particular, it deals with dynamic and static stack usage measurements.
23010 * Stack Overflow Checking::
23011 * Static Stack Usage Analysis::
23012 * Dynamic Stack Usage Analysis::
23016 @node Stack Overflow Checking,Static Stack Usage Analysis,,Stack Related Facilities
23017 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id63}@anchor{1ca}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution stack-overflow-checking}@anchor{f4}
23018 @subsection Stack Overflow Checking
23021 @geindex Stack Overflow Checking
23023 @geindex -fstack-check (gcc)
23025 For most operating systems, @code{gcc} does not perform stack overflow
23026 checking by default. This means that if the main environment task or
23027 some other task exceeds the available stack space, then unpredictable
23028 behavior will occur. Most native systems offer some level of protection by
23029 adding a guard page at the end of each task stack. This mechanism is usually
23030 not enough for dealing properly with stack overflow situations because
23031 a large local variable could "jump" above the guard page.
23032 Furthermore, when the
23033 guard page is hit, there may not be any space left on the stack for executing
23034 the exception propagation code. Enabling stack checking avoids
23037 To activate stack checking, compile all units with the @code{gcc} option
23038 @code{-fstack-check}. For example:
23043 $ gcc -c -fstack-check package1.adb
23047 Units compiled with this option will generate extra instructions to check
23048 that any use of the stack (for procedure calls or for declaring local
23049 variables in declare blocks) does not exceed the available stack space.
23050 If the space is exceeded, then a @code{Storage_Error} exception is raised.
23052 For declared tasks, the default stack size is defined by the GNAT runtime,
23053 whose size may be modified at bind time through the @code{-d} bind switch
23054 (@ref{11f,,Switches for gnatbind}). Task specific stack sizes may be set using the
23055 @code{Storage_Size} pragma.
23057 For the environment task, the stack size is determined by the operating system.
23058 Consequently, to modify the size of the environment task please refer to your
23059 operating system documentation.
23061 @node Static Stack Usage Analysis,Dynamic Stack Usage Analysis,Stack Overflow Checking,Stack Related Facilities
23062 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id64}@anchor{1cb}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution static-stack-usage-analysis}@anchor{f5}
23063 @subsection Static Stack Usage Analysis
23066 @geindex Static Stack Usage Analysis
23068 @geindex -fstack-usage
23070 A unit compiled with @code{-fstack-usage} will generate an extra file
23072 the maximum amount of stack used, on a per-function basis.
23073 The file has the same
23074 basename as the target object file with a @code{.su} extension.
23075 Each line of this file is made up of three fields:
23081 The name of the function.
23087 One or more qualifiers: @code{static}, @code{dynamic}, @code{bounded}.
23090 The second field corresponds to the size of the known part of the function
23093 The qualifier @code{static} means that the function frame size
23095 It usually means that all local variables have a static size.
23096 In this case, the second field is a reliable measure of the function stack
23099 The qualifier @code{dynamic} means that the function frame size is not static.
23100 It happens mainly when some local variables have a dynamic size. When this
23101 qualifier appears alone, the second field is not a reliable measure
23102 of the function stack analysis. When it is qualified with @code{bounded}, it
23103 means that the second field is a reliable maximum of the function stack
23106 A unit compiled with @code{-Wstack-usage} will issue a warning for each
23107 subprogram whose stack usage might be larger than the specified amount of
23108 bytes. The wording is in keeping with the qualifier documented above.
23110 @node Dynamic Stack Usage Analysis,,Static Stack Usage Analysis,Stack Related Facilities
23111 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id65}@anchor{1cc}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution dynamic-stack-usage-analysis}@anchor{121}
23112 @subsection Dynamic Stack Usage Analysis
23115 It is possible to measure the maximum amount of stack used by a task, by
23116 adding a switch to @code{gnatbind}, as:
23121 $ gnatbind -u0 file
23125 With this option, at each task termination, its stack usage is output on
23127 It is not always convenient to output the stack usage when the program
23128 is still running. Hence, it is possible to delay this output until program
23129 termination. for a given number of tasks specified as the argument of the
23130 @code{-u} option. For instance:
23135 $ gnatbind -u100 file
23139 will buffer the stack usage information of the first 100 tasks to terminate and
23140 output this info at program termination. Results are displayed in four
23146 Index | Task Name | Stack Size | Stack Usage
23156 @emph{Index} is a number associated with each task.
23159 @emph{Task Name} is the name of the task analyzed.
23162 @emph{Stack Size} is the maximum size for the stack.
23165 @emph{Stack Usage} is the measure done by the stack analyzer.
23166 In order to prevent overflow, the stack
23167 is not entirely analyzed, and it's not possible to know exactly how
23168 much has actually been used.
23171 By default the environment task stack, the stack that contains the main unit,
23172 is not processed. To enable processing of the environment task stack, the
23173 environment variable GNAT_STACK_LIMIT needs to be set to the maximum size of
23174 the environment task stack. This amount is given in kilobytes. For example:
23179 $ set GNAT_STACK_LIMIT 1600
23183 would specify to the analyzer that the environment task stack has a limit
23184 of 1.6 megabytes. Any stack usage beyond this will be ignored by the analysis.
23186 The package @code{GNAT.Task_Stack_Usage} provides facilities to get
23187 stack-usage reports at run time. See its body for the details.
23189 @node Memory Management Issues,,Stack Related Facilities,GNAT and Program Execution
23190 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id66}@anchor{16d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution memory-management-issues}@anchor{2a}
23191 @section Memory Management Issues
23194 This section describes some useful memory pools provided in the GNAT library
23195 and in particular the GNAT Debug Pool facility, which can be used to detect
23196 incorrect uses of access values (including 'dangling references').
23200 * Some Useful Memory Pools::
23201 * The GNAT Debug Pool Facility::
23205 @node Some Useful Memory Pools,The GNAT Debug Pool Facility,,Memory Management Issues
23206 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id67}@anchor{1cd}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution some-useful-memory-pools}@anchor{1ce}
23207 @subsection Some Useful Memory Pools
23210 @geindex Memory Pool
23215 The @code{System.Pool_Global} package offers the Unbounded_No_Reclaim_Pool
23216 storage pool. Allocations use the standard system call @code{malloc} while
23217 deallocations use the standard system call @code{free}. No reclamation is
23218 performed when the pool goes out of scope. For performance reasons, the
23219 standard default Ada allocators/deallocators do not use any explicit storage
23220 pools but if they did, they could use this storage pool without any change in
23221 behavior. That is why this storage pool is used when the user
23222 manages to make the default implicit allocator explicit as in this example:
23227 type T1 is access Something;
23228 -- no Storage pool is defined for T2
23230 type T2 is access Something_Else;
23231 for T2'Storage_Pool use T1'Storage_Pool;
23232 -- the above is equivalent to
23233 for T2'Storage_Pool use System.Pool_Global.Global_Pool_Object;
23237 The @code{System.Pool_Local} package offers the @code{Unbounded_Reclaim_Pool} storage
23238 pool. The allocation strategy is similar to @code{Pool_Local}
23239 except that the all
23240 storage allocated with this pool is reclaimed when the pool object goes out of
23241 scope. This pool provides a explicit mechanism similar to the implicit one
23242 provided by several Ada 83 compilers for allocations performed through a local
23243 access type and whose purpose was to reclaim memory when exiting the
23244 scope of a given local access. As an example, the following program does not
23245 leak memory even though it does not perform explicit deallocation:
23250 with System.Pool_Local;
23251 procedure Pooloc1 is
23252 procedure Internal is
23253 type A is access Integer;
23254 X : System.Pool_Local.Unbounded_Reclaim_Pool;
23255 for A'Storage_Pool use X;
23258 for I in 1 .. 50 loop
23263 for I in 1 .. 100 loop
23270 The @code{System.Pool_Size} package implements the @code{Stack_Bounded_Pool} used when
23271 @code{Storage_Size} is specified for an access type.
23272 The whole storage for the pool is
23273 allocated at once, usually on the stack at the point where the access type is
23274 elaborated. It is automatically reclaimed when exiting the scope where the
23275 access type is defined. This package is not intended to be used directly by the
23276 user and it is implicitly used for each such declaration:
23281 type T1 is access Something;
23282 for T1'Storage_Size use 10_000;
23286 @node The GNAT Debug Pool Facility,,Some Useful Memory Pools,Memory Management Issues
23287 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution id68}@anchor{1cf}@anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_and_program_execution the-gnat-debug-pool-facility}@anchor{1d0}
23288 @subsection The GNAT Debug Pool Facility
23291 @geindex Debug Pool
23295 @geindex memory corruption
23297 The use of unchecked deallocation and unchecked conversion can easily
23298 lead to incorrect memory references. The problems generated by such
23299 references are usually difficult to tackle because the symptoms can be
23300 very remote from the origin of the problem. In such cases, it is
23301 very helpful to detect the problem as early as possible. This is the
23302 purpose of the Storage Pool provided by @code{GNAT.Debug_Pools}.
23304 In order to use the GNAT specific debugging pool, the user must
23305 associate a debug pool object with each of the access types that may be
23306 related to suspected memory problems. See Ada Reference Manual 13.11.
23311 type Ptr is access Some_Type;
23312 Pool : GNAT.Debug_Pools.Debug_Pool;
23313 for Ptr'Storage_Pool use Pool;
23317 @code{GNAT.Debug_Pools} is derived from a GNAT-specific kind of
23318 pool: the @code{Checked_Pool}. Such pools, like standard Ada storage pools,
23319 allow the user to redefine allocation and deallocation strategies. They
23320 also provide a checkpoint for each dereference, through the use of
23321 the primitive operation @code{Dereference} which is implicitly called at
23322 each dereference of an access value.
23324 Once an access type has been associated with a debug pool, operations on
23325 values of the type may raise four distinct exceptions,
23326 which correspond to four potential kinds of memory corruption:
23332 @code{GNAT.Debug_Pools.Accessing_Not_Allocated_Storage}
23335 @code{GNAT.Debug_Pools.Accessing_Deallocated_Storage}
23338 @code{GNAT.Debug_Pools.Freeing_Not_Allocated_Storage}
23341 @code{GNAT.Debug_Pools.Freeing_Deallocated_Storage}
23344 For types associated with a Debug_Pool, dynamic allocation is performed using
23345 the standard GNAT allocation routine. References to all allocated chunks of
23346 memory are kept in an internal dictionary. Several deallocation strategies are
23347 provided, whereupon the user can choose to release the memory to the system,
23348 keep it allocated for further invalid access checks, or fill it with an easily
23349 recognizable pattern for debug sessions. The memory pattern is the old IBM
23350 hexadecimal convention: @code{16#DEADBEEF#}.
23352 See the documentation in the file g-debpoo.ads for more information on the
23353 various strategies.
23355 Upon each dereference, a check is made that the access value denotes a
23356 properly allocated memory location. Here is a complete example of use of
23357 @code{Debug_Pools}, that includes typical instances of memory corruption:
23362 with Gnat.Io; use Gnat.Io;
23363 with Unchecked_Deallocation;
23364 with Unchecked_Conversion;
23365 with GNAT.Debug_Pools;
23366 with System.Storage_Elements;
23367 with Ada.Exceptions; use Ada.Exceptions;
23368 procedure Debug_Pool_Test is
23370 type T is access Integer;
23371 type U is access all T;
23373 P : GNAT.Debug_Pools.Debug_Pool;
23374 for T'Storage_Pool use P;
23376 procedure Free is new Unchecked_Deallocation (Integer, T);
23377 function UC is new Unchecked_Conversion (U, T);
23380 procedure Info is new GNAT.Debug_Pools.Print_Info(Put_Line);
23390 Put_Line (Integer'Image(B.all));
23392 when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E));
23397 when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E));
23401 Put_Line (Integer'Image(B.all));
23403 when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E));
23408 when E : others => Put_Line ("raised: " & Exception_Name (E));
23411 end Debug_Pool_Test;
23415 The debug pool mechanism provides the following precise diagnostics on the
23416 execution of this erroneous program:
23422 Total allocated bytes : 0
23423 Total deallocated bytes : 0
23424 Current Water Mark: 0
23428 Total allocated bytes : 8
23429 Total deallocated bytes : 0
23430 Current Water Mark: 8
23433 raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.ACCESSING_DEALLOCATED_STORAGE
23434 raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.FREEING_DEALLOCATED_STORAGE
23435 raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.ACCESSING_NOT_ALLOCATED_STORAGE
23436 raised: GNAT.DEBUG_POOLS.FREEING_NOT_ALLOCATED_STORAGE
23438 Total allocated bytes : 8
23439 Total deallocated bytes : 4
23440 Current Water Mark: 4
23446 @c -- Non-breaking space in running text
23447 @c -- E.g. Ada |nbsp| 95
23449 @node Platform-Specific Information,Example of Binder Output File,GNAT and Program Execution,Top
23450 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information platform-specific-information}@anchor{d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information doc}@anchor{1d1}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id1}@anchor{1d2}
23451 @chapter Platform-Specific Information
23454 This appendix contains information relating to the implementation
23455 of run-time libraries on various platforms and also covers
23456 topics related to the GNAT implementation on Windows and Mac OS.
23459 * Run-Time Libraries::
23460 * Specifying a Run-Time Library::
23461 * GNU/Linux Topics::
23462 * Microsoft Windows Topics::
23467 @node Run-Time Libraries,Specifying a Run-Time Library,,Platform-Specific Information
23468 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id2}@anchor{1d3}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information run-time-libraries}@anchor{2b}
23469 @section Run-Time Libraries
23472 @geindex Tasking and threads libraries
23474 @geindex Threads libraries and tasking
23476 @geindex Run-time libraries (platform-specific information)
23478 The GNAT run-time implementation may vary with respect to both the
23479 underlying threads library and the exception-handling scheme.
23480 For threads support, the default run-time will bind to the thread
23481 package of the underlying operating system.
23483 For exception handling, either or both of two models are supplied:
23487 @geindex Zero-Cost Exceptions
23489 @geindex ZCX (Zero-Cost Exceptions)
23496 @strong{Zero-Cost Exceptions} ("ZCX"),
23497 which uses binder-generated tables that
23498 are interrogated at run time to locate a handler.
23500 @geindex setjmp/longjmp Exception Model
23502 @geindex SJLJ (setjmp/longjmp Exception Model)
23505 @strong{setjmp / longjmp} ('SJLJ'),
23506 which uses dynamically-set data to establish
23507 the set of handlers
23510 Most programs should experience a substantial speed improvement by
23511 being compiled with a ZCX run-time.
23512 This is especially true for
23513 tasking applications or applications with many exception handlers.@}
23515 This section summarizes which combinations of threads and exception support
23516 are supplied on various GNAT platforms.
23517 It then shows how to select a particular library either
23518 permanently or temporarily,
23519 explains the properties of (and tradeoffs among) the various threads
23520 libraries, and provides some additional
23521 information about several specific platforms.
23524 * Summary of Run-Time Configurations::
23528 @node Summary of Run-Time Configurations,,,Run-Time Libraries
23529 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information summary-of-run-time-configurations}@anchor{1d4}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id3}@anchor{1d5}
23530 @subsection Summary of Run-Time Configurations
23534 @multitable {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
23591 native Win32 threads
23603 native Win32 threads
23628 @node Specifying a Run-Time Library,GNU/Linux Topics,Run-Time Libraries,Platform-Specific Information
23629 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information specifying-a-run-time-library}@anchor{1d6}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id4}@anchor{1d7}
23630 @section Specifying a Run-Time Library
23633 The @code{adainclude} subdirectory containing the sources of the GNAT
23634 run-time library, and the @code{adalib} subdirectory containing the
23635 @code{ALI} files and the static and/or shared GNAT library, are located
23636 in the gcc target-dependent area:
23641 target=$prefix/lib/gcc/gcc-*dumpmachine*/gcc-*dumpversion*/
23645 As indicated above, on some platforms several run-time libraries are supplied.
23646 These libraries are installed in the target dependent area and
23647 contain a complete source and binary subdirectory. The detailed description
23648 below explains the differences between the different libraries in terms of
23649 their thread support.
23651 The default run-time library (when GNAT is installed) is @emph{rts-native}.
23652 This default run-time is selected by the means of soft links.
23653 For example on x86-linux:
23656 @c -- $(target-dir)
23658 @c -- +--- adainclude----------+
23660 @c -- +--- adalib-----------+ |
23662 @c -- +--- rts-native | |
23664 @c -- | +--- adainclude <---+
23666 @c -- | +--- adalib <----+
23668 @c -- +--- rts-sjlj
23670 @c -- +--- adainclude
23678 _______/ / \ \_________________
23681 ADAINCLUDE ADALIB rts-native rts-sjlj
23686 +-------------> adainclude adalib adainclude adalib
23689 +---------------------+
23691 Run-Time Library Directory Structure
23692 (Upper-case names and dotted/dashed arrows represent soft links)
23695 If the @emph{rts-sjlj} library is to be selected on a permanent basis,
23696 these soft links can be modified with the following commands:
23702 $ rm -f adainclude adalib
23703 $ ln -s rts-sjlj/adainclude adainclude
23704 $ ln -s rts-sjlj/adalib adalib
23708 Alternatively, you can specify @code{rts-sjlj/adainclude} in the file
23709 @code{$target/ada_source_path} and @code{rts-sjlj/adalib} in
23710 @code{$target/ada_object_path}.
23712 @geindex --RTS option
23714 Selecting another run-time library temporarily can be
23715 achieved by using the @code{--RTS} switch, e.g., @code{--RTS=sjlj}
23716 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information choosing-the-scheduling-policy}@anchor{1d8}
23717 @geindex SCHED_FIFO scheduling policy
23719 @geindex SCHED_RR scheduling policy
23721 @geindex SCHED_OTHER scheduling policy
23724 * Choosing the Scheduling Policy::
23728 @node Choosing the Scheduling Policy,,,Specifying a Run-Time Library
23729 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id5}@anchor{1d9}
23730 @subsection Choosing the Scheduling Policy
23733 When using a POSIX threads implementation, you have a choice of several
23734 scheduling policies: @code{SCHED_FIFO}, @code{SCHED_RR} and @code{SCHED_OTHER}.
23736 Typically, the default is @code{SCHED_OTHER}, while using @code{SCHED_FIFO}
23737 or @code{SCHED_RR} requires special (e.g., root) privileges.
23739 @geindex pragma Time_Slice
23741 @geindex -T0 option
23743 @geindex pragma Task_Dispatching_Policy
23745 By default, GNAT uses the @code{SCHED_OTHER} policy. To specify
23747 you can use one of the following:
23753 @code{pragma Time_Slice (0.0)}
23756 the corresponding binder option @code{-T0}
23759 @code{pragma Task_Dispatching_Policy (FIFO_Within_Priorities)}
23762 To specify @code{SCHED_RR},
23763 you should use @code{pragma Time_Slice} with a
23764 value greater than 0.0, or else use the corresponding @code{-T}
23767 To make sure a program is running as root, you can put something like
23768 this in a library package body in your application:
23773 function geteuid return Integer;
23774 pragma Import (C, geteuid, "geteuid");
23775 Ignore : constant Boolean :=
23776 (if geteuid = 0 then True else raise Program_Error with "must be root");
23780 It gets the effective user id, and if it's not 0 (i.e. root), it raises
23787 @node GNU/Linux Topics,Microsoft Windows Topics,Specifying a Run-Time Library,Platform-Specific Information
23788 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id6}@anchor{1da}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information gnu-linux-topics}@anchor{1db}
23789 @section GNU/Linux Topics
23792 This section describes topics that are specific to GNU/Linux platforms.
23795 * Required Packages on GNU/Linux::
23799 @node Required Packages on GNU/Linux,,,GNU/Linux Topics
23800 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id7}@anchor{1dc}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information required-packages-on-gnu-linux}@anchor{1dd}
23801 @subsection Required Packages on GNU/Linux
23804 GNAT requires the C library developer's package to be installed.
23805 The name of of that package depends on your GNU/Linux distribution:
23811 RedHat, SUSE: @code{glibc-devel};
23814 Debian, Ubuntu: @code{libc6-dev} (normally installed by default).
23817 If using the 32-bit version of GNAT on a 64-bit version of GNU/Linux,
23818 you'll need the 32-bit version of the glibc and glibc-devel packages:
23824 RedHat, SUSE: @code{glibc.i686}, @code{glibc-devel.i686}
23827 Debian, Ubuntu: @code{libc6:i386}, @code{libc6-dev:i386}
23830 Other GNU/Linux distributions might be choosing a different name
23835 @node Microsoft Windows Topics,Mac OS Topics,GNU/Linux Topics,Platform-Specific Information
23836 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information microsoft-windows-topics}@anchor{2c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id8}@anchor{1de}
23837 @section Microsoft Windows Topics
23840 This section describes topics that are specific to the Microsoft Windows
23848 * Using GNAT on Windows::
23849 * Using a network installation of GNAT::
23850 * CONSOLE and WINDOWS subsystems::
23851 * Temporary Files::
23852 * Disabling Command Line Argument Expansion::
23853 * Mixed-Language Programming on Windows::
23854 * Windows Specific Add-Ons::
23858 @node Using GNAT on Windows,Using a network installation of GNAT,,Microsoft Windows Topics
23859 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information using-gnat-on-windows}@anchor{1df}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id9}@anchor{1e0}
23860 @subsection Using GNAT on Windows
23863 One of the strengths of the GNAT technology is that its tool set
23864 (@code{gcc}, @code{gnatbind}, @code{gnatlink}, @code{gnatmake}, the
23865 @code{gdb} debugger, etc.) is used in the same way regardless of the
23868 On Windows this tool set is complemented by a number of Microsoft-specific
23869 tools that have been provided to facilitate interoperability with Windows
23870 when this is required. With these tools:
23876 You can build applications using the @code{CONSOLE} or @code{WINDOWS}
23880 You can use any Dynamically Linked Library (DLL) in your Ada code (both
23881 relocatable and non-relocatable DLLs are supported).
23884 You can build Ada DLLs for use in other applications. These applications
23885 can be written in a language other than Ada (e.g., C, C++, etc). Again both
23886 relocatable and non-relocatable Ada DLLs are supported.
23889 You can include Windows resources in your Ada application.
23892 You can use or create COM/DCOM objects.
23895 Immediately below are listed all known general GNAT-for-Windows restrictions.
23896 Other restrictions about specific features like Windows Resources and DLLs
23897 are listed in separate sections below.
23903 It is not possible to use @code{GetLastError} and @code{SetLastError}
23904 when tasking, protected records, or exceptions are used. In these
23905 cases, in order to implement Ada semantics, the GNAT run-time system
23906 calls certain Win32 routines that set the last error variable to 0 upon
23907 success. It should be possible to use @code{GetLastError} and
23908 @code{SetLastError} when tasking, protected record, and exception
23909 features are not used, but it is not guaranteed to work.
23912 It is not possible to link against Microsoft C++ libraries except for
23913 import libraries. Interfacing must be done by the mean of DLLs.
23916 It is possible to link against Microsoft C libraries. Yet the preferred
23917 solution is to use C/C++ compiler that comes with GNAT, since it
23918 doesn't require having two different development environments and makes the
23919 inter-language debugging experience smoother.
23922 When the compilation environment is located on FAT32 drives, users may
23923 experience recompilations of the source files that have not changed if
23924 Daylight Saving Time (DST) state has changed since the last time files
23925 were compiled. NTFS drives do not have this problem.
23928 No components of the GNAT toolset use any entries in the Windows
23929 registry. The only entries that can be created are file associations and
23930 PATH settings, provided the user has chosen to create them at installation
23931 time, as well as some minimal book-keeping information needed to correctly
23932 uninstall or integrate different GNAT products.
23935 @node Using a network installation of GNAT,CONSOLE and WINDOWS subsystems,Using GNAT on Windows,Microsoft Windows Topics
23936 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id10}@anchor{1e1}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information using-a-network-installation-of-gnat}@anchor{1e2}
23937 @subsection Using a network installation of GNAT
23940 Make sure the system on which GNAT is installed is accessible from the
23941 current machine, i.e., the install location is shared over the network.
23942 Shared resources are accessed on Windows by means of UNC paths, which
23943 have the format @code{\\\\server\\sharename\\path}
23945 In order to use such a network installation, simply add the UNC path of the
23946 @code{bin} directory of your GNAT installation in front of your PATH. For
23947 example, if GNAT is installed in @code{\GNAT} directory of a share location
23948 called @code{c-drive} on a machine @code{LOKI}, the following command will
23954 $ path \\loki\c-drive\gnat\bin;%path%`
23958 Be aware that every compilation using the network installation results in the
23959 transfer of large amounts of data across the network and will likely cause
23960 serious performance penalty.
23962 @node CONSOLE and WINDOWS subsystems,Temporary Files,Using a network installation of GNAT,Microsoft Windows Topics
23963 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id11}@anchor{1e3}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information console-and-windows-subsystems}@anchor{1e4}
23964 @subsection CONSOLE and WINDOWS subsystems
23967 @geindex CONSOLE Subsystem
23969 @geindex WINDOWS Subsystem
23973 There are two main subsystems under Windows. The @code{CONSOLE} subsystem
23974 (which is the default subsystem) will always create a console when
23975 launching the application. This is not something desirable when the
23976 application has a Windows GUI. To get rid of this console the
23977 application must be using the @code{WINDOWS} subsystem. To do so
23978 the @code{-mwindows} linker option must be specified.
23983 $ gnatmake winprog -largs -mwindows
23987 @node Temporary Files,Disabling Command Line Argument Expansion,CONSOLE and WINDOWS subsystems,Microsoft Windows Topics
23988 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id12}@anchor{1e5}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information temporary-files}@anchor{1e6}
23989 @subsection Temporary Files
23992 @geindex Temporary files
23994 It is possible to control where temporary files gets created by setting
23997 @geindex environment variable; TMP
23998 @code{TMP} environment variable. The file will be created:
24004 Under the directory pointed to by the
24006 @geindex environment variable; TMP
24007 @code{TMP} environment variable if
24008 this directory exists.
24011 Under @code{c:\temp}, if the
24013 @geindex environment variable; TMP
24014 @code{TMP} environment variable is not
24015 set (or not pointing to a directory) and if this directory exists.
24018 Under the current working directory otherwise.
24021 This allows you to determine exactly where the temporary
24022 file will be created. This is particularly useful in networked
24023 environments where you may not have write access to some
24026 @node Disabling Command Line Argument Expansion,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows,Temporary Files,Microsoft Windows Topics
24027 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information disabling-command-line-argument-expansion}@anchor{1e7}
24028 @subsection Disabling Command Line Argument Expansion
24031 @geindex Command Line Argument Expansion
24033 By default, an executable compiled for the Windows platform will do
24034 the following postprocessing on the arguments passed on the command
24041 If the argument contains the characters @code{*} and/or @code{?}, then
24042 file expansion will be attempted. For example, if the current directory
24043 contains @code{a.txt} and @code{b.txt}, then when calling:
24046 $ my_ada_program *.txt
24049 The following arguments will effectively be passed to the main program
24050 (for example when using @code{Ada.Command_Line.Argument}):
24053 Ada.Command_Line.Argument (1) -> "a.txt"
24054 Ada.Command_Line.Argument (2) -> "b.txt"
24058 Filename expansion can be disabled for a given argument by using single
24059 quotes. Thus, calling:
24062 $ my_ada_program '*.txt'
24068 Ada.Command_Line.Argument (1) -> "*.txt"
24072 Note that if the program is launched from a shell such as Cygwin Bash
24073 then quote removal might be performed by the shell.
24075 In some contexts it might be useful to disable this feature (for example if
24076 the program performs its own argument expansion). In order to do this, a C
24077 symbol needs to be defined and set to @code{0}. You can do this by
24078 adding the following code fragment in one of your Ada units:
24081 Do_Argv_Expansion : Integer := 0;
24082 pragma Export (C, Do_Argv_Expansion, "__gnat_do_argv_expansion");
24085 The results of previous examples will be respectively:
24088 Ada.Command_Line.Argument (1) -> "*.txt"
24094 Ada.Command_Line.Argument (1) -> "'*.txt'"
24097 @node Mixed-Language Programming on Windows,Windows Specific Add-Ons,Disabling Command Line Argument Expansion,Microsoft Windows Topics
24098 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id13}@anchor{1e8}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information mixed-language-programming-on-windows}@anchor{1e9}
24099 @subsection Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
24102 Developing pure Ada applications on Windows is no different than on
24103 other GNAT-supported platforms. However, when developing or porting an
24104 application that contains a mix of Ada and C/C++, the choice of your
24105 Windows C/C++ development environment conditions your overall
24106 interoperability strategy.
24108 If you use @code{gcc} or Microsoft C to compile the non-Ada part of
24109 your application, there are no Windows-specific restrictions that
24110 affect the overall interoperability with your Ada code. If you do want
24111 to use the Microsoft tools for your C++ code, you have two choices:
24117 Encapsulate your C++ code in a DLL to be linked with your Ada
24118 application. In this case, use the Microsoft or whatever environment to
24119 build the DLL and use GNAT to build your executable
24120 (@ref{1ea,,Using DLLs with GNAT}).
24123 Or you can encapsulate your Ada code in a DLL to be linked with the
24124 other part of your application. In this case, use GNAT to build the DLL
24125 (@ref{1eb,,Building DLLs with GNAT Project files}) and use the Microsoft
24126 or whatever environment to build your executable.
24129 In addition to the description about C main in
24130 @ref{44,,Mixed Language Programming} section, if the C main uses a
24131 stand-alone library it is required on x86-windows to
24132 setup the SEH context. For this the C main must looks like this:
24138 extern void adainit (void);
24139 extern void adafinal (void);
24140 extern void __gnat_initialize(void*);
24141 extern void call_to_ada (void);
24143 int main (int argc, char *argv[])
24147 /* Initialize the SEH context */
24148 __gnat_initialize (&SEH);
24152 /* Then call Ada services in the stand-alone library */
24161 Note that this is not needed on x86_64-windows where the Windows
24162 native SEH support is used.
24165 * Windows Calling Conventions::
24166 * Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries (DLLs): Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries DLLs.
24167 * Using DLLs with GNAT::
24168 * Building DLLs with GNAT Project files::
24169 * Building DLLs with GNAT::
24170 * Building DLLs with gnatdll::
24171 * Ada DLLs and Finalization::
24172 * Creating a Spec for Ada DLLs::
24173 * GNAT and Windows Resources::
24174 * Using GNAT DLLs from Microsoft Visual Studio Applications::
24175 * Debugging a DLL::
24176 * Setting Stack Size from gnatlink::
24177 * Setting Heap Size from gnatlink::
24181 @node Windows Calling Conventions,Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries DLLs,,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
24182 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information windows-calling-conventions}@anchor{1ec}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id14}@anchor{1ed}
24183 @subsubsection Windows Calling Conventions
24190 This section pertain only to Win32. On Win64 there is a single native
24191 calling convention. All convention specifiers are ignored on this
24194 When a subprogram @code{F} (caller) calls a subprogram @code{G}
24195 (callee), there are several ways to push @code{G}'s parameters on the
24196 stack and there are several possible scenarios to clean up the stack
24197 upon @code{G}'s return. A calling convention is an agreed upon software
24198 protocol whereby the responsibilities between the caller (@code{F}) and
24199 the callee (@code{G}) are clearly defined. Several calling conventions
24200 are available for Windows:
24206 @code{C} (Microsoft defined)
24209 @code{Stdcall} (Microsoft defined)
24212 @code{Win32} (GNAT specific)
24215 @code{DLL} (GNAT specific)
24219 * C Calling Convention::
24220 * Stdcall Calling Convention::
24221 * Win32 Calling Convention::
24222 * DLL Calling Convention::
24226 @node C Calling Convention,Stdcall Calling Convention,,Windows Calling Conventions
24227 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information c-calling-convention}@anchor{1ee}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id15}@anchor{1ef}
24228 @subsubsection @code{C} Calling Convention
24231 This is the default calling convention used when interfacing to C/C++
24232 routines compiled with either @code{gcc} or Microsoft Visual C++.
24234 In the @code{C} calling convention subprogram parameters are pushed on the
24235 stack by the caller from right to left. The caller itself is in charge of
24236 cleaning up the stack after the call. In addition, the name of a routine
24237 with @code{C} calling convention is mangled by adding a leading underscore.
24239 The name to use on the Ada side when importing (or exporting) a routine
24240 with @code{C} calling convention is the name of the routine. For
24241 instance the C function:
24246 int get_val (long);
24250 should be imported from Ada as follows:
24255 function Get_Val (V : Interfaces.C.long) return Interfaces.C.int;
24256 pragma Import (C, Get_Val, External_Name => "get_val");
24260 Note that in this particular case the @code{External_Name} parameter could
24261 have been omitted since, when missing, this parameter is taken to be the
24262 name of the Ada entity in lower case. When the @code{Link_Name} parameter
24263 is missing, as in the above example, this parameter is set to be the
24264 @code{External_Name} with a leading underscore.
24266 When importing a variable defined in C, you should always use the @code{C}
24267 calling convention unless the object containing the variable is part of a
24268 DLL (in which case you should use the @code{Stdcall} calling
24269 convention, @ref{1f0,,Stdcall Calling Convention}).
24271 @node Stdcall Calling Convention,Win32 Calling Convention,C Calling Convention,Windows Calling Conventions
24272 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information stdcall-calling-convention}@anchor{1f0}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id16}@anchor{1f1}
24273 @subsubsection @code{Stdcall} Calling Convention
24276 This convention, which was the calling convention used for Pascal
24277 programs, is used by Microsoft for all the routines in the Win32 API for
24278 efficiency reasons. It must be used to import any routine for which this
24279 convention was specified.
24281 In the @code{Stdcall} calling convention subprogram parameters are pushed
24282 on the stack by the caller from right to left. The callee (and not the
24283 caller) is in charge of cleaning the stack on routine exit. In addition,
24284 the name of a routine with @code{Stdcall} calling convention is mangled by
24285 adding a leading underscore (as for the @code{C} calling convention) and a
24286 trailing @code{@@@emph{nn}}, where @code{nn} is the overall size (in
24287 bytes) of the parameters passed to the routine.
24289 The name to use on the Ada side when importing a C routine with a
24290 @code{Stdcall} calling convention is the name of the C routine. The leading
24291 underscore and trailing @code{@@@emph{nn}} are added automatically by
24292 the compiler. For instance the Win32 function:
24297 APIENTRY int get_val (long);
24301 should be imported from Ada as follows:
24306 function Get_Val (V : Interfaces.C.long) return Interfaces.C.int;
24307 pragma Import (Stdcall, Get_Val);
24308 -- On the x86 a long is 4 bytes, so the Link_Name is "_get_val@@4"
24312 As for the @code{C} calling convention, when the @code{External_Name}
24313 parameter is missing, it is taken to be the name of the Ada entity in lower
24314 case. If instead of writing the above import pragma you write:
24319 function Get_Val (V : Interfaces.C.long) return Interfaces.C.int;
24320 pragma Import (Stdcall, Get_Val, External_Name => "retrieve_val");
24324 then the imported routine is @code{_retrieve_val@@4}. However, if instead
24325 of specifying the @code{External_Name} parameter you specify the
24326 @code{Link_Name} as in the following example:
24331 function Get_Val (V : Interfaces.C.long) return Interfaces.C.int;
24332 pragma Import (Stdcall, Get_Val, Link_Name => "retrieve_val");
24336 then the imported routine is @code{retrieve_val}, that is, there is no
24337 decoration at all. No leading underscore and no Stdcall suffix
24338 @code{@@@emph{nn}}.
24340 This is especially important as in some special cases a DLL's entry
24341 point name lacks a trailing @code{@@@emph{nn}} while the exported
24342 name generated for a call has it.
24344 It is also possible to import variables defined in a DLL by using an
24345 import pragma for a variable. As an example, if a DLL contains a
24346 variable defined as:
24355 then, to access this variable from Ada you should write:
24360 My_Var : Interfaces.C.int;
24361 pragma Import (Stdcall, My_Var);
24365 Note that to ease building cross-platform bindings this convention
24366 will be handled as a @code{C} calling convention on non-Windows platforms.
24368 @node Win32 Calling Convention,DLL Calling Convention,Stdcall Calling Convention,Windows Calling Conventions
24369 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information win32-calling-convention}@anchor{1f2}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id17}@anchor{1f3}
24370 @subsubsection @code{Win32} Calling Convention
24373 This convention, which is GNAT-specific is fully equivalent to the
24374 @code{Stdcall} calling convention described above.
24376 @node DLL Calling Convention,,Win32 Calling Convention,Windows Calling Conventions
24377 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id18}@anchor{1f4}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information dll-calling-convention}@anchor{1f5}
24378 @subsubsection @code{DLL} Calling Convention
24381 This convention, which is GNAT-specific is fully equivalent to the
24382 @code{Stdcall} calling convention described above.
24384 @node Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries DLLs,Using DLLs with GNAT,Windows Calling Conventions,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
24385 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id19}@anchor{1f6}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information introduction-to-dynamic-link-libraries-dlls}@anchor{1f7}
24386 @subsubsection Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries (DLLs)
24391 A Dynamically Linked Library (DLL) is a library that can be shared by
24392 several applications running under Windows. A DLL can contain any number of
24393 routines and variables.
24395 One advantage of DLLs is that you can change and enhance them without
24396 forcing all the applications that depend on them to be relinked or
24397 recompiled. However, you should be aware than all calls to DLL routines are
24398 slower since, as you will understand below, such calls are indirect.
24400 To illustrate the remainder of this section, suppose that an application
24401 wants to use the services of a DLL @code{API.dll}. To use the services
24402 provided by @code{API.dll} you must statically link against the DLL or
24403 an import library which contains a jump table with an entry for each
24404 routine and variable exported by the DLL. In the Microsoft world this
24405 import library is called @code{API.lib}. When using GNAT this import
24406 library is called either @code{libAPI.dll.a}, @code{libapi.dll.a},
24407 @code{libAPI.a} or @code{libapi.a} (names are case insensitive).
24409 After you have linked your application with the DLL or the import library
24410 and you run your application, here is what happens:
24416 Your application is loaded into memory.
24419 The DLL @code{API.dll} is mapped into the address space of your
24420 application. This means that:
24426 The DLL will use the stack of the calling thread.
24429 The DLL will use the virtual address space of the calling process.
24432 The DLL will allocate memory from the virtual address space of the calling
24436 Handles (pointers) can be safely exchanged between routines in the DLL
24437 routines and routines in the application using the DLL.
24441 The entries in the jump table (from the import library @code{libAPI.dll.a}
24442 or @code{API.lib} or automatically created when linking against a DLL)
24443 which is part of your application are initialized with the addresses
24444 of the routines and variables in @code{API.dll}.
24447 If present in @code{API.dll}, routines @code{DllMain} or
24448 @code{DllMainCRTStartup} are invoked. These routines typically contain
24449 the initialization code needed for the well-being of the routines and
24450 variables exported by the DLL.
24453 There is an additional point which is worth mentioning. In the Windows
24454 world there are two kind of DLLs: relocatable and non-relocatable
24455 DLLs. Non-relocatable DLLs can only be loaded at a very specific address
24456 in the target application address space. If the addresses of two
24457 non-relocatable DLLs overlap and these happen to be used by the same
24458 application, a conflict will occur and the application will run
24459 incorrectly. Hence, when possible, it is always preferable to use and
24460 build relocatable DLLs. Both relocatable and non-relocatable DLLs are
24461 supported by GNAT. Note that the @code{-s} linker option (see GNU Linker
24462 User's Guide) removes the debugging symbols from the DLL but the DLL can
24463 still be relocated.
24465 As a side note, an interesting difference between Microsoft DLLs and
24466 Unix shared libraries, is the fact that on most Unix systems all public
24467 routines are exported by default in a Unix shared library, while under
24468 Windows it is possible (but not required) to list exported routines in
24469 a definition file (see @ref{1f8,,The Definition File}).
24471 @node Using DLLs with GNAT,Building DLLs with GNAT Project files,Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries DLLs,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
24472 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id20}@anchor{1f9}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information using-dlls-with-gnat}@anchor{1ea}
24473 @subsubsection Using DLLs with GNAT
24476 To use the services of a DLL, say @code{API.dll}, in your Ada application
24483 The Ada spec for the routines and/or variables you want to access in
24484 @code{API.dll}. If not available this Ada spec must be built from the C/C++
24485 header files provided with the DLL.
24488 The import library (@code{libAPI.dll.a} or @code{API.lib}). As previously
24489 mentioned an import library is a statically linked library containing the
24490 import table which will be filled at load time to point to the actual
24491 @code{API.dll} routines. Sometimes you don't have an import library for the
24492 DLL you want to use. The following sections will explain how to build
24493 one. Note that this is optional.
24496 The actual DLL, @code{API.dll}.
24499 Once you have all the above, to compile an Ada application that uses the
24500 services of @code{API.dll} and whose main subprogram is @code{My_Ada_App},
24501 you simply issue the command
24506 $ gnatmake my_ada_app -largs -lAPI
24510 The argument @code{-largs -lAPI} at the end of the @code{gnatmake} command
24511 tells the GNAT linker to look for an import library. The linker will
24512 look for a library name in this specific order:
24518 @code{libAPI.dll.a}
24536 The first three are the GNU style import libraries. The third is the
24537 Microsoft style import libraries. The last two are the actual DLL names.
24539 Note that if the Ada package spec for @code{API.dll} contains the
24545 pragma Linker_Options ("-lAPI");
24549 you do not have to add @code{-largs -lAPI} at the end of the
24550 @code{gnatmake} command.
24552 If any one of the items above is missing you will have to create it
24553 yourself. The following sections explain how to do so using as an
24554 example a fictitious DLL called @code{API.dll}.
24557 * Creating an Ada Spec for the DLL Services::
24558 * Creating an Import Library::
24562 @node Creating an Ada Spec for the DLL Services,Creating an Import Library,,Using DLLs with GNAT
24563 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id21}@anchor{1fa}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information creating-an-ada-spec-for-the-dll-services}@anchor{1fb}
24564 @subsubsection Creating an Ada Spec for the DLL Services
24567 A DLL typically comes with a C/C++ header file which provides the
24568 definitions of the routines and variables exported by the DLL. The Ada
24569 equivalent of this header file is a package spec that contains definitions
24570 for the imported entities. If the DLL you intend to use does not come with
24571 an Ada spec you have to generate one such spec yourself. For example if
24572 the header file of @code{API.dll} is a file @code{api.h} containing the
24573 following two definitions:
24583 then the equivalent Ada spec could be:
24588 with Interfaces.C.Strings;
24593 function Get (Str : C.Strings.Chars_Ptr) return C.int;
24596 pragma Import (C, Get);
24597 pragma Import (DLL, Some_Var);
24602 @node Creating an Import Library,,Creating an Ada Spec for the DLL Services,Using DLLs with GNAT
24603 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id22}@anchor{1fc}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information creating-an-import-library}@anchor{1fd}
24604 @subsubsection Creating an Import Library
24607 @geindex Import library
24609 If a Microsoft-style import library @code{API.lib} or a GNAT-style
24610 import library @code{libAPI.dll.a} or @code{libAPI.a} is available
24611 with @code{API.dll} you can skip this section. You can also skip this
24612 section if @code{API.dll} or @code{libAPI.dll} is built with GNU tools
24613 as in this case it is possible to link directly against the
24614 DLL. Otherwise read on.
24616 @geindex Definition file
24617 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information the-definition-file}@anchor{1f8}
24618 @subsubheading The Definition File
24621 As previously mentioned, and unlike Unix systems, the list of symbols
24622 that are exported from a DLL must be provided explicitly in Windows.
24623 The main goal of a definition file is precisely that: list the symbols
24624 exported by a DLL. A definition file (usually a file with a @code{.def}
24625 suffix) has the following structure:
24630 [LIBRARY `@w{`}name`@w{`}]
24631 [DESCRIPTION `@w{`}string`@w{`}]
24633 `@w{`}symbol1`@w{`}
24634 `@w{`}symbol2`@w{`}
24642 @item @emph{LIBRARY name}
24644 This section, which is optional, gives the name of the DLL.
24646 @item @emph{DESCRIPTION string}
24648 This section, which is optional, gives a description string that will be
24649 embedded in the import library.
24651 @item @emph{EXPORTS}
24653 This section gives the list of exported symbols (procedures, functions or
24654 variables). For instance in the case of @code{API.dll} the @code{EXPORTS}
24655 section of @code{API.def} looks like:
24664 Note that you must specify the correct suffix (@code{@@@emph{nn}})
24665 (see @ref{1ec,,Windows Calling Conventions}) for a Stdcall
24666 calling convention function in the exported symbols list.
24668 There can actually be other sections in a definition file, but these
24669 sections are not relevant to the discussion at hand.
24670 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information create-def-file-automatically}@anchor{1fe}
24671 @subsubheading Creating a Definition File Automatically
24674 You can automatically create the definition file @code{API.def}
24675 (see @ref{1f8,,The Definition File}) from a DLL.
24676 For that use the @code{dlltool} program as follows:
24681 $ dlltool API.dll -z API.def --export-all-symbols
24684 Note that if some routines in the DLL have the @code{Stdcall} convention
24685 (@ref{1ec,,Windows Calling Conventions}) with stripped @code{@@@emph{nn}}
24686 suffix then you'll have to edit @code{api.def} to add it, and specify
24687 @code{-k} to @code{gnatdll} when creating the import library.
24689 Here are some hints to find the right @code{@@@emph{nn}} suffix.
24695 If you have the Microsoft import library (.lib), it is possible to get
24696 the right symbols by using Microsoft @code{dumpbin} tool (see the
24697 corresponding Microsoft documentation for further details).
24700 $ dumpbin /exports api.lib
24704 If you have a message about a missing symbol at link time the compiler
24705 tells you what symbol is expected. You just have to go back to the
24706 definition file and add the right suffix.
24709 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information gnat-style-import-library}@anchor{1ff}
24710 @subsubheading GNAT-Style Import Library
24713 To create a static import library from @code{API.dll} with the GNAT tools
24714 you should create the .def file, then use @code{gnatdll} tool
24715 (see @ref{200,,Using gnatdll}) as follows:
24720 $ gnatdll -e API.def -d API.dll
24723 @code{gnatdll} takes as input a definition file @code{API.def} and the
24724 name of the DLL containing the services listed in the definition file
24725 @code{API.dll}. The name of the static import library generated is
24726 computed from the name of the definition file as follows: if the
24727 definition file name is @code{xyz.def}, the import library name will
24728 be @code{libxyz.a}. Note that in the previous example option
24729 @code{-e} could have been removed because the name of the definition
24730 file (before the @code{.def} suffix) is the same as the name of the
24731 DLL (@ref{200,,Using gnatdll} for more information about @code{gnatdll}).
24733 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information msvs-style-import-library}@anchor{201}
24734 @subsubheading Microsoft-Style Import Library
24737 A Microsoft import library is needed only if you plan to make an
24738 Ada DLL available to applications developed with Microsoft
24739 tools (@ref{1e9,,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows}).
24741 To create a Microsoft-style import library for @code{API.dll} you
24742 should create the .def file, then build the actual import library using
24743 Microsoft's @code{lib} utility:
24748 $ lib -machine:IX86 -def:API.def -out:API.lib
24751 If you use the above command the definition file @code{API.def} must
24752 contain a line giving the name of the DLL:
24758 See the Microsoft documentation for further details about the usage of
24762 @node Building DLLs with GNAT Project files,Building DLLs with GNAT,Using DLLs with GNAT,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
24763 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id23}@anchor{202}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information building-dlls-with-gnat-project-files}@anchor{1eb}
24764 @subsubsection Building DLLs with GNAT Project files
24770 There is nothing specific to Windows in the build process.
24771 See the @emph{Library Projects} section in the @emph{GNAT Project Manager}
24772 chapter of the @emph{GPRbuild User's Guide}.
24774 Due to a system limitation, it is not possible under Windows to create threads
24775 when inside the @code{DllMain} routine which is used for auto-initialization
24776 of shared libraries, so it is not possible to have library level tasks in SALs.
24778 @node Building DLLs with GNAT,Building DLLs with gnatdll,Building DLLs with GNAT Project files,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
24779 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information building-dlls-with-gnat}@anchor{203}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id24}@anchor{204}
24780 @subsubsection Building DLLs with GNAT
24786 This section explain how to build DLLs using the GNAT built-in DLL
24787 support. With the following procedure it is straight forward to build
24788 and use DLLs with GNAT.
24794 Building object files.
24795 The first step is to build all objects files that are to be included
24796 into the DLL. This is done by using the standard @code{gnatmake} tool.
24800 To build the DLL you must use the @code{gcc} @code{-shared} and
24801 @code{-shared-libgcc} options. It is quite simple to use this method:
24804 $ gcc -shared -shared-libgcc -o api.dll obj1.o obj2.o ...
24807 It is important to note that in this case all symbols found in the
24808 object files are automatically exported. It is possible to restrict
24809 the set of symbols to export by passing to @code{gcc} a definition
24810 file (see @ref{1f8,,The Definition File}).
24814 $ gcc -shared -shared-libgcc -o api.dll api.def obj1.o obj2.o ...
24817 If you use a definition file you must export the elaboration procedures
24818 for every package that required one. Elaboration procedures are named
24819 using the package name followed by "_E".
24822 Preparing DLL to be used.
24823 For the DLL to be used by client programs the bodies must be hidden
24824 from it and the .ali set with read-only attribute. This is very important
24825 otherwise GNAT will recompile all packages and will not actually use
24826 the code in the DLL. For example:
24830 $ copy *.ads *.ali api.dll apilib
24831 $ attrib +R apilib\\*.ali
24835 At this point it is possible to use the DLL by directly linking
24836 against it. Note that you must use the GNAT shared runtime when using
24837 GNAT shared libraries. This is achieved by using the @code{-shared} binder
24843 $ gnatmake main -Iapilib -bargs -shared -largs -Lapilib -lAPI
24847 @node Building DLLs with gnatdll,Ada DLLs and Finalization,Building DLLs with GNAT,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
24848 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information building-dlls-with-gnatdll}@anchor{205}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id25}@anchor{206}
24849 @subsubsection Building DLLs with gnatdll
24855 Note that it is preferred to use GNAT Project files
24856 (@ref{1eb,,Building DLLs with GNAT Project files}) or the built-in GNAT
24857 DLL support (@ref{203,,Building DLLs with GNAT}) or to build DLLs.
24859 This section explains how to build DLLs containing Ada code using
24860 @code{gnatdll}. These DLLs will be referred to as Ada DLLs in the
24861 remainder of this section.
24863 The steps required to build an Ada DLL that is to be used by Ada as well as
24864 non-Ada applications are as follows:
24870 You need to mark each Ada entity exported by the DLL with a @code{C} or
24871 @code{Stdcall} calling convention to avoid any Ada name mangling for the
24872 entities exported by the DLL
24873 (see @ref{207,,Exporting Ada Entities}). You can
24874 skip this step if you plan to use the Ada DLL only from Ada applications.
24877 Your Ada code must export an initialization routine which calls the routine
24878 @code{adainit} generated by @code{gnatbind} to perform the elaboration of
24879 the Ada code in the DLL (@ref{208,,Ada DLLs and Elaboration}). The initialization
24880 routine exported by the Ada DLL must be invoked by the clients of the DLL
24881 to initialize the DLL.
24884 When useful, the DLL should also export a finalization routine which calls
24885 routine @code{adafinal} generated by @code{gnatbind} to perform the
24886 finalization of the Ada code in the DLL (@ref{209,,Ada DLLs and Finalization}).
24887 The finalization routine exported by the Ada DLL must be invoked by the
24888 clients of the DLL when the DLL services are no further needed.
24891 You must provide a spec for the services exported by the Ada DLL in each
24892 of the programming languages to which you plan to make the DLL available.
24895 You must provide a definition file listing the exported entities
24896 (@ref{1f8,,The Definition File}).
24899 Finally you must use @code{gnatdll} to produce the DLL and the import
24900 library (@ref{200,,Using gnatdll}).
24903 Note that a relocatable DLL stripped using the @code{strip}
24904 binutils tool will not be relocatable anymore. To build a DLL without
24905 debug information pass @code{-largs -s} to @code{gnatdll}. This
24906 restriction does not apply to a DLL built using a Library Project.
24907 See the @emph{Library Projects} section in the @emph{GNAT Project Manager}
24908 chapter of the @emph{GPRbuild User's Guide}.
24910 @c Limitations_When_Using_Ada_DLLs_from Ada:
24913 * Limitations When Using Ada DLLs from Ada::
24914 * Exporting Ada Entities::
24915 * Ada DLLs and Elaboration::
24919 @node Limitations When Using Ada DLLs from Ada,Exporting Ada Entities,,Building DLLs with gnatdll
24920 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information limitations-when-using-ada-dlls-from-ada}@anchor{20a}
24921 @subsubsection Limitations When Using Ada DLLs from Ada
24924 When using Ada DLLs from Ada applications there is a limitation users
24925 should be aware of. Because on Windows the GNAT run-time is not in a DLL of
24926 its own, each Ada DLL includes a part of the GNAT run-time. Specifically,
24927 each Ada DLL includes the services of the GNAT run-time that are necessary
24928 to the Ada code inside the DLL. As a result, when an Ada program uses an
24929 Ada DLL there are two independent GNAT run-times: one in the Ada DLL and
24930 one in the main program.
24932 It is therefore not possible to exchange GNAT run-time objects between the
24933 Ada DLL and the main Ada program. Example of GNAT run-time objects are file
24934 handles (e.g., @code{Text_IO.File_Type}), tasks types, protected objects
24937 It is completely safe to exchange plain elementary, array or record types,
24938 Windows object handles, etc.
24940 @node Exporting Ada Entities,Ada DLLs and Elaboration,Limitations When Using Ada DLLs from Ada,Building DLLs with gnatdll
24941 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information exporting-ada-entities}@anchor{207}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id26}@anchor{20b}
24942 @subsubsection Exporting Ada Entities
24945 @geindex Export table
24947 Building a DLL is a way to encapsulate a set of services usable from any
24948 application. As a result, the Ada entities exported by a DLL should be
24949 exported with the @code{C} or @code{Stdcall} calling conventions to avoid
24950 any Ada name mangling. As an example here is an Ada package
24951 @code{API}, spec and body, exporting two procedures, a function, and a
24957 with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces;
24959 Count : C.int := 0;
24960 function Factorial (Val : C.int) return C.int;
24962 procedure Initialize_API;
24963 procedure Finalize_API;
24964 -- Initialization & Finalization routines. More in the next section.
24966 pragma Export (C, Initialize_API);
24967 pragma Export (C, Finalize_API);
24968 pragma Export (C, Count);
24969 pragma Export (C, Factorial);
24974 package body API is
24975 function Factorial (Val : C.int) return C.int is
24978 Count := Count + 1;
24979 for K in 1 .. Val loop
24985 procedure Initialize_API is
24987 pragma Import (C, Adainit);
24990 end Initialize_API;
24992 procedure Finalize_API is
24993 procedure Adafinal;
24994 pragma Import (C, Adafinal);
25002 If the Ada DLL you are building will only be used by Ada applications
25003 you do not have to export Ada entities with a @code{C} or @code{Stdcall}
25004 convention. As an example, the previous package could be written as
25011 Count : Integer := 0;
25012 function Factorial (Val : Integer) return Integer;
25014 procedure Initialize_API;
25015 procedure Finalize_API;
25016 -- Initialization and Finalization routines.
25021 package body API is
25022 function Factorial (Val : Integer) return Integer is
25023 Fact : Integer := 1;
25025 Count := Count + 1;
25026 for K in 1 .. Val loop
25033 -- The remainder of this package body is unchanged.
25038 Note that if you do not export the Ada entities with a @code{C} or
25039 @code{Stdcall} convention you will have to provide the mangled Ada names
25040 in the definition file of the Ada DLL
25041 (@ref{20c,,Creating the Definition File}).
25043 @node Ada DLLs and Elaboration,,Exporting Ada Entities,Building DLLs with gnatdll
25044 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information ada-dlls-and-elaboration}@anchor{208}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id27}@anchor{20d}
25045 @subsubsection Ada DLLs and Elaboration
25048 @geindex DLLs and elaboration
25050 The DLL that you are building contains your Ada code as well as all the
25051 routines in the Ada library that are needed by it. The first thing a
25052 user of your DLL must do is elaborate the Ada code
25053 (@ref{f,,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT}).
25055 To achieve this you must export an initialization routine
25056 (@code{Initialize_API} in the previous example), which must be invoked
25057 before using any of the DLL services. This elaboration routine must call
25058 the Ada elaboration routine @code{adainit} generated by the GNAT binder
25059 (@ref{b4,,Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs}). See the body of
25060 @code{Initialize_Api} for an example. Note that the GNAT binder is
25061 automatically invoked during the DLL build process by the @code{gnatdll}
25062 tool (@ref{200,,Using gnatdll}).
25064 When a DLL is loaded, Windows systematically invokes a routine called
25065 @code{DllMain}. It would therefore be possible to call @code{adainit}
25066 directly from @code{DllMain} without having to provide an explicit
25067 initialization routine. Unfortunately, it is not possible to call
25068 @code{adainit} from the @code{DllMain} if your program has library level
25069 tasks because access to the @code{DllMain} entry point is serialized by
25070 the system (that is, only a single thread can execute 'through' it at a
25071 time), which means that the GNAT run-time will deadlock waiting for the
25072 newly created task to complete its initialization.
25074 @node Ada DLLs and Finalization,Creating a Spec for Ada DLLs,Building DLLs with gnatdll,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
25075 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id28}@anchor{20e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information ada-dlls-and-finalization}@anchor{209}
25076 @subsubsection Ada DLLs and Finalization
25079 @geindex DLLs and finalization
25081 When the services of an Ada DLL are no longer needed, the client code should
25082 invoke the DLL finalization routine, if available. The DLL finalization
25083 routine is in charge of releasing all resources acquired by the DLL. In the
25084 case of the Ada code contained in the DLL, this is achieved by calling
25085 routine @code{adafinal} generated by the GNAT binder
25086 (@ref{b4,,Binding with Non-Ada Main Programs}).
25087 See the body of @code{Finalize_Api} for an
25088 example. As already pointed out the GNAT binder is automatically invoked
25089 during the DLL build process by the @code{gnatdll} tool
25090 (@ref{200,,Using gnatdll}).
25092 @node Creating a Spec for Ada DLLs,GNAT and Windows Resources,Ada DLLs and Finalization,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
25093 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id29}@anchor{20f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information creating-a-spec-for-ada-dlls}@anchor{210}
25094 @subsubsection Creating a Spec for Ada DLLs
25097 To use the services exported by the Ada DLL from another programming
25098 language (e.g., C), you have to translate the specs of the exported Ada
25099 entities in that language. For instance in the case of @code{API.dll},
25100 the corresponding C header file could look like:
25105 extern int *_imp__count;
25106 #define count (*_imp__count)
25107 int factorial (int);
25111 It is important to understand that when building an Ada DLL to be used by
25112 other Ada applications, you need two different specs for the packages
25113 contained in the DLL: one for building the DLL and the other for using
25114 the DLL. This is because the @code{DLL} calling convention is needed to
25115 use a variable defined in a DLL, but when building the DLL, the variable
25116 must have either the @code{Ada} or @code{C} calling convention. As an
25117 example consider a DLL comprising the following package @code{API}:
25123 Count : Integer := 0;
25125 -- Remainder of the package omitted.
25130 After producing a DLL containing package @code{API}, the spec that
25131 must be used to import @code{API.Count} from Ada code outside of the
25139 pragma Import (DLL, Count);
25145 * Creating the Definition File::
25150 @node Creating the Definition File,Using gnatdll,,Creating a Spec for Ada DLLs
25151 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information creating-the-definition-file}@anchor{20c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id30}@anchor{211}
25152 @subsubsection Creating the Definition File
25155 The definition file is the last file needed to build the DLL. It lists
25156 the exported symbols. As an example, the definition file for a DLL
25157 containing only package @code{API} (where all the entities are exported
25158 with a @code{C} calling convention) is:
25171 If the @code{C} calling convention is missing from package @code{API},
25172 then the definition file contains the mangled Ada names of the above
25173 entities, which in this case are:
25182 api__initialize_api
25186 @node Using gnatdll,,Creating the Definition File,Creating a Spec for Ada DLLs
25187 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information using-gnatdll}@anchor{200}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id31}@anchor{212}
25188 @subsubsection Using @code{gnatdll}
25193 @code{gnatdll} is a tool to automate the DLL build process once all the Ada
25194 and non-Ada sources that make up your DLL have been compiled.
25195 @code{gnatdll} is actually in charge of two distinct tasks: build the
25196 static import library for the DLL and the actual DLL. The form of the
25197 @code{gnatdll} command is
25202 $ gnatdll [ switches ] list-of-files [ -largs opts ]
25206 where @code{list-of-files} is a list of ALI and object files. The object
25207 file list must be the exact list of objects corresponding to the non-Ada
25208 sources whose services are to be included in the DLL. The ALI file list
25209 must be the exact list of ALI files for the corresponding Ada sources
25210 whose services are to be included in the DLL. If @code{list-of-files} is
25211 missing, only the static import library is generated.
25213 You may specify any of the following switches to @code{gnatdll}:
25217 @geindex -a (gnatdll)
25223 @item @code{-a[@emph{address}]}
25225 Build a non-relocatable DLL at @code{address}. If @code{address} is not
25226 specified the default address @code{0x11000000} will be used. By default,
25227 when this switch is missing, @code{gnatdll} builds relocatable DLL. We
25228 advise the reader to build relocatable DLL.
25230 @geindex -b (gnatdll)
25232 @item @code{-b @emph{address}}
25234 Set the relocatable DLL base address. By default the address is
25237 @geindex -bargs (gnatdll)
25239 @item @code{-bargs @emph{opts}}
25241 Binder options. Pass @code{opts} to the binder.
25243 @geindex -d (gnatdll)
25245 @item @code{-d @emph{dllfile}}
25247 @code{dllfile} is the name of the DLL. This switch must be present for
25248 @code{gnatdll} to do anything. The name of the generated import library is
25249 obtained algorithmically from @code{dllfile} as shown in the following
25250 example: if @code{dllfile} is @code{xyz.dll}, the import library name is
25251 @code{libxyz.dll.a}. The name of the definition file to use (if not specified
25252 by option @code{-e}) is obtained algorithmically from @code{dllfile}
25253 as shown in the following example:
25254 if @code{dllfile} is @code{xyz.dll}, the definition
25255 file used is @code{xyz.def}.
25257 @geindex -e (gnatdll)
25259 @item @code{-e @emph{deffile}}
25261 @code{deffile} is the name of the definition file.
25263 @geindex -g (gnatdll)
25267 Generate debugging information. This information is stored in the object
25268 file and copied from there to the final DLL file by the linker,
25269 where it can be read by the debugger. You must use the
25270 @code{-g} switch if you plan on using the debugger or the symbolic
25273 @geindex -h (gnatdll)
25277 Help mode. Displays @code{gnatdll} switch usage information.
25279 @geindex -I (gnatdll)
25281 @item @code{-I@emph{dir}}
25283 Direct @code{gnatdll} to search the @code{dir} directory for source and
25284 object files needed to build the DLL.
25285 (@ref{89,,Search Paths and the Run-Time Library (RTL)}).
25287 @geindex -k (gnatdll)
25291 Removes the @code{@@@emph{nn}} suffix from the import library's exported
25292 names, but keeps them for the link names. You must specify this
25293 option if you want to use a @code{Stdcall} function in a DLL for which
25294 the @code{@@@emph{nn}} suffix has been removed. This is the case for most
25295 of the Windows NT DLL for example. This option has no effect when
25296 @code{-n} option is specified.
25298 @geindex -l (gnatdll)
25300 @item @code{-l @emph{file}}
25302 The list of ALI and object files used to build the DLL are listed in
25303 @code{file}, instead of being given in the command line. Each line in
25304 @code{file} contains the name of an ALI or object file.
25306 @geindex -n (gnatdll)
25310 No Import. Do not create the import library.
25312 @geindex -q (gnatdll)
25316 Quiet mode. Do not display unnecessary messages.
25318 @geindex -v (gnatdll)
25322 Verbose mode. Display extra information.
25324 @geindex -largs (gnatdll)
25326 @item @code{-largs @emph{opts}}
25328 Linker options. Pass @code{opts} to the linker.
25331 @subsubheading @code{gnatdll} Example
25334 As an example the command to build a relocatable DLL from @code{api.adb}
25335 once @code{api.adb} has been compiled and @code{api.def} created is
25340 $ gnatdll -d api.dll api.ali
25344 The above command creates two files: @code{libapi.dll.a} (the import
25345 library) and @code{api.dll} (the actual DLL). If you want to create
25346 only the DLL, just type:
25351 $ gnatdll -d api.dll -n api.ali
25355 Alternatively if you want to create just the import library, type:
25360 $ gnatdll -d api.dll
25364 @subsubheading @code{gnatdll} behind the Scenes
25367 This section details the steps involved in creating a DLL. @code{gnatdll}
25368 does these steps for you. Unless you are interested in understanding what
25369 goes on behind the scenes, you should skip this section.
25371 We use the previous example of a DLL containing the Ada package @code{API},
25372 to illustrate the steps necessary to build a DLL. The starting point is a
25373 set of objects that will make up the DLL and the corresponding ALI
25374 files. In the case of this example this means that @code{api.o} and
25375 @code{api.ali} are available. To build a relocatable DLL, @code{gnatdll} does
25382 @code{gnatdll} builds the base file (@code{api.base}). A base file gives
25383 the information necessary to generate relocation information for the
25388 $ gnatlink api -o api.jnk -mdll -Wl,--base-file,api.base
25391 In addition to the base file, the @code{gnatlink} command generates an
25392 output file @code{api.jnk} which can be discarded. The @code{-mdll} switch
25393 asks @code{gnatlink} to generate the routines @code{DllMain} and
25394 @code{DllMainCRTStartup} that are called by the Windows loader when the DLL
25395 is loaded into memory.
25398 @code{gnatdll} uses @code{dlltool} (see @ref{213,,Using dlltool}) to build the
25399 export table (@code{api.exp}). The export table contains the relocation
25400 information in a form which can be used during the final link to ensure
25401 that the Windows loader is able to place the DLL anywhere in memory.
25404 $ dlltool --dllname api.dll --def api.def --base-file api.base \\
25405 --output-exp api.exp
25409 @code{gnatdll} builds the base file using the new export table. Note that
25410 @code{gnatbind} must be called once again since the binder generated file
25411 has been deleted during the previous call to @code{gnatlink}.
25415 $ gnatlink api -o api.jnk api.exp -mdll
25416 -Wl,--base-file,api.base
25420 @code{gnatdll} builds the new export table using the new base file and
25421 generates the DLL import library @code{libAPI.dll.a}.
25424 $ dlltool --dllname api.dll --def api.def --base-file api.base \\
25425 --output-exp api.exp --output-lib libAPI.a
25429 Finally @code{gnatdll} builds the relocatable DLL using the final export
25434 $ gnatlink api api.exp -o api.dll -mdll
25437 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information using-dlltool}@anchor{213}
25438 @subsubheading Using @code{dlltool}
25441 @code{dlltool} is the low-level tool used by @code{gnatdll} to build
25442 DLLs and static import libraries. This section summarizes the most
25443 common @code{dlltool} switches. The form of the @code{dlltool} command
25449 $ dlltool [`switches`]
25453 @code{dlltool} switches include:
25455 @geindex --base-file (dlltool)
25460 @item @code{--base-file @emph{basefile}}
25462 Read the base file @code{basefile} generated by the linker. This switch
25463 is used to create a relocatable DLL.
25466 @geindex --def (dlltool)
25471 @item @code{--def @emph{deffile}}
25473 Read the definition file.
25476 @geindex --dllname (dlltool)
25481 @item @code{--dllname @emph{name}}
25483 Gives the name of the DLL. This switch is used to embed the name of the
25484 DLL in the static import library generated by @code{dlltool} with switch
25485 @code{--output-lib}.
25488 @geindex -k (dlltool)
25495 Kill @code{@@@emph{nn}} from exported names
25496 (@ref{1ec,,Windows Calling Conventions}
25497 for a discussion about @code{Stdcall}-style symbols.
25500 @geindex --help (dlltool)
25505 @item @code{--help}
25507 Prints the @code{dlltool} switches with a concise description.
25510 @geindex --output-exp (dlltool)
25515 @item @code{--output-exp @emph{exportfile}}
25517 Generate an export file @code{exportfile}. The export file contains the
25518 export table (list of symbols in the DLL) and is used to create the DLL.
25521 @geindex --output-lib (dlltool)
25526 @item @code{--output-lib @emph{libfile}}
25528 Generate a static import library @code{libfile}.
25531 @geindex -v (dlltool)
25541 @geindex --as (dlltool)
25546 @item @code{--as @emph{assembler-name}}
25548 Use @code{assembler-name} as the assembler. The default is @code{as}.
25551 @node GNAT and Windows Resources,Using GNAT DLLs from Microsoft Visual Studio Applications,Creating a Spec for Ada DLLs,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
25552 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information gnat-and-windows-resources}@anchor{214}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id32}@anchor{215}
25553 @subsubsection GNAT and Windows Resources
25559 Resources are an easy way to add Windows specific objects to your
25560 application. The objects that can be added as resources include:
25590 version information
25593 For example, a version information resource can be defined as follow and
25594 embedded into an executable or DLL:
25596 A version information resource can be used to embed information into an
25597 executable or a DLL. These information can be viewed using the file properties
25598 from the Windows Explorer. Here is an example of a version information
25605 FILEVERSION 1,0,0,0
25606 PRODUCTVERSION 1,0,0,0
25608 BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
25612 VALUE "CompanyName", "My Company Name"
25613 VALUE "FileDescription", "My application"
25614 VALUE "FileVersion", "1.0"
25615 VALUE "InternalName", "my_app"
25616 VALUE "LegalCopyright", "My Name"
25617 VALUE "OriginalFilename", "my_app.exe"
25618 VALUE "ProductName", "My App"
25619 VALUE "ProductVersion", "1.0"
25623 BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
25625 VALUE "Translation", 0x809, 1252
25631 The value @code{0809} (langID) is for the U.K English language and
25632 @code{04E4} (charsetID), which is equal to @code{1252} decimal, for
25635 This section explains how to build, compile and use resources. Note that this
25636 section does not cover all resource objects, for a complete description see
25637 the corresponding Microsoft documentation.
25640 * Building Resources::
25641 * Compiling Resources::
25642 * Using Resources::
25646 @node Building Resources,Compiling Resources,,GNAT and Windows Resources
25647 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information building-resources}@anchor{216}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id33}@anchor{217}
25648 @subsubsection Building Resources
25654 A resource file is an ASCII file. By convention resource files have an
25655 @code{.rc} extension.
25656 The easiest way to build a resource file is to use Microsoft tools
25657 such as @code{imagedit.exe} to build bitmaps, icons and cursors and
25658 @code{dlgedit.exe} to build dialogs.
25659 It is always possible to build an @code{.rc} file yourself by writing a
25662 It is not our objective to explain how to write a resource file. A
25663 complete description of the resource script language can be found in the
25664 Microsoft documentation.
25666 @node Compiling Resources,Using Resources,Building Resources,GNAT and Windows Resources
25667 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information compiling-resources}@anchor{218}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id34}@anchor{219}
25668 @subsubsection Compiling Resources
25678 This section describes how to build a GNAT-compatible (COFF) object file
25679 containing the resources. This is done using the Resource Compiler
25680 @code{windres} as follows:
25685 $ windres -i myres.rc -o myres.o
25689 By default @code{windres} will run @code{gcc} to preprocess the @code{.rc}
25690 file. You can specify an alternate preprocessor (usually named
25691 @code{cpp.exe}) using the @code{windres} @code{--preprocessor}
25692 parameter. A list of all possible options may be obtained by entering
25693 the command @code{windres} @code{--help}.
25695 It is also possible to use the Microsoft resource compiler @code{rc.exe}
25696 to produce a @code{.res} file (binary resource file). See the
25697 corresponding Microsoft documentation for further details. In this case
25698 you need to use @code{windres} to translate the @code{.res} file to a
25699 GNAT-compatible object file as follows:
25704 $ windres -i myres.res -o myres.o
25708 @node Using Resources,,Compiling Resources,GNAT and Windows Resources
25709 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information using-resources}@anchor{21a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id35}@anchor{21b}
25710 @subsubsection Using Resources
25716 To include the resource file in your program just add the
25717 GNAT-compatible object file for the resource(s) to the linker
25718 arguments. With @code{gnatmake} this is done by using the @code{-largs}
25724 $ gnatmake myprog -largs myres.o
25728 @node Using GNAT DLLs from Microsoft Visual Studio Applications,Debugging a DLL,GNAT and Windows Resources,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
25729 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information using-gnat-dll-from-msvs}@anchor{21c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information using-gnat-dlls-from-microsoft-visual-studio-applications}@anchor{21d}
25730 @subsubsection Using GNAT DLLs from Microsoft Visual Studio Applications
25733 @geindex Microsoft Visual Studio
25734 @geindex use with GNAT DLLs
25736 This section describes a common case of mixed GNAT/Microsoft Visual Studio
25737 application development, where the main program is developed using MSVS, and
25738 is linked with a DLL developed using GNAT. Such a mixed application should
25739 be developed following the general guidelines outlined above; below is the
25740 cookbook-style sequence of steps to follow:
25746 First develop and build the GNAT shared library using a library project
25747 (let's assume the project is @code{mylib.gpr}, producing the library @code{libmylib.dll}):
25753 $ gprbuild -p mylib.gpr
25761 Produce a .def file for the symbols you need to interface with, either by
25762 hand or automatically with possibly some manual adjustments
25763 (see @ref{1fe,,Creating Definition File Automatically}):
25769 $ dlltool libmylib.dll -z libmylib.def --export-all-symbols
25777 Make sure that MSVS command-line tools are accessible on the path.
25780 Create the Microsoft-style import library (see @ref{201,,MSVS-Style Import Library}):
25786 $ lib -machine:IX86 -def:libmylib.def -out:libmylib.lib
25790 If you are using a 64-bit toolchain, the above becomes...
25795 $ lib -machine:X64 -def:libmylib.def -out:libmylib.lib
25809 $ cl /O2 /MD main.c libmylib.lib
25817 Before running the executable, make sure you have set the PATH to the DLL,
25818 or copy the DLL into into the directory containing the .exe.
25821 @node Debugging a DLL,Setting Stack Size from gnatlink,Using GNAT DLLs from Microsoft Visual Studio Applications,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
25822 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id36}@anchor{21e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information debugging-a-dll}@anchor{21f}
25823 @subsubsection Debugging a DLL
25826 @geindex DLL debugging
25828 Debugging a DLL is similar to debugging a standard program. But
25829 we have to deal with two different executable parts: the DLL and the
25830 program that uses it. We have the following four possibilities:
25836 The program and the DLL are built with GCC/GNAT.
25839 The program is built with foreign tools and the DLL is built with
25843 The program is built with GCC/GNAT and the DLL is built with
25847 In this section we address only cases one and two above.
25848 There is no point in trying to debug
25849 a DLL with GNU/GDB, if there is no GDB-compatible debugging
25850 information in it. To do so you must use a debugger compatible with the
25851 tools suite used to build the DLL.
25854 * Program and DLL Both Built with GCC/GNAT::
25855 * Program Built with Foreign Tools and DLL Built with GCC/GNAT::
25859 @node Program and DLL Both Built with GCC/GNAT,Program Built with Foreign Tools and DLL Built with GCC/GNAT,,Debugging a DLL
25860 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id37}@anchor{220}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information program-and-dll-both-built-with-gcc-gnat}@anchor{221}
25861 @subsubsection Program and DLL Both Built with GCC/GNAT
25864 This is the simplest case. Both the DLL and the program have @code{GDB}
25865 compatible debugging information. It is then possible to break anywhere in
25866 the process. Let's suppose here that the main procedure is named
25867 @code{ada_main} and that in the DLL there is an entry point named
25870 The DLL (@ref{1f7,,Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries (DLLs)}) and
25871 program must have been built with the debugging information (see GNAT -g
25872 switch). Here are the step-by-step instructions for debugging it:
25878 Launch @code{GDB} on the main program.
25885 Start the program and stop at the beginning of the main procedure
25891 This step is required to be able to set a breakpoint inside the DLL. As long
25892 as the program is not run, the DLL is not loaded. This has the
25893 consequence that the DLL debugging information is also not loaded, so it is not
25894 possible to set a breakpoint in the DLL.
25897 Set a breakpoint inside the DLL
25900 (gdb) break ada_dll
25905 At this stage a breakpoint is set inside the DLL. From there on
25906 you can use the standard approach to debug the whole program
25907 (@ref{24,,Running and Debugging Ada Programs}).
25909 @node Program Built with Foreign Tools and DLL Built with GCC/GNAT,,Program and DLL Both Built with GCC/GNAT,Debugging a DLL
25910 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information program-built-with-foreign-tools-and-dll-built-with-gcc-gnat}@anchor{222}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id38}@anchor{223}
25911 @subsubsection Program Built with Foreign Tools and DLL Built with GCC/GNAT
25914 In this case things are slightly more complex because it is not possible to
25915 start the main program and then break at the beginning to load the DLL and the
25916 associated DLL debugging information. It is not possible to break at the
25917 beginning of the program because there is no @code{GDB} debugging information,
25918 and therefore there is no direct way of getting initial control. This
25919 section addresses this issue by describing some methods that can be used
25920 to break somewhere in the DLL to debug it.
25922 First suppose that the main procedure is named @code{main} (this is for
25923 example some C code built with Microsoft Visual C) and that there is a
25924 DLL named @code{test.dll} containing an Ada entry point named
25927 The DLL (see @ref{1f7,,Introduction to Dynamic Link Libraries (DLLs)}) must have
25928 been built with debugging information (see the GNAT @code{-g} option).
25930 @subsubheading Debugging the DLL Directly
25937 Find out the executable starting address
25940 $ objdump --file-header main.exe
25943 The starting address is reported on the last line. For example:
25946 main.exe: file format pei-i386
25947 architecture: i386, flags 0x0000010a:
25948 EXEC_P, HAS_DEBUG, D_PAGED
25949 start address 0x00401010
25953 Launch the debugger on the executable.
25960 Set a breakpoint at the starting address, and launch the program.
25963 $ (gdb) break *0x00401010
25967 The program will stop at the given address.
25970 Set a breakpoint on a DLL subroutine.
25973 (gdb) break ada_dll.adb:45
25976 Or if you want to break using a symbol on the DLL, you need first to
25977 select the Ada language (language used by the DLL).
25980 (gdb) set language ada
25981 (gdb) break ada_dll
25985 Continue the program.
25991 This will run the program until it reaches the breakpoint that has been
25992 set. From that point you can use the standard way to debug a program
25993 as described in (@ref{24,,Running and Debugging Ada Programs}).
25996 It is also possible to debug the DLL by attaching to a running process.
25998 @subsubheading Attaching to a Running Process
26001 @geindex DLL debugging
26002 @geindex attach to process
26004 With @code{GDB} it is always possible to debug a running process by
26005 attaching to it. It is possible to debug a DLL this way. The limitation
26006 of this approach is that the DLL must run long enough to perform the
26007 attach operation. It may be useful for instance to insert a time wasting
26008 loop in the code of the DLL to meet this criterion.
26014 Launch the main program @code{main.exe}.
26021 Use the Windows @emph{Task Manager} to find the process ID. Let's say
26022 that the process PID for @code{main.exe} is 208.
26032 Attach to the running process to be debugged.
26039 Load the process debugging information.
26042 (gdb) symbol-file main.exe
26046 Break somewhere in the DLL.
26049 (gdb) break ada_dll
26053 Continue process execution.
26060 This last step will resume the process execution, and stop at
26061 the breakpoint we have set. From there you can use the standard
26062 approach to debug a program as described in
26063 @ref{24,,Running and Debugging Ada Programs}.
26065 @node Setting Stack Size from gnatlink,Setting Heap Size from gnatlink,Debugging a DLL,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
26066 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information setting-stack-size-from-gnatlink}@anchor{136}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id39}@anchor{224}
26067 @subsubsection Setting Stack Size from @code{gnatlink}
26070 It is possible to specify the program stack size at link time. On modern
26071 versions of Windows, starting with XP, this is mostly useful to set the size of
26072 the main stack (environment task). The other task stacks are set with pragma
26073 Storage_Size or with the @emph{gnatbind -d} command.
26075 Since older versions of Windows (2000, NT4, etc.) do not allow setting the
26076 reserve size of individual tasks, the link-time stack size applies to all
26077 tasks, and pragma Storage_Size has no effect.
26078 In particular, Stack Overflow checks are made against this
26079 link-time specified size.
26081 This setting can be done with @code{gnatlink} using either of the following:
26087 @code{-Xlinker} linker option
26090 $ gnatlink hello -Xlinker --stack=0x10000,0x1000
26093 This sets the stack reserve size to 0x10000 bytes and the stack commit
26094 size to 0x1000 bytes.
26097 @code{-Wl} linker option
26100 $ gnatlink hello -Wl,--stack=0x1000000
26103 This sets the stack reserve size to 0x1000000 bytes. Note that with
26104 @code{-Wl} option it is not possible to set the stack commit size
26105 because the comma is a separator for this option.
26108 @node Setting Heap Size from gnatlink,,Setting Stack Size from gnatlink,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows
26109 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information setting-heap-size-from-gnatlink}@anchor{137}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id40}@anchor{225}
26110 @subsubsection Setting Heap Size from @code{gnatlink}
26113 Under Windows systems, it is possible to specify the program heap size from
26114 @code{gnatlink} using either of the following:
26120 @code{-Xlinker} linker option
26123 $ gnatlink hello -Xlinker --heap=0x10000,0x1000
26126 This sets the heap reserve size to 0x10000 bytes and the heap commit
26127 size to 0x1000 bytes.
26130 @code{-Wl} linker option
26133 $ gnatlink hello -Wl,--heap=0x1000000
26136 This sets the heap reserve size to 0x1000000 bytes. Note that with
26137 @code{-Wl} option it is not possible to set the heap commit size
26138 because the comma is a separator for this option.
26141 @node Windows Specific Add-Ons,,Mixed-Language Programming on Windows,Microsoft Windows Topics
26142 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information windows-specific-add-ons}@anchor{226}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information win32-specific-addons}@anchor{227}
26143 @subsection Windows Specific Add-Ons
26146 This section describes the Windows specific add-ons.
26154 @node Win32Ada,wPOSIX,,Windows Specific Add-Ons
26155 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information win32ada}@anchor{228}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id41}@anchor{229}
26156 @subsubsection Win32Ada
26159 Win32Ada is a binding for the Microsoft Win32 API. This binding can be
26160 easily installed from the provided installer. To use the Win32Ada
26161 binding you need to use a project file, and adding a single with_clause
26162 will give you full access to the Win32Ada binding sources and ensure
26163 that the proper libraries are passed to the linker.
26170 for Sources use ...;
26175 To build the application you just need to call gprbuild for the
26176 application's project, here p.gpr:
26185 @node wPOSIX,,Win32Ada,Windows Specific Add-Ons
26186 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id42}@anchor{22a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information wposix}@anchor{22b}
26187 @subsubsection wPOSIX
26190 wPOSIX is a minimal POSIX binding whose goal is to help with building
26191 cross-platforms applications. This binding is not complete though, as
26192 the Win32 API does not provide the necessary support for all POSIX APIs.
26194 To use the wPOSIX binding you need to use a project file, and adding
26195 a single with_clause will give you full access to the wPOSIX binding
26196 sources and ensure that the proper libraries are passed to the linker.
26203 for Sources use ...;
26208 To build the application you just need to call gprbuild for the
26209 application's project, here p.gpr:
26218 @node Mac OS Topics,,Microsoft Windows Topics,Platform-Specific Information
26219 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information mac-os-topics}@anchor{2d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information id43}@anchor{22c}
26220 @section Mac OS Topics
26225 This section describes topics that are specific to Apple's OS X
26229 * Codesigning the Debugger::
26233 @node Codesigning the Debugger,,,Mac OS Topics
26234 @anchor{gnat_ugn/platform_specific_information codesigning-the-debugger}@anchor{22d}
26235 @subsection Codesigning the Debugger
26238 The Darwin Kernel requires the debugger to have special permissions
26239 before it is allowed to control other processes. These permissions
26240 are granted by codesigning the GDB executable. Without these
26241 permissions, the debugger will report error messages such as:
26244 Starting program: /x/y/foo
26245 Unable to find Mach task port for process-id 28885: (os/kern) failure (0x5).
26246 (please check gdb is codesigned - see taskgated(8))
26249 Codesigning requires a certificate. The following procedure explains
26256 Start the Keychain Access application (in
26257 /Applications/Utilities/Keychain Access.app)
26260 Select the Keychain Access -> Certificate Assistant ->
26261 Create a Certificate... menu
26270 Choose a name for the new certificate (this procedure will use
26271 "gdb-cert" as an example)
26274 Set "Identity Type" to "Self Signed Root"
26277 Set "Certificate Type" to "Code Signing"
26280 Activate the "Let me override defaults" option
26284 Click several times on "Continue" until the "Specify a Location
26285 For The Certificate" screen appears, then set "Keychain" to "System"
26288 Click on "Continue" until the certificate is created
26291 Finally, in the view, double-click on the new certificate,
26292 and set "When using this certificate" to "Always Trust"
26295 Exit the Keychain Access application and restart the computer
26296 (this is unfortunately required)
26299 Once a certificate has been created, the debugger can be codesigned
26300 as follow. In a Terminal, run the following command:
26305 $ codesign -f -s "gdb-cert" <gnat_install_prefix>/bin/gdb
26309 where "gdb-cert" should be replaced by the actual certificate
26310 name chosen above, and <gnat_install_prefix> should be replaced by
26311 the location where you installed GNAT. Also, be sure that users are
26312 in the Unix group @code{_developer}.
26314 @node Example of Binder Output File,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT,Platform-Specific Information,Top
26315 @anchor{gnat_ugn/example_of_binder_output example-of-binder-output-file}@anchor{e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/example_of_binder_output doc}@anchor{22e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/example_of_binder_output id1}@anchor{22f}
26316 @chapter Example of Binder Output File
26319 @geindex Binder output (example)
26321 This Appendix displays the source code for the output file
26322 generated by @emph{gnatbind} for a simple 'Hello World' program.
26323 Comments have been added for clarification purposes.
26326 -- The package is called Ada_Main unless this name is actually used
26327 -- as a unit name in the partition, in which case some other unique
26332 package ada_main is
26333 pragma Warnings (Off);
26335 -- The main program saves the parameters (argument count,
26336 -- argument values, environment pointer) in global variables
26337 -- for later access by other units including
26338 -- Ada.Command_Line.
26340 gnat_argc : Integer;
26341 gnat_argv : System.Address;
26342 gnat_envp : System.Address;
26344 -- The actual variables are stored in a library routine. This
26345 -- is useful for some shared library situations, where there
26346 -- are problems if variables are not in the library.
26348 pragma Import (C, gnat_argc);
26349 pragma Import (C, gnat_argv);
26350 pragma Import (C, gnat_envp);
26352 -- The exit status is similarly an external location
26354 gnat_exit_status : Integer;
26355 pragma Import (C, gnat_exit_status);
26357 GNAT_Version : constant String :=
26358 "GNAT Version: Pro 7.4.0w (20141119-49)" & ASCII.NUL;
26359 pragma Export (C, GNAT_Version, "__gnat_version");
26361 Ada_Main_Program_Name : constant String := "_ada_hello" & ASCII.NUL;
26362 pragma Export (C, Ada_Main_Program_Name, "__gnat_ada_main_program_name");
26364 -- This is the generated adainit routine that performs
26365 -- initialization at the start of execution. In the case
26366 -- where Ada is the main program, this main program makes
26367 -- a call to adainit at program startup.
26370 pragma Export (C, adainit, "adainit");
26372 -- This is the generated adafinal routine that performs
26373 -- finalization at the end of execution. In the case where
26374 -- Ada is the main program, this main program makes a call
26375 -- to adafinal at program termination.
26377 procedure adafinal;
26378 pragma Export (C, adafinal, "adafinal");
26380 -- This routine is called at the start of execution. It is
26381 -- a dummy routine that is used by the debugger to breakpoint
26382 -- at the start of execution.
26384 -- This is the actual generated main program (it would be
26385 -- suppressed if the no main program switch were used). As
26386 -- required by standard system conventions, this program has
26387 -- the external name main.
26391 argv : System.Address;
26392 envp : System.Address)
26394 pragma Export (C, main, "main");
26396 -- The following set of constants give the version
26397 -- identification values for every unit in the bound
26398 -- partition. This identification is computed from all
26399 -- dependent semantic units, and corresponds to the
26400 -- string that would be returned by use of the
26401 -- Body_Version or Version attributes.
26403 -- The following Export pragmas export the version numbers
26404 -- with symbolic names ending in B (for body) or S
26405 -- (for spec) so that they can be located in a link. The
26406 -- information provided here is sufficient to track down
26407 -- the exact versions of units used in a given build.
26409 type Version_32 is mod 2 ** 32;
26410 u00001 : constant Version_32 := 16#8ad6e54a#;
26411 pragma Export (C, u00001, "helloB");
26412 u00002 : constant Version_32 := 16#fbff4c67#;
26413 pragma Export (C, u00002, "system__standard_libraryB");
26414 u00003 : constant Version_32 := 16#1ec6fd90#;
26415 pragma Export (C, u00003, "system__standard_libraryS");
26416 u00004 : constant Version_32 := 16#3ffc8e18#;
26417 pragma Export (C, u00004, "adaS");
26418 u00005 : constant Version_32 := 16#28f088c2#;
26419 pragma Export (C, u00005, "ada__text_ioB");
26420 u00006 : constant Version_32 := 16#f372c8ac#;
26421 pragma Export (C, u00006, "ada__text_ioS");
26422 u00007 : constant Version_32 := 16#2c143749#;
26423 pragma Export (C, u00007, "ada__exceptionsB");
26424 u00008 : constant Version_32 := 16#f4f0cce8#;
26425 pragma Export (C, u00008, "ada__exceptionsS");
26426 u00009 : constant Version_32 := 16#a46739c0#;
26427 pragma Export (C, u00009, "ada__exceptions__last_chance_handlerB");
26428 u00010 : constant Version_32 := 16#3aac8c92#;
26429 pragma Export (C, u00010, "ada__exceptions__last_chance_handlerS");
26430 u00011 : constant Version_32 := 16#1d274481#;
26431 pragma Export (C, u00011, "systemS");
26432 u00012 : constant Version_32 := 16#a207fefe#;
26433 pragma Export (C, u00012, "system__soft_linksB");
26434 u00013 : constant Version_32 := 16#467d9556#;
26435 pragma Export (C, u00013, "system__soft_linksS");
26436 u00014 : constant Version_32 := 16#b01dad17#;
26437 pragma Export (C, u00014, "system__parametersB");
26438 u00015 : constant Version_32 := 16#630d49fe#;
26439 pragma Export (C, u00015, "system__parametersS");
26440 u00016 : constant Version_32 := 16#b19b6653#;
26441 pragma Export (C, u00016, "system__secondary_stackB");
26442 u00017 : constant Version_32 := 16#b6468be8#;
26443 pragma Export (C, u00017, "system__secondary_stackS");
26444 u00018 : constant Version_32 := 16#39a03df9#;
26445 pragma Export (C, u00018, "system__storage_elementsB");
26446 u00019 : constant Version_32 := 16#30e40e85#;
26447 pragma Export (C, u00019, "system__storage_elementsS");
26448 u00020 : constant Version_32 := 16#41837d1e#;
26449 pragma Export (C, u00020, "system__stack_checkingB");
26450 u00021 : constant Version_32 := 16#93982f69#;
26451 pragma Export (C, u00021, "system__stack_checkingS");
26452 u00022 : constant Version_32 := 16#393398c1#;
26453 pragma Export (C, u00022, "system__exception_tableB");
26454 u00023 : constant Version_32 := 16#b33e2294#;
26455 pragma Export (C, u00023, "system__exception_tableS");
26456 u00024 : constant Version_32 := 16#ce4af020#;
26457 pragma Export (C, u00024, "system__exceptionsB");
26458 u00025 : constant Version_32 := 16#75442977#;
26459 pragma Export (C, u00025, "system__exceptionsS");
26460 u00026 : constant Version_32 := 16#37d758f1#;
26461 pragma Export (C, u00026, "system__exceptions__machineS");
26462 u00027 : constant Version_32 := 16#b895431d#;
26463 pragma Export (C, u00027, "system__exceptions_debugB");
26464 u00028 : constant Version_32 := 16#aec55d3f#;
26465 pragma Export (C, u00028, "system__exceptions_debugS");
26466 u00029 : constant Version_32 := 16#570325c8#;
26467 pragma Export (C, u00029, "system__img_intB");
26468 u00030 : constant Version_32 := 16#1ffca443#;
26469 pragma Export (C, u00030, "system__img_intS");
26470 u00031 : constant Version_32 := 16#b98c3e16#;
26471 pragma Export (C, u00031, "system__tracebackB");
26472 u00032 : constant Version_32 := 16#831a9d5a#;
26473 pragma Export (C, u00032, "system__tracebackS");
26474 u00033 : constant Version_32 := 16#9ed49525#;
26475 pragma Export (C, u00033, "system__traceback_entriesB");
26476 u00034 : constant Version_32 := 16#1d7cb2f1#;
26477 pragma Export (C, u00034, "system__traceback_entriesS");
26478 u00035 : constant Version_32 := 16#8c33a517#;
26479 pragma Export (C, u00035, "system__wch_conB");
26480 u00036 : constant Version_32 := 16#065a6653#;
26481 pragma Export (C, u00036, "system__wch_conS");
26482 u00037 : constant Version_32 := 16#9721e840#;
26483 pragma Export (C, u00037, "system__wch_stwB");
26484 u00038 : constant Version_32 := 16#2b4b4a52#;
26485 pragma Export (C, u00038, "system__wch_stwS");
26486 u00039 : constant Version_32 := 16#92b797cb#;
26487 pragma Export (C, u00039, "system__wch_cnvB");
26488 u00040 : constant Version_32 := 16#09eddca0#;
26489 pragma Export (C, u00040, "system__wch_cnvS");
26490 u00041 : constant Version_32 := 16#6033a23f#;
26491 pragma Export (C, u00041, "interfacesS");
26492 u00042 : constant Version_32 := 16#ece6fdb6#;
26493 pragma Export (C, u00042, "system__wch_jisB");
26494 u00043 : constant Version_32 := 16#899dc581#;
26495 pragma Export (C, u00043, "system__wch_jisS");
26496 u00044 : constant Version_32 := 16#10558b11#;
26497 pragma Export (C, u00044, "ada__streamsB");
26498 u00045 : constant Version_32 := 16#2e6701ab#;
26499 pragma Export (C, u00045, "ada__streamsS");
26500 u00046 : constant Version_32 := 16#db5c917c#;
26501 pragma Export (C, u00046, "ada__io_exceptionsS");
26502 u00047 : constant Version_32 := 16#12c8cd7d#;
26503 pragma Export (C, u00047, "ada__tagsB");
26504 u00048 : constant Version_32 := 16#ce72c228#;
26505 pragma Export (C, u00048, "ada__tagsS");
26506 u00049 : constant Version_32 := 16#c3335bfd#;
26507 pragma Export (C, u00049, "system__htableB");
26508 u00050 : constant Version_32 := 16#99e5f76b#;
26509 pragma Export (C, u00050, "system__htableS");
26510 u00051 : constant Version_32 := 16#089f5cd0#;
26511 pragma Export (C, u00051, "system__string_hashB");
26512 u00052 : constant Version_32 := 16#3bbb9c15#;
26513 pragma Export (C, u00052, "system__string_hashS");
26514 u00053 : constant Version_32 := 16#807fe041#;
26515 pragma Export (C, u00053, "system__unsigned_typesS");
26516 u00054 : constant Version_32 := 16#d27be59e#;
26517 pragma Export (C, u00054, "system__val_lluB");
26518 u00055 : constant Version_32 := 16#fa8db733#;
26519 pragma Export (C, u00055, "system__val_lluS");
26520 u00056 : constant Version_32 := 16#27b600b2#;
26521 pragma Export (C, u00056, "system__val_utilB");
26522 u00057 : constant Version_32 := 16#b187f27f#;
26523 pragma Export (C, u00057, "system__val_utilS");
26524 u00058 : constant Version_32 := 16#d1060688#;
26525 pragma Export (C, u00058, "system__case_utilB");
26526 u00059 : constant Version_32 := 16#392e2d56#;
26527 pragma Export (C, u00059, "system__case_utilS");
26528 u00060 : constant Version_32 := 16#84a27f0d#;
26529 pragma Export (C, u00060, "interfaces__c_streamsB");
26530 u00061 : constant Version_32 := 16#8bb5f2c0#;
26531 pragma Export (C, u00061, "interfaces__c_streamsS");
26532 u00062 : constant Version_32 := 16#6db6928f#;
26533 pragma Export (C, u00062, "system__crtlS");
26534 u00063 : constant Version_32 := 16#4e6a342b#;
26535 pragma Export (C, u00063, "system__file_ioB");
26536 u00064 : constant Version_32 := 16#ba56a5e4#;
26537 pragma Export (C, u00064, "system__file_ioS");
26538 u00065 : constant Version_32 := 16#b7ab275c#;
26539 pragma Export (C, u00065, "ada__finalizationB");
26540 u00066 : constant Version_32 := 16#19f764ca#;
26541 pragma Export (C, u00066, "ada__finalizationS");
26542 u00067 : constant Version_32 := 16#95817ed8#;
26543 pragma Export (C, u00067, "system__finalization_rootB");
26544 u00068 : constant Version_32 := 16#52d53711#;
26545 pragma Export (C, u00068, "system__finalization_rootS");
26546 u00069 : constant Version_32 := 16#769e25e6#;
26547 pragma Export (C, u00069, "interfaces__cB");
26548 u00070 : constant Version_32 := 16#4a38bedb#;
26549 pragma Export (C, u00070, "interfaces__cS");
26550 u00071 : constant Version_32 := 16#07e6ee66#;
26551 pragma Export (C, u00071, "system__os_libB");
26552 u00072 : constant Version_32 := 16#d7b69782#;
26553 pragma Export (C, u00072, "system__os_libS");
26554 u00073 : constant Version_32 := 16#1a817b8e#;
26555 pragma Export (C, u00073, "system__stringsB");
26556 u00074 : constant Version_32 := 16#639855e7#;
26557 pragma Export (C, u00074, "system__stringsS");
26558 u00075 : constant Version_32 := 16#e0b8de29#;
26559 pragma Export (C, u00075, "system__file_control_blockS");
26560 u00076 : constant Version_32 := 16#b5b2aca1#;
26561 pragma Export (C, u00076, "system__finalization_mastersB");
26562 u00077 : constant Version_32 := 16#69316dc1#;
26563 pragma Export (C, u00077, "system__finalization_mastersS");
26564 u00078 : constant Version_32 := 16#57a37a42#;
26565 pragma Export (C, u00078, "system__address_imageB");
26566 u00079 : constant Version_32 := 16#bccbd9bb#;
26567 pragma Export (C, u00079, "system__address_imageS");
26568 u00080 : constant Version_32 := 16#7268f812#;
26569 pragma Export (C, u00080, "system__img_boolB");
26570 u00081 : constant Version_32 := 16#e8fe356a#;
26571 pragma Export (C, u00081, "system__img_boolS");
26572 u00082 : constant Version_32 := 16#d7aac20c#;
26573 pragma Export (C, u00082, "system__ioB");
26574 u00083 : constant Version_32 := 16#8365b3ce#;
26575 pragma Export (C, u00083, "system__ioS");
26576 u00084 : constant Version_32 := 16#6d4d969a#;
26577 pragma Export (C, u00084, "system__storage_poolsB");
26578 u00085 : constant Version_32 := 16#e87cc305#;
26579 pragma Export (C, u00085, "system__storage_poolsS");
26580 u00086 : constant Version_32 := 16#e34550ca#;
26581 pragma Export (C, u00086, "system__pool_globalB");
26582 u00087 : constant Version_32 := 16#c88d2d16#;
26583 pragma Export (C, u00087, "system__pool_globalS");
26584 u00088 : constant Version_32 := 16#9d39c675#;
26585 pragma Export (C, u00088, "system__memoryB");
26586 u00089 : constant Version_32 := 16#445a22b5#;
26587 pragma Export (C, u00089, "system__memoryS");
26588 u00090 : constant Version_32 := 16#6a859064#;
26589 pragma Export (C, u00090, "system__storage_pools__subpoolsB");
26590 u00091 : constant Version_32 := 16#e3b008dc#;
26591 pragma Export (C, u00091, "system__storage_pools__subpoolsS");
26592 u00092 : constant Version_32 := 16#63f11652#;
26593 pragma Export (C, u00092, "system__storage_pools__subpools__finalizationB");
26594 u00093 : constant Version_32 := 16#fe2f4b3a#;
26595 pragma Export (C, u00093, "system__storage_pools__subpools__finalizationS");
26597 -- BEGIN ELABORATION ORDER
26601 -- system.case_util%s
26602 -- system.case_util%b
26604 -- system.img_bool%s
26605 -- system.img_bool%b
26606 -- system.img_int%s
26607 -- system.img_int%b
26610 -- system.parameters%s
26611 -- system.parameters%b
26613 -- interfaces.c_streams%s
26614 -- interfaces.c_streams%b
26615 -- system.standard_library%s
26616 -- system.exceptions_debug%s
26617 -- system.exceptions_debug%b
26618 -- system.storage_elements%s
26619 -- system.storage_elements%b
26620 -- system.stack_checking%s
26621 -- system.stack_checking%b
26622 -- system.string_hash%s
26623 -- system.string_hash%b
26625 -- system.strings%s
26626 -- system.strings%b
26628 -- system.traceback_entries%s
26629 -- system.traceback_entries%b
26630 -- ada.exceptions%s
26631 -- system.soft_links%s
26632 -- system.unsigned_types%s
26633 -- system.val_llu%s
26634 -- system.val_util%s
26635 -- system.val_util%b
26636 -- system.val_llu%b
26637 -- system.wch_con%s
26638 -- system.wch_con%b
26639 -- system.wch_cnv%s
26640 -- system.wch_jis%s
26641 -- system.wch_jis%b
26642 -- system.wch_cnv%b
26643 -- system.wch_stw%s
26644 -- system.wch_stw%b
26645 -- ada.exceptions.last_chance_handler%s
26646 -- ada.exceptions.last_chance_handler%b
26647 -- system.address_image%s
26648 -- system.exception_table%s
26649 -- system.exception_table%b
26650 -- ada.io_exceptions%s
26655 -- system.exceptions%s
26656 -- system.exceptions%b
26657 -- system.exceptions.machine%s
26658 -- system.finalization_root%s
26659 -- system.finalization_root%b
26660 -- ada.finalization%s
26661 -- ada.finalization%b
26662 -- system.storage_pools%s
26663 -- system.storage_pools%b
26664 -- system.finalization_masters%s
26665 -- system.storage_pools.subpools%s
26666 -- system.storage_pools.subpools.finalization%s
26667 -- system.storage_pools.subpools.finalization%b
26670 -- system.standard_library%b
26671 -- system.pool_global%s
26672 -- system.pool_global%b
26673 -- system.file_control_block%s
26674 -- system.file_io%s
26675 -- system.secondary_stack%s
26676 -- system.file_io%b
26677 -- system.storage_pools.subpools%b
26678 -- system.finalization_masters%b
26681 -- system.soft_links%b
26683 -- system.secondary_stack%b
26684 -- system.address_image%b
26685 -- system.traceback%s
26686 -- ada.exceptions%b
26687 -- system.traceback%b
26691 -- END ELABORATION ORDER
26698 -- The following source file name pragmas allow the generated file
26699 -- names to be unique for different main programs. They are needed
26700 -- since the package name will always be Ada_Main.
26702 pragma Source_File_Name (ada_main, Spec_File_Name => "b~hello.ads");
26703 pragma Source_File_Name (ada_main, Body_File_Name => "b~hello.adb");
26705 pragma Suppress (Overflow_Check);
26706 with Ada.Exceptions;
26708 -- Generated package body for Ada_Main starts here
26710 package body ada_main is
26711 pragma Warnings (Off);
26713 -- These values are reference counter associated to units which have
26714 -- been elaborated. It is also used to avoid elaborating the
26715 -- same unit twice.
26717 E72 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E72, "system__os_lib_E");
26718 E13 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E13, "system__soft_links_E");
26719 E23 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E23, "system__exception_table_E");
26720 E46 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E46, "ada__io_exceptions_E");
26721 E48 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E48, "ada__tags_E");
26722 E45 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E45, "ada__streams_E");
26723 E70 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E70, "interfaces__c_E");
26724 E25 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E25, "system__exceptions_E");
26725 E68 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E68, "system__finalization_root_E");
26726 E66 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E66, "ada__finalization_E");
26727 E85 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E85, "system__storage_pools_E");
26728 E77 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E77, "system__finalization_masters_E");
26729 E91 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E91, "system__storage_pools__subpools_E");
26730 E87 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E87, "system__pool_global_E");
26731 E75 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E75, "system__file_control_block_E");
26732 E64 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E64, "system__file_io_E");
26733 E17 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E17, "system__secondary_stack_E");
26734 E06 : Short_Integer; pragma Import (Ada, E06, "ada__text_io_E");
26736 Local_Priority_Specific_Dispatching : constant String := "";
26737 Local_Interrupt_States : constant String := "";
26739 Is_Elaborated : Boolean := False;
26741 procedure finalize_library is
26746 pragma Import (Ada, F1, "ada__text_io__finalize_spec");
26754 pragma Import (Ada, F2, "system__file_io__finalize_body");
26761 pragma Import (Ada, F3, "system__file_control_block__finalize_spec");
26769 pragma Import (Ada, F4, "system__pool_global__finalize_spec");
26775 pragma Import (Ada, F5, "system__storage_pools__subpools__finalize_spec");
26781 pragma Import (Ada, F6, "system__finalization_masters__finalize_spec");
26786 procedure Reraise_Library_Exception_If_Any;
26787 pragma Import (Ada, Reraise_Library_Exception_If_Any, "__gnat_reraise_library_exception_if_any");
26789 Reraise_Library_Exception_If_Any;
26791 end finalize_library;
26797 procedure adainit is
26799 Main_Priority : Integer;
26800 pragma Import (C, Main_Priority, "__gl_main_priority");
26801 Time_Slice_Value : Integer;
26802 pragma Import (C, Time_Slice_Value, "__gl_time_slice_val");
26803 WC_Encoding : Character;
26804 pragma Import (C, WC_Encoding, "__gl_wc_encoding");
26805 Locking_Policy : Character;
26806 pragma Import (C, Locking_Policy, "__gl_locking_policy");
26807 Queuing_Policy : Character;
26808 pragma Import (C, Queuing_Policy, "__gl_queuing_policy");
26809 Task_Dispatching_Policy : Character;
26810 pragma Import (C, Task_Dispatching_Policy, "__gl_task_dispatching_policy");
26811 Priority_Specific_Dispatching : System.Address;
26812 pragma Import (C, Priority_Specific_Dispatching, "__gl_priority_specific_dispatching");
26813 Num_Specific_Dispatching : Integer;
26814 pragma Import (C, Num_Specific_Dispatching, "__gl_num_specific_dispatching");
26815 Main_CPU : Integer;
26816 pragma Import (C, Main_CPU, "__gl_main_cpu");
26817 Interrupt_States : System.Address;
26818 pragma Import (C, Interrupt_States, "__gl_interrupt_states");
26819 Num_Interrupt_States : Integer;
26820 pragma Import (C, Num_Interrupt_States, "__gl_num_interrupt_states");
26821 Unreserve_All_Interrupts : Integer;
26822 pragma Import (C, Unreserve_All_Interrupts, "__gl_unreserve_all_interrupts");
26823 Detect_Blocking : Integer;
26824 pragma Import (C, Detect_Blocking, "__gl_detect_blocking");
26825 Default_Stack_Size : Integer;
26826 pragma Import (C, Default_Stack_Size, "__gl_default_stack_size");
26827 Leap_Seconds_Support : Integer;
26828 pragma Import (C, Leap_Seconds_Support, "__gl_leap_seconds_support");
26830 procedure Runtime_Initialize;
26831 pragma Import (C, Runtime_Initialize, "__gnat_runtime_initialize");
26833 Finalize_Library_Objects : No_Param_Proc;
26834 pragma Import (C, Finalize_Library_Objects, "__gnat_finalize_library_objects");
26836 -- Start of processing for adainit
26840 -- Record various information for this partition. The values
26841 -- are derived by the binder from information stored in the ali
26842 -- files by the compiler.
26844 if Is_Elaborated then
26847 Is_Elaborated := True;
26848 Main_Priority := -1;
26849 Time_Slice_Value := -1;
26850 WC_Encoding := 'b';
26851 Locking_Policy := ' ';
26852 Queuing_Policy := ' ';
26853 Task_Dispatching_Policy := ' ';
26854 Priority_Specific_Dispatching :=
26855 Local_Priority_Specific_Dispatching'Address;
26856 Num_Specific_Dispatching := 0;
26858 Interrupt_States := Local_Interrupt_States'Address;
26859 Num_Interrupt_States := 0;
26860 Unreserve_All_Interrupts := 0;
26861 Detect_Blocking := 0;
26862 Default_Stack_Size := -1;
26863 Leap_Seconds_Support := 0;
26865 Runtime_Initialize;
26867 Finalize_Library_Objects := finalize_library'access;
26869 -- Now we have the elaboration calls for all units in the partition.
26870 -- The Elab_Spec and Elab_Body attributes generate references to the
26871 -- implicit elaboration procedures generated by the compiler for
26872 -- each unit that requires elaboration. Increment a counter of
26873 -- reference for each unit.
26875 System.Soft_Links'Elab_Spec;
26876 System.Exception_Table'Elab_Body;
26878 Ada.Io_Exceptions'Elab_Spec;
26880 Ada.Tags'Elab_Spec;
26881 Ada.Streams'Elab_Spec;
26883 Interfaces.C'Elab_Spec;
26884 System.Exceptions'Elab_Spec;
26886 System.Finalization_Root'Elab_Spec;
26888 Ada.Finalization'Elab_Spec;
26890 System.Storage_Pools'Elab_Spec;
26892 System.Finalization_Masters'Elab_Spec;
26893 System.Storage_Pools.Subpools'Elab_Spec;
26894 System.Pool_Global'Elab_Spec;
26896 System.File_Control_Block'Elab_Spec;
26898 System.File_Io'Elab_Body;
26901 System.Finalization_Masters'Elab_Body;
26904 Ada.Tags'Elab_Body;
26906 System.Soft_Links'Elab_Body;
26908 System.Os_Lib'Elab_Body;
26910 System.Secondary_Stack'Elab_Body;
26912 Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Spec;
26913 Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Body;
26921 procedure adafinal is
26922 procedure s_stalib_adafinal;
26923 pragma Import (C, s_stalib_adafinal, "system__standard_library__adafinal");
26925 procedure Runtime_Finalize;
26926 pragma Import (C, Runtime_Finalize, "__gnat_runtime_finalize");
26929 if not Is_Elaborated then
26932 Is_Elaborated := False;
26937 -- We get to the main program of the partition by using
26938 -- pragma Import because if we try to with the unit and
26939 -- call it Ada style, then not only do we waste time
26940 -- recompiling it, but also, we don't really know the right
26941 -- switches (e.g.@@: identifier character set) to be used
26944 procedure Ada_Main_Program;
26945 pragma Import (Ada, Ada_Main_Program, "_ada_hello");
26951 -- main is actually a function, as in the ANSI C standard,
26952 -- defined to return the exit status. The three parameters
26953 -- are the argument count, argument values and environment
26958 argv : System.Address;
26959 envp : System.Address)
26962 -- The initialize routine performs low level system
26963 -- initialization using a standard library routine which
26964 -- sets up signal handling and performs any other
26965 -- required setup. The routine can be found in file
26968 procedure initialize;
26969 pragma Import (C, initialize, "__gnat_initialize");
26971 -- The finalize routine performs low level system
26972 -- finalization using a standard library routine. The
26973 -- routine is found in file a-final.c and in the standard
26974 -- distribution is a dummy routine that does nothing, so
26975 -- really this is a hook for special user finalization.
26977 procedure finalize;
26978 pragma Import (C, finalize, "__gnat_finalize");
26980 -- The following is to initialize the SEH exceptions
26982 SEH : aliased array (1 .. 2) of Integer;
26984 Ensure_Reference : aliased System.Address := Ada_Main_Program_Name'Address;
26985 pragma Volatile (Ensure_Reference);
26987 -- Start of processing for main
26990 -- Save global variables
26996 -- Call low level system initialization
26998 Initialize (SEH'Address);
27000 -- Call our generated Ada initialization routine
27004 -- Now we call the main program of the partition
27008 -- Perform Ada finalization
27012 -- Perform low level system finalization
27016 -- Return the proper exit status
27017 return (gnat_exit_status);
27020 -- This section is entirely comments, so it has no effect on the
27021 -- compilation of the Ada_Main package. It provides the list of
27022 -- object files and linker options, as well as some standard
27023 -- libraries needed for the link. The gnatlink utility parses
27024 -- this b~hello.adb file to read these comment lines to generate
27025 -- the appropriate command line arguments for the call to the
27026 -- system linker. The BEGIN/END lines are used for sentinels for
27027 -- this parsing operation.
27029 -- The exact file names will of course depend on the environment,
27030 -- host/target and location of files on the host system.
27032 -- BEGIN Object file/option list
27035 -- -L/usr/local/gnat/lib/gcc-lib/i686-pc-linux-gnu/2.8.1/adalib/
27036 -- /usr/local/gnat/lib/gcc-lib/i686-pc-linux-gnu/2.8.1/adalib/libgnat.a
27037 -- END Object file/option list
27042 The Ada code in the above example is exactly what is generated by the
27043 binder. We have added comments to more clearly indicate the function
27044 of each part of the generated @code{Ada_Main} package.
27046 The code is standard Ada in all respects, and can be processed by any
27047 tools that handle Ada. In particular, it is possible to use the debugger
27048 in Ada mode to debug the generated @code{Ada_Main} package. For example,
27049 suppose that for reasons that you do not understand, your program is crashing
27050 during elaboration of the body of @code{Ada.Text_IO}. To locate this bug,
27051 you can place a breakpoint on the call:
27056 Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Body;
27060 and trace the elaboration routine for this package to find out where
27061 the problem might be (more usually of course you would be debugging
27062 elaboration code in your own application).
27064 @c -- Example: A |withing| unit has a |with| clause, it |withs| a |withed| unit
27066 @node Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT,Inline Assembler,Example of Binder Output File,Top
27067 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat elaboration-order-handling-in-gnat}@anchor{f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat doc}@anchor{230}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id1}@anchor{231}
27068 @chapter Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
27071 @geindex Order of elaboration
27073 @geindex Elaboration control
27075 This appendix describes the handling of elaboration code in Ada and GNAT, and
27076 discusses how the order of elaboration of program units can be controlled in
27077 GNAT, either automatically or with explicit programming features.
27080 * Elaboration Code::
27081 * Elaboration Order::
27082 * Checking the Elaboration Order::
27083 * Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada::
27084 * Controlling the Elaboration Order in GNAT::
27085 * Common Elaboration-model Traits::
27086 * Dynamic Elaboration Model in GNAT::
27087 * Static Elaboration Model in GNAT::
27088 * SPARK Elaboration Model in GNAT::
27089 * Legacy Elaboration Model in GNAT::
27090 * Mixing Elaboration Models::
27091 * Elaboration Circularities::
27092 * Resolving Elaboration Circularities::
27093 * Resolving Task Issues::
27094 * Elaboration-related Compiler Switches::
27095 * Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control::
27096 * Inspecting the Chosen Elaboration Order::
27100 @node Elaboration Code,Elaboration Order,,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
27101 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat elaboration-code}@anchor{232}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id2}@anchor{233}
27102 @section Elaboration Code
27105 Ada defines the term @emph{execution} as the process by which a construct achieves
27106 its run-time effect. This process is also referred to as @strong{elaboration} for
27107 declarations and @emph{evaluation} for expressions.
27109 The execution model in Ada allows for certain sections of an Ada program to be
27110 executed prior to execution of the program itself, primarily with the intent of
27111 initializing data. These sections are referred to as @strong{elaboration code}.
27112 Elaboration code is executed as follows:
27118 All partitions of an Ada program are executed in parallel with one another,
27119 possibly in a separate address space, and possibly on a separate computer.
27122 The execution of a partition involves running the environment task for that
27126 The environment task executes all elaboration code (if available) for all
27127 units within that partition. This code is said to be executed at
27128 @strong{elaboration time}.
27131 The environment task executes the Ada program (if available) for that
27135 In addition to the Ada terminology, this appendix defines the following terms:
27143 A construct that is elaborated or executed by elaboration code is referred to
27144 as an @emph{elaboration scenario} or simply a @strong{scenario}. GNAT recognizes the
27145 following scenarios:
27151 @code{'Access} of entries, operators, and subprograms
27154 Activation of tasks
27157 Calls to entries, operators, and subprograms
27160 Instantiations of generic templates
27166 A construct elaborated by a scenario is referred to as @emph{elaboration target}
27167 or simply @strong{target}. GNAT recognizes the following targets:
27173 For @code{'Access} of entries, operators, and subprograms, the target is the
27174 entry, operator, or subprogram being aliased.
27177 For activation of tasks, the target is the task body
27180 For calls to entries, operators, and subprograms, the target is the entry,
27181 operator, or subprogram being invoked.
27184 For instantiations of generic templates, the target is the generic template
27185 being instantiated.
27189 Elaboration code may appear in two distinct contexts:
27195 @emph{Library level}
27197 A scenario appears at the library level when it is encapsulated by a package
27198 [body] compilation unit, ignoring any other package [body] declarations in
27207 Val : ... := Server.Func;
27212 In the example above, the call to @code{Server.Func} is an elaboration scenario
27213 because it appears at the library level of package @code{Client}. Note that the
27214 declaration of package @code{Nested} is ignored according to the definition
27215 given above. As a result, the call to @code{Server.Func} will be executed when
27216 the spec of unit @code{Client} is elaborated.
27219 @emph{Package body statements}
27221 A scenario appears within the statement sequence of a package body when it is
27222 bounded by the region starting from the @code{begin} keyword of the package body
27223 and ending at the @code{end} keyword of the package body.
27226 package body Client is
27236 In the example above, the call to @code{Proc} is an elaboration scenario because
27237 it appears within the statement sequence of package body @code{Client}. As a
27238 result, the call to @code{Proc} will be executed when the body of @code{Client} is
27242 @node Elaboration Order,Checking the Elaboration Order,Elaboration Code,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
27243 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat elaboration-order}@anchor{234}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id3}@anchor{235}
27244 @section Elaboration Order
27247 The sequence by which the elaboration code of all units within a partition is
27248 executed is referred to as @strong{elaboration order}.
27250 Within a single unit, elaboration code is executed in sequential order.
27253 package body Client is
27254 Result : ... := Server.Func;
27257 package Inst is new Server.Gen;
27259 Inst.Eval (Result);
27266 In the example above, the elaboration order within package body @code{Client} is
27273 The object declaration of @code{Result} is elaborated.
27279 Function @code{Server.Func} is invoked.
27283 The subprogram body of @code{Proc} is elaborated.
27286 Procedure @code{Proc} is invoked.
27292 Generic unit @code{Server.Gen} is instantiated as @code{Inst}.
27295 Instance @code{Inst} is elaborated.
27298 Procedure @code{Inst.Eval} is invoked.
27302 The elaboration order of all units within a partition depends on the following
27309 @emph{with}ed units
27315 preelaborability of units
27318 presence of elaboration control pragmas
27321 A program may have several elaboration orders depending on its structure.
27325 function Func (Index : Integer) return Integer;
27330 package body Server is
27331 Results : array (1 .. 5) of Integer := (1, 2, 3, 4, 5);
27333 function Func (Index : Integer) return Integer is
27335 return Results (Index);
27343 Val : constant Integer := Server.Func (3);
27349 procedure Main is begin null; end Main;
27352 The following elaboration order exhibits a fundamental problem referred to as
27353 @emph{access-before-elaboration} or simply @strong{ABE}.
27362 The elaboration of @code{Server}'s spec materializes function @code{Func}, making it
27363 callable. The elaboration of @code{Client}'s spec elaborates the declaration of
27364 @code{Val}. This invokes function @code{Server.Func}, however the body of
27365 @code{Server.Func} has not been elaborated yet because @code{Server}'s body comes
27366 after @code{Client}'s spec in the elaboration order. As a result, the value of
27367 constant @code{Val} is now undefined.
27369 Without any guarantees from the language, an undetected ABE problem may hinder
27370 proper initialization of data, which in turn may lead to undefined behavior at
27371 run time. To prevent such ABE problems, Ada employs dynamic checks in the same
27372 vein as index or null exclusion checks. A failed ABE check raises exception
27373 @code{Program_Error}.
27375 The following elaboration order avoids the ABE problem and the program can be
27376 successfully elaborated.
27385 Ada states that a total elaboration order must exist, but it does not define
27386 what this order is. A compiler is thus tasked with choosing a suitable
27387 elaboration order which satisfies the dependencies imposed by @emph{with} clauses,
27388 unit categorization, and elaboration control pragmas. Ideally an order which
27389 avoids ABE problems should be chosen, however a compiler may not always find
27390 such an order due to complications with respect to control and data flow.
27392 @node Checking the Elaboration Order,Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada,Elaboration Order,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
27393 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id4}@anchor{236}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat checking-the-elaboration-order}@anchor{237}
27394 @section Checking the Elaboration Order
27397 To avoid placing the entire elaboration order burden on the programmer, Ada
27398 provides three lines of defense:
27404 @emph{Static semantics}
27406 Static semantic rules restrict the possible choice of elaboration order. For
27407 instance, if unit Client @emph{with}s unit Server, then the spec of Server is
27408 always elaborated prior to Client. The same principle applies to child units
27409 - the spec of a parent unit is always elaborated prior to the child unit.
27412 @emph{Dynamic semantics}
27414 Dynamic checks are performed at run time, to ensure that a target is
27415 elaborated prior to a scenario that executes it, thus avoiding ABE problems.
27416 A failed run-time check raises exception @code{Program_Error}. The following
27417 restrictions apply:
27423 @emph{Restrictions on calls}
27425 An entry, operator, or subprogram can be called from elaboration code only
27426 when the corresponding body has been elaborated.
27429 @emph{Restrictions on instantiations}
27431 A generic unit can be instantiated by elaboration code only when the
27432 corresponding body has been elaborated.
27435 @emph{Restrictions on task activation}
27437 A task can be activated by elaboration code only when the body of the
27438 associated task type has been elaborated.
27441 The restrictions above can be summarized by the following rule:
27443 @emph{If a target has a body, then this body must be elaborated prior to the
27444 execution of the scenario that invokes, instantiates, or activates the
27448 @emph{Elaboration control}
27450 Pragmas are provided for the programmer to specify the desired elaboration
27454 @node Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada,Controlling the Elaboration Order in GNAT,Checking the Elaboration Order,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
27455 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat controlling-the-elaboration-order-in-ada}@anchor{238}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id5}@anchor{239}
27456 @section Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada
27459 Ada provides several idioms and pragmas to aid the programmer with specifying
27460 the desired elaboration order and avoiding ABE problems altogether.
27466 @emph{Packages without a body}
27468 A library package which does not require a completing body does not suffer
27474 type Element is private;
27475 package Containers is
27476 type Element_Array is array (1 .. 10) of Element;
27481 In the example above, package @code{Pack} does not require a body because it
27482 does not contain any constructs which require completion in a body. As a
27483 result, generic @code{Pack.Containers} can be instantiated without encountering
27487 @geindex pragma Pure
27495 Pragma @code{Pure} places sufficient restrictions on a unit to guarantee that no
27496 scenario within the unit can result in an ABE problem.
27499 @geindex pragma Preelaborate
27505 @emph{pragma Preelaborate}
27507 Pragma @code{Preelaborate} is slightly less restrictive than pragma @code{Pure},
27508 but still strong enough to prevent ABE problems within a unit.
27511 @geindex pragma Elaborate_Body
27517 @emph{pragma Elaborate_Body}
27519 Pragma @code{Elaborate_Body} requires that the body of a unit is elaborated
27520 immediately after its spec. This restriction guarantees that no client
27521 scenario can execute a server target before the target body has been
27522 elaborated because the spec and body are effectively "glued" together.
27526 pragma Elaborate_Body;
27528 function Func return Integer;
27533 package body Server is
27534 function Func return Integer is
27544 Val : constant Integer := Server.Func;
27548 In the example above, pragma @code{Elaborate_Body} guarantees the following
27557 because the spec of @code{Server} must be elaborated prior to @code{Client} by
27558 virtue of the @emph{with} clause, and in addition the body of @code{Server} must be
27559 elaborated immediately after the spec of @code{Server}.
27561 Removing pragma @code{Elaborate_Body} could result in the following incorrect
27570 where @code{Client} invokes @code{Server.Func}, but the body of @code{Server.Func} has
27571 not been elaborated yet.
27574 The pragmas outlined above allow a server unit to guarantee safe elaboration
27575 use by client units. Thus it is a good rule to mark units as @code{Pure} or
27576 @code{Preelaborate}, and if this is not possible, mark them as @code{Elaborate_Body}.
27578 There are however situations where @code{Pure}, @code{Preelaborate}, and
27579 @code{Elaborate_Body} are not applicable. Ada provides another set of pragmas for
27580 use by client units to help ensure the elaboration safety of server units they
27583 @geindex pragma Elaborate (Unit)
27589 @emph{pragma Elaborate (Unit)}
27591 Pragma @code{Elaborate} can be placed in the context clauses of a unit, after a
27592 @emph{with} clause. It guarantees that both the spec and body of its argument will
27593 be elaborated prior to the unit with the pragma. Note that other unrelated
27594 units may be elaborated in between the spec and the body.
27598 function Func return Integer;
27603 package body Server is
27604 function Func return Integer is
27613 pragma Elaborate (Server);
27615 Val : constant Integer := Server.Func;
27619 In the example above, pragma @code{Elaborate} guarantees the following
27628 Removing pragma @code{Elaborate} could result in the following incorrect
27637 where @code{Client} invokes @code{Server.Func}, but the body of @code{Server.Func}
27638 has not been elaborated yet.
27641 @geindex pragma Elaborate_All (Unit)
27647 @emph{pragma Elaborate_All (Unit)}
27649 Pragma @code{Elaborate_All} is placed in the context clauses of a unit, after
27650 a @emph{with} clause. It guarantees that both the spec and body of its argument
27651 will be elaborated prior to the unit with the pragma, as well as all units
27652 @emph{with}ed by the spec and body of the argument, recursively. Note that other
27653 unrelated units may be elaborated in between the spec and the body.
27657 function Factorial (Val : Natural) return Natural;
27662 package body Math is
27663 function Factorial (Val : Natural) return Natural is
27671 package Computer is
27672 type Operation_Kind is (None, Op_Factorial);
27676 Op : Operation_Kind) return Natural;
27682 package body Computer is
27685 Op : Operation_Kind) return Natural
27687 if Op = Op_Factorial then
27688 return Math.Factorial (Val);
27698 pragma Elaborate_All (Computer);
27700 Val : constant Natural :=
27701 Computer.Compute (123, Computer.Op_Factorial);
27705 In the example above, pragma @code{Elaborate_All} can result in the following
27716 Note that there are several allowable suborders for the specs and bodies of
27717 @code{Math} and @code{Computer}, but the point is that these specs and bodies will
27718 be elaborated prior to @code{Client}.
27720 Removing pragma @code{Elaborate_All} could result in the following incorrect
27731 where @code{Client} invokes @code{Computer.Compute}, which in turn invokes
27732 @code{Math.Factorial}, but the body of @code{Math.Factorial} has not been
27736 All pragmas shown above can be summarized by the following rule:
27738 @emph{If a client unit elaborates a server target directly or indirectly, then if
27739 the server unit requires a body and does not have pragma Pure, Preelaborate,
27740 or Elaborate_Body, then the client unit should have pragma Elaborate or
27741 Elaborate_All for the server unit.}
27743 If the rule outlined above is not followed, then a program may fall in one of
27744 the following states:
27750 @emph{No elaboration order exists}
27752 In this case a compiler must diagnose the situation, and refuse to build an
27753 executable program.
27756 @emph{One or more incorrect elaboration orders exist}
27758 In this case a compiler can build an executable program, but
27759 @code{Program_Error} will be raised when the program is run.
27762 @emph{Several elaboration orders exist, some correct, some incorrect}
27764 In this case the programmer has not controlled the elaboration order. As a
27765 result, a compiler may or may not pick one of the correct orders, and the
27766 program may or may not raise @code{Program_Error} when it is run. This is the
27767 worst possible state because the program may fail on another compiler, or
27768 even another version of the same compiler.
27771 @emph{One or more correct orders exist}
27773 In this case a compiler can build an executable program, and the program is
27774 run successfully. This state may be guaranteed by following the outlined
27775 rules, or may be the result of good program architecture.
27778 Note that one additional advantage of using @code{Elaborate} and @code{Elaborate_All}
27779 is that the program continues to stay in the last state (one or more correct
27780 orders exist) even if maintenance changes the bodies of targets.
27782 @node Controlling the Elaboration Order in GNAT,Common Elaboration-model Traits,Controlling the Elaboration Order in Ada,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
27783 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id6}@anchor{23a}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat controlling-the-elaboration-order-in-gnat}@anchor{23b}
27784 @section Controlling the Elaboration Order in GNAT
27787 In addition to Ada semantics and rules synthesized from them, GNAT offers
27788 three elaboration models to aid the programmer with specifying the correct
27789 elaboration order and to diagnose elaboration problems.
27791 @geindex Dynamic elaboration model
27797 @emph{Dynamic elaboration model}
27799 This is the most permissive of the three elaboration models. When the
27800 dynamic model is in effect, GNAT assumes that all code within all units in
27801 a partition is elaboration code. GNAT performs very few diagnostics and
27802 generates run-time checks to verify the elaboration order of a program. This
27803 behavior is identical to that specified by the Ada Reference Manual. The
27804 dynamic model is enabled with compiler switch @code{-gnatE}.
27807 @geindex Static elaboration model
27813 @emph{Static elaboration model}
27815 This is the middle ground of the three models. When the static model is in
27816 effect, GNAT performs extensive diagnostics on a unit-by-unit basis for all
27817 scenarios that elaborate or execute internal targets. GNAT also generates
27818 run-time checks for all external targets and for all scenarios that may
27819 exhibit ABE problems. Finally, GNAT installs implicit @code{Elaborate} and
27820 @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas for server units based on the dependencies of
27821 client units. The static model is the default model in GNAT.
27824 @geindex SPARK elaboration model
27830 @emph{SPARK elaboration model}
27832 This is the most conservative of the three models and enforces the SPARK
27833 rules of elaboration as defined in the SPARK Reference Manual, section 7.7.
27834 The SPARK model is in effect only when a scenario and a target reside in a
27835 region subject to SPARK_Mode On, otherwise the dynamic or static model is in
27839 @geindex Legacy elaboration model
27845 @emph{Legacy elaboration model}
27847 In addition to the three elaboration models outlined above, GNAT provides the
27848 elaboration model of pre-18.x versions referred to as @cite{legacy elaboration model}. The legacy elaboration model is enabled with compiler switch
27852 @geindex Relaxed elaboration mode
27854 The dynamic, legacy, and static models can be relaxed using compiler switch
27855 @code{-gnatJ}, making them more permissive. Note that in this mode, GNAT
27856 may not diagnose certain elaboration issues or install run-time checks.
27858 @node Common Elaboration-model Traits,Dynamic Elaboration Model in GNAT,Controlling the Elaboration Order in GNAT,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
27859 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat common-elaboration-model-traits}@anchor{23c}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id7}@anchor{23d}
27860 @section Common Elaboration-model Traits
27863 All three GNAT models are able to detect elaboration problems related to
27864 dispatching calls and a particular kind of ABE referred to as @emph{guaranteed ABE}.
27870 @emph{Dispatching calls}
27872 GNAT installs run-time checks for each primitive subprogram of each tagged
27873 type defined in a partition on the assumption that a dispatching call
27874 invoked at elaboration time will execute one of these primitives. As a
27875 result, a dispatching call that executes a primitive whose body has not
27876 been elaborated yet will raise exception @code{Program_Error} at run time. The
27877 checks can be suppressed using pragma @code{Suppress (Elaboration_Check)}.
27880 @emph{Guaranteed ABE}
27882 A guaranteed ABE arises when the body of a target is not elaborated early
27883 enough, and causes all scenarios that directly execute the target to fail.
27886 package body Guaranteed_ABE is
27887 function ABE return Integer;
27889 Val : constant Integer := ABE;
27891 function ABE return Integer is
27895 end Guaranteed_ABE;
27898 In the example above, the elaboration of @code{Guaranteed_ABE}'s body elaborates
27899 the declaration of @code{Val}. This invokes function @code{ABE}, however the body
27900 of @code{ABE} has not been elaborated yet. GNAT emits similar diagnostics in all
27904 1. package body Guaranteed_ABE is
27905 2. function ABE return Integer;
27907 4. Val : constant Integer := ABE;
27909 >>> warning: cannot call "ABE" before body seen
27910 >>> warning: Program_Error will be raised at run time
27913 6. function ABE return Integer is
27917 10. end Guaranteed_ABE;
27921 Note that GNAT emits warnings rather than hard errors whenever it encounters an
27922 elaboration problem. This is because the elaboration model in effect may be too
27923 conservative, or a particular scenario may not be elaborated or executed due to
27924 data and control flow. The warnings can be suppressed selectively with @code{pragma
27925 Warnigns (Off)} or globally with compiler switch @code{-gnatwL}.
27927 @node Dynamic Elaboration Model in GNAT,Static Elaboration Model in GNAT,Common Elaboration-model Traits,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
27928 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat dynamic-elaboration-model-in-gnat}@anchor{23e}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id8}@anchor{23f}
27929 @section Dynamic Elaboration Model in GNAT
27932 The dynamic model assumes that all code within all units in a partition is
27933 elaboration code. As a result, run-time checks are installed for each scenario
27934 regardless of whether the target is internal or external. The checks can be
27935 suppressed using pragma @code{Suppress (Elaboration_Check)}. This behavior is
27936 identical to that specified by the Ada Reference Manual. The following example
27937 showcases run-time checks installed by GNAT to verify the elaboration state of
27938 package @code{Dynamic_Model}.
27942 package body Dynamic_Model is
27948 <check that the body of Server.Gen is elaborated>
27949 package Inst is new Server.Gen;
27951 T : Server.Task_Type;
27954 <check that the body of Server.Task_Type is elaborated>
27956 <check that the body of Server.Proc is elaborated>
27961 The checks verify that the body of a target has been successfully elaborated
27962 before a scenario activates, calls, or instantiates a target.
27964 Note that no scenario within package @code{Dynamic_Model} calls procedure @code{API}.
27965 In fact, procedure @code{API} may not be invoked by elaboration code within the
27966 partition, however the dynamic model assumes that this can happen.
27968 The dynamic model emits very few diagnostics, but can make suggestions on
27969 missing @code{Elaborate} and @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas for library-level
27970 scenarios. This information is available when compiler switch @code{-gnatel}
27975 2. package body Dynamic_Model is
27976 3. Val : constant Integer := Server.Func;
27978 >>> info: call to "Func" during elaboration
27979 >>> info: missing pragma "Elaborate_All" for unit "Server"
27981 4. end Dynamic_Model;
27984 @node Static Elaboration Model in GNAT,SPARK Elaboration Model in GNAT,Dynamic Elaboration Model in GNAT,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
27985 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat static-elaboration-model-in-gnat}@anchor{240}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id9}@anchor{241}
27986 @section Static Elaboration Model in GNAT
27989 In contrast to the dynamic model, the static model is more precise in its
27990 analysis of elaboration code. The model makes a clear distinction between
27991 internal and external targets, and resorts to different diagnostics and
27992 run-time checks based on the nature of the target.
27998 @emph{Internal targets}
28000 The static model performs extensive diagnostics on scenarios which elaborate
28001 or execute internal targets. The warnings resulting from these diagnostics
28002 are enabled by default, but can be suppressed selectively with @code{pragma
28003 Warnings (Off)} or globally with compiler switch @code{-gnatwL}.
28006 1. package body Static_Model is
28008 3. with function Func return Integer;
28010 5. Val : constant Integer := Func;
28013 8. function ABE return Integer;
28015 10. function Cause_ABE return Boolean is
28016 11. package Inst is new Gen (ABE);
28018 >>> warning: in instantiation at line 5
28019 >>> warning: cannot call "ABE" before body seen
28020 >>> warning: Program_Error may be raised at run time
28021 >>> warning: body of unit "Static_Model" elaborated
28022 >>> warning: function "Cause_ABE" called at line 16
28023 >>> warning: function "ABE" called at line 5, instance at line 11
28029 16. Val : constant Boolean := Cause_ABE;
28031 18. function ABE return Integer is
28035 22. end Static_Model;
28038 The example above illustrates an ABE problem within package @code{Static_Model},
28039 which is hidden by several layers of indirection. The elaboration of package
28040 body @code{Static_Model} elaborates the declaration of @code{Val}. This invokes
28041 function @code{Cause_ABE}, which instantiates generic unit @code{Gen} as @code{Inst}.
28042 The elaboration of @code{Inst} invokes function @code{ABE}, however the body of
28043 @code{ABE} has not been elaborated yet.
28046 @emph{External targets}
28048 The static model installs run-time checks to verify the elaboration status
28049 of server targets only when the scenario that elaborates or executes that
28050 target is part of the elaboration code of the client unit. The checks can be
28051 suppressed using pragma @code{Suppress (Elaboration_Check)}.
28055 package body Static_Model is
28057 with function Func return Integer;
28059 Val : constant Integer := Func;
28062 function Call_Func return Boolean is
28063 <check that the body of Server.Func is elaborated>
28064 package Inst is new Gen (Server.Func);
28069 Val : constant Boolean := Call_Func;
28073 In the example above, the elaboration of package body @code{Static_Model}
28074 elaborates the declaration of @code{Val}. This invokes function @code{Call_Func},
28075 which instantiates generic unit @code{Gen} as @code{Inst}. The elaboration of
28076 @code{Inst} invokes function @code{Server.Func}. Since @code{Server.Func} is an
28077 external target, GNAT installs a run-time check to verify that its body has
28080 In addition to checks, the static model installs implicit @code{Elaborate} and
28081 @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas to guarantee safe elaboration use of server units.
28082 This information is available when compiler switch @code{-gnatel} is in
28087 2. package body Static_Model is
28089 4. with function Func return Integer;
28091 6. Val : constant Integer := Func;
28094 9. function Call_Func return Boolean is
28095 10. package Inst is new Gen (Server.Func);
28097 >>> info: instantiation of "Gen" during elaboration
28098 >>> info: in instantiation at line 6
28099 >>> info: call to "Func" during elaboration
28100 >>> info: in instantiation at line 6
28101 >>> info: implicit pragma "Elaborate_All" generated for unit "Server"
28102 >>> info: body of unit "Static_Model" elaborated
28103 >>> info: function "Call_Func" called at line 15
28104 >>> info: function "Func" called at line 6, instance at line 10
28110 15. Val : constant Boolean := Call_Func;
28112 >>> info: call to "Call_Func" during elaboration
28114 16. end Static_Model;
28117 In the example above, the elaboration of package body @code{Static_Model}
28118 elaborates the declaration of @code{Val}. This invokes function @code{Call_Func},
28119 which instantiates generic unit @code{Gen} as @code{Inst}. The elaboration of
28120 @code{Inst} invokes function @code{Server.Func}. Since @code{Server.Func} is an
28121 external target, GNAT installs an implicit @code{Elaborate_All} pragma for unit
28122 @code{Server}. The pragma guarantees that both the spec and body of @code{Server},
28123 along with any additional dependencies that @code{Server} may require, are
28124 elaborated prior to the body of @code{Static_Model}.
28127 @node SPARK Elaboration Model in GNAT,Legacy Elaboration Model in GNAT,Static Elaboration Model in GNAT,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
28128 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id10}@anchor{242}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat spark-elaboration-model-in-gnat}@anchor{243}
28129 @section SPARK Elaboration Model in GNAT
28132 The SPARK model is identical to the static model in its handling of internal
28133 targets. The SPARK model, however, requires explicit @code{Elaborate} or
28134 @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas to be present in the program when a target is
28135 external, and compiler switch @code{-gnatd.v} is in effect.
28139 2. package body SPARK_Model with SPARK_Mode is
28140 3. Val : constant Integer := Server.Func;
28142 >>> call to "Func" during elaboration in SPARK
28143 >>> unit "SPARK_Model" requires pragma "Elaborate_All" for "Server"
28144 >>> body of unit "SPARK_Model" elaborated
28145 >>> function "Func" called at line 3
28147 4. end SPARK_Model;
28150 @node Legacy Elaboration Model in GNAT,Mixing Elaboration Models,SPARK Elaboration Model in GNAT,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
28151 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat legacy-elaboration-model-in-gnat}@anchor{244}
28152 @section Legacy Elaboration Model in GNAT
28155 The legacy elaboration model is provided for compatibility with code bases
28156 developed with pre-18.x versions of GNAT. It is similar in functionality to
28157 the dynamic and static models of post-18.x version of GNAT, but may differ
28158 in terms of diagnostics and run-time checks. The legacy elaboration model is
28159 enabled with compiler switch @code{-gnatH}.
28161 @node Mixing Elaboration Models,Elaboration Circularities,Legacy Elaboration Model in GNAT,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
28162 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat mixing-elaboration-models}@anchor{245}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id11}@anchor{246}
28163 @section Mixing Elaboration Models
28166 It is possible to mix units compiled with a different elaboration model,
28167 however the following rules must be observed:
28173 A client unit compiled with the dynamic model can only @emph{with} a server unit
28174 that meets at least one of the following criteria:
28180 The server unit is compiled with the dynamic model.
28183 The server unit is a GNAT implementation unit from the Ada, GNAT,
28184 Interfaces, or System hierarchies.
28187 The server unit has pragma @code{Pure} or @code{Preelaborate}.
28190 The client unit has an explicit @code{Elaborate_All} pragma for the server
28195 These rules ensure that elaboration checks are not omitted. If the rules are
28196 violated, the binder emits a warning:
28199 warning: "x.ads" has dynamic elaboration checks and with's
28200 warning: "y.ads" which has static elaboration checks
28203 The warnings can be suppressed by binder switch @code{-ws}.
28205 @node Elaboration Circularities,Resolving Elaboration Circularities,Mixing Elaboration Models,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
28206 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id12}@anchor{247}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat elaboration-circularities}@anchor{248}
28207 @section Elaboration Circularities
28210 If the binder cannot find an acceptable elaboration order, it outputs detailed
28211 diagnostics describing an @strong{elaboration circularity}.
28215 function Func return Integer;
28221 package body Server is
28222 function Func return Integer is
28232 Val : constant Integer := Server.Func;
28238 procedure Main is begin null; end Main;
28242 error: elaboration circularity detected
28243 info: "server (body)" must be elaborated before "client (spec)"
28244 info: reason: implicit Elaborate_All in unit "client (spec)"
28245 info: recompile "client (spec)" with -gnatel for full details
28246 info: "server (body)"
28247 info: must be elaborated along with its spec:
28248 info: "server (spec)"
28249 info: which is withed by:
28250 info: "client (spec)"
28251 info: "client (spec)" must be elaborated before "server (body)"
28252 info: reason: with clause
28255 In the example above, @code{Client} must be elaborated prior to @code{Main} by virtue
28256 of a @emph{with} clause. The elaboration of @code{Client} invokes @code{Server.Func}, and
28257 static model generates an implicit @code{Elaborate_All} pragma for @code{Server}. The
28258 pragma implies that both the spec and body of @code{Server}, along with any units
28259 they @emph{with}, must be elaborated prior to @code{Client}. However, @code{Server}'s body
28260 @emph{with}s @code{Client}, implying that @code{Client} must be elaborated prior to
28261 @code{Server}. The end result is that @code{Client} must be elaborated prior to
28262 @code{Client}, and this leads to a circularity.
28264 @node Resolving Elaboration Circularities,Resolving Task Issues,Elaboration Circularities,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
28265 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id13}@anchor{249}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat resolving-elaboration-circularities}@anchor{24a}
28266 @section Resolving Elaboration Circularities
28269 When faced with an elaboration circularity, a programmer has several options
28276 @emph{Fix the program}
28278 The most desirable option from the point of view of long-term maintenance
28279 is to rearrange the program so that the elaboration problems are avoided.
28280 One useful technique is to place the elaboration code into separate child
28281 packages. Another is to move some of the initialization code to explicitly
28282 invoked subprograms, where the program controls the order of initialization
28283 explicitly. Although this is the most desirable option, it may be impractical
28284 and involve too much modification, especially in the case of complex legacy
28288 @emph{Switch to more permissive elaboration model}
28290 If the compilation was performed using the static model, enable the dynamic
28291 model with compiler switch @code{-gnatE}. GNAT will no longer generate
28292 implicit @code{Elaborate} and @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas, resulting in a behavior
28293 identical to that specified by the Ada Reference Manual. The binder will
28294 generate an executable program that may or may not raise @code{Program_Error},
28295 and it is the programmer's responsibility to ensure that it does not raise
28296 @code{Program_Error}.
28298 If the compilation was performed using a post-18.x version of GNAT, consider
28299 using the legacy elaboration model, in the following order:
28305 Use the legacy static elaboration model, with compiler switch
28309 Use the legacy dynamic elaboration model, with compiler switches
28310 @code{-gnatH} @code{-gnatE}.
28313 Use the relaxed legacy static elaboration model, with compiler switches
28314 @code{-gnatH} @code{-gnatJ}.
28317 Use the relaxed legacy dynamic elaboration model, with compiler switches
28318 @code{-gnatH} @code{-gnatJ} @code{-gnatE}.
28322 @emph{Suppress all elaboration checks}
28324 The drawback of run-time checks is that they generate overhead at run time,
28325 both in space and time. If the programmer is absolutely sure that a program
28326 will not raise an elaboration-related @code{Program_Error}, then using the
28327 pragma @code{Suppress (Elaboration_Check)} globally (as a configuration pragma)
28328 will eliminate all run-time checks.
28331 @emph{Suppress elaboration checks selectively}
28333 If a scenario cannot possibly lead to an elaboration @code{Program_Error},
28334 and the binder nevertheless complains about implicit @code{Elaborate} and
28335 @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas that lead to elaboration circularities, it
28336 is possible to suppress the generation of implicit @code{Elaborate} and
28337 @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas, as well as run-time checks. Clearly this can
28338 be unsafe, and it is the responsibility of the programmer to make sure
28339 that the resulting program has no elaboration anomalies. Pragma
28340 @code{Suppress (Elaboration_Check)} can be used with different levels of
28341 granularity to achieve these effects.
28347 @emph{Target suppression}
28349 When the pragma is placed in a declarative part, without a second argument
28350 naming an entity, it will suppress implicit @code{Elaborate} and
28351 @code{Elaborate_All} pragma generation, as well as run-time checks, on all
28352 targets within the region.
28355 package Range_Suppress is
28356 pragma Suppress (Elaboration_Check);
28358 function Func return Integer;
28363 pragma Unsuppress (Elaboration_Check);
28366 end Range_Suppress;
28369 In the example above, a pair of Suppress/Unsuppress pragmas define a region
28370 of suppression within package @code{Range_Suppress}. As a result, no implicit
28371 @code{Elaborate} and @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas, nor any run-time checks, will
28372 be generated by callers of @code{Func} and instantiators of @code{Gen}. Note that
28373 task type @code{Tsk} is not within this region.
28375 An alternative to the region-based suppression is to use multiple
28376 @code{Suppress} pragmas with arguments naming specific entities for which
28377 elaboration checks should be suppressed:
28380 package Range_Suppress is
28381 function Func return Integer;
28382 pragma Suppress (Elaboration_Check, Func);
28386 pragma Suppress (Elaboration_Check, Gen);
28389 end Range_Suppress;
28393 @emph{Scenario suppression}
28395 When the pragma @code{Suppress} is placed in a declarative or statement
28396 part, without an entity argument, it will suppress implicit @code{Elaborate}
28397 and @code{Elaborate_All} pragma generation, as well as run-time checks, on
28398 all scenarios within the region.
28402 package body Range_Suppress is
28403 pragma Suppress (Elaboration_Check);
28405 function Func return Integer is
28407 return Server.Func;
28415 pragma Unsuppress (Elaboration_Check);
28421 end Range_Suppress;
28424 In the example above, a pair of Suppress/Unsuppress pragmas define a region
28425 of suppression within package body @code{Range_Suppress}. As a result, the
28426 calls to @code{Server.Func} in @code{Func} and @code{Server.Proc} in @code{Gen} will
28427 not generate any implicit @code{Elaborate} and @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas or
28432 @node Resolving Task Issues,Elaboration-related Compiler Switches,Resolving Elaboration Circularities,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
28433 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id14}@anchor{24b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat resolving-task-issues}@anchor{24c}
28434 @section Resolving Task Issues
28437 The model of execution in Ada dictates that elaboration must first take place,
28438 and only then can the main program be started. Tasks which are activated during
28439 elaboration violate this model and may lead to serious concurrent problems at
28442 A task can be activated in two different ways:
28448 The task is created by an allocator in which case it is activated immediately
28449 after the allocator is evaluated.
28452 The task is declared at the library level or within some nested master in
28453 which case it is activated before starting execution of the statement
28454 sequence of the master defining the task.
28457 Since the elaboration of a partition is performed by the environment task
28458 servicing that partition, any tasks activated during elaboration may be in
28459 a race with the environment task, and lead to unpredictable state and behavior.
28460 The static model seeks to avoid such interactions by assuming that all code in
28461 the task body is executed at elaboration time, if the task was activated by
28470 type My_Int is new Integer;
28472 function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int;
28478 package body Decls is
28479 task body Lib_Task is
28485 function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int is
28495 procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls.My_Int);
28500 with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
28501 package body Utils is
28502 procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls.My_Int) is
28504 Put_Line (Arg'Img);
28513 Decls.Lib_Task.Start;
28517 When the above example is compiled with the static model, an elaboration
28518 circularity arises:
28521 error: elaboration circularity detected
28522 info: "decls (body)" must be elaborated before "decls (body)"
28523 info: reason: implicit Elaborate_All in unit "decls (body)"
28524 info: recompile "decls (body)" with -gnatel for full details
28525 info: "decls (body)"
28526 info: must be elaborated along with its spec:
28527 info: "decls (spec)"
28528 info: which is withed by:
28529 info: "utils (spec)"
28530 info: which is withed by:
28531 info: "decls (body)"
28534 In the above example, @code{Decls} must be elaborated prior to @code{Main} by virtue
28535 of a with clause. The elaboration of @code{Decls} activates task @code{Lib_Task}. The
28536 static model conservatibely assumes that all code within the body of
28537 @code{Lib_Task} is executed, and generates an implicit @code{Elaborate_All} pragma
28538 for @code{Units} due to the call to @code{Utils.Put_Val}. The pragma implies that
28539 both the spec and body of @code{Utils}, along with any units they @emph{with},
28540 must be elaborated prior to @code{Decls}. However, @code{Utils}'s spec @emph{with}s
28541 @code{Decls}, implying that @code{Decls} must be elaborated before @code{Utils}. The end
28542 result is that @code{Utils} must be elaborated prior to @code{Utils}, and this
28543 leads to a circularity.
28545 In reality, the example above will not exhibit an ABE problem at run time.
28546 When the body of task @code{Lib_Task} is activated, execution will wait for entry
28547 @code{Start} to be accepted, and the call to @code{Utils.Put_Val} will not take place
28548 at elaboration time. Task @code{Lib_Task} will resume its execution after the main
28549 program is executed because @code{Main} performs a rendezvous with
28550 @code{Lib_Task.Start}, and at that point all units have already been elaborated.
28551 As a result, the static model may seem overly conservative, partly because it
28552 does not take control and data flow into account.
28554 When faced with a task elaboration circularity, a programmer has several
28561 @emph{Use the dynamic model}
28563 The dynamic model does not generate implicit @code{Elaborate} and
28564 @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas. Instead, it will install checks prior to every
28565 call in the example above, thus verifying the successful elaboration of
28566 @code{Utils.Put_Val} in case the call to it takes place at elaboration time.
28567 The dynamic model is enabled with compiler switch @code{-gnatE}.
28570 @emph{Isolate the tasks}
28572 Relocating tasks in their own separate package could decouple them from
28573 dependencies that would otherwise cause an elaboration circularity. The
28574 example above can be rewritten as follows:
28577 package Decls1 is -- new
28586 package body Decls1 is -- new
28587 task body Lib_Task is
28596 package Decls2 is -- new
28597 type My_Int is new Integer;
28598 function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int;
28604 package body Decls2 is -- new
28605 function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int is
28615 procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls2.My_Int);
28620 with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
28621 package body Utils is
28622 procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls2.My_Int) is
28624 Put_Line (Arg'Img);
28633 Decls1.Lib_Task.Start;
28638 @emph{Declare the tasks}
28640 The original example uses a single task declaration for @code{Lib_Task}. An
28641 explicit task type declaration and a properly placed task object could avoid
28642 the dependencies that would otherwise cause an elaboration circularity. The
28643 example can be rewritten as follows:
28647 task type Lib_Task is -- new
28651 type My_Int is new Integer;
28653 function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int;
28659 package body Decls is
28660 task body Lib_Task is
28666 function Ident (M : My_Int) return My_Int is
28676 procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls.My_Int);
28681 with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
28682 package body Utils is
28683 procedure Put_Val (Arg : Decls.My_Int) is
28685 Put_Line (Arg'Img);
28692 package Obj_Decls is -- new
28693 Task_Obj : Decls.Lib_Task;
28701 Obj_Decls.Task_Obj.Start; -- new
28706 @emph{Use restriction No_Entry_Calls_In_Elaboration_Code}
28708 The issue exhibited in the original example under this section revolves
28709 around the body of @code{Lib_Task} blocking on an accept statement. There is
28710 no rule to prevent elaboration code from performing entry calls, however in
28711 practice this is highly unusual. In addition, the pattern of starting tasks
28712 at elaboration time and then immediately blocking on accept or select
28713 statements is quite common.
28715 If a programmer knows that elaboration code will not perform any entry
28716 calls, then the programmer can indicate that the static model should not
28717 process the remainder of a task body once an accept or select statement has
28718 been encountered. This behavior can be specified by a configuration pragma:
28721 pragma Restrictions (No_Entry_Calls_In_Elaboration_Code);
28724 In addition to the change in behavior with respect to task bodies, the
28725 static model will verify that no entry calls take place at elaboration time.
28728 @node Elaboration-related Compiler Switches,Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control,Resolving Task Issues,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
28729 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat elaboration-related-compiler-switches}@anchor{24d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id15}@anchor{24e}
28730 @section Elaboration-related Compiler Switches
28733 GNAT has several switches that affect the elaboration model and consequently
28734 the elaboration order chosen by the binder.
28736 @geindex -gnatE (gnat)
28741 @item @code{-gnatE}
28743 Dynamic elaboration checking mode enabled
28745 When this switch is in effect, GNAT activates the dynamic elaboration model.
28748 @geindex -gnatel (gnat)
28753 @item @code{-gnatel}
28755 Turn on info messages on generated Elaborate[_All] pragmas
28757 When this switch is in effect, GNAT will emit the following supplementary
28758 information depending on the elaboration model in effect.
28764 @emph{Dynamic model}
28766 GNAT will indicate missing @code{Elaborate} and @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas for
28767 all library-level scenarios within the partition.
28770 @emph{Static model}
28772 GNAT will indicate all scenarios executed during elaboration. In addition,
28773 it will provide detailed traceback when an implicit @code{Elaborate} or
28774 @code{Elaborate_All} pragma is generated.
28779 GNAT will indicate how an elaboration requirement is met by the context of
28780 a unit. This diagnostic requires compiler switch @code{-gnatd.v}.
28783 1. with Server; pragma Elaborate_All (Server);
28784 2. package Client with SPARK_Mode is
28785 3. Val : constant Integer := Server.Func;
28787 >>> info: call to "Func" during elaboration in SPARK
28788 >>> info: "Elaborate_All" requirement for unit "Server" met by pragma at line 1
28795 @geindex -gnatH (gnat)
28800 @item @code{-gnatH}
28802 Legacy elaboration checking mode enabled
28804 When this switch is in effect, GNAT will utilize the pre-18.x elaboration
28808 @geindex -gnatJ (gnat)
28813 @item @code{-gnatJ}
28815 Relaxed elaboration checking mode enabled
28817 When this switch is in effect, GNAT will not process certain scenarios,
28818 resulting in a more permissive elaboration model. Note that this may
28819 eliminate some diagnostics and run-time checks.
28822 @geindex -gnatw.f (gnat)
28827 @item @code{-gnatw.f}
28829 Turn on warnings for suspicious Subp'Access
28831 When this switch is in effect, GNAT will treat @code{'Access} of an entry,
28832 operator, or subprogram as a potential call to the target and issue warnings:
28835 1. package body Attribute_Call is
28836 2. function Func return Integer;
28837 3. type Func_Ptr is access function return Integer;
28839 5. Ptr : constant Func_Ptr := Func'Access;
28841 >>> warning: "Access" attribute of "Func" before body seen
28842 >>> warning: possible Program_Error on later references
28843 >>> warning: body of unit "Attribute_Call" elaborated
28844 >>> warning: "Access" of "Func" taken at line 5
28847 7. function Func return Integer is
28851 11. end Attribute_Call;
28854 In the example above, the elaboration of declaration @code{Ptr} is assigned
28855 @code{Func'Access} before the body of @code{Func} has been elaborated.
28858 @geindex -gnatwl (gnat)
28863 @item @code{-gnatwl}
28865 Turn on warnings for elaboration problems
28867 When this switch is in effect, GNAT emits diagnostics in the form of warnings
28868 concerning various elaboration problems. The warnings are enabled by default.
28869 The switch is provided in case all warnings are suppressed, but elaboration
28870 warnings are still desired.
28872 @item @code{-gnatwL}
28874 Turn off warnings for elaboration problems
28876 When this switch is in effect, GNAT no longer emits any diagnostics in the
28877 form of warnings. Selective suppression of elaboration problems is possible
28878 using @code{pragma Warnings (Off)}.
28881 1. package body Selective_Suppression is
28882 2. function ABE return Integer;
28884 4. Val_1 : constant Integer := ABE;
28886 >>> warning: cannot call "ABE" before body seen
28887 >>> warning: Program_Error will be raised at run time
28890 6. pragma Warnings (Off);
28891 7. Val_2 : constant Integer := ABE;
28892 8. pragma Warnings (On);
28894 10. function ABE return Integer is
28898 14. end Selective_Suppression;
28901 Note that suppressing elaboration warnings does not eliminate run-time
28902 checks. The example above will still fail at run time with an ABE.
28905 @node Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control,Inspecting the Chosen Elaboration Order,Elaboration-related Compiler Switches,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
28906 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat summary-of-procedures-for-elaboration-control}@anchor{24f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id16}@anchor{250}
28907 @section Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control
28910 A programmer should first compile the program with the default options, using
28911 none of the binder or compiler switches. If the binder succeeds in finding an
28912 elaboration order, then apart from possible cases involing dispatching calls
28913 and access-to-subprogram types, the program is free of elaboration errors.
28915 If it is important for the program to be portable to compilers other than GNAT,
28916 then the programmer should use compiler switch @code{-gnatel} and consider
28917 the messages about missing or implicitly created @code{Elaborate} and
28918 @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas.
28920 If the binder reports an elaboration circularity, the programmer has several
28927 Ensure that elaboration warnings are enabled. This will allow the static
28928 model to output trace information of elaboration issues. The trace
28929 information could shed light on previously unforeseen dependencies, as well
28930 as their origins. Elaboration warnings are enabled with compiler switch
28934 Use switch @code{-gnatel} to obtain messages on generated implicit
28935 @code{Elaborate} and @code{Elaborate_All} pragmas. The trace information could
28936 indicate why a server unit must be elaborated prior to a client unit.
28939 If the warnings produced by the static model indicate that a task is
28940 involved, consider the options in section @ref{24b,,Resolving Task Issues}.
28943 If none of the steps outlined above resolve the circularity, use a more
28944 permissive elaboration model, in the following order:
28950 Use the dynamic elaboration model, with compiler switch @code{-gnatE}.
28953 Use the legacy static elaboration model, with compiler switch
28957 Use the legacy dynamic elaboration model, with compiler switches
28958 @code{-gnatH} @code{-gnatE}.
28961 Use the relaxed legacy static elaboration model, with compiler switches
28962 @code{-gnatH} @code{-gnatJ}.
28965 Use the relaxed legacy dynamic elaboration model, with compiler switches
28966 @code{-gnatH} @code{-gnatJ} @code{-gnatE}.
28970 @node Inspecting the Chosen Elaboration Order,,Summary of Procedures for Elaboration Control,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT
28971 @anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat inspecting-the-chosen-elaboration-order}@anchor{251}@anchor{gnat_ugn/elaboration_order_handling_in_gnat id17}@anchor{252}
28972 @section Inspecting the Chosen Elaboration Order
28975 To see the elaboration order chosen by the binder, inspect the contents of file
28976 @cite{b~xxx.adb}. On certain targets, this file appears as @cite{b_xxx.adb}. The
28977 elaboration order appears as a sequence of calls to @code{Elab_Body} and
28978 @code{Elab_Spec}, interspersed with assignments to @cite{Exxx} which indicates that a
28979 particular unit is elaborated. For example:
28982 System.Soft_Links'Elab_Body;
28984 System.Secondary_Stack'Elab_Body;
28986 System.Exception_Table'Elab_Body;
28988 Ada.Io_Exceptions'Elab_Spec;
28990 Ada.Tags'Elab_Spec;
28991 Ada.Streams'Elab_Spec;
28993 Interfaces.C'Elab_Spec;
28995 System.Finalization_Root'Elab_Spec;
28997 System.Os_Lib'Elab_Body;
28999 System.Finalization_Implementation'Elab_Spec;
29000 System.Finalization_Implementation'Elab_Body;
29002 Ada.Finalization'Elab_Spec;
29004 Ada.Finalization.List_Controller'Elab_Spec;
29006 System.File_Control_Block'Elab_Spec;
29008 System.File_Io'Elab_Body;
29010 Ada.Tags'Elab_Body;
29012 Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Spec;
29013 Ada.Text_Io'Elab_Body;
29017 Note also binder switch @code{-l}, which outputs the chosen elaboration
29018 order and provides a more readable form of the above:
29024 system.case_util (spec)
29025 system.case_util (body)
29026 system.concat_2 (spec)
29027 system.concat_2 (body)
29028 system.concat_3 (spec)
29029 system.concat_3 (body)
29030 system.htable (spec)
29031 system.parameters (spec)
29032 system.parameters (body)
29034 interfaces.c_streams (spec)
29035 interfaces.c_streams (body)
29036 system.restrictions (spec)
29037 system.restrictions (body)
29038 system.standard_library (spec)
29039 system.exceptions (spec)
29040 system.exceptions (body)
29041 system.storage_elements (spec)
29042 system.storage_elements (body)
29043 system.secondary_stack (spec)
29044 system.stack_checking (spec)
29045 system.stack_checking (body)
29046 system.string_hash (spec)
29047 system.string_hash (body)
29048 system.htable (body)
29049 system.strings (spec)
29050 system.strings (body)
29051 system.traceback (spec)
29052 system.traceback (body)
29053 system.traceback_entries (spec)
29054 system.traceback_entries (body)
29055 ada.exceptions (spec)
29056 ada.exceptions.last_chance_handler (spec)
29057 system.soft_links (spec)
29058 system.soft_links (body)
29059 ada.exceptions.last_chance_handler (body)
29060 system.secondary_stack (body)
29061 system.exception_table (spec)
29062 system.exception_table (body)
29063 ada.io_exceptions (spec)
29066 interfaces.c (spec)
29067 interfaces.c (body)
29068 system.finalization_root (spec)
29069 system.finalization_root (body)
29070 system.memory (spec)
29071 system.memory (body)
29072 system.standard_library (body)
29073 system.os_lib (spec)
29074 system.os_lib (body)
29075 system.unsigned_types (spec)
29076 system.stream_attributes (spec)
29077 system.stream_attributes (body)
29078 system.finalization_implementation (spec)
29079 system.finalization_implementation (body)
29080 ada.finalization (spec)
29081 ada.finalization (body)
29082 ada.finalization.list_controller (spec)
29083 ada.finalization.list_controller (body)
29084 system.file_control_block (spec)
29085 system.file_io (spec)
29086 system.file_io (body)
29087 system.val_uns (spec)
29088 system.val_util (spec)
29089 system.val_util (body)
29090 system.val_uns (body)
29091 system.wch_con (spec)
29092 system.wch_con (body)
29093 system.wch_cnv (spec)
29094 system.wch_jis (spec)
29095 system.wch_jis (body)
29096 system.wch_cnv (body)
29097 system.wch_stw (spec)
29098 system.wch_stw (body)
29100 ada.exceptions (body)
29107 @node Inline Assembler,GNU Free Documentation License,Elaboration Order Handling in GNAT,Top
29108 @anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler inline-assembler}@anchor{10}@anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler doc}@anchor{253}@anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler id1}@anchor{254}
29109 @chapter Inline Assembler
29112 @geindex Inline Assembler
29114 If you need to write low-level software that interacts directly
29115 with the hardware, Ada provides two ways to incorporate assembly
29116 language code into your program. First, you can import and invoke
29117 external routines written in assembly language, an Ada feature fully
29118 supported by GNAT. However, for small sections of code it may be simpler
29119 or more efficient to include assembly language statements directly
29120 in your Ada source program, using the facilities of the implementation-defined
29121 package @code{System.Machine_Code}, which incorporates the gcc
29122 Inline Assembler. The Inline Assembler approach offers a number of advantages,
29123 including the following:
29129 No need to use non-Ada tools
29132 Consistent interface over different targets
29135 Automatic usage of the proper calling conventions
29138 Access to Ada constants and variables
29141 Definition of intrinsic routines
29144 Possibility of inlining a subprogram comprising assembler code
29147 Code optimizer can take Inline Assembler code into account
29150 This appendix presents a series of examples to show you how to use
29151 the Inline Assembler. Although it focuses on the Intel x86,
29152 the general approach applies also to other processors.
29153 It is assumed that you are familiar with Ada
29154 and with assembly language programming.
29157 * Basic Assembler Syntax::
29158 * A Simple Example of Inline Assembler::
29159 * Output Variables in Inline Assembler::
29160 * Input Variables in Inline Assembler::
29161 * Inlining Inline Assembler Code::
29162 * Other Asm Functionality::
29166 @node Basic Assembler Syntax,A Simple Example of Inline Assembler,,Inline Assembler
29167 @anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler id2}@anchor{255}@anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler basic-assembler-syntax}@anchor{256}
29168 @section Basic Assembler Syntax
29171 The assembler used by GNAT and gcc is based not on the Intel assembly
29172 language, but rather on a language that descends from the AT&T Unix
29173 assembler @code{as} (and which is often referred to as 'AT&T syntax').
29174 The following table summarizes the main features of @code{as} syntax
29175 and points out the differences from the Intel conventions.
29176 See the gcc @code{as} and @code{gas} (an @code{as} macro
29177 pre-processor) documentation for further information.
29181 @emph{Register names}@w{ }
29183 gcc / @code{as}: Prefix with '%'; for example @code{%eax}@w{ }
29184 Intel: No extra punctuation; for example @code{eax}@w{ }
29192 @emph{Immediate operand}@w{ }
29194 gcc / @code{as}: Prefix with '$'; for example @code{$4}@w{ }
29195 Intel: No extra punctuation; for example @code{4}@w{ }
29203 @emph{Address}@w{ }
29205 gcc / @code{as}: Prefix with '$'; for example @code{$loc}@w{ }
29206 Intel: No extra punctuation; for example @code{loc}@w{ }
29214 @emph{Memory contents}@w{ }
29216 gcc / @code{as}: No extra punctuation; for example @code{loc}@w{ }
29217 Intel: Square brackets; for example @code{[loc]}@w{ }
29225 @emph{Register contents}@w{ }
29227 gcc / @code{as}: Parentheses; for example @code{(%eax)}@w{ }
29228 Intel: Square brackets; for example @code{[eax]}@w{ }
29236 @emph{Hexadecimal numbers}@w{ }
29238 gcc / @code{as}: Leading '0x' (C language syntax); for example @code{0xA0}@w{ }
29239 Intel: Trailing 'h'; for example @code{A0h}@w{ }
29247 @emph{Operand size}@w{ }
29249 gcc / @code{as}: Explicit in op code; for example @code{movw} to move a 16-bit word@w{ }
29250 Intel: Implicit, deduced by assembler; for example @code{mov}@w{ }
29258 @emph{Instruction repetition}@w{ }
29260 gcc / @code{as}: Split into two lines; for example@w{ }
29265 Intel: Keep on one line; for example @code{rep stosl}@w{ }
29273 @emph{Order of operands}@w{ }
29275 gcc / @code{as}: Source first; for example @code{movw $4, %eax}@w{ }
29276 Intel: Destination first; for example @code{mov eax, 4}@w{ }
29282 @node A Simple Example of Inline Assembler,Output Variables in Inline Assembler,Basic Assembler Syntax,Inline Assembler
29283 @anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler a-simple-example-of-inline-assembler}@anchor{257}@anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler id3}@anchor{258}
29284 @section A Simple Example of Inline Assembler
29287 The following example will generate a single assembly language statement,
29288 @code{nop}, which does nothing. Despite its lack of run-time effect,
29289 the example will be useful in illustrating the basics of
29290 the Inline Assembler facility.
29295 with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
29296 procedure Nothing is
29303 @code{Asm} is a procedure declared in package @code{System.Machine_Code};
29304 here it takes one parameter, a @emph{template string} that must be a static
29305 expression and that will form the generated instruction.
29306 @code{Asm} may be regarded as a compile-time procedure that parses
29307 the template string and additional parameters (none here),
29308 from which it generates a sequence of assembly language instructions.
29310 The examples in this chapter will illustrate several of the forms
29311 for invoking @code{Asm}; a complete specification of the syntax
29312 is found in the @code{Machine_Code_Insertions} section of the
29313 @cite{GNAT Reference Manual}.
29315 Under the standard GNAT conventions, the @code{Nothing} procedure
29316 should be in a file named @code{nothing.adb}.
29317 You can build the executable in the usual way:
29326 However, the interesting aspect of this example is not its run-time behavior
29327 but rather the generated assembly code.
29328 To see this output, invoke the compiler as follows:
29333 $ gcc -c -S -fomit-frame-pointer -gnatp nothing.adb
29337 where the options are:
29348 compile only (no bind or link)
29357 generate assembler listing
29364 @item @code{-fomit-frame-pointer}
29366 do not set up separate stack frames
29373 @item @code{-gnatp}
29375 do not add runtime checks
29379 This gives a human-readable assembler version of the code. The resulting
29380 file will have the same name as the Ada source file, but with a @code{.s}
29381 extension. In our example, the file @code{nothing.s} has the following
29387 .file "nothing.adb"
29389 ___gnu_compiled_ada:
29392 .globl __ada_nothing
29404 The assembly code you included is clearly indicated by
29405 the compiler, between the @code{#APP} and @code{#NO_APP}
29406 delimiters. The character before the 'APP' and 'NOAPP'
29407 can differ on different targets. For example, GNU/Linux uses '#APP' while
29408 on NT you will see '/APP'.
29410 If you make a mistake in your assembler code (such as using the
29411 wrong size modifier, or using a wrong operand for the instruction) GNAT
29412 will report this error in a temporary file, which will be deleted when
29413 the compilation is finished. Generating an assembler file will help
29414 in such cases, since you can assemble this file separately using the
29415 @code{as} assembler that comes with gcc.
29417 Assembling the file using the command
29426 will give you error messages whose lines correspond to the assembler
29427 input file, so you can easily find and correct any mistakes you made.
29428 If there are no errors, @code{as} will generate an object file
29429 @code{nothing.out}.
29431 @node Output Variables in Inline Assembler,Input Variables in Inline Assembler,A Simple Example of Inline Assembler,Inline Assembler
29432 @anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler id4}@anchor{259}@anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler output-variables-in-inline-assembler}@anchor{25a}
29433 @section Output Variables in Inline Assembler
29436 The examples in this section, showing how to access the processor flags,
29437 illustrate how to specify the destination operands for assembly language
29443 with Interfaces; use Interfaces;
29444 with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
29445 with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
29446 procedure Get_Flags is
29447 Flags : Unsigned_32;
29450 Asm ("pushfl" & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack
29451 "popl %%eax" & LF & HT & -- load eax with flags
29452 "movl %%eax, %0", -- store flags in variable
29453 Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags));
29454 Put_Line ("Flags register:" & Flags'Img);
29459 In order to have a nicely aligned assembly listing, we have separated
29460 multiple assembler statements in the Asm template string with linefeed
29461 (ASCII.LF) and horizontal tab (ASCII.HT) characters.
29462 The resulting section of the assembly output file is:
29470 movl %eax, -40(%ebp)
29475 It would have been legal to write the Asm invocation as:
29480 Asm ("pushfl popl %%eax movl %%eax, %0")
29484 but in the generated assembler file, this would come out as:
29490 pushfl popl %eax movl %eax, -40(%ebp)
29495 which is not so convenient for the human reader.
29497 We use Ada comments
29498 at the end of each line to explain what the assembler instructions
29499 actually do. This is a useful convention.
29501 When writing Inline Assembler instructions, you need to precede each register
29502 and variable name with a percent sign. Since the assembler already requires
29503 a percent sign at the beginning of a register name, you need two consecutive
29504 percent signs for such names in the Asm template string, thus @code{%%eax}.
29505 In the generated assembly code, one of the percent signs will be stripped off.
29507 Names such as @code{%0}, @code{%1}, @code{%2}, etc., denote input or output
29508 variables: operands you later define using @code{Input} or @code{Output}
29509 parameters to @code{Asm}.
29510 An output variable is illustrated in
29511 the third statement in the Asm template string:
29520 The intent is to store the contents of the eax register in a variable that can
29521 be accessed in Ada. Simply writing @code{movl %%eax, Flags} would not
29522 necessarily work, since the compiler might optimize by using a register
29523 to hold Flags, and the expansion of the @code{movl} instruction would not be
29524 aware of this optimization. The solution is not to store the result directly
29525 but rather to advise the compiler to choose the correct operand form;
29526 that is the purpose of the @code{%0} output variable.
29528 Information about the output variable is supplied in the @code{Outputs}
29529 parameter to @code{Asm}:
29534 Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags));
29538 The output is defined by the @code{Asm_Output} attribute of the target type;
29539 the general format is
29544 Type'Asm_Output (constraint_string, variable_name)
29548 The constraint string directs the compiler how
29549 to store/access the associated variable. In the example
29554 Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=m", Flags);
29558 the @code{"m"} (memory) constraint tells the compiler that the variable
29559 @code{Flags} should be stored in a memory variable, thus preventing
29560 the optimizer from keeping it in a register. In contrast,
29565 Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=r", Flags);
29569 uses the @code{"r"} (register) constraint, telling the compiler to
29570 store the variable in a register.
29572 If the constraint is preceded by the equal character '=', it tells
29573 the compiler that the variable will be used to store data into it.
29575 In the @code{Get_Flags} example, we used the @code{"g"} (global) constraint,
29576 allowing the optimizer to choose whatever it deems best.
29578 There are a fairly large number of constraints, but the ones that are
29579 most useful (for the Intel x86 processor) are the following:
29584 @multitable {xxxxxxxx} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
29599 global (i.e., can be stored anywhere)
29671 use one of eax, ebx, ecx or edx
29679 use one of eax, ebx, ecx, edx, esi or edi
29685 The full set of constraints is described in the gcc and @code{as}
29686 documentation; note that it is possible to combine certain constraints
29687 in one constraint string.
29689 You specify the association of an output variable with an assembler operand
29690 through the @code{%@emph{n}} notation, where @emph{n} is a non-negative
29696 Asm ("pushfl" & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack
29697 "popl %%eax" & LF & HT & -- load eax with flags
29698 "movl %%eax, %0", -- store flags in variable
29699 Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags));
29703 @code{%0} will be replaced in the expanded code by the appropriate operand,
29705 the compiler decided for the @code{Flags} variable.
29707 In general, you may have any number of output variables:
29713 Count the operands starting at 0; thus @code{%0}, @code{%1}, etc.
29716 Specify the @code{Outputs} parameter as a parenthesized comma-separated list
29717 of @code{Asm_Output} attributes
29725 Asm ("movl %%eax, %0" & LF & HT &
29726 "movl %%ebx, %1" & LF & HT &
29728 Outputs => (Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_A), -- %0 = Var_A
29729 Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_B), -- %1 = Var_B
29730 Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_C))); -- %2 = Var_C
29734 where @code{Var_A}, @code{Var_B}, and @code{Var_C} are variables
29735 in the Ada program.
29737 As a variation on the @code{Get_Flags} example, we can use the constraints
29738 string to direct the compiler to store the eax register into the @code{Flags}
29739 variable, instead of including the store instruction explicitly in the
29740 @code{Asm} template string:
29745 with Interfaces; use Interfaces;
29746 with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
29747 with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
29748 procedure Get_Flags_2 is
29749 Flags : Unsigned_32;
29752 Asm ("pushfl" & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack
29753 "popl %%eax", -- save flags in eax
29754 Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=a", Flags));
29755 Put_Line ("Flags register:" & Flags'Img);
29760 The @code{"a"} constraint tells the compiler that the @code{Flags}
29761 variable will come from the eax register. Here is the resulting code:
29770 movl %eax,-40(%ebp)
29774 The compiler generated the store of eax into Flags after
29775 expanding the assembler code.
29777 Actually, there was no need to pop the flags into the eax register;
29778 more simply, we could just pop the flags directly into the program variable:
29783 with Interfaces; use Interfaces;
29784 with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
29785 with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
29786 procedure Get_Flags_3 is
29787 Flags : Unsigned_32;
29790 Asm ("pushfl" & LF & HT & -- push flags on stack
29791 "pop %0", -- save flags in Flags
29792 Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Flags));
29793 Put_Line ("Flags register:" & Flags'Img);
29798 @node Input Variables in Inline Assembler,Inlining Inline Assembler Code,Output Variables in Inline Assembler,Inline Assembler
29799 @anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler id5}@anchor{25b}@anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler input-variables-in-inline-assembler}@anchor{25c}
29800 @section Input Variables in Inline Assembler
29803 The example in this section illustrates how to specify the source operands
29804 for assembly language statements.
29805 The program simply increments its input value by 1:
29810 with Interfaces; use Interfaces;
29811 with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
29812 with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
29813 procedure Increment is
29815 function Incr (Value : Unsigned_32) return Unsigned_32 is
29816 Result : Unsigned_32;
29819 Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=a", Result),
29820 Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("a", Value));
29824 Value : Unsigned_32;
29828 Put_Line ("Value before is" & Value'Img);
29829 Value := Incr (Value);
29830 Put_Line ("Value after is" & Value'Img);
29835 The @code{Outputs} parameter to @code{Asm} specifies
29836 that the result will be in the eax register and that it is to be stored
29837 in the @code{Result} variable.
29839 The @code{Inputs} parameter looks much like the @code{Outputs} parameter,
29840 but with an @code{Asm_Input} attribute.
29841 The @code{"="} constraint, indicating an output value, is not present.
29843 You can have multiple input variables, in the same way that you can have more
29844 than one output variable.
29846 The parameter count (%0, %1) etc, still starts at the first output statement,
29847 and continues with the input statements.
29849 Just as the @code{Outputs} parameter causes the register to be stored into the
29850 target variable after execution of the assembler statements, so does the
29851 @code{Inputs} parameter cause its variable to be loaded into the register
29852 before execution of the assembler statements.
29854 Thus the effect of the @code{Asm} invocation is:
29860 load the 32-bit value of @code{Value} into eax
29863 execute the @code{incl %eax} instruction
29866 store the contents of eax into the @code{Result} variable
29869 The resulting assembler file (with @code{-O2} optimization) contains:
29874 _increment__incr.1:
29887 @node Inlining Inline Assembler Code,Other Asm Functionality,Input Variables in Inline Assembler,Inline Assembler
29888 @anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler id6}@anchor{25d}@anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler inlining-inline-assembler-code}@anchor{25e}
29889 @section Inlining Inline Assembler Code
29892 For a short subprogram such as the @code{Incr} function in the previous
29893 section, the overhead of the call and return (creating / deleting the stack
29894 frame) can be significant, compared to the amount of code in the subprogram
29895 body. A solution is to apply Ada's @code{Inline} pragma to the subprogram,
29896 which directs the compiler to expand invocations of the subprogram at the
29897 point(s) of call, instead of setting up a stack frame for out-of-line calls.
29898 Here is the resulting program:
29903 with Interfaces; use Interfaces;
29904 with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
29905 with System.Machine_Code; use System.Machine_Code;
29906 procedure Increment_2 is
29908 function Incr (Value : Unsigned_32) return Unsigned_32 is
29909 Result : Unsigned_32;
29912 Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=a", Result),
29913 Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("a", Value));
29916 pragma Inline (Increment);
29918 Value : Unsigned_32;
29922 Put_Line ("Value before is" & Value'Img);
29923 Value := Increment (Value);
29924 Put_Line ("Value after is" & Value'Img);
29929 Compile the program with both optimization (@code{-O2}) and inlining
29930 (@code{-gnatn}) enabled.
29932 The @code{Incr} function is still compiled as usual, but at the
29933 point in @code{Increment} where our function used to be called:
29939 call _increment__incr.1
29943 the code for the function body directly appears:
29956 thus saving the overhead of stack frame setup and an out-of-line call.
29958 @node Other Asm Functionality,,Inlining Inline Assembler Code,Inline Assembler
29959 @anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler other-asm-functionality}@anchor{25f}@anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler id7}@anchor{260}
29960 @section Other @code{Asm} Functionality
29963 This section describes two important parameters to the @code{Asm}
29964 procedure: @code{Clobber}, which identifies register usage;
29965 and @code{Volatile}, which inhibits unwanted optimizations.
29968 * The Clobber Parameter::
29969 * The Volatile Parameter::
29973 @node The Clobber Parameter,The Volatile Parameter,,Other Asm Functionality
29974 @anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler the-clobber-parameter}@anchor{261}@anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler id8}@anchor{262}
29975 @subsection The @code{Clobber} Parameter
29978 One of the dangers of intermixing assembly language and a compiled language
29979 such as Ada is that the compiler needs to be aware of which registers are
29980 being used by the assembly code. In some cases, such as the earlier examples,
29981 the constraint string is sufficient to indicate register usage (e.g.,
29983 the eax register). But more generally, the compiler needs an explicit
29984 identification of the registers that are used by the Inline Assembly
29987 Using a register that the compiler doesn't know about
29988 could be a side effect of an instruction (like @code{mull}
29989 storing its result in both eax and edx).
29990 It can also arise from explicit register usage in your
29991 assembly code; for example:
29996 Asm ("movl %0, %%ebx" & LF & HT &
29998 Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_Out),
29999 Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("g", Var_In));
30003 where the compiler (since it does not analyze the @code{Asm} template string)
30004 does not know you are using the ebx register.
30006 In such cases you need to supply the @code{Clobber} parameter to @code{Asm},
30007 to identify the registers that will be used by your assembly code:
30012 Asm ("movl %0, %%ebx" & LF & HT &
30014 Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_Out),
30015 Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("g", Var_In),
30020 The Clobber parameter is a static string expression specifying the
30021 register(s) you are using. Note that register names are @emph{not} prefixed
30022 by a percent sign. Also, if more than one register is used then their names
30023 are separated by commas; e.g., @code{"eax, ebx"}
30025 The @code{Clobber} parameter has several additional uses:
30031 Use 'register' name @code{cc} to indicate that flags might have changed
30034 Use 'register' name @code{memory} if you changed a memory location
30037 @node The Volatile Parameter,,The Clobber Parameter,Other Asm Functionality
30038 @anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler the-volatile-parameter}@anchor{263}@anchor{gnat_ugn/inline_assembler id9}@anchor{264}
30039 @subsection The @code{Volatile} Parameter
30042 @geindex Volatile parameter
30044 Compiler optimizations in the presence of Inline Assembler may sometimes have
30045 unwanted effects. For example, when an @code{Asm} invocation with an input
30046 variable is inside a loop, the compiler might move the loading of the input
30047 variable outside the loop, regarding it as a one-time initialization.
30049 If this effect is not desired, you can disable such optimizations by setting
30050 the @code{Volatile} parameter to @code{True}; for example:
30055 Asm ("movl %0, %%ebx" & LF & HT &
30057 Outputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Output ("=g", Var_Out),
30058 Inputs => Unsigned_32'Asm_Input ("g", Var_In),
30064 By default, @code{Volatile} is set to @code{False} unless there is no
30065 @code{Outputs} parameter.
30067 Although setting @code{Volatile} to @code{True} prevents unwanted
30068 optimizations, it will also disable other optimizations that might be
30069 important for efficiency. In general, you should set @code{Volatile}
30070 to @code{True} only if the compiler's optimizations have created
30073 @node GNU Free Documentation License,Index,Inline Assembler,Top
30074 @anchor{share/gnu_free_documentation_license gnu-fdl}@anchor{1}@anchor{share/gnu_free_documentation_license doc}@anchor{265}@anchor{share/gnu_free_documentation_license gnu-free-documentation-license}@anchor{266}
30075 @chapter GNU Free Documentation License
30078 Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
30080 Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc
30081 @indicateurl{http://fsf.org/}
30083 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
30084 license document, but changing it is not allowed.
30088 The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
30089 functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
30090 assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
30091 with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
30092 Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
30093 to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
30094 for modifications made by others.
30096 This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
30097 works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
30098 complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
30099 license designed for free software.
30101 We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
30102 software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
30103 program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
30104 software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
30105 it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
30106 whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
30107 principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
30109 @strong{1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS}
30111 This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
30112 contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
30113 distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
30114 world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
30115 work under the conditions stated herein. The @strong{Document}, below,
30116 refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
30117 licensee, and is addressed as "@strong{you}". You accept the license if you
30118 copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
30119 under copyright law.
30121 A "@strong{Modified Version}" of the Document means any work containing the
30122 Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
30123 modifications and/or translated into another language.
30125 A "@strong{Secondary Section}" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
30126 the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
30127 publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
30128 (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
30129 within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
30130 textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
30131 mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
30132 connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
30133 commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
30136 The "@strong{Invariant Sections}" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
30137 are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
30138 that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
30139 section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
30140 allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
30141 Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
30142 Sections then there are none.
30144 The "@strong{Cover Texts}" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
30145 as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
30146 the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
30147 be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
30149 A "@strong{Transparent}" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
30150 represented in a format whose specification is available to the
30151 general public, that is suitable for revising the document
30152 straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
30153 pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
30154 drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
30155 for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
30156 to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
30157 format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
30158 or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
30159 An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
30160 of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called @strong{Opaque}.
30162 Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
30163 ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
30164 or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
30165 HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
30166 transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
30167 include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
30168 proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
30169 processing tools are not generally available, and the
30170 machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
30171 processors for output purposes only.
30173 The "@strong{Title Page}" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
30174 plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
30175 this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
30176 formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
30177 the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
30178 preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
30180 The "@strong{publisher}" means any person or entity that distributes
30181 copies of the Document to the public.
30183 A section "@strong{Entitled XYZ}" means a named subunit of the Document whose
30184 title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
30185 text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
30186 specific section name mentioned below, such as "@strong{Acknowledgements}",
30187 "@strong{Dedications}", "@strong{Endorsements}", or "@strong{History}".)
30188 To "@strong{Preserve the Title}"
30189 of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
30190 section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
30192 The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
30193 states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
30194 Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
30195 License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
30196 implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
30197 no effect on the meaning of this License.
30199 @strong{2. VERBATIM COPYING}
30201 You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
30202 commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
30203 copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
30204 to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
30205 conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
30206 technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
30207 copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
30208 compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
30209 number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
30211 You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
30212 you may publicly display copies.
30214 @strong{3. COPYING IN QUANTITY}
30216 If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
30217 printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
30218 Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
30219 copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
30220 Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
30221 the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
30222 you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
30223 the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
30224 visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
30225 Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
30226 the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
30227 as verbatim copying in other respects.
30229 If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
30230 legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
30231 reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
30234 If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
30235 more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
30236 copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
30237 a computer-network location from which the general network-using
30238 public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
30239 a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
30240 If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
30241 when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
30242 that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
30243 location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
30244 Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
30245 edition to the public.
30247 It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
30248 Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
30249 them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
30251 @strong{4. MODIFICATIONS}
30253 You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
30254 the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
30255 the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
30256 Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
30257 and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
30258 of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
30264 Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
30265 from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
30266 (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
30267 of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
30268 if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
30271 List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
30272 responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
30273 Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
30274 Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
30275 unless they release you from this requirement.
30278 State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
30279 Modified Version, as the publisher.
30282 Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
30285 Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
30286 adjacent to the other copyright notices.
30289 Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
30290 giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
30291 terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
30294 Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
30295 and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
30298 Include an unaltered copy of this License.
30301 Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
30302 to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
30303 publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
30304 there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
30305 stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
30306 given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
30307 Version as stated in the previous sentence.
30310 Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
30311 public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
30312 the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
30313 it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
30314 You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
30315 least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
30316 publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
30319 For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
30320 Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
30321 the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
30322 and/or dedications given therein.
30325 Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
30326 unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
30327 or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
30330 Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
30331 may not be included in the Modified Version.
30334 Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements"
30335 or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
30338 Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
30341 If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
30342 appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
30343 copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
30344 of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
30345 list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
30346 These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
30348 You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
30349 nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
30350 parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
30351 been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
30354 You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
30355 passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
30356 of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
30357 Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
30358 through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
30359 includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
30360 by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
30361 you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
30362 permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
30364 The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
30365 give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
30366 imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
30368 @strong{5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS}
30370 You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
30371 License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
30372 versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
30373 Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
30374 list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
30375 license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
30377 The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
30378 multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
30379 copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
30380 different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
30381 adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
30382 author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
30383 Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
30384 Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
30386 In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
30387 in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
30388 "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
30389 and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
30390 Entitled "Endorsements".
30392 @strong{6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS}
30394 You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
30395 released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
30396 License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
30397 the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
30398 verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
30400 You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
30401 it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
30402 License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
30403 other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
30405 @strong{7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS}
30407 A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
30408 and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
30409 distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
30410 resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
30411 of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
30412 When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
30413 apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
30414 derivative works of the Document.
30416 If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
30417 copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
30418 the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
30419 covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
30420 electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
30421 Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
30424 @strong{8. TRANSLATION}
30426 Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
30427 distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
30428 Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
30429 permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
30430 translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
30431 original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
30432 translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
30433 Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
30434 the original English version of this License and the original versions
30435 of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
30436 the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
30437 or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
30439 If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
30440 "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
30441 its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
30444 @strong{9. TERMINATION}
30446 You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
30447 except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
30448 otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
30449 will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
30451 However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
30452 from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
30453 unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
30454 terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
30455 fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
30456 60 days after the cessation.
30458 Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
30459 reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
30460 violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
30461 received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
30462 copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
30463 your receipt of the notice.
30465 Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
30466 licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
30467 this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
30468 reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
30469 not give you any rights to use it.
30471 @strong{10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE}
30473 The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
30474 of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
30475 versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
30476 differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
30477 @indicateurl{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
30479 Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
30480 If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
30481 License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
30482 following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
30483 of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
30484 Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
30485 number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
30486 as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document
30487 specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
30488 License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
30489 version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
30492 @strong{11. RELICENSING}
30494 "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
30495 World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
30496 provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
30497 public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A
30498 "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
30499 site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
30502 "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
30503 license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
30504 corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
30505 California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
30506 published by that same organization.
30508 "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
30509 in part, as part of another Document.
30511 An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
30512 License, and if all works that were first published under this License
30513 somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
30514 or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
30515 and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
30517 The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
30518 under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
30519 provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
30521 @strong{ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents}
30523 To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
30524 the License in the document and put the following copyright and
30525 license notices just after the title page:
30529 Copyright © YEAR YOUR NAME.
30530 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
30531 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
30532 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
30533 with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
30534 A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
30535 Free Documentation License".
30538 If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
30539 replace the "with ... Texts." line with this:
30543 with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
30544 Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
30547 If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
30548 combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
30551 If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
30552 recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
30553 free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
30554 to permit their use in free software.
30556 @node Index,,GNU Free Documentation License,Top
30563 @anchor{gnat_ugn/gnat_utility_programs switches-related-to-project-files}@w{ }